tf&S?27S Library of the University of Toronto Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from University of Toronto https://archive.org/details/animalkingdomarr03cuvi_0 Iff! J.mi(m:AtiUshc:l by c-Ee>iders.m. Z. Old3ailev.Z^ti>ate Hill. 1X3-1. the z at i R^ceo acc°RD,NC T° its °*can, erven ej as a JifluuMitmt tor the o /v SfMTWSiAlL M2S1? OAT ©if AM211Mji5, '/'/■/////■ ///•// (Y’//L^lVAe/il'-e Vj/tdifMy ■si ME©lf C’UTS'Em "Loyal | 1 IteM lyf u-el ’file- -/e^. on yHlr/t&ee l. Hum- allot y . l/ate, 4 - lle/t i/let y tie , Ion a o' l i>y • 'It lie «. lioflftcfito'/t. I'eeey tic Tlrt-fit/ y tie .ilea e/i r le/isle-m y. lHyeltHao HeeiefieAy- tie ■ Hsul'/ny y.: Ici/reeceo, . lien/ let y fA, tw/pm \ . /Lj/S. vf //. Hoti’bj 1/ ’/ r/l .■ Incnl-l/n . . lo/t-o/o, de/orolu-lyl, lofte/ilo. y e // , ■ Ho/fin/iy /’// , Hi a /'a ’//a, «. f l ole// a. t//e,ie/l/'/le///l/,t) lalmffa. t) y tic— l /case a , : l>///l'n , Tele. TSTE T1 Atfsrjgg^ the flfeiiwtsta’it, p & Ihv uskn, ' ZZT"' // / l/v I ^ x •//. a hit y/e , T//e wele-i y He -/eyeeu y ,llo/uen ’/ lie en lei-y lie Hlln/a-l.J Icde/enty y ■ Icte-rutw/ii ytlyees T? yalficu y eflel leal-ruel iHuct-eea r/rHuTijtu’s leac-l/ea. ~Tc , O nm^lati^ from tbr latest jfr.mrb (^ttunf^ V ^ with ) iBBIflOKAL FOTEi and 1 1 - l/T/i///fo(l /C- ///•//'/ /y ,6'(7 6 leln/e// Cc lla/eJ. m $ om toa fgss M01LTrS€AhaOTElI»B S- CttFSIACEA.- ASili* M'lLTOS. iirOA'.i ) oor, VI M',Jr ■/.,»„. TTU:la;LT/l//r/r X//. AND SOLD BY ALL BOOKSELLERS^ S '> "\ N V V— i«a7 . THE ANIMAL KINGDOM, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO ITS ORGANIZATION, SERVING AS A FOUNDATION FOR THE NATURAL HISTORY OF ANIMALS, AND AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. BY BARON CUVIER, Great Officer of the Legion of Honour, Counsellor of State, and Member of the Royal Council of Public Instruction ; One of the Forty of the French Academy ; Perpetual Secretary to the Academy of Sciences ; Member of the Academies and Royal Societies of London, Berlin, Petersburgh, Stockholm, Turin, Edinburgh, Copenhagen, Gottingen, Bavaria, Modena, the Netherlands, and Calcutta ; and of the Linnsean Society of London. WITH FIGURES DESIGNED AFTER NATURE : THE BY M. LATREILLE, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour, Member of the Institute (Royal Academy of Sciences), and of the greater portion of other learned Societies in Europe and America. Cranslatrtr from tl latent J'miclj (^trttton. WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES, AND ILLUSTRATED BY NEARLY 500 ADDITIONAL PLATES. IN FOUR VOLUMES. VOL. III. AI&&(SS[S9IE!E>3& AKTE) LONDON. G. HENDERSON, 2, OLD BAILEY, LUDGATE-HILL, AND SOLD BY ALL BOOKSELLERS. 1834. LONDON: PRINTED BY J . HENDERSON, 21, WATER- LANE, FLEET STREET, PREFACE*. OVERWHELMED with scientific labours, and yielding, perhaps too easily, to the impulse of friendship and to my desire to serve him, M. Cuvier has confided to me that portion of this work which treats of Insects. These animals were the objects of his earliest zoological studies, and the cause of his connexion with one of the most celebrated pupils of Linnaeus, Fabricius, who in his writings gives him frequent assur- ance of his high esteem. It was even by various interesting obser- vations on several of these animals — Journal d’Hist. Nai.~ — that M. Cuvier commenced his career in natural history. Entomology, in common with all the other branches of Zoology, has derived the greatest advantage from his anatomical researches, and the happy changes he has effected in the basis of our classification. The internal organization of Insects is now better known, and this study is no longer neglected as was previously the case. He has placed us on the way to the Natural System f, and greatly will the public regret that his * This preface is the same which stood at the commencement of the third volume of the first edition of this work. Having there confined myself to an exposition of the general principles, upon which my arrangement of the animals composing the Linnsean class of Insects was effected, and having in the present edition made no change in that respect, the same observations are still applicable. Considered, however, with regard to the details, or to the secondary and tertiary divisions, that is to say, Orders, Families, Genera and Subgenera, this edition will be found to pre- sent a remarkable difference. It was impossible to place it on a level with the actual state of the science, without modifying several parts of my former system, and without considerable additions, which, such has been the progress of Ento- mology, are so numerous, that even by filling two volumes instead of one, I have been barely enabled to give a very summary view of the multitude of generic divisions effectuated within the last ten years, and which are frequently founded on the most minute characters. This branch of Zoology has gained much from other and more positive sources, those of Anatomy. These observations I was the more impera- tively bound to notice, as they formed part of the plan of the illustrious author of the “ R6gne Animal,” and as they serve to confirm the stability of the divisions I have established. By a perusal of the general remarks which precede them, the reader will be better able to appreciate the motives which have determined these changes, and to feel the importance of the addenda that enrich the entomological portion of this edition. A simple comparison between it and that of the former will show, at a glance, that it has been entirely remoulded, or that it is a new work which we now present to the world, rather than a new edition. f Tableau Element, de l’Hist. Nat. des Animaux, and the Lc£. d’Anat. Compar. a 2 IV PREFACE, numerous occupations did not allow him to superintend this portion of his treatise on animals. Perhaps the desire of associating my name with his in a work like this, which, by the multitude of researches on which it rests, and by their application, has become a precious literary monument of the age, has deceived me, and thrown me into an enterprize beyond my powers to accomplish. The responsibility is great, and I have im- posed upon myself a task, in which the boldness of the plan is only equalled by the difficulty of its execution. To unite within a very limited space the most interesting facts in the history of Insects, to arrange them with precision and clearness in a natural series, to pour- tray with a bold pencil the physiognomy of these animals, trace their distinguishing characters with truth and brevity, in a way propor- tioned to the successive progress of the science and that of the pupil, to indicate useful or noxious species, and those whose mode of life interests our curiosity, to point out the best sources from which the knowledge of others may be obtained, to restore to Entomology the amiable simplicity which it possessed in the days of Linnaeus, Geoffroy, and of the early writings of Fabricius, but still to present it as it now is, or with all the wealth of observation it has since acquired, yet without overloading it; in a word, to conform to the model before me, the work of M. Cuvier, is the end I have striven to attain. This savant, in his “ Tableau Elementaire de 1’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux,” did not restrict the extent given by Linnseus to his class of Insects; he however made some necessary ameliorations, which have since served as the foundation of other systems. He dis- tinguishes Insects, in the first place, from other invertebrate animals, by much more rigorous characters than those pre viously employed — viz., a knotted medullary spinal marrow , and articulated limbs. Linnaeus terminates his class of Insects with those which are apterous, although most of them, such as the Crustacea and the Araneides , with respect to their organization, are the most perfect of their class, or are the most closely approximated to the Mollusca. His method, in this respect* is then exactly the inverse of the natural system, and, by transporting the Crustacea to the head of the class, and by placing almost all the Apteraof Linnaeus directly after them, Cuvier rectified the method in a point where the series was in direct opposition to the scale formed by Nature. In his Lemons d’ Anatomie Comparee , the class of Insects, from which he now separates the Crustacea, is divided into nine orders, founded on the nature and functions of the organs of manducation, the presence or absence of wings, their number, consistence, and the PREFACE. V manner in which they are reticulated. It is in fact a union of the system of Fabricius with that of Linnaeus perfected. The divisions made by our savant in his first order, that of the Gnathaptera, are nearly similar to those I had established in a Memoir presented to the Societe Philomatique, April, 1795, and in my Precis des Caracteres Generiques des Insectes *. M. de Lamarck, whose name is so dear to the friends of natural science, has ably profited by these various labours. His systematic arrangement of the Linnsean Aptera appears to us to be that which approaches nearest to the natural order, and, with some modifications of which we are about to speak, is the one we have followed. I divide the Insects of Linnaeus, with him, into three classes : the Crustacea , Arachnides and Insecta ; but in the essential characters which I assign to them, I abstract all the changes experienced by these animals, prior to their adult state. This consideration, although natural, and previously employed by De Geer in his arrangement of the Aptera, is not classical, inasmuch as it supposes the observation of the animal in its different ages; it is, besides, liable to many exceptions f. The situation and form of the branchiae, the manner in which the head is united to the thorax, and the organs of manducation, have furnished me the means of establishing seven orders in the class of the Crustacea, all of which appear to me to be natural. I terminate it, with M. de Lamarck, by the Branchiopoda , which are a sort of Crustacea Arachnides. In the following class, that of the Arachnides, I only include the species which in the system of Lamarck compose the order of his Arachnides palpistes , or those which have no antennae. Beyond this, the organization of these animals, external as well as internal, furnishes us with a simple and rigorous rule that is susceptible of a general application. * I there divided the Aptera of Linnaeus into seven orders: 1. The Suctoria. 2. The Thysanoura. 3. The Parasita. 4. The Acephala (Arachnides pal- pistes, Lam.) 5. The Entomostraca. 6. The Crustacea. 7. The Myria- PODA. f These considerations, however, have not been overlooked, and I have used them advantageously in grouping families, and arranging them in a natural order, as may he seen by a reference to the historical sketches which precede the exposition of those families. I have even been employed on a work respecting the metamorphosis of Insects in general, which has not yet been published (see article “Insectes,” Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. Ed. 2d), but which I have long been maturing, and which I have communicated to my friends : I have made use of it in the course of my general remarks. VI PREFACE. Their organs of respiration are always internal, receiving air through concentrated stigmata, sometimes possessing functions ana- logous to those of lungs, and consisting at others of radiated tracheae, or such as ramify from their base; the antennae are wanting, and they are usually furnished with eight feet. I divide this class into two orders : the Pulmonarice and the Trachearice. Two parallel tracheae, extending longitudinally through the body, furnished at intervals with centres of branches corresponding to the stigmata, and two antennae, characterize the class of Insects. Its primary divisions are founded on the three following considerations : 1. Apterous Insects which either undergo no metamorphoses , or but imperfect ones ; the three first orders. 2. Apterous Insects which experience complete transformations ; the fourth. 3. Insects having wings which they acquire by metamorphoses , either complete or incomplete ; the last eight. I begin with the Arachnides antennistes of M. de Lamarck, which are comprised in this first division, and which form our three first orders. The second is composed of the fourth order, and contains but a single genus, that of Pulex: it would appear, in some respects, to be allied to the Diptera by means of the Hippoboscce ; other cha- racters, however, and the nature of its metamorphoses, remove this genus from that of the Hippoboscse. It is very difficult in some cases to distinguish these natural filiations, and when we are fortunate enough to discover them, we are frequently compelled to sacrifice them to the perspicuity and facility of the system. To the known order of winged Insects, I have added that of the Stresiptera of Kirby, but under a new denomination — viz., that of Rhipiptera , as the former appears to me to be founded on a false idea. Perhaps we should even suppress this order, according to the opinion of Lamarck, and unite it with that of the Diptera. For reasons elsewhere developed*, and which I could easily strengthen by additional proof, I attach more consequence to cha- racters drawn from the aerial locomotive organs of Insects, and to the general composition of their body, than to the modifications of the parts of the mouth, at least when their structure is essentially referable to the same type. Thus 1 do not commence by dividing these animals into Grinders and Suckers, but into those which have wings and wing-cases, and such as have four or two wings of the * Consid. Gdndr. sur l’ordre des Crust., des Arach., et des Insectes, p. 46. PREFACE. Vll same consistence. The form and uses of the organs of manducation are viewed in a secondary light. My series of Orders relative to the winged Insects is, consequently, nearly similar to that of Linnaeus. Fabricius, Cuvier, Lamarck, Clairville and Dumeril, considering the difference of the functions of the parts of the mouth of primary consequence, have arranged those divisions otherwise. In accordance with the plan of M. Cuvier, I have reduced the num- ber of families which I established in my previous works, and have converted into subgenera the numerous divisions that have been made of the genera of Linnaeus, notwithstanding their characters may otherwise be very distinct. Such also was the intention of Gmelin in his edition of the Sy sterna Naturce. This method is simple, historical and convenient, as it enables the student to proportion his instruction to his age, his capa- city, or to the end he has in view. All my groups are founded on a comparative examination of all the parts of the animals I wish to describe, and on the observation of their habits. Most Naturalists stray from the natural system by being too exclusive in their considerations. To the facts collected by Reaumur, Roesel, De Geer, Bonnet, the Hubers, &c., respecting the instinct of Insects, I have added several ascertained by myself, some of which were hitherto unknown. M. Cuvier has added to them an extract of his anatomical observations* ; he has even devoted himself to fresh researches, among which I will mention those whose object was the organization of the Limuli, a very singular genus of the Crustacea. Being necessarily restricted in the description of species, I have always selected for that purpose the most interesting and common ones, and particularly those mentioned by M. Cuvier in his Tableau Elementaire de l’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux. LATREILLE. * Those added to the present edition are from Messrs. L6on Dufour, Marcel de Serres, Straus, Audouin and Milne Edwards. V\. INDEX, SYSTEMATICALLY ARRANGED. SECOND GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KIN DOOM. ANIM ALIA MOLLUSCA. General Characters of the Division, L Division of Mollusca into Classes, 4. CLASSES. IV. Acephala. V. Brachiopoda. VI. ClRRHOPODA. I. Cephalopoda. II. Pteropoda. III. Gasteropoda. ORDERS, GENERA, AND OTHER DIVISIONS. CLASS I. — CEPHALOPODA. Sepia, 7 Octopus, 7 Polypus of Aristotle, 9 Eledon of Aristotle, 1(1 Argonauta, 10 Bellerophon, 11 Loligo, 1 1 Loligopsis, 12 Loligo proper, 1 2 Onychotheuthis, 1 1 Sepiola, 12 Choudrosepia, 12 Sepia proper, 12 Nautilus, 13 Spirula, 13 Nautilus proper, 14 Lituus, 14 Belemnites, 15 Actinocaraax, 15 VhH/. HI. X INDEX. Ammonites, 16 Ammonites proper, 16 Planites, l^ Cetatites, 16 Orbulites, 16 Scaphites, 16 Baculites, 16 Hamites, 16 Turrilites, 16 Camerines, 17 Siderolithes, 17 Helicostega, 18 Helicostega nautiloidea, 18 Helicostega ammonoida, 18 Helicostega turbinoida, 18 Stycostega, 18 Enallostega, 19 Agathistega, 19 Entomostega, 19 CLASS II,— PTEROPODA Clio, 20 Cymbnlia, 20 Pneumodermon, 20 Limacina, 20 Hyalea, 20 Cleodora, 21 Cleodora proper, 22 Creseis, 22 Cuvieria, 22 Psyche, 22 Eurybia, 22 Pyrgo, 22 CLASS III.— GASTEROPODA Order L— PULMONEA, 27 Pulmonea Terrestria . Limax, 29 Limax proper, 29 Arion, 81 Lima, 32 Vaginulus, 32 Testacella, 33 Parmacella, 33 Helix, 33 Helix proper, 33 Vitrina, 34 Bulimus, 34 Bulimus proper, 34 INDEX. XI Order I. — PULMONIA — (continued). Pupa, 35 Chondrus, 35 Succinea, 35 Clausilia, 36 Achatina, 36 Pulmonea Aquatica . Onchidium, 37 Planorbis, 37 Limmeus, 38 Physa, 38 Scarabseus, 38 Auricula, 39 Conovulus, 39 Order II.— NUDIBRANCHIATA, 39 Doris, 40 Onchidora, 40 Plocamoceros, 40 Polycera, 40 Tritonia, 41 Thethys, 41 Scyllsea, 41 Glaucus, 42 Laniogerus, 42 Eolidia, 42 Cavolina, 42 Flabellina, 43 Tergipes, 43 Busiris, 43 Placobranchus, 43 Order III. — 1NFEROBRANCHIATA, 43 Phyllidia, 44 Diphyllidia, 44 Order IV.— TECTIBRANCHIATA, 44 Pleurobranchus, 44 Pleurobranchsea, 45 Aplysia, 45 Dolabella, 46 Notarchus, 46 Bursatella, 47 Akera, 47 Bullcea, 47 Bulla, 48 Akera proper, 48 Gastropteron, 48 Gastroplax, 49 INDEX. X1J Order V.— HETEROPODA, 49 Petrotrachea, 50 Carinaria, 50 Atlanta, 51 Firola, 51 Timorienna, 51 Monophora, 51 Phylliroe, 52 Order VI.— PECTINIBRANCHIATA, 52 Fam. 1. — Trochoida, 53 Trochus, 53 Tectarium, 53 Calcar, 54 Rotella, 54 Cantharis, 54 Infundibulum, 54 Telescopium, 54 Treehus, 54 Solarium, 55 Evomphalus, 55 Turbo, 55 Turbo proper, 55 Delphinula, 55 Pleurotoma, 56 Turritella, 56 Scalaria, 56 Cyclostoma, 57 Valvata, 57 Paludina, 58 Littorina, 58 Monodon, 58 Phasianella, 59 Ampullaria, 59 Lanista, 59 Helicina, 59 Ampullina, 59 Olygira, 59 Melania, 60 Rissoa, 60 Melanopsis, 60 Pirena, 60 Actseon, 61 Pyramidella, 61 Janthina, 61 Nerita, 61 Natica, 62 Nerida proper, 62 Velata, 62 Neritina, 62 Cl it bon, 62 INDEX. Order VI.— PECTINIBRANCHIATA— (continued). Fam. 2. — Capuloida, 62 Capsulas, 63 Hipponyx, 63 Crepidula, 63 Pileolus, 63 Septaria, 63 Calyptrae, 64 Siphonaria, 64 Sigaretus, 64 Coriocella, 65 Cryptostoma, 65 Fam . 3. — Buccinoida, 65 Conus, 65 Cypraea, 66 Ovula, 66 Ooula proper, 67 Volva, 67 Terebellum, 67 Voluta, 67 Oliva, 67 Volvaria, 67 Voluta proper, 68 Cymbium, 68 Voluta, 68 Marginella, 68 Colombella, 68 Mitra, 69 Cancellaria, 69 Buccinum, 69 Buccinum proper, 69 Nassa, 70 Eburna, 70 Aucillaria, 70 Dolium, 70 Dolium proper, 70 Perdix, 70 Harpa, 70 Perpura, 71 Monoceros, 71 Sistra, 71 Ricinula, 71 Concholepas, 71 Casis, 71 Morio, 72 Terabra, 72 Cerithium, 72 Potamida, 72 Murex, 73 XIV INDEX. Order VL— PECTINIBRANCHIATA— (continued). Murex, 73 Murex proper, 73 JBrontis, 73 Typhis, 73 Chicoracea, 73 Aquilla, 73 Lotorium, 73 Tritonium, 74 Trophona, 74 Ranella, 74 Apolles, 74 Fusus, 74 Fusus proper, 74 Lathira, 74 Pleurotoma, 74 Pyrula, 73 Fulgur, 75 Fasciolaria, 73 Turbinella, 73 Strombus, 73 Strombus, 73 Pterocera, 7b Rostellaria, 7 b Hippocrenes, 7b Order VIL— TUBULIBRANCHIATA, 7b Vermetus, 76 Magilus, 77 Siliquaria, 77 Order VIII.— SCUTIBRANCHIATA, 78 Halyotis, 78 Halyotis proper, 78 Pastollae, 78 Stromatia, 79 Fissurella, 79 Emarginula, 79 Parmophorus, 79 Order IX.— CYCLOBRANCHIATA, 80 Patella, 80 Chiton, 80 CLASS IV.— ACEPHALA. Order I.— ACEPHALA TEST ACE A, 82 Fam. 1.— Ostracea, 83 Ostracita, 83 INDEX. XV Order I. — ACEPHALA TESTACEA — ( continued ). Rudista, 83 Radiolites, 83 Sphserulites, 84 Calceola, 84 Hippurites, 84 Batolithes, 84 Ostrea, 84 Ostrea proper, 84 Peloris, 84 Gryphaea, 85 Pectens, 85 Lima, 86 Pedum, 86 Hinnita, 86 Plagiostoma, 87 Pachytes, 87 Dianchora, 87 Podopsis, 87 Anomia, 87 Echion, 87 Placuna, 88 Spondylus, 88 Plicatula, 88 Malleus, 88 Vulsella, 89 Perna, 89 Crenatula, 89 Gervilia, 89 Inoceramus, 90 Castillus, 90 Pulvinites, 90 Etheria, 90 Avicula, 90 Pintadinse, 90 Margaritse, 90 Pinna, 91 Chimaera, 91 Area, 91 Area proper, 92 Cucullsea, 92 Pectunculus, 92 Aximea, 92 Nucula, 92 Trigonia, 93 Fam. 2. — Mytilacea, 93 Mytilus, 93 Mytilus proper, 93 ^ Modiolus, 94 Lithodomus, 94 xvi INDEX. Order I.— ACEPHALA TESTACEA— (iontinueot). Anodontea, 94 Iridina, 95 Dipsada, 95 Unio, 95 Hyria, 95 Castalia, 95 Cardita, 96 Cypricardia, 96 Ooralliophagia, 96 Venericardia, 96 Paphia, 96 Fam. 3. — Chamacea, 97 Chama, 97 Tridacna, 97 Tridacna proper, 97 Hippopus, 98 Chama, 98 Diceras, 98 Isocardia, 98 Fam. 4. — Cardiacea, 99 Cardium, 99 Hemicardium, 99 Donax, 99 Cyclas, 100 Cyrena, 100 Cyprina, 100 Galathaea, 101 Corbis, 101 Tellina, 101 Loripes, 102 Lucina, 102 Ungulinaea, 102 Venus, 102 Astartae, 103 Crassinaea, 1 03 Cytherae, 103 Capsa, 104 Petricola, 104 Corbula, 104 Mactra, 104 Mactra proper, 104 Lavignons, 105 Fam. 5. — Inclusa, 105 My a, 105 Lutraria, 105 Mya proper, 106 Anatina, 106 Solemya. 106 INDEX. xfii Otafiit I.— ACEPHALA TESTACEA — (continued ), Cyrtodaria, 106 Panopea, 107 Pandora, 107 Byssomia, 107 Hiatella, 107 * Solen, 108 Soien proper, 108 Sanguinolaria, 108 Psammobia, 108 Psammothea, 108 Pholas, 108 Teredo, 109 Fistulana, 109 Gastrochaena, 110 Teredina, 110 Clavagella, 110 Aspergillum, 110 Order IL— ACEPHALA NUDA, 111 Fam. I. — Segregata, 111 Salpa, 1 1 1 Thaliae, 112 Salpa proper, 1 13 Ascidia, 113 Theyton of Aristotle, 113 Fam. 2.— Aggregata, 114 Botryllus, 1 14 Pyrosoma, 115 Polyclinum, 315 Eschar se, 116 CLASS V.— BRANCHIOPODA. Ligula, 116 Terebratula, 117 Spirifer, 117 Thecidea, 117 Orbicula, 118 Discina?, 118 Crania, 118 CLASS VI. — CIRRHOPODA, Lepas, 119 Anatifa, 119 Pollicipes, 120 Cineras, 120 Otion, 120 Tetralasmis, 120 Balanus, 120 Yr/ XXX INDEX. Order V. — COLEOPTERA — (continued) . Argutor, 389 Omaseus, 389 Platysma, 389 P terostichus , 389 Abax, 389 Stercpus, 389 Percus , 389 Molops, 390 Cophosus, 390 Cheporus, 390 My as, 391 Trigonomota, 381 Pseudo -morpha, 391 Cephalotes, 391 Storais, 391 Catascopus, 391 Colpodes, 392 Pericalus , 392 Mormolyce, 392 Sphodrus, 392 Ctenipus, 393 Calathus, 393 Taphria, 393 Patellimani, 393 Dolichus, 394 Platynus, 394 Agonum, 394 Anchomenus, 395 Callistus, 395 Oodes, 395 Chlaenius, 395 Epomis, 395 j Dinodes, 395 Lissauchenus, 395 Rembus, 396 Dicselus, 396 Licinus, 396 Badister, 396 Peleciura, 397 Cynthia, 397 Panagseus, 397 Loricera, 398 Patrobus, 398 Grandipalpi, 398 Pamborus, 399 Cychrus, 399 Scaphinotus, 399 Sphseroderus, 399 Tefflus, 400 Procerus, 400 INDEX. XXXI Order V. — COLE OPTE R A — ( continued ') . Procrustes, 400 Carabus proper, 400 Plectes, 400 Cechenus, 400 Calosoma, 402 Pogonophorus, 403 Nebria, 403 Alpaeus, 403 Omophron, 403 Elaphrus, 404 Blethisci, 404 Pelophilus, 404 Notiophilus, 405 Subulipalpi, 405 Bembidium, 405 Tacky pus, 405 Lopha, 405 Notaphus, 406 Peryphus, 406 Leja, 406 Treclius, 406 Blemus, 406 Tribe 3. — Hyilrocanthari , 406 Dytiscus, 406 Dytiscus proper, 409 Colvmbetes, 410 Hygrobia, 410 Hydroporus, 410 Noterus, 41 i Haliplus, 411 Gyrinus, 411 Fam. 2. — Brachelytra, 413 Staphylinus, 4 1 3 Fissilabra, 414 Oxyporus, 414 Astrapseus, 415 Staphylinus proper, 415 Xantholinus, 415 Pinophilus, 416 Lathrobium, 416 Longipalpi, 416 Pasderus, 416 Pro cirrus, 4 1 6 Stilicus, 416 Evsesthetus, 417 Stenus, 417 Denticrura, 417 Oxytelus, 417 Osorius, 417 XXX11 INDEX. Order V.— COLEOPTERA- — (continued). Zyrophorus, 418 Prognatha, 418 Coprophilus, 418 Depressa, 418 Omalium, 418 Lesteva, 418 Micropeplus, 418 Proteinus, 419 Aleochara, 419 Microcephala, 419 Lomechusa, 419 Tachinus, 419 Tachyporus, 420 Fam. 3.— Serricornes, 420 SECTION I.— STERNOXI. Tribe 1 — Bupres tides, 421 Buprestis, 421 Buprestis proper, 422 Trachys, 423 Aphanisticus, 423 Melasis, 423 Tribe 2. — Elaterides , 424 Elater, 424 Galba, 425 Eucnemis, 425 Adelocera, 425 Lissomus, 426 Chelonarium, 426 Throscus, 426 Cerophytum, 427 Cryptostoma, 427 Nematodes, 427 Hemirhipus, 427 Stenicera, 427 Elater proper, 428 Campylus, 429 Phyllocerus, 429 SECTION II. — MALACODERMI. Tribe 1. — Cerbrionites , 429 Cebrio, 429 Physodactylus, 430 Cebrio proper, 430 Anelastes, 430 Callirhips, 431 Sandalus, 431 INDEX. Order V. — COLEOPTERA — ( continued j. Rhipicera, 431 Ptilodactyla, 432 Dascillus, 432 Elodes, 432 IScyrtes, 432 Nycteus, 432 Eubria, 433 Tribe 2. — Lampy rides, 433 Lampyris, 433 Lycus, 433 Dictyoptera, 434 Omalisus, 434 Amydetes, 436 Phengodes, 436 Lampyris proper, 436 Drilus, 437 Cochleoctonus , 437 Telephorus, 438 Silis, 439 Malthinus, 439 Tribe 3. — Mely rides, 439 Melyris, 439 Malachius, 439 Dasytes, 440 Zygia, 440 Melyris, 440 Pelocophorus, 441 Diglobicerus, 441 Tribe 4. — Clerii , 441 Clerus, 441 Cylidrus, 441 Tillus, 442 Priocera, 442 Axina, 442 Eurypus, 442 Thanasimus, 443 Opiio, 443 Clerus proper, 443 Necrobia, 443 Enoplium, 444 Tribe 5. — Ptiniores , 444 Ptinus, 445 Ptinus proper, 445 Gibbium, 445 Ptilinus,446 Xyletinus, 446 J^orcatoma, 446 Anobium, 416 xxxiii w VOL. ill. XXXIV INDEX. Order V.-— COLEOPTERA — (continued ). SECTION III. Tribe 1. — Xylotrogi, 447 Lymexylon, 447 Atractoeerus, 447 Hylecsetus, 448 Lymexylon proper, 448 Cupes, 448 Rhysodes, 448 Fam. 4. — Clavicornes, 449 SECTION I. Tribe 1. — Palpatores , 450 Mastigus, 450 Mastigus, 450 Scydmsenus, 450 Tribe 2. — Histeroides , 451 Hister, 451 Hololepla,45l Hister proper, 452 Platysoma , 452 Den dr op Zulus, 452 Abr&us, 452 Onthophilus , 452 Tribe 3. — Silphales , 453 Silpha, 453 Sphserites, 453 Necrophorus, 454 Necrodes, 455 Silpha proper, 455 Thanatophilus , 456 Oiceptoma , 456 Phosphuga , 456 N ecr oplnlus , 456 Argyrtes, 457 Tribe 4. — Scaphidites, 457 Scaphidium, 457 Scaphidium proper, 457 Choleva, 458 Tribe 5. — Nitidularice , 458 Nitidula, 458 Colobicus, 458 Thymalus, 459 Ips, 449 Nitidula proper, 459 Cercus, 460 Byturus, 460 INDEX. XXXV Order V. — COLEOPTERA — ( continued ). Tribe 6. — Engidites, 460 Dacne, 460 Dacne proper, 460 Cryptophagus, 461 Tribe 7>- — Dermesfini , 461 Dermestes, 461 Aspidiphorus, 461 Dermestes proper, 462 Megatoma, 462 Limnichus, 462 Attagenus, 463 Trogoderma, 463 Anthrenus, 463 Globicornis, 463 Tribe 8. — Byrrhii , 464 Byrrhus, 464 Nosodendrom, 464 Byrrhus proper, 464 Tri nodes, 464 SECTIONED. Tribe 1. — Acant/iopoda , 465 Heterocerus, 466 Tribe 2. — Macrodactyla , 466 Dry ops, 466 Potamophilus, 466 Dryops proper, 467 Elmis, 467 Macronychus, 467 Georissus, 467 Fam. 5. — Palpicornes, 467 Tribe 1 . — Hydrophilii , 468 Hydrophilus, 468 ! Elophorus, 468 Hydrochus, 468 Ochthebius, 469 Hydrasna, 469 Spercheus, 469 Globaria, 469 Hydrophilus proper, 470 Limnebius, 471 Hydrobius, 471 Berosus, 472 Tribe 2. — Sphceridiota, 472 Sphaeridium, 472 Cercydion, 472 SECOND GREAT DIVISION OP THE ANIMAL KINGDOM.^; ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA * The Mollusca have neither an articulated skeleton nor a vertebral canal. Their nervous system is not united into a spinal marrow, but merely into a certain number of medullary masses distributed in differ- * N.B. Linnaeus united all invertebrate animals without articulated limbs in a single class, under the name of Vermes, dividing them into five orders : the Intes- tina, embracing some of my Annclides and Intestina ; the Mollusca, comprehend- ing my Naked Mollusca , my Echinodermata, and part of my Intestina and Zoophytes ; the Testacea, comprising my Mollusca and Annelides with shells ; the Lythophyta, or Stony Corals ; and the Zoophytes, embracing the remainder of the Polypi , some of the Intestina and the Infusoria. No regard whatever was paid to nature in this arrangement, and Brugi^re, Encycl. Method., endeavoured to rectify it. He there established six orders of worms, viz. the Infuriosa ; the Intestina, including the Annelides ; the Mol- lusca, uniting several of my Zoophytes to my true Mollusca ; the Echinodermata, which only comprised Echinus and Asterias ; the Testacea, nearly the same as those of Linnseus ; and the Zoophytes, under which name he included the Corals only. This arrangement was merely superior to that of Linnaeus in the more com- plete approximation of the Annelides, and by the distinction it effected of a part of the Echinodermata. I proposed a new arrangement of all the invertebrate animals, founded on their internal structure, in a paper read before the Societe d’Histoire Naturelle on the 10th of May 1795, of which my subsequent labours on this part of natural history are the development. (Cf* (a) It is proper to inform our readers that in placing this Division of the Animal Kingdom after the Fishes, we have made a correction of the confused arrangement which exists in the volumes of the French Original, and by which the Mollusca and the Zoophytes were placed in juxta position, whilst the Insects fol- lowed the latter. Cuvier jvas under the necessity of yielding to the circumstances which imposed upon him the inconvenient plan pursued by him in these volumes ; and they arose from his wish to devote the whole of the last two volumes of the original to the labours of M. Latreille, who has supplied the description of the Insects. In his preface to the third volume the author explains his motives, and as they have been above substantially stated, we will merely add the remainder of the remarks contained in this preface. He states the reasons which delayed the pnblica- VOL. III. E 2 MOLLUSCA. ent points of the body, the chief of which, termed the brain, is situated transversely on the oesophagus, and envelopes it with a ner- vous collar. Their organs of motion and of the sensations have not the same uniformity as to number and position, as in the Vertebrata, and the irregularity is still more striking in the viscera, particularly as respects the position of the heart and respiratory organs, and even as regards the structure of the latter; for some of them respire elastic air, and others salt or fresh water. Their external organs, however, and those of locomotion, are generally arranged symme- trically on the two sides of an axis. The circulation of the Mollusca is always double ; that is, their pulmonary circulation describes a distinct and perfect circle. This function is also always aided by at least one fleshy ventricle, situated between the veins of the lungs and the arteries of the body, and not as in fishesbetween the veins of the body and the arteries of the lungs. It is then an aortic ventricle. The family of Cephalopoda alone are provided besides with a pulmonary ventricle, which is even divided into two. The aortic ventricle is also divided in some genera, as in Area and Lingula ; at others, as in other bivalves, its auricle only is divided. When there is more than one ventricle they are not joined in a single mass, as in the warm-blooded animals, but are frequently placed at a considerable distance from each other, and in this case the animal may be said to have several hearts. The blood of the Mollusca is white or bluish, and it appears to con- tain a smaller proportionate quantity of fibrine than that of the Vertebrata. There are reasons for believing that their viens fulfil the functions of absorbent vessels. Their muscles are attached to various points of their skin, forming tissues there, which are more or less complex and dense. Their motions consist of various contractions varying in their direction, which produce inflexions and prolongations together with relaxations tion of the third volume for a long time after the appearance of the fourth ; among the most prominent of which were the number of changes in the genera, and in the distribution of species, he was compelled to make by recent discoveries. He also acknowledges his obligations to the works of the late lamanted M. de Lamarck, and those of MM. de Blainville, Savigny, Ferussac, Des Heyes, D’Orbigny, Rudolphi, Bremser, Otto, Leuckart, Chamisso, Eisenhardt, Rang, Sowerby, Charles Desmou- lins, Quoy and Gaymard, Delle Chiaje, Defrance, Deslonchamp, Audouin, Milne Edwards, Dugds, Moquin Tandon, Morren, Ranzani, and other savans whom he names in different places. He concludes by regretting that he had not received in time certain very recent works, which would have supplied him with valuable materials, particularly the Syst. Acaleph., Berlin, 1829, 4to, of M. Esch- holtz, and the article Zoophytes of the Diet, des Sc. Nat., of M. de Blainville, which was not then published. Eng. Ed. MOLLITSCA. 3 of their different parts, by means of which they creep, swim, and seize upon various objects, just as the form of these parts may permit; but as the limbs are not supported by articulated and solid levers, they cannot perform very rapid advances in progression. The irritability of most of them is extremely great, and remains for a long time after they are divided. Their skin is naked, very sensible, and usually covered with a humour that oozes from its pores ; no particular organ of smell has ever been detected in them, although they enjoy that sense ; it may possibly reside in the entire skin, for it greatly resembles a pituitary membrane. All the Cephala, Brachiopoda, Cirrhopoda, and part of the Gasteropoda and Ptero- poda, are deprived of eyes ; the Cephalopoda on the contrary have them at least as complicated as those of the warm-blooded animals. They are the only ones in which the organ of hearing has been discovered, and whose brain is enclosed with a particular cartila- ginous box. Nearly all the Moilusca have a development of the skin which covers their body, and which bears more or less resemblance to a mantle; it is often however narrowed into a simple disk, or is formed into a pipe, or hallowed into a sac, or lastly is extended and divided in the form of fins. The Naked Moilusca are those in which the mantle is simply membranous or fleshy ; most frequently however one or several laminae, of a substance more or less hard, is formed in its thickness, deposited in layers, and increasing in extent as well as in thickness, because the recent layers always overlap the old ones. When this substance remains concealed in the thickness of the mantle, it is still customary to style the animals Naked Moilusca. Most generally, however, it becomes so much developed, that the contracted animal finds shelter beneath it ; it is then termed a shell , and the animal is said to be testaceous ; the epidermis which covers it is thin, and sometimes desiccated ;* it is called drapmar- in{a ). The variety in the form, colour, surface, substance and brilliancy * Until my labours on the subject were made public, the Testacea constituted a particular order; but there are so many insensible transitions from the Naked Moilusca to the Testacea, and their natural divisions form such groups with each other, that this distinction can no longer exist. Besides this, there are several of the Testacea which are not Moilusca. {£?=> (a) This name is given to a woolly texture which covers the outside of several univalve shells. Eng. Ed. B 2 4 MOLLUSCA. of shells, is infinite ; most of them are calcareous ; some are simply horny, but they always consist of matters deposited in layers, or exuded from the skin under the epidermis, like the mucous covering, nails, hairs, horns, scales, and even teeth. The tissue of shells differs according as this transudation is deposited either in parallel laminae or in crowded vertical filaments. All the modes of mastication and deglutition are illustrated in the Mollusca; here the stomachs are simple, there they are com- plicated, and frequently provided with a peculiar armature; their intestines are variously prolonged. They most generally have salivary glands, and always a large liver, but neither pancreas nor mesentery : several have secretions which are peculiar to them. They also present examples of all the varieties of the process of generation. Several of them possess the faculty of self-impregna- tion ; others, although hermaphrodites, require a reciprocal coitus, while in many the sexes are separated. The first are viviparous, and the others oviparous ; the eggs of the latter are sometimes en- veloped with a harder or softer shell, and sometimes with a simple viscosity. These varieties of the digestive and generative processes are found in the same order, and sometimes in the same family. The Mollusca in general appear to be animals that are but slightly developed, possessed of but little industry, and which are only pre- served by their fecundity and their tenacity of life. Division of the Mollusca into Six Classes * The general form of the body of the Mollusca, being in propor- tion to the complication of their internal organization, indicates their natural division. f The body of some resembles a sac open in front, containing the branchiae, whence issues a well developed head crowned with long and strong fleshy productions, by means of which they crawl, and seize various objects. These we term the Cephalopoda. That of others is closed; the appendages of the head are either wanting or are extremely reduced; the principal organs of locomotion are two wings or membranous fins, situated on the sides of the neck, * M. de Blainville has substituted the name of Malacozoaires for that of Mol lusca, separating from them the Chitons and Cirrhipoda , which he calls Malento- zoasres. t The whole of this arrangement of the Mollusca, and most of the secondary subdivisions, belong exclusively to me. CEPHALOPODA. 5 and which frequently support the branchial tissue. They constitute the Pteropoda. Others again crawl by means of a fleshy disk on their belly, some- times, though rarely, compressed into a fin, and have almost always a distinct head before. We call these the Gasteropoda. A fourth class is composed of those in which, the mouth remains hidden in the bottom of the mantle, which also encloses the branchiae and viscera, and is open either throughout its length, at both ends, or at one extremity only. Such are our Acephala. A fifth comprises those, which, also inclosed in a mantle and with- out an apparent head, have fleshy or membranous arms, furnished with cilia of the same nature. We term these Brachiopoda. Finally, there are some, which, although similar to the other Mollusca in the mantle, branchiae, &c., differ from them in numerous horny and articulated limbs, and in a nervous system more nearly allied to that of the Articulata. They will constitute our last class, or that of the Cirrhopoda. CLASS I. CEPHALOPODA.* Their mantle unites under the body, forming a muscular sac which envelopes all the viscera. In several, its sides are extended into fleshy fins. The head projects from the opening of the sac; it is rounded, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned with longer or shorter conical and fleshy arms or feet, capable of being flexed in every direction, and extremely vigorous, the surface of which is armed with suckers or cups\a ) which enable them to adhere with great tenacity to every body they embrace. These feet are their instru- ments of prehension, natation, and walking. They swim with the head backwards, and crawl in all directions with the head beneath and the body above. A fleshy funnel placed at the opening of the sac, before the neck, affords a passage to the excretions. The Cephalopoda have two branchiae within the sac, one on each * M. de Blainville has changed this name to that of Cephalophora. M. de Lamarck at first united my Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda under the common name of Ccphala , but having subsequently increased the number of classes, he resumed that of Cephalopoda. ( '<) The original is vcnlouscs, which means, literally, cupping glasses, — Eng. Ed. 6 MOLLUSCA. side, resembling a highly complicated fern leaf ; the great vena cava, having arrived between them, divides into two branches, which pour their contents into two fleshy ventricles, each of which is placed at the base of the branchiae on its own side, and propels the blood into it. The two branchial veins communicate with a third ventricle, situated near the bottom of the sac, which, by means of various arteries, distributes the blood to every part of the body. Respiration is effected by the water which flows into the sac and issues through the funnel. It appears that it can even penetrate into two cavities of the peritoneum, traversed by the vena cava in their passage to the branchiae, and act upon the venous blood by means of a glandular apparatus attached to those veins. Between the bases of the feet we find the mouth armed with two stout horny jaws, resembling the beak of a parrot. Between the two jaws is a tongue bristling with horny points ; the oesophagus swells into a crop, and then communicates with a gizzard as fleshy as that of a bird, to which succeeds a third membranous and spiral stomach, which receives the bile from the two ducts of the very large liver. The intestine is simple and short. The rectum termi- nates in the funnel. These animals are remarkable for a peculiar and intensely black excretion, with which they darken the surrounding water when they wish to conceal themselves. It is produced by a gland, and retained in a sac, variously situated, according to the species. Their brain, which is contained in a cartilaginous cavity of the head, gives off a cord on each side which produces a large ganglion in each orbit, whence are derived innumerable optic filaments ; the eye consists of several membranes, and is covered by the skin which becomes diaphanous in that particular spot, sometimes forming folds which supply the want of eyelids. The ear is merely a slight cavity, on each side near the brain, without semicircular canals or an exter- nal meatus, where a membranous sac is suspended which contains a little stone. The skin of these animals, of the Octopi particularly, changes colour in places, by spots, with a rapidity which greatly surpasses that of the cameleon.* The sexes are separated. The ovary of the female is in the bottom of the sac : two oviducts take up the ova and pass them out through * See Carus, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XII., part I, p. 320, and Sangiovanni, Ann, des Sc. Nat, XVI, p. 308. CEPHALOPODA. 7 two large glands which envelope them in a viscid matter, and collect them into clusters. The testis of the male, placed like the ovary, communicates with a vas deferens which terminates in a fleshy penis, situated on the left of the anus. A bladder and prostate terminate there likewise. There is reason to believe that fecundation is effected by spritikliHg, as is the case with most fishes. In the spawn- ing season the bladder contains a multitude of little filiform bodies, which, by means of a peculiar mechanism, are ruptured the moment they reach the water, where they move about with great rapidity, and diffuse a humour with which they are filled. These animals are voracious and cruel; possessed both of agility and numerous modes of seizing their prey, they destroy immense quantities of fish and Crustacea. Their flesh is eaten ; their ink is employed in painting, and the Indian, or China ink is supposed to be made from it.* The Cephalopoda comprise but a single order, which is divided into genera, according to the nature of the shell. Those which have no external shell, according to Linneeus, formed but the single genus, (a) Sepia, Lin* Which is now divided as follows : Octopus, Lam.— Polypus of the ancients, Have but two small conical granules of a horny substance, on the *' M. Ab. Remusat, however, can find nothing in the authors of China which confirms this idea. t M. de Blainville makes an order of them, which he calls the Cryptodibran- CH1TA. (a) Of course this genus in not included is tlieTestacea, although it is custom- ary for certain amateur naturalists to regard the cuttle-fish (sepia officinalis) as a shell- fish. In the system of Lamarck, the Cephalopoda constitute the fourth order of his Twelfth Class of Invertebrated Animals. He has arranged the genera, (some of which are noticed in the present section by Cuvier), in the following manner, for which we are indebted to C. Dubois, Esq. TWELFTH CLASS. Mollusca. Order IV. — Cephalopodes. Character of the order : — Mantle of the animal in the form of a sack, containing the lower part of the body ; head projecting above the sack, crowned with arms not articulated, furnished with suckers, which stirround the mouth; two sessile eyes ; two corneous mandibles at the mouth ; three hearts ; the sexes separated. They live in the sea, floating at large, attaching themselves to marine bodies at will : others only drag themselves along, by means of their arms, at the bottom of the water, or on its banks ; the greater part of these are generally secluded in the 8 MOLLUSCA. two sides, of the thickness of the back ; the sac, having no fins, re- sembles an oval purse ; eight feet, all of which are about equal, very large in proportion to the body, and united at the base by a mem- brane ; they are employed by the animal in swimming, crawling, and seizing its prey. The length and strength of these limbs render them fearful weapons, which it twines round animals ; in this way it has even destroyed men while bathing. The eyes are small in pro- portion, and the skin contracts over them so tightly as to cover them hollows of rocks. They are all carnivorous, living on crabs or any other marine animals which they are able to catch, the singular position of their arms greatly facilitating the necessity they are under of bringing their prey to their mouths, where the two strong mandibles enable them to break and crush the hard bodies with which some of their food is covered. Some of them are entirely naked ; others live in a thin unilocular shell, which envelopes them, and in which they float on the surface of the water ; and there are others which have a multilocular shell, either completely or partially internal. First Division — Cephalopodes-polijthalames. ( Immerges ) Testaceous C£phalopodes — Shell multilocular, enveloped completely, or only parti- ally enclosed in the posterior part of the animal’s body, often closely adhering. Genus Belemnites, .... Orthocera . .... Nodosaria . .... Hippurites . .... Conilites . ^ First Family. — Les Orthoc^rees .... Spirula .... Spirolina .... • i . * Lituola .... . . 1, Second Family .—Les Lituoldes Shell multilocular, with ■ septa plain and sim- ple at the edges, the divisions of them not exhibiting any su- tures on the internal thickness of the sub- stance: shell straight or nearly so ; not in a spiral form. The greater number of these shells are only known in a fossil state. " Shell party in a spiral form, the whorls se- parated or connected with each other, the last continued in a right line. The sep- ta are generally tra- versed by a syphon, which in some spe- cies being continued in a straight line, occasions the last one to have from three to six perfora- tions. The first ge- nus is known in a recent state only ; and Pdron has as- certained that the body of the animal is contained in the last septum only, and the shell enveloped by its posterior part. I l CEPHALOPODA. 9 entirely at the will of the animal. The receptacle of the ink is seat- ed in the liver ; the glands of the oviducts are small. Some of them Polypus, Aristotle. Have two alternate rows of cups along each foot. The common species, Sepia octopodia , Lin., with a slightly Genus Renulina . .... Cristellaria. . . . Orbiculina . | Thir Third Family. — Les Cristacees. . Miliola ^ Gyrogona .... ? Fourth Family. — Les Spherules Melonia J Rotalia Lenticulina. ... Fifth Family. — Les Radioes . . Placentula .... i Discorbis . . Siderolites . . Polystomella Yorticialis . . Nummulites Nautilus . . . , Sixth Family. — Les Nautilacees {Shellsemidiscoid; mul- tilocular, with sim- ple septa ; the spire eccentric. r Shell globose, multilo- * cular, with simple I septa, spheroidal or J oval ; the whorls of | the spire enveloping, I or the chambers uni- L ted in a tunic. r Shell discoid, multilo- ! cular with simple j septa, spire central, chambers lengthened i and discoid, extend- 1 ingTrom the centre to the circumference, r Shell discoid, spire cen- trical, cells short, and in a spiral line not extending from the centre to the cir- cumference. The greater number are fossil species. The septa, as in the pre- ceding genera, sim- ple, neither notched nor undulated on the internal partition of the testaceous exte- rior. ... Ammonites.. . . . Orbulites . . . . . Ammonoceras . . . Turrilites , . . , , Baculites . . ~ Shell multilocular ; sep- ta sinuous, lobed, and cut in their con- }tour, uniting toge- ther against the in- Seventh Family. — Les Ammonses d ternal partition of the shell, and arti- culated in sinuous sutures divided and dentated. Most of these are known only in a fossil state. Second Division. — Cephalopodcs-monothalamcs. — Navigators. Genus Argonauta C Shell unilocular, alto- ) gether external, and J enveloping the ani- L mal. 10 MOLLUSCA. rough, skin, arms six times the length of its body, and rrnished with one hundred and twenty pairs of cups, infests the coasts of Europe in summer, and destroys immense numbers of fishes and Crustacea. The seas of hot climates produce another, Sepia rug os a, Bose. ; Seb., Ill, ii. 2, 3, whose body is rougher ; arms some- what longer than the body, furnished with ninety pairs of cups. It is from this species that some authors suppose the Indian Ink is procured. Others again, Eledon, Aristotle , Have but a single row of cups along each foot. One of them, the Poulpe musque , Lam., Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. 4to, pi. ii; Rondelet, 515* *, is found in the Mediter- ranean, which is remarkable for its musky odour. Argonauta, Lin. These are Octopi with two rows of cups, the pair of feet which are nearest to the back being dilated at the extremity into a Third Division. — Cephalopodes-sepiares.- — Pulpy Animals. No shell either exter- • nal or internal ; a so- lid body, free, cres- ted, or horned, and contained in the in- terior of most of these animals. Some crawl at the bottom of the sea, others have the faculty of swimming on its surface. Fifth Order. — Les Heteropodes. Body free, elongated, swimming horizontally; head distinct; two eyes; the arms not in the form of a crown on the summit of the head ; no foot beneath the belly or under the throat for the purpose of crawling ; one or more fins, not disposed in pairs, or any regular order of distribution. These animals, though allied to the Cdphalopodes, may be considered as the first vestiges of a series of marine animals, intermediate between them and the fishes, they probably are very nume- rous and much diversified, but have at present escaped observation, or their exami- nation has been neglected. r Shell free, elongated; animal swimming horizontally ; head distinct ; two eyes ; no arms surmount- ing the head in the form of a crown ; no foot or fins regular - ~ ly destributed. * Add the Poulpe cirrheaux, Lam., loc. cit., pi. i, f. 2, and, in general, several new species of the whole genus Sepia, which will shortly be published by M. de F^russac. Genus Carinaria .... Pterotrachea .... Phylliroe Genus Octopus .... .... Loligopsis .... .... Loligo .... Sepia CEPHALOPODA. 11 broad membrane. The two cartilaginous granules of the common Octopus are wanted, but these mollusca are always found in a very thin shell, symmetrically fluted and spirally convoluted, the last whorl of which is so large, that it bears some resemblance to a galley of which the spine is the poop. The animal makes a consequent use of it, and in calm weather whole fleets of them may be observed navi- gating the surface of the ocean, employing six of their tentacula as oars, and elevating the two membranous ones by way of a sail. If the sea becomes rough, or they perceive any danger, the Argonaut withdraws all its arms, concentrates itself in its shell, and descends to the bottom. The body of the animal does not penetrate to the bottom of the spires of the shell, and it appears that it does not adhere to it, at least, there is no muscular attachment, a circumstance which has induced some authors to believe, that its residence there is that of a parasite* * * §, like the Pagurus Bernhardus , for instance. As it is always found in the same shell, however, and as no other animal is ever seen theref, although it is very common and so formed as to show itself frequently on the surface, and as the germ of it is visible even in the ovum of the Argonautj", this opinion must be considered as highly problematical, to say nothing more of it. The ancients were well acquainted with this singular animal and its manoeuvres. It is their Nautilus and their Pompilus, Pliny, IX, c. xxix. Several species are known, closely resembling each other both in the animal and the shell, which were united by Linnaeus under the name of Argonauta argo, or the Paper Nautilus §. Bellerophon, Montf. Certain fossil shells, so called, the animal of which is supposed to have been analogous to the Argonauts. They are spirally and sym- metrically convoluted, without seyta, but thick, and not fluted ; the last whorl proportionably shorter |[. Loligo, Lam. The Calmars have an ensiform lamina of horn in the back in lieu of a shell ; the sac has two fins, and besides the eight feet promis- cuously loaded with litle cups on short pedicles, the head is furnished with two much longer arms, provided with cups near the end only, which is widened. The animal uses these latter to keep itself im- movable, as if at anchor. The receptacle of the colouring matter is * It is upon this hypothesis that M. Rafin and others have formed the animal into the genus Ocythoe. f All that has been stated to the contrary, even in modern times, is founded upon report and conjecture. X Poli, test. Neapol., Ill, p. 10. See, also, F^russac, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat., II, p. 160, and Ranzani, Mem. di Stor. Nat. dec., 1, p. 85. § Arg. argo , Favannc, VII, A, 2, A, 3 ; — Arg. haustrum, Delw., ib., A, 5 ; — A. tuberculata, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 995 : — A. navicida , Solander, Fav., VII, A, 7; — A. Mans , Sol., Fav., VII., A, 6 ; — A. CfcancMi, Leach, Phil. Trans.. 1 SI 7. || Bcllorophon vasulites , Montf., Conch. Syst., I. p. 51. See, also, Dcfrance, Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 264. 12 MOLLUSCA. lodged in the liver, and the glands of the oviducts are very large. The coalescing eggs are deposited in narrow garlands, and in two rows. They are now subdivided according to the number and armature of the feet and the form of the hns. Loligopsis, Lam. Or the Calmarets, should have but eight feet as in Octopus ; they are only known, however, by drawings of but little authority* * * §. In the true Loligo the long arms are furnished with cups like the other tentacula, and the fins are placed near the point of the sac. Three species are found in the European seas. L. vulgaris ; Sepia loligo, L. ; Rondel., 506; Salv. 169. The common Calmar. Fins forming a rhomb at the bottom of the sac. L. sagittata , Lam. ; Seb., Ill, iv. The great Calmar. Fins forming a triangle at the bottom of the sac ; arms shorter than the body, and loaded with cups for about half their length. L. Media ; Sep. media , L. ; Rondel, 508. The little Calmar. Fins forming an ellipsis at the bottom of the sac, which termi- nate in a sharp pointf. Onykia, LmmiM’.— Onychotheuthis, Lichtenst. Have the long arms furnished with cups terminating in hooks ; in other respects the form is the same j'. Sepiola, Cuv. Have the rounded fins attached to the sides of the sac and not to its point. One species, S. vulgaris ; S. sepiola , L. ; Rondel., 519, inhabits European seas. The sac is short and obtuse, and the fins small and cir- cular. It seldom exceeds three inches in length, and its horny lamina is as slender and sharp as a stilet. Chondrosepia, Leukard — -Sepiotheutes, Blainv. The whole margin of the sac, on each side, bordered with the fins, as in Sepia ; but the shell horny, as in Loligo§. * See, however, Leachia cyclura , Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, p. 89, and Krusenstern, Atlas, pi. lxxxviii. '{' Add, Lol. Bartramii, Leseuer, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, vii, 1, 2; — Lol. Bart- lingii, Id., XCV; — Lol. illecebrosa, Id., pi. F, No. 6; — L. pelagica , Bose., Vers., I, 1, 2 ; — L. Pecilii, Lesueur, I, c, viii, 1, 2; — L. Pavo. Id., XCVI ; — L. brevipinna, Id., Ib., Ill, x. X On. caribcea, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, ix, 1,2 ; — On. angulata, Id., Ib., I, 3 ; — On. uncinata, Quoy and Gaym., Yoy. Freycin., Zool., pi. vii, f. 66; — On. Bergii, Licht., Isis, 1818, pi. xix; — On. Fabricii, Ib., Id.; — On. Banksii, Leach, App. Tuckey, pi. xviii, f. 2, copied Journ. de Phys., tome LXXXVI, June, f. 4 ; — On. Smithii, Leach, Ib. f. 3, Journ. de Phys., Ib., 5. § Chondrosepi loligiformis, Leukard, App. Ruppel., pi. vi, f. 1. CEPHALOPODA. 13 Sepia, Lam . The Sepise, properly so called, have the two long arms of a Loligo* and a fleshy fin extending along the whole length of each side of the sac. The shell is oval, thick, convex, and composed of numerous and parallel calcareous laminae, united by thousands of little hollow columns, running perpendicularly from one to the other. This structure rendering it friable, causes it to be employed, under the name of cuttle-bone, for polishing various kinds of work ; it is also given to small birds in aviaries, for the purpose of whetting their bills. The ink-pouch of the Sapise is detached from the liver and situated more deeply in the abdomen. The glands of the oviducts are enor- mous. The eggs are produced attached to each other in branching clusters resembling those of grapes, and are commonly termed sea- grapes. The species most commonly found in the seas of Europe, Sepia officinalis , L. • Rondel., 498, Seb., III., iii, attains the length of a foot and more. Its skin is smooth, whitish, and dotted with red. The Indian Ocean produces another, Sepia tuberculata, Lam. Soc. d’Hist. Nat., 4to. pi. i, f. 1*. Nautilus, Lin. In this genus Linnaeus united all spiral, symmetrical and chambered shells, that is to say, such as are divided by septa into several cavities ; their inhabitants he supposed to be Cephalopoda. One of them, in fact, belongs to a Cephalopode that strongly resembles a Sepia, but it has shorter arms — it forms the genus, Spirula, Lam. In the hind part of the body, which is that of a Sepia, is an inte- rior shell, which, although very different from the bone of that animal as to figure, differs but little in its formation. A correct idea of the latter may be obtained by imagining the successive laminae, instead of remaining parallel and approximated, to be concave towards the body, more distant, increasing but little in breadth, and forming an angle between them, thus producing an elongated cone, spirally convoluted in one plane and divided transversely into chambers. Such is the shell of the Spirula, which lias additional characters consisting of a single hollow column that occupies the internal side of each chamber, continuing its tube with those of the other chambers to the very * Small bodies, armed with a spine are frequently found among Fossils — they are the extremities of the bones of the Sepim. They constitute the genus Beloptera Deshayes. See my note on this subject, Ann. des Sc. Nat. II, xx, 1, 2. There are some other — but petrified — Fossils, which appear to be closely allied to the above bones. They are the Ryncholithes of M. Faure Biguet. See Gail- lardot, Ann, des Sc. Nat., II, 485, and pi. xxii, and of Orbigny, lb., pi, vi. 14 MOLLUSC A. extremity of the shell — this column is termed the siphon. The turns of the spire do not come into contact. But a single species, Nautilus spirula, L. ; List., 550, 2, is known. The Nautilus, proper ly so called , Has a shell which differs from the Spirula in the sudden crossing of the laminae, and in the last turns of the spire, which not only touch the preceding ones hut envelope them. The siphon occupies the centre of each septum. N.pompilius, L. ; List. 551, the most common species; it is very large, formed internally of a beautiful mother-of-pearl, and covered externally with a white crust varied with fawn-coloured bands or streaks(cf). The animal, according to Rumphius, is partly contained within the last cell, has the sac, eyes, parrot-beak, and funnel of the other Cephalopoda ; but its mouth, instead of having their large feet and arms, is surrounded by several circles of numerous small tentacula without cups. A ligament arising from the back traverses the whole siphon and fastens it there*. It is also probable that the epidermis is extended over the outside of the shell, though we may presume it is very thin over the parts that are coloured. Individuals are sometimes found, — Naut. pompilius , #, Gmeh; List., 552 ; Ammonie , Montf., 74, in which the last whorl does not envelope and conceal the others, but where all of them, though in contact, are exposed, a circumstance which approxi- mates them to the Ammonites ; they so closely resemble the common species, however, in all the rest of the shell, that it is scarcely possible to believe them to be any thing more than a variety of it. Fossil Nautili are found of a large or moderate size, and much more various, as to form, than those now taken in the oceanf. Chambered shells are also found among fossils, furnished with simple septa and a siphon, the body of which, at first arcuated, or even spirally convoluted, remains straight in the more recent parts ; they are the Lituus of Breyn, in which the whorls are sometimes contiguous!', and sometimes distinct — the Hortoles of Montfort. * The figure of Rumphius is absolutely unintelligible, and it is somewhat asto- nishing, that, of the many naturalists who have visited the Indian Ocean, not one has ever examined or collected this curious animal, which belongs to so common a shell. f Large species, with a sinple siphon: the Angulite, Mont., f. 1, 6 -the Aganide, Id., 50 ; — the Cantrope, Id., 46. + Nautilus lituus, Gm. ; — Naut. semilituus, Plane., I, x. (a) See a very beautiful illustration of a specimen of Nautilus, by Richard Owen, Esq. — Eng. Ed. CEPHALOPODA. 15 In others, the Orthoceratites*, it is altogether straight. It is not improbable that the animals belonging to these shells, resem- bled that of Nautilus or of the Spirula. The Belemnites Probably belong also to this family, but it is impossible to ascertain the fact, as they are only found among fossils ; every thing, however, proves them to have been internal shells ; thin and double, that is, composed of two cones united at the base, the inner one much shorter than the other, and divided into chambers by parallel septa, which are concave on the side next to the base. A siphon extends from the summit of the external cone to that of the internal one, and continues thence, sometimes along the margin of the septa and sometimes through their centre. The interval between the two testaceous cones is filled with a solid substance, in some composed of radiating fibres, and in others, of self-involving conical layers, the base of each being on the margin of one of the septa of the inner cone. Sometimes we only find this solid portion, and at another we also find the nuclei of the chambers of the inner cone, or what are termed the honeycomb cells. Most commonly these nuclei and the chambers themselves have left no other traces than some projecting circles on the inside of the internal cone. In other specimens again we find more or fewer of the nuclei, and still in piles, but detached from the double conical sheath that enveloped them. Of all fossils the Belemnites are the most abundant, particularly in chalk and compact limestone. f M. de Blainville divides them according to the greater or less depth to which the internal cone or chambered portion penetrates, or as the edges of the external cone have a small fissure or not, or as the exter- nal surface is marked on one side by a longitudinal furrow, or by two or more furrows towards the summit, or finally as that surface is smooth and without furrows. Bodies very similar to Belemnites, but without a cavity and with a rather prominent base, form the genus actinocamax of Miller. (a) It * Breyn. de Polythal., pi. iii, iv, v, and vi. ; and Walcli, Petrif. of Knorr., Supp. IV, b, iv, d, iv. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, pi. 1, under the name of Belemnite. f The best works on this singular genus of Fossils, are the Memoires sur les Belemnites consul erdes zoologiquement el geologiquement, by M. de Blainville, Paris, GCf3 (a) Mr. Miller gives the following description of the genus Actinocamax which he has established and separated from the Belemnites. Gen. Char. A club-shaped Spathose concretion, consisting of two nearly equal, longitudinal adhering portions. Apex pointed : base a convex, but obtuse cone. The w hole formedof a sei’ies of enveloping fibrous lamina?. Specific character. Act. verus. A club-shaped Spathose semi-transparent horn coloured concretion ; base convex, obtuse, conical ; apex submamillar. Sides de- pressed towards the lower end, sliowung two longitudinal, towards the apex branch- ing, impressions of blood vessels. The species was found in the Chalk Strata in Kent, Wiltshire, and Sussex, in the strata which contain marine animals, so that Mr. Miller does not hesitate to consider it as an inhabitant of the sea. — Eng. Ed. 16 MOLLUSCA. is also upon conjectures of a similar nature that reposes the classifi- cation of the Ammonites^ Brug. Or the Cornua- Ammoni, or horns of Ammon* * * * §, for they no longer exist except among fossils. They are distinguished from the Nautili, by their septa, which, instead of being plane or simply concave, are angular and sometimes undulated, but most frequently slashed on the edge like the leaf of an acanthus. The smallness of their last cell seems to indicate that like the spirula they were internal shells. They are very abundant in the strata of secondary mountains, where they are found varying from the size of a lentil to that of a coach wheel. Their subdivisions are based upon the variation of their volutes and siphons. The name of Ammonites Lam., ( Simplegades , Montf., 82) is parti- cularly restricted to those species in which all the whorls are visible, and their siphon near the margin j\ They have lately been divided into the Ammonites planites , of Haan, where the edge of the septa is foliaceous, and into the ceratites of Haan, where it is simply angular and undulated. Those in which the last whorl envelopes all the others form the Orbitulites , Lam., or the Globites , and Goniatites of Haan, or the Pela- guses , Montf., 62. in all of which the siphon is situated as in the pre- ceding ones. The Seaphites Sowerb., are those in which the whorls are conti- guous and in the same plane, the last one excepted, which is detached and reflexed on itself. J Some, Baculites, Lam., are entirely straight without any spiral por- tion whatever. Some of them are round ,§ and others compressed. || The last some- times have a lateral siphon. The first cells of some of them — the Hamites Sowerb., are arcuated. Finally, those which vary most from the usual form of this family are the Turrilites , Montf., 118, where the whorls, so far from running 4to, 1827 ; and that of M. J. S. Miller on the same subject in the Geol. Trans., second series, vol. II, part I, London, 1826. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, and Raspail, Journ. des. Sc. d’Observ., second No. To this genus we refer the Paclite Montf., 318: — the Thalamule, 322; — the Acheloite, 358; — the Cetocine, 370 ; — the Acame , 374; — the Belemnite , 382 ; — the Hibolite , 386 ; — the Prorodrague, 390 ; — the Pirgopole, 394, which are the cases of different species. As to the Amimone, Id., 326 ; — the Callirhoe, 362 ; — the Chrisaore, 378, they appear to be mere nuclei or piles of alveoli detached from their cases. * So called from the resemblance of their volutes to those of a ram’s horn. d' The various species of Ammonites have long been collected and described, but with less care than those of other shells. We may commence studying them in the article Ammonite , Ency. Method. Vers. I, 28, and in that of M. de Roissy, in Sonini’s Buffon, Mollusca, V. 16. See also the Monograph of Haan, entitled “ Monographic Ammoniteorum et Goniateorum Specimen,1' Leid. 1325. X Sc. obliquus, Sowerb. ; Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, part II, pi. ii, f. 13. § Baculites vertebralis, Montf. 342 ; Fauj., Mont, de St. Pierre, pi. xxi. || The Tiranite, Montf., 346; Walch., Petrif., Supp., pi. xii, constitutes the genus Rhabdites of Haan, who refers th.e Icthyosarcolites of Desmar to it. CEPHALOPODA. 17 in the same plane, suddenly descend, giving to the shell that form of an obelisk which is called turreted * * * § It is also thought, and from similar considerations, that we should refer to the Cephalopoda, and consider as internal shells the Camerines, Brug. — Nummulites, Lam. Commonly called Nummulites, Numesmalites , lenticular stones , &c. which also are only found among fossils, and present, externally, a lenticular figure without any apparent opening, and a spiral cavity internally, divided by septa into numerous small chambers, hut with- out a siphon. It is one of the most universally diffused of all fossils, forming, by itself alone, entire chains of calcareous hills and immense bodies of building stonef . The most common, and those which attain the greatest size, form a complete disk, and have only a single range of chambers in each whorl J. Some very small species are also found in certain seas ||. The margin of other small species, (the sider olithes „ Lam.,) both fossil and living, are bristled with points which give them a stellated appearance§. The labours and researches, fruits of an infinite patience, of Bian- chi (or Janus Plancus), Soldani, Ficlitel, and Moll, Ale, and D’Or- bigny, have ascertained an astonishing number of these chambered shells without a siphon, like the Nummulites, that are extremely small and frequently microscopical, both in the sea, among the sand, fucus, &c. and in a fossil state in the sand formations of various countries. They vary in a remarkable degree as to their general form, the number and relative position of the chambers, &c. In one or two species, the only ones whose animals have been observed, there appears to be a small oblong body crowned by numerous and red tentacula, which, added to the septa of the shell, have caused them to be placed immediately after the Cephalopoda, like the genera just mentioned, an arrangement, however, which requires to be confirmed by more numerous observations before we can consider it as conclusive. Such of these species as were known in the time of Linnaeus and Grnelin were placed by those naturalists among the Nautili. * Montf. Journ. de Phys., an. VI J. pi. i, f. 1. There are some doubts as to the position of the siphon. Perhaps, as M. Adouin obsei’ves. what has been taken for it, is the columellar convolution. f The stone termed pierre de Laon is wholly formed of Nummulites. The pyramids of Egypt are placed upon rocks of this description, which also furnished the materials of the superstructure. See the Memoir of Fortis on the Discolites in his work on Italy, and that of M. Hlricart de Tliury, as well as Lam., Anim. sans Vert eb., VIII, and M. D’Orbigny, Tab. Method, des Cephalopodes. X Nautilus mammilla , Ficht., and Moll., VT, a, b, c, d ; — Naut. lenticularis, VI, e, f, g, h, VIT, a — h. To this genus also we refer the Licophre and Egeone, Montf., 158, 166, and his Rotai.ite, 162, which differs from the Rotalies of Lamarck. || Nautilus radiatus , Ficht. and Moll., VII., a, b, c, d; — Naut. Venosus, lb., e, f, g, h. § Siderol. calcitrapo'ide , Lam. Fan., Mont, de St, Pierre, pi. xxxiv. VOL. III. C 18 MOLLUSC A. M. D’Orbigny, who has exceeded every other person in attention to this subject, forms them into an order which he calls Foraminifera , on account of the only communication between the cells being by means of holes, and divides them into families according to the man- ner in which the cells are disposed. When the cells are simple and spirally arranged, they constitute his Helicostegua , which are again subdivided. If the whorls are en- veloped, as is particularly the case in the Nummulites, they become his Helicostegua nautiloida If the whorls do not envelope each other, they are the Helicostegua ammonoida.\ If the whorls are elevated as in most Univalves, they are the Helicostegua turbinoida.% Simple cells may also be strung upon a single, straight or slightly curved axis, constituting the family of the Stycostegua.§ * These infinitely small beings having but little to do with our plan, we will merely cite the names of the genera with a few examples. The Nummulites them- selves are compressed in this first division under the name of Nummulines,— Nautilus pompiloides, Ficht., and Moll., N. incrassatus, Id. The Syderolina, the same as Syderolites, Lam. Cristellaria, — Nautilus cassis, Naut. galea , Id., &c. Robulina, Nautilus calcar, Naut. vortex, Id. Spirolina, — Spirolinites cylindracea, Lam. Anim., sans verteb. Peneropla, — Nautilus planatus, Ficht. and Moll., &c. Dentritina, Polystomella, Anomalina, Vertebralina, Cassidulina. 'f M. D’Orbigny divides them into four genera : Soldania, Operculina, Planorbulina, Planulina. % These form ten genera : Truncatulina, Gyroidina, Globigerina, Calcarina, where is placed, among others, the Nautilus Spengleri , Fich. and Moll. XI Y, d., I, and XV. Rotalia, Rosalina, Valvulina, Eulimina, U VI GE RINA, Clavulina. § The Stycostegua are divided by M. D’Orbigny into eight genera: the Nodo- saria, which he subdivides 'into the true Nodosaria, such as the Nautilus r adieu - lus, L. ; — Naut. jugosus, Montag., Test. Brit., XIV. f. 4 ; and into Dentalina, such as the Nautilus rectus, Montag., I, cit., XIX, f. 4, 7 (the genus Reophaga, Montf. I, 330) ; into Grthoerina, such as the Nadosaria clavulus, Lam., Encycl., pi. 466, f. 3 ; and into Mucronina. Frond i ctj aria, where comes Renulino complanata , Blainv., Malac. Lingulina, Rimulina, CEPHALOPODA. 19 Or they may be arranged in two alternate series, when they be- come the Enallostegua* *. Or a few of them may be collected and united as in a pellet, form- ing the Agathistegua. f Finally in the Entomostegua\ the cells are not simple as in the other families, but are subdivided by transverse septa in such a way that a section of the shell exhibit a sort of trellis. Vaginulina, to which belongs the Nautilus legumen , Gm. Plane., I, f. 7 ; Encycl., pi. 465, f. 3. Marginulina, where we find the Nautilus raphanus, Gm. Soldan., II, xciv. Planularia, such as the Nautilus crepidulus, Fich., and Moll., XIX, g, h, i. Pavonina. * M. D’Orbigny has seven genera of Enallostegse : Bigenerina, Textularia, VULVULINA, Dimorphina, POLYMORPHINA, VlRGULINA, Spheroidina. f The Agathistegua or Milliola of authors, which compose immense banks of calcareous stone, in the arrangement of M. D’Orbigny, only form six genera : Biloculina, Spiroloculina, Triloculina, Articulina, CtUINQUELOCULINA, Adelosina, M. de Blainville assures us that he has ascertained, from observation, that their animal has no tentacula : should this be the case, they are at once greatly removed from the Cephalopoda. X The Entomostegua resemble, externally, several of the Helicostegua. M. D’Orb, divides them into five genera : Amphistegyna, Heterostegyna, Orbiculina, Alveolina, Fabularia. Those who are desirous of penetrating more deeply into the study of this curious portion of Conchyliology, on which oxir limits forbid us to expatiate, but which may be useful in the investigation of fossil strata, will find an excellent guide in the Table Method, des C^phalopodes, inserted by M. D’Orbigny the Ann. des Sc. Nat., 1826, tome VII, p. 95 and 245, and may profit by the large models constructed by this able observer. 20 MOLLUSC A, CLASS II. PTEROPODA* The Pteropoda, like the Cephalopoda, swim in the ocean, but they can neither fix themselves at all, nor crawl, because they have -no feet. Their organs of locomotion consist of fins placedlike wings on the two sides of the mouth. But few and small species are known, all of them hermaphrodites. Clio5 Lin.— Clione5 Fall. Have the body oblong, membranous, without a mantle ; head formed of two rounded lobes, whence originate small tentacula ; two small fleshy lips, and a little tongue in front of the mouth ; the fins covered with a vascular net- work which acts as branchiae, the anus and genital orifice under the right one. Some authors consider them as possess- ing eyes. The external envelope is far from being filled with the viscera ; the stomach is wide, the intestine short, and the liver voluminous. Clio borealis, L. This species, which is the most celebrated, is found in astonishing numbers in the arctic seas, furnishing, by its abundance, food for the whales, although each individual is hardly an inch longf. Brugiere has observed a larger and not less abundant species in the Indian Ocean ; it is distinguished by its rose colour, emar ginated tail, and the division of the body, by grooves, into six lobes, Encycl. Meth., PI. of the Mollusc., pi. lxxv, f. 1,2. We must place also here the Cymbulia, of Per on. Which have a cartilaginous or gelatinous envelope resembling a galley, or rather a sabot or clog, bristling with small points dis- posed in longitudinal rows. The animal has two large wings composed of a vascular tissue, which are its branchiae and fins ; between them, on the open side, is a third and smaller lobe with * M. de Blainville unites my Pteropoda and my Gasteropoda in a single class, which he calls Paracephalophoha, of which my Pteropoda form a particular order, under the name of Aporobranchiata. This order is divided into two families ; the Thecosoma, which are furnished with a shell, and the Gymnosoma which are not. f The Clio borealis of Pallas (Spied, X, pi. 1, f. 18, 19), the Clio retusa- of Fabri- cius (Faun. Groen., L., 334), and the Clio lamacina of Pliips (Ellis, Zooph., pi. 15, f. 9, 1, 10), of which Gmelin makes as many different species, appear to be this same animal. PTEROPODA. 21 three points. The mouth with two small tentacula is situated be- tween the wings towards the closed side of the shell and above two small eyes, and the genital aperture, whence issues a small penis in the shape of a little proboscis. It is so diaphanous, that the heart, brain, and viscera can be distinguished through the envelopes*. Pneumodermon, Cuv. The Pneumoderma begin to be a little further removed from the Clios. Their body is oval, without a mantle and without a shell ; the branch-ise are attached to the surface, and composed of little laminae, arranged in two or three lines so disposed as to form an H on the part opposite to the head The fins are small ; the mouth which is furnished with two small lips and two bundles of numerous tentacula, each terminated by a sucker, has a little lobe or fleshy tantaculum beneathf. Pneumodermon Peronii , Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, pi. 59 ; and Peron, lb., XV, pi. 2. Not more than an inch long. The species known was captured in the Ocean by Peron, Limacina,, Cuv. The Limacinse, according to the description of Fabricius, should have been closely related to the Pneumoderma ; but their body terminates in a spirally convoluted tail, and is lodged in a very thin shell formed by one whorl and a half, unbilicated on one side, and flattened on the other. The animal uses its shell as a boat, and its wings as oars, whenever it wishes to navigate the surface of the deep. The species known Clio helicina , Phips and Gmel. ; Argonauta arctica , Fab., Faun. Groenl., 387, is almost as common on the , Arctic seas as the Clio borealis , and is considered as forming one of the chief sources of food for the Whale J. Hyalea, Lam., — Cavolina, Abildg. Have two large wings ; no tentacula ; a mantle cleft on the sides, lodging the branchiae in the bottom of its fissures, and invested by a shell also cleft laterally, the ventral face of which is arched, and the dorsal flat and longer than the other ; the transverse line which unites them behind, is furnished with three sharp dentations. When alive, the animal thrusts several appendages, that are more or less * See Peron, Ann. Mus., XY, pi. iii, f. 10 — 11. N. B. in the fig. of Cymbulia, given by Blainville, Malac., XLVI, the position of the animal in the shell is directly the reverse of the true one. Our description is founded upon the recent and re- peated observations of M. Laurillard. •f M. de Blainville once thought that the fins supported the branchial tissue, and that what T have considered as branchiae is another kind of fin. In this case the analogy with the Clios would have been greater ; but since then, (Malacol., p. 483) that gentleman has adopted my views. X I am not sure that the animal drawn by Scoresby, of which de Blainville (Malac., pi. xlviii. bis, f. 5) makes his genus Spiratella, is, as he thinks, the same as those of Phips and Fabricius. 22 MOLLUSCA, long, through the lateral fissures of its shell * they are productions of the mantle. The species most known Anomia tridentata, Forskahl. ; Caro- lina natans , Abilgaard ; H. cornea , Lam. ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV. pL 59; and Peron, lb., XV, pi. 3, f. 13. has a small, yellowish, semi-diaphanous shell, found in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean*. CLeodora5 Peron. The Cleodoree, for which Brown originally created the genus Clio, appear to resemble theHyalese in the simplicity of their wings, and in the absence of tentacula between them ; it is also probable that their branchiae are concealed in the mantle ; their conical or pyramidal shell, however, is not cleft on the sides* M. Ray distinguishes Cleodora, properly so called, with a pyramidal shell, Creseis, with a conical and elongated shellf, Cuviera, with a cylindrical shell. Psyche, with a globular shell, and Eurybia, with a hemispherical shell. (;£) It is thought that we may approximate to the Hyalese Pyrgo, A very small fossil shell discovered by M. Defrance ; very thin, glo- bular, and divided by a very narrow tranverse cleft, except before, ivhere it becomes a little widened (a). * Add: Hyal. lanceolata, Lesueur, Bullet., des Sc. June 1813, pi. v, f. 3; — Hyal. injlecca, lb., f. 4. N. B. The Glaucas, Carinaire, and Firole, referred by Pei'on to the family of the PteroPodA, belong to the Gasteropoda ; the Philliroe of the same author also probably belongs to it. — His Calliatiire is a Zoophyte. •p It is probably near the Creseis* and perhaps even in the same subgenus, accord- ing to Messrs Rang and Audouin, that we must place the genus Triptera of Messrs Quoy and Gaymard, which is referred by M. de Blainville to the family of the Alcerae. x See the Mem., of M. Rang, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Novemb., 1827, and March 1828. N. B. Several Pteropoda have been discovered in a fossil state. M. Rang has found, near Bourdeaux, Hyalea, Cuvieria, and Cleodora. See Ann. des Sc. Nat. August 1826. The Vaginella of Daudin is a Cresis according to M. Rang ; it has, in fact, all the characters of the latter. (a) The Pteropodes constitute the first order of Lamarck’s twelfth class, and his division of this order into genera, is precisely the same as that given in the pre- sent work, with the exception of the fossil genus added by Cuvier under the name of Pyrge. The general description of the order by Lamarck is as follows These Mollusca have no feet to crawl with, or arms to assist their motion or seize their prey ; they have two opposite and simularly constructed fins adapted to swim- ming ; their bodies are free and floating. The Pteropodes are swimming Mollusca, without the means of affixing themselves to other bodies, floating on the surface of the sea and changing their position by means of their two fins or oars, which resem- ble two wings placed on each side of the mouth in some and in others on each side of the neck. He adds that in the Ayalda the head is so much concealed at the base or point at which the fins are united that it appears obsolete, exhibiting consequently an alliance between these animals and the Conehiferae (the eleventh class of Mollus- cous animals in his system). In the Cymbulia a little lobe which stands forward on the posterior part, between the two true wings, has been erroneously regarded as a third fin.— Eng. Ed. GASTEROPODA. 23 CLASS III. GASTEROPODA. The Gasteropoda constitute a very numerous class of the Mollusca, an idea of which is afforded by the Slug. They generally crawl upon a fleshy disk, situated under the abdo- men, which sometimes however, assumes the shape of a furrow, or that of a vertical lamina. The back is furnished with a mantle which is more or less extended, takes various forms, and in the greater number of genera, produces a shell. Their head placed anteriorly, is more or less visible, as it is the more or less involved under the mantle ; its tentacula are very small, they are situated above the mouth but do not surround it, varying in number from two to six ; sometimes they are wanted ; their function is that of touch, or at most that of smell. The eyes are very small in some species, ad- hering to the head, in others to the base, side, or point of the tenta- culum ; sometimes they are wanted. The position, structure, and nature of their respiratory organs vary, and afford the means of dividing them into several families ; they never, however, have more than a single aortic heart, that is to say, one placed between the pul- monary vein and the aorta. The position of the apertures, through which the genital organs, and that of the anus project, varies ; they are almost always, how- ever, on the right side of the body. Several are entirely naked; others have merely a concealed shell, but most of them are furnished with one that is large enough to re- ceive and shelter them. The shell is formed in the thickness of the mantle. Some of them are symmetrical and consist of a single piece ; others are non-sym- metrical, which, in those species where they are very concave, and where they continue to grow for a long time, become necessarily obliquely spiral. If we figure to ourselves an oblique cone, in which other cones, always wider in one direction than in the others, are successively placed, it will be easily seen that the convolution of the whole takes place on the side which enlarges the least. This part, on which the cone is rolled, is termed the columella ; it is sometimes solid, and sometimes hollow. When hollow, its aper- ture is called the umbilicus . 24 MOLLUSC A. The whorls of the shell may either remain in one plane, or incline towards the base of the columella. In this last case, the preceding whorls rise above each other, form- ing the spire , which is so much the more acute , as the whorls de- scend more rapidly, and the less they increase in width. These shells with a salient spine, are said to be turbinated. When, on the contrary, the whorls remain nearly in the same place, and do not envelope each other, the spine is flat, or even con- cave. These shells are said to be discoidal. When the top of each whorl envelopes the preceding ones, the spire is hidden. The part through which the animal appears to come out is named the aperture. When the whorls remain nearly in the same plane, while the animal crawls, it has its shell placed vertically, the columella crosswise on the hind part of its back, and its head passes under the edge of the opening opposite to the columella. When the spire is salient, it inclines from the right side in almost every species ; in a very few only does it project from the left when they are in motion ; these are said to be reversed. It is observed that the heart is always on the side . opposite to that to which the spire is directed. Thus it is usually on the left, and in the reversed on the right. This relation is exactly inverted with re- spect of the organs of generation. The organs of respiration, which are always situated in the last whorl of the shell, receive the ambient element from under its edge, sometimes because the mantle is entirely detached from the body along this edge, and sometimes because it is perforated there by a hole. It sometimes happens that the margin of the mantle is prolonged in the form of a canal, in order to allow the animal to seek the am- bient element without exposing its head and foot beyond its shell. In such a case as this, the shell lias also in its margin, near the extremity of the columella, opposite that to which the spire inclines, a fissure or canal, for the purpose of lodging that of the mantle. The canal, consequently, in ordinary species, is on the left ; and in the reversed, on the right. The animal, however, being very flexible, can vary the direction of the shell, and most commonly when there is a fissure or canal, it directs the latter forwards, which throws the spine behind, the colu- mella to the left, and the opposite margin to the right. It is the contrary in the reversed, for which reason their shell is said to be contorted to the left. GASTEROPODA. 25 The aperture of the shell, and consequently the last whorl, are more or less large, in proportion to the other whorls, as the head or foot of the animal, which is constantly protruding from and retracting within them, is more or less voluminous compared to the mass of the viscera which remain fixed in the shell. This aperture is wider or narrower in proportion to the greater or less degree of thickness of these same parts. The aperture of some shells is narrow and long — this is because the foot is thin, and be- comes double by being folded in order to enter. Most of the aquatic Gasteropoda, with a spiral shell, have an oper- culum,, a part sometimes horny, sometimes calcareous, attached to the posterior part of the foot, which closes the shell when its occupant is withdrawn into it and folded up. In others of the Gasteropoda the sexes are separate ; others which are hermaphrodite, and some of which possess the faculty of self- impregnation, while others require a reciprocal coitus. Their organs of digestion vary as much as those of respiration. This class is so numerous that we have been compelled to divide it into a certain number of orders, which we have founded upon the position and form of the branchiae. The PuLMONEA Respire the natural air in a cavity, the narrow orifice of which they open and shut at pleasure. Some of them have no shell, others have one which is even very often completely turbinated, but the oper- culum is always wanted. The NuDIB RANCHI ATA Have no shell, and are furnished with naked branchiae, of various forms, on some part of their back. The Inferobranchiata, Similar in other respects to the Nudibranchiata, have their branchiae in the margin of their mantle. The Tectibranchiata Have branchiae on the back and side, covered by the lamina of the mantle, which almost always contains a shell more or less developed, or sometimes only enveloped in a recurved margin of the foot. These four orders are hermaphrodites, requiring a reciprocal coitus. The 26 MOLLUSC A, Heteropoda Have their branchiae on the back, where they form a transverse range of small panaches, protected, as well as part of the viscera, in some species, by a symmetrical shell. They are particularly distin- guished, however, by the foot, which is compressed into a thin vertical fin, on whose margin is frequently observed a small cup ( ventouse ), the only vestige of the horizontal foot of the rest of the class. In the Pectinibranchiata The sexes are separated; the respiratory organs almost always con- sist of branchiae, composed of lamellae, united in the form of combs, and are concealed in a dorsal cavity, widely open above the head. Nearly all of them had a turbinated shell, a mouth sometimes entire, sometimes fissured, and at other times furnished with a siphon* but most generally susceptible of being more or less perfectly closed by an operculum attached to the foot of the animal behind*. The TuBULIBRANCHIATA(a) Have a shell resembling a more or less irregularly pointed tube, which attaches itself to various bodies. Their branchiae consist of a single range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity, the SCUTIBRANCHIATA Have branchiae similar to those of Pectinibranchiata ; but the sexes are united, so that fecundation takes place without a mutual copula- tion, as in the Acephala. Their shell is very open, and in several forms a non-turbinated shield; the operculum is always wanting. The Cyclobranchiata, Hermaphrodites, like the Scutibranchiata, have a shell composed of one or several pieces, but never turbinated nor with an operculum ; * N.B. Sometimes, as in Vermetus, &c., the foot is recurved in such a manner that the operculum is before. (a) In the original this order does not occur, but we find further on, that when the author comes to take each of these orders into detailed consideration, as it will be seen he does in the following pages, the necessity occurred to him of sepa- rating from the Pectinibranchia an additional order, to which he gave the name of of Tubulibranchia. We have therefore deemed it necessary to insert this order with its characters precisely in the order and relation assigned to it by the author. — ■ Eng. Ed. GASTEROPODA PULMONEA, 2*7 their branchiae are attached under the margin of their mantle, as in the Inferobranchiata(a), ORDER I. PULMONEA* The Pulmonia are distinguished from the other Molluscaby respiring elastic air through a hole opening under the margin of the mantle, and which they dilate and contract at will ; and accordingly have no Genus Glaucus Eolis . . Tritonia Scyllsea Tethys , Doris . . 1 * M. de Blainville prefers the term Pulmonobranchiata. (a) The Gasteropodes form, in Lamarck’s classification, the Second Order of his TWELFTH CLASS. Mollusca. Order II. — Les Gasteropodes. Animals with the body straight, never in a spiral form, nor enveloped in a shell capable of containing the whole of it ; they have beneath the belly a foot or muscular disk, united nearly to the whole length of the body, and serving them to crawl with. Some are naked, others are screened by a dorsal shell, hot sheathed in the body ; and others again, have a shell more or less concealed in their mantle. First Section. — Les HydrobrancMce, Animals only breathing water. fThe respiratory organs, in what= ever part they are situated, , are always elevated, either ) in filets, laminae, tufts, or \ like a comb ; they are placed I above the mantle, either on | the back or on the sides, and L not in any particular cavity. Respiratory organs placed be- > neath the border or edge I of the mantle, and disposed in a longitudinal series round | the body, or on one side, not 1 being placed in any particular L cavity. {Gills as above, but placed on the right side of the body only. Respiratory organs placed in a ; cavity appropriated to them I on the back of the animal. ) near the neck, projecting ^ either within the cavity or I above it. Shell always exter- j nal and covering the animal, L which is without tentacular ■ Gills placed in a particular ca- vity near the posterior part of the back, and covered by the mantle or by an opercu. lary shield. — No tentacular Fhyllidia . Chiton ellus Chiton . . . Patella . . . Pleurobranchus. Umbrella Parmophora Emarginula Fissurella . , Pileopsis . , Calyptrsea . . Crepidula . . Ancylus . . . , inchus. ^ 1 Acera . Bulloea Bulla . . First Family. Les Tritoniens. Second Family. Les Phyllidiens. Third Family. Les Semiphyllidiens Fourth Family. Les Calyptracicns. Fifth Family. Bulleens. 28 MOLLUSC A. branchiae, but a mere net- work of pulmonary vessels which creep over the parietes of the respiratory cavity and chiefly on its ceiling. Some of them are terrestrial; others are aquatic, but are com- pelled to visit the surface from time to time for the purpose of open- }r Respiratory organs situated as Sixth Family. J in the Bull^ens, and also Les Aplysiens. V covered by a shield ; but this L family possesses tentaculae. Second Section. — Les Pneumobranchice. Genus Onchidium .... Parmacella .... Limax .... Testacellus .... Yitrina . . Seventh Family. Les Limaciens. Branchiae, or respiratory organs 1 rampant, in the form of vas- ] cular net, on the thickness of ^ a particular cavity, the aper- ture of -which the animal con- i tracts or dilates at -will. L They only breathe fresh air. Third Order. — Les Trachelipodes. The bodies of the animals spirally contorted at their posterior part, which is sepa- rated from the foot, and always enveloped in a shell ; the foot free, flattened, attached to the lower base of the neck or at the anterior part of the body, and useful to assist the animal in crawling : a spiral shell covering the body. First Section. — Les Phytiphages. Animals feeding on vegetable substances. Helix q m vi. Carocolla .... O a Anostoma .... a Helicina With fourtenta-"' 'o Pupa > culae. O <2 Clausilia i-l Bulimus > l Achatina Succinea J 1 Auricula 1 With two tenta- Cyclostoma. . . . f culae. ~ Trachelipodes without a pro- jecting syphon, breathing generally by a hole. The greater number feed on vege- table substances, and are furnished with jaws : aper- ture of the shells entire, not having at the base any dorsal notch, or canal; they only breathe air. Shell spirivalve, \ smooth or with striae, the right margin often reflected outwardly ; smooth and not distinctly nacreous. This family is terrestrial ; they have cylindrical tentaculae, with eyes at their summits with or without an opercu- lum. They all live out of the - water. . . . . Planorbis . . . Physa . . . .... Lymnaea . Second Family. Les Lymndens. f Amphibious Trachelipodes, with two tentaculae without eyes at their summit ; generally no operculum, their tentaculae flattened ; they inhabit fresh > water, and rise to breathe the air on its surface. — Shell spi- rivalve, most frequently smooth on its external sur- face, and having the right margin of its aperture always L sharp, and not reflected. gastereopoda pulmonea. 29 ing the orifice of their pectoral cavity in order to respire. They are all hermaphrodite. The PULMONEA TERRESTRIA Have generally four tentacula, ; in two or three only, of a very small size, the lower pair are not to he seen. Those which possess no apparent shell, form in the Linneean sys- tem the genus Limax, Lin . Which we divide as follows : Limax, properly so called , Lam. Have the body elongated, and the mantle, a dense fleshy disk which is confined to the forepart of the back, merely covering the pulmonary Genus Melania .... Melanopsis. . . . .... Pirena . . . . Valvata . . . Paludina . . . , Ampullaria. . . . I 1 Vavicella . Neritina. . . Nerita . . . Natica . . . Janthina Sigaretus .... Stomatella .... Stomatia .... Haliotis Tornatella . . . . Pyramidella . . Third Family. Les M^laniens. Fourth Family. Les P^ristomiens. Fifth Family. Les Ndritacds. Sixth Family. Les Janthines. Seventh Family. Les Macrostomes. Eighth Family. Les Plieacds. rFluviatile Trachdlipodes with I two tentaculoe and an oper- | culum, and only breathing <{ water. The shells have the | margin of the aperture dis- ■ united, the right side always (_ sharp : with an epidermis. r Animal the same as the preced- J ing family ; shell conoid or A subdiscoid; the margins of l_ the aperture united. "Operculated Trachelipodes, and breathing water only ; some inhabit fresh water, others are marine. Shells semi- J globular or a flattened oval, \ without a columella, and the left margin of the aperture forming a cover half over the aperture of the shell, like the deck of a boat. Shell marine, its aperture not ; at all closed, floating on the surface of the water; breath - j ing water only. The animal j has a bladder attached to its I foot, by which, when it is j inflated, the shell is sus- L pended. /Shell not floating, aperture very much widened, margin dis- united, no columella or oper- culum. The animal breath- ing water only. r Aperture of the shell not widen - I ed, and plaits on the colu- S mella : the animal breathing L water only. 30 MOLLUSCA, cavity ; in several species it contains a small, flat, and oblong shell, or at least a calcareous concretion in place of it. The respiratory Genus Vermetus . . . .... Scalaria .... Delphinula . . , Ninth Family. Les Scalariens. . Solarium. ..... “} . Rotella I . Trochus I . Monadonta .... v . Turbo ( . Planaxis ] . Phasianella .... ' , Turritella J Tenth Family. Les Turbinac^s {Shell having no plaits on the columella, the edges of the aperture united circularly. Animal a vermicular Tra- chdlipode, and breathing wa- ter only. I~ Shell turretted or conoid, aper- | ture round or oblong, not i widened, having the edges disunited : they appear fur- I nished with an operculum. The animal breathes only L water. Genus Cerithium . .... Pleuromata .... Turbinella .... Cancellaria .... Fasciolaria .... Fusus .... .... Pyrula .... .... Struthiolaria .... Ranella . . . .... Murex .... Triton Second Section.— Les Zoophages. Animals feeding on animal substances only. "Trach&ipodos with > } First Division. — ” Species without any permanent varix or thick- ened lip on the right margin. Second Division. — All the species having perma- nent varices, or a thickened lip on the right side._ inclining to the J back. Fourth Family. Les Columellaires. Shells having a short canal at the base of the opening as- cending towards the back, or a notch in the form of a semi- canal, inclined backward. The animals of all this family produce coloring matter, but particularly the G. Purpura, from which was extracted the celebrated dye of the Romans ; it is contained in a peculiar reservoir near the animal’s neck. All of them appear to possess an oper- culum. rNo canal at the base of the j aperture, but a subdorsal I notch more or less distinct, ) and having plaits on the \ columella of the shell. — The J Columbellse have a small I operculum attached to the foot of the animal. Ovula .... Cypraa . . Terebellum Ancilla., . . Oliva . . . Conus . . . . Fifth Family. Les Enrouldes. "Shell without a canal, but hav- ing the base of the aperture effuse or notched ; the whorls of its spire large, compressed, rolled round each other, so that the last nearly conceals all the others, rendering the spiral cavity large and nar- row, and indicating that the body of the animal must be flattened. The two first ge- nera of this family have the right lip recurved inwardly ; ^ no operculum. 32 MOLLUSCA. tion of this species is sometimes used in France for pulmonary disorders*. Lima, Feruss. The respiratory opening towards the posterior part of their shell, and frequently much larger. Such is L. antiquorum , Feruss., pi. iv and viii, A, f. 1 ; L. maximus, L. ; L. sylvaticus , Drap., Moll., IX, x. Frequently spotted or streaked with grey ; found in caves and dark forests. L. agrestis , L. ; Feruss., pi. v, f. 5 — 10. Small, without spots ; and one of the most abundant and destructive animals. f Vagin ulus, Feruss. Have a dense mantle without shell, stretching over the whole length of the body ; four tentacula, the lower ones slightly forked : the anus at the extreme posterior extremity, between the point of the mantle and that of the foot, the same orifice leading to the pulmonary cavity situated along the right flank ; orifice of the male organ of generation under the right inferior tentaculum, and that of the female under the middle of the right side. These organs, as well as those of digestion, are very similar to the same parts in the Slug. These Mollusca are found in both Indies, and closely resem- ble the common Limacesj;. Testacella, Lam. Have the respiratory orific and the anus at the posterior extremity; the mantle very small, and placed on the same extremity ; it con- tains a small oval shell, with an exremely wide aperture and a very small spine, which is not one tenth of the length of the body ; other- wise these animals resemble the Limaces. Test, haliotoidea, Drap. ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxvi, 6, 11. A common species is found in the southern departments of France; * Add : the L. albus, Mull., Fdruss., pi. i, f. 3 ; — L. hortensis , Id., pi. ii, f. 4 — 6. 'f- Add : L. alpimis, Feruss., pi. v. a; — L. gagates, Drap., pi. ix, f. 1 and 2, &c. N.B. The Plectophora, Feruss., would he Limaces, having a sort of small conical shell on the end of their tail, and far from the shield ; they are only known, however, by drawings of very equivocal authority, Favanne, Zoomorphose, pi. lxxvi, copied Feruss., pi. vi, f. 5, 6, 7. M. de Blainville (Malac., p. 464) now doubts the reality of his genus Limacella, and rejects his genus Veronicella, Diet, des Sc. Nat. The Phylomichus and Eumeles. Raf., are too imperfectly indicated to be admitted into a work like this. X Vaginulws Taunaisii, Feruss., pi. viii, A, f. 7 ; and viii, B, 2 3 ; — V. altus, Id., pi. viii, A, f. 8, and viii, B, f. 6 ; — V. Lungsdorfii, Id., pi. viii, B, f. 3 and 4 ; — V. Itevigatus, Id., pi. viii, B, f. 5, 7 ; — Onchidium occidentale, Guilding, Lin. Trans, xiv, ix. : The genus Meghimatium of Van Hassel., Bullet. Univers., 1824, Zool. tome III, p. 82, should apparently be added to it. N. B. The genus Vaginula differs from Onchidium, with which M. de Blain- ville has united it, Malac., p. 465, detaching from it, at the sume time, the true Onchidiums to form his genus Peronia. His anatomy of the Vaginula in the Moll. Terr, et Fluv. of M. de Ferussac, pi. viii, C, is very good. CASTEROPODA PULMONJSA. 33 it lives under ground, and feeds chiefly on Lmnbriei. M. de Fe- russac has observed, that when accidentally placed in too dry a situation, the mantle experiences a singular development, and furnishes it with a sort of shelter. Parmacella, Cuv. Have a membranous mantle with loose margins placed on the mid- dle of the back, and containing in its posterior portion an oblong, flat shell, the hind part of which exhibits a slight rudiment of a spine ; the respiratory orifice and the anus, under the right side of the mid- dle of the mantle. Parm. Olivieri, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 12 — 15. The first species known ; from Mesopotamia. Parm. palliolum. Feruss., pi. vii, A. Inhabits Brazil. Some others are found in India. In the terrestrial Pulmonea with complete and apparent shells, the edges of the aperture in the adult, are usually tumid. Helix, Lin. To this genus Linnaeus referred all those species in which the aper- ture of the shell, somewhat incroached upon by the projection of the penultimate whorl, assumes a crescent-like figure. When this crescent of the aperture is as wide as it is high, or wider, it becomes the Helix, Brug. and Lam . Some of them have a globular shell. Of this number is the Helix pomatia, L., common in the gar- dens and vineyards of France, with a reddish shell marked with paler bands, an animal which in some places is considered a deli- cious article of food. The Hel. nemoralis , L., is another; whose shell is variously and vividly coloured ; in wet seasons it is very injurious to espaliers*. There are but few persons who have not heard of the curious facts respecting the reproduction of their amputated partsf. In others the shell is depressed, that is, the spire is flattened^. * Add the Ilel. glauca, — H. citrina ; — II. rapa ; — II. castanea ; — H. globulus; II. luctea; — H. arbustorum ; — H.fulva; — II. epistylium; — H. cincta; — H. ligata ; //. aspersa; — II. extensa; — II. nemorensis ; — II. fruticum; — H. lucena; — H. vittata ; II. rosacea ; — H.italia; — II. lusitanjca ; — H. aculeaia; — II. turturum; — H. cretacea ,< H . fusccscens ; — H. tcrrestris ; — II. nivea ; — H. hortensis ;—H. lucorum; — H. grisea ; II. heemasfoma; — Il.pulla; — II. venusta; — II. picta, Gmel, &c. f See Spallanzani, Sclioeffer, Bonnet, &e. X Ilel. lapicida; — II. cicatricosa; — II. cegophtalmus ; — II. oculus capri; — H. albella — H. muculula; — II. algira; — H. leevipes; — II. vermiculatu; — II. ex ills ; — If. cara- colla; — II. cornu military; — II. pellis serpentis; — II. Gvalteriana — II. oeulis commu- nis ; — II. marginalia ; — II. maculosa; — II. ncevia ; — II. conmgafu; — II. ericetorum • II. nitens ; — II. costata ; — II. pulchella ; — II. cello ria ; — //. obvolufa ; — H . sfreigosiila ; — H.radiata ; — II. cryslullina ; — II. vngulina ; — 1\. volvulus ; — II. involvulus ; II. badia ; — II. cornu rcnotorium, &c, VOL. III. .) 34 MOLLUSCA. Some of these have ribs projecting internally* * * §, and there are others in which the last whorl is suddenly recurved, (in the adult,) assuming an irregular and plaited formf. Vitrina, Drap. — Helico-Limax, Feruss. The Vitrinse are Helices with a very thin flattened shell, without an umbilicus ; the aperture large, but its margin not tumid ; the body too large to be completely drawn into the shell ; the mantle has a double borderj, the upper one, which is divided into several lobes, extends considerably beyond the shell, and being reflected over it, polishes it by friction. The known European species inhabit wet places, and are very small§. Hot climates produce larger ones. There are some species of Helix, in which the body can hardly enter the shell, although not furnished with this double border, which should be approximated to them ||. When the crescent of the aperture is higher than it is wide, a disposition which always obtains when the spire is oblong or elon- gated, it constitutes the Bulimus Terrestris, Brug. Which requires a still further subdivision : Bulimus, Lam, Margin of the aperture tumid in the adult, but without denta tions. Hot climates produce large and beautiful species, some of which are remarkable for the volume of their ova, the shell of which is of a stony hardness ; and others for their left shell. Several moderate-sized or small species are found in France, one of which, the Helix decollata , Gm.; Chemn., cxxvi, 1254, 1257, has the singular habit of successively fracturing the whorls of the summit of the spire. This is the example referred to, as a proof that the muscles of the animal can be detached from * Hel. sinuata ; — II . lucerna ; — H. lychnuchus ; — H, cepa; — H. isognomostoma ; — H. sinuosa ; — H. punctata , &c. f Hel. ringens, Chemn., IX, cix, 919, 920, the Axostoma of Lam., or Tomo- geres, Montf. ; an analogous fossil shell is the Strophostgma, Deshayes. See, also, pi. v, vi, vii, viii, of Draparn., with the accompanying descriptions ; the works of Sturm and Pfeiffer on the German species, hut particularly see the splendid folio of M. de Fdrussac on the “ Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles.” + Termed by M. de Ferussac “ une curiasse et un colirlier .” § Hel. pellucida, Mull, and Geoff. ; Vitrina pellucida, Drap., VIII, 34 — 37': — the Helicarion, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. de Freycin., pl.lxvii, 1; Feruss., pi. ix, f. 1 — 4. || Hel. rufa and brevipes, Feruss., Drap., VIII, 26 — 33. GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 35 the shell ; for at a particular epoch, of all the whorls of the spire originally possessed by this Bulimus, not a single one remains*. Pupa, Lam. Have the summit of the shell very obtuse ; the last whorl, in the adult, becoming again narrower than the others, giving it the form of an ellipsoid, or sometimes almost that of a cylinder; the surrounding margin of the apertute tumid and emarginated on the side next to the spire by the preceding whorl. Small species, inhabiting wet places, among mosses, &c. Sometimes there is no dentation f . More commonly there is one in that portion of the aperture which is closed by the penultimate whorl J. It is frequently observed inside of the external edge|j. Chondrus, Cuv. Have the aperture, as in the last mentioned Pupoe, indented on the side next to the spine by the preceding whorl, and bordered with salient laminae or teeth ; but the form is more ovoid, like that of a common Bulimus. Some of them have teeth on the margin of the aperture §. Others are furnished with more deeply seated laminae^]. Here terminates that series of terrestrial Helices, the adult shells of which have a tumid margin round the aperture. Succinea, Drap. Have the shell oval, and the aperture higher than it is broad, as in Bulimus, but larger in proportion, and the margin of the aperture * Add Helix ovalis, Gm., Chemn., IX. cxix, 1020, 1021 ',—H. oblonga, Ib., 1022, 1023 ; — H. trifasciata , Id., CXXXIV, 1215 ; — II. dextra, lb., 1210, 1212 H. interrupta, lb., 1213,1214; — H., Ib., 1215 ',—H., Ib., 1224, 1225 ; — H. per- versa, Id., CX and CXI, 928 — 937 ; H. inversa, Ib., 925, 926 ; — H. contraria , Id., CXI, 938, 939; — H. Iceva , Ib., 940 and 949; — H. labiosa, Id., CXXXIV, 1234 ; — II., Ib., 1232 ,—H., Ib., 1231 ; H. cretacea , Id., CXXXVI, 1263 ',—H. pudica, Id., CXXI, 1042 ,—H. calcirea, Id., CXXXV, 1226. Bulla auris Malcha, L., Gm., Tb., 1037, 1038, V, Ib., 1041. Bulimus colurnba, Brug., Seb., Ill, lxxi, 61 ; — Bui. fasciolatus, Oliv., Voy., pi. xvii, f. 5. For the small species of France, see Draparnaud, Moll. terr. etfluviat., pi. iv, f. 21 — 32. f Bulimus labrosus, Oliv., Voy. pi. xxxi, f. 10, A, B ; — Pupa edentula, Drap. Ill, 28, 29 ; — Pupa obtusa, Id., 43, 44 ; — Bid. fusus, Brug. J Turbo uva, L., Martini, IV, cliii, 1439 ; — Turbo muscorum, L. ( Papa marginata, Drap., Ill, 36, 37, 38); — Pupa muscorum, Drap., III. 26,27 .{Vertigo cylindrica, F^russ. ); — Pupa umbilicata, Drap. Ill, 39, 40 ; — P. doliolum, Ib., 41, 42. || Hel. vertigo, Gm., ( Pupa vertigo, Drap., Ill, 34, 35) ; — Pupa antivertigo, Ib., 32, 33; — Pupa jiygmoea, Ib., 30, 31 ; — Bulimus ocularis, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 12, a* b. § Bulimus zebra, 01., XVII, 10 : — Pupa tridens , Drap., Ill, 57; — Pupa vatiabilis, Ib., 55, 56. ^| Bulimus avenaceus, Brug., (Pupa arena ) Drap., III., 47,48; — P. secale, Ib., 49, 50; — P. frumentum, Ib., 51, 52; — Bulimus similis, Brug.; — P. cinerea, Drap., Ib., 53, 54 ; — P. polyodon, IV, 1, 2 : — Helix quatmdens, (Pupa quadr., Drap.) Ib. 3. D 2 36 MOLLUSC A. not tumid ; the side of the columella is almost concave. The shell will not receive the entire animal, and it might almost be considered as a large-shelled Testacella. Its inferior tentacula are very small, and it lives on the plants and shrubs which line the banks of rivulets, a cir- cumstance which has caused the genus to be considered as amphi- bious* * * §. It is necessary to separate from the genus Turbo of Linn, and refer to the genus of terrestrial Helices the following : Clausilia, Drap. The shell is long, slender, and pointed, the last whorl, in the adult, narrowed, compressed, slightly detached, and terminated by a com- plete aperture with a tumid margin, frequently dentated or furnished with laminae. In the contraction of the last whorl we usually find a little plate bent into an S, the use of which to the living animal is unknown. The species are very small, living in mosses at the foot of trees, &c. A great many of them are reversedf . It is also necessary to separate from the Bulla of Linn, and place here Achatina, Lam. In which the aperture of the oval or oblong shell is higher than it is broad, as in the Bulimi, but it wants the tumid margin ; the ex- tremity of the columella also is truncated, the first indication of the emarginations which we shall find in so many marine Gasteropoda. These Achatinse are large Helices, which devour trees and shrubs in hot countries +. Montfort distinguishes those, in the last whorl of which we find a callus or peculiar thickening, — Liguns, Montf.|| ; this whorl is propor- tion ably lower in them than in the others : And those in which the extremity of the columella is curved to- wards the inside of the aperture, — Polyphemus, Montf.§ ; the last whorl is higher. The * Succinea amphibia, Drap., IV, 22, 23 (Helix put ris, L.) ; — S. oblong a, lb., 24. — The genera Cochlohydra, F^russ., Lucina, Oken, Tassade, Huder, cor- respond to the Succineae. M. Delamark at first styled them Amphibulimi. The Amphibulime encapuchonnS, Lam . , Ann. du Mus. VI, lv, 1, may also form a Testa- celia. t Turbo perversus, L., List., 41, 39 ; — T. bidens, Gm., Drap., IV. 5, 7; — T. pa- pillaris, Gm., Drap., Ib., 13 ; and the other Clausiliae of Drap., figured on the same plate; — Bulimus ret usus, Gliv., Voy., XVII, 2 ; — Bui. inflatus, Ib., 3; — Bui. teres, Ib., 6 ; — Bui. torticollis, Ib., 4, a, b : — Turbo tridens, L., Chemn., IX, xii, 957 ; — • Clausilia collaris, Feruss., List., 20, 16. X Bulla zebra, L. Chemn., IX, ciii. 875, 876 ; cxviii, 1014 — 1016 ; — Bulla achatina, Ib., 1012, 1013; — Bulla purpurea, Ib., 1018; — Bulla dominicensis, Id., CXVII, 1011: — Bulla stercus pulicum, CXX, 1026, 1027; — Bulla flammea, Id., CXIX, 1021 — 1025; — Helix tenera, Gm., Ib., 1028, 1030; — Bulimus bicarinatus, Brug., List., 37 ; — Melanie buccino'ide, Qliv., Voy., XVII, 8. || Bulla virginea, L., Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1000, 1003 ; X, elxxiii, 1682 — 3. § Bulimus glaus, Brug., Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1009, 1010, GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 37 PULMONEA AQUATICA, Have only two tentacula, as already stated ; they are continually compelled to rise to the surface for the purpose of breathing, so that they cannot inhabit very deep water; they are usually found in fresh water or salt ponds, or at least in the vicinity of the sea- coast and of the mouths of rivers. Some of them have no shell, such as Onchidium, Buchan A broad, fleshy mantle, in the form of a shield, overlapping the foot at all points, and even covering the head when it contracts. It has two long retractile tentacula, and on the mouth an emarginated veil, formed of two triangular and depressed lobes. The anus and respiratory orifice are under the posterior edge of the mantle, where, a little more deeply, we also find the pulmonary cavity. Close to them, on the right, opens the female organ of gene- ration ; that of the male, on the contrary, is under the right great tentaculum, the two openings being united by a furrow, which extends along the under part of the whole of the right margin of the mantle. These animals, destitute of jaws, have a muscular gizzard, followed by two membranous stomachs. Several of them inhabit the sea- shore, but in places where the ebb leaves them uncovered, so that they can readily breathe the natural airf. The acquatic Pulmonea, with complete shells, were also placed by Linnaeus in his genera Helix , Bulla and Voluta , from which it has been found necessary to separate them. In the first were comprised the two following genera, where we find the internal edge of the aperture crescent-shaped, as in Helix. Plano rbis, Brug.% The Planorbes had already been distinguished from the Helices by Brugieres, and even previously by Guettard, on account of the slight * Onchidium, a name given to this genus, because the first species (Onchidium hyphen, Buchan., Lin. Soc. Loud., V, 132) was tuberculous; I now know one that is smooth, the Onchidium lavigatum, Cuv., and four or five that are tuberculous: Onch. Peronii , Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, 6; — Onch. Sloanii, Cuv., Sloane, Jam., pi. 273, 1 and 2; — Onch. verruculalum, Descr. de l’Eg., Moll. Gaster., pi. ii. f. 3 ; — Onch. ccllicum , Cuv., a small species from the coast of Brittany. N. B. M. de Blainville has changed the name of Onchidium into that of Pjeronia, and applied the former to the Vaginulse. These Peronise he places among his Cyclouranchiata, but I can sec no real difference between their respiratory organ and that of the other Pulmonece. f See Chamisso, Nov. Act. Mat. Cuv., XI, part I, p. 348, and Van Hassel, Bullet. Univers., 1824. Sept., Zool., 83. X Hel. vortex; — II. cornea; — H. sjrirorbis; — II. poly gym ; — II. contort u; — H. initida ; — II. alba; — II. similis. See the quotations of Gmel., and add, Draparnaud, pi. 1, f. 39 — 51, and pi. ii, 38 MOLLUSCA. increase of the whorls of their shell, the convolutions of which are nearly in one plane, and because the aperture is wider than it is high. It contains an animal with long, thin, filiform tentacula, at the inner base of which are the eyes, and from the margin of whose mantle exudes a quantity of a red fluid, which is not, however, its blood. Its stomach is muscular and its food vegetable, like that of the Limnsei, of which, in all our stagnant waters, it it the faithful companion. The LimNjEUs, Lam * Separated from the Bulimi of Brugiere by M. Delamark, have, like a Bulimi, an oblong spire and the aperture higher than it is wide ; but the margin, like that of a Succinea, is not reflected, and there is a longitudinal fold in the columella, which runs obliquely into the cavity. The shell is thick ; the animal has two compressed, broad, triangular tentacula, near the base of whose inner edge are the eyes. They feed on plants and seeds, and their stomach is a very muscular gizzard, preceded by a crop. Like all the Pulmonea, they are her- maphrodites, and the female organ of generation being far from the other, they are compelled so to copulate, that the individual which acts as a male for one, serves as a female for a third ; long strings of them may be observed in this position. They inhabit stagnant waters in great numbers ; they also abound with the Planorbes in certain layers of marl or calcareous strata, which they evidently prove were deposited in fresh water f. Physa, Drap. The Physge, which were placed without any just motive among the Bullae, have a shell very similar to that of a Lymnsea, but without the fold in the columella and reflected edge, and very thin. When the animal swims or crawls, it covers its shell with the two notched lobes of its mantle, and has two long, slender and pointed tentacula, on the greatly enlarged internal base of which are the eyes. These are the small mollusca of our fountains. One of them, Bulla fontinalis , L., which is sinistral, is found in France +. According to the observations of Van Hasselt, we should place here the Scarabjeus, Montf. Which has an oval shell, the aperture narrowed by projecting and stout dentations on the side next to the columella, as well as towards * Hel,. stagnalis , L. of which H.fragilis is a variety ; — H.palustris j — H. peregra ; — H. limosa ;—H. auricularia. See Drap., pi. ii, f. 28, 42, and pi. iii. f. 1,7. f The mantle of the Limn, glutinosus, like that of the Physge, is sufficiently ample to envelope its shell. It is the genus Amphipeflea. Nilson, Moll, succ. X The neighbouring species, Bull, hypnorum, L., and Physa acuta, and Scaturiginum , Drap., require an examination of their animals. Vide, Drap., p. 54, et seq. GASTEROPODA NUDIBR ANCHIATA. 39 the external margin; this margin is enlarged, and as the animal renews it after each semi-whorl, the shell projects most on two oppo- site lines, and has a compressed appearance. They feed on aquatic plants in the Archipelago of India*. The two following genera were among the Volutse. Auricula, Lam. Differing from all the preceding aquatic Pulmonea in the columella, which is marked with wide and oblique flutings. Their shell is oval or oblong, the aperture elevated as in Bulimus, and the margin tumid. Several are large ; we are not certain whether they inhabit marshes like the Lymnaei, or their borders like the Succineae. Auricula myosotis. Drap. Ill, 16, 17; Carychium myosotis , Feruss. The only species in France; the animal has but two tentacula, and the eyes are at their base ; from the shores of the Mediterranean!. Convovulus, Lam. — Melampes, Moiitf. Projecting folds on the columella, as in the Auriculae, but the margin of the aperture is not tumid, and the internal lip is finely striated ; the general form of the shell is that of a cone, of which the spire forms the base. They inhabit the rivers of the Antilles!. ORDER II. NUDIBRANCHIATA|! The Nudibranchiata have neither shell nor pulmonary cavity, their branchiae being exposed on some part of the back. They all are hermaphroditical and marine animals, frequently swimming in a re- versed position, with the foot on the surface, concave like a boat, and using the assistance of the margin of their mantle and then tentacula as oars. In the * Helix scarabceus, L. f Add, Valuta auris Midre, L., Martini, II, xliii, 436 — 38; Cheran., X, cxlix, 1395, 1396 ; — Valuta auris Judce , L., Martini, II, xliv, 449 — 51 ; — Vol. auris Sileni, Born., IX, 3 — 4 ; — Vol. glabra Mart II. xliii, 447, 448 ; — Vol. coffea , Chemn., IX, cxxi, 1044. J Voluta minuta, L ., Mart., II, xliii, f. 445, or Bulimus coniformis, Brug. ; — Bui. monile, Brug., Mart. Ib., f. 444 ; — Bid. avulus, Br., Mart., Ib., 446. || My four first orders are united by M. de Blainville in what he terms a sub- class, designating them by the name of Paracephalophora Monoica. He makes two orders of my Nudibranchiata ; in the first, or the Cyclobranchi ata, he places Doris and other analogous genera: in the second, or the Polybranchiata, arc Tritonia and the following genera, which he divides into two families, according to the presence of two or four tentacula. 40 MOLLUSC A. Doris*, Cuv. Have the anus open on the posterior part of the back, the branchiae being arranged in a circle round it, under the form of a little tuft, the whole resembling a sort of flower. The mouth is a small proboscis, situated under the anterior margin of the mantle, and furnished with two little conical tentacula. Two other claviform tentacula arise from the anterior superior part of the mantle. The openings of the genital organs are approximated under its right margin. The sto- mach is membranous. A gland interlaced with the liver excretes a peculiar fluid through a hole near the anus. The species are nu- merous, and some of them large. They are found in every sea, where their ova, resembling gelatinous bands, are diffused over stones, sea-weed, &c.f The Onchidora, Blainv. Only differ from Doris in the separation of the genital organs, the orifice of which communicates by a furrow running along the right side as in Onchidium.J In the Plocamoceros, Leuck. Have all the characters of the Onchidorse, in addition to which the anterior margin of their mantle is ornamented with numerous branched tentacula j| . PolycerAj Car. Have the branchiae, as in Doris, on the hind part of the body, but more simple, and followed by two membranous laminae, which cover them in moments of danger ; anterior to the claviform tentacula, *• A name first applied by Linnceus to an animal of this genus, which, however, he characterized badly. It was afterwards extended by Muller and Gmelin to almost the whole of the Nudibranchicita, and restored by me to its original signification. f Species with an oval mantle projecting beyond the foot: Boris verrucosa, L., ■Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxiii, 4, 5 : — Doris argo, L., Bohatseh, Anim. Mar. V, 4, 5 ; — Doris obvelata , Mull., Zool. Dan., XLVIII, 1, 2 ; — Boris fusca — , Id., Ib., LXVII, 6, 9 ; — Doris stellata, Bommd, Act. Fless., I, iii, 4 ; Doris pilosa, Mull., loc. cit. LXXXV, 5 — 8 ; — D. Icevis, Id., Ib., XLVH, 3 — 5 ; — D. muricata, Id., LXXXV, 2 — 4; — D. tuberculata, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, lxxiv, 5 ; — D. limbata, Ib., Id., 3 ; — D. solea, Id., Ib., 1, 2 ; — D. scabra, Id., Ib., p. 446 ; — D. maculosa, Id., Ib., — D. tomentosa, Id., Ib. ; — D. nodosa, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vii, 2 ; — D. margmata, Lin., Trans., VII, vii, p. 84 ; — D. nigricans, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XIII, part II, pi. xxvi. f. 1 ; — D. gramdifiora, Id., Ib., XXVII, f. 3 ; — D. tigrina, Sav. Egyp., Gasterop., pi. i. p. 3 ; — D. concentrisca, Ib., f. 5 ; — D. marmorata, Ib., f. 6, &c. Prismatic species, -where the mantle is almost as narrow as the foot : Deris lacera, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxiii, f. 1 and 2; — D, atromarginata, Id., Ib., lxxiv, 6; B, pustulosa, Id., Ib., p.473 ; — D. gracilis, Rapp., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. XIII, part II, pi. xxvii, f. 10. See also Van Kassel. Bullet. TJniv., 1824, Octob., Zoo!.,p. 235. t Onchidora Leachii , Blainv., Malac., pi. xlvi, f. 8. || Plocamoceros ocellatus, Leuck., App. Ruppel., Invert, pi. 5, f. 3. GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 4l similar to those in Doris, are four, and sometimes six others, simply pointed* * * §. Tritonia, Cuv. Have the body, the superior tentacula and genital organs as in Doris ; but the anus and the orifice through which the peculiar liquid is ex- creted, are pierced on the right behind the organs of generation; the branchiae, which resemble little trees, are arranged along the sides of the back, and the mouth, provided with broad membranous lips, is armed inside with two horny and trenchant lateral jaws, which may be compared to a pair of sheep-shears. Trit. Hombergii , Cuv., Ann. du. Mus., I, xxxi, 1, 2, and the Journ. de Phys., 1785, October, pi. ii. A large species of a cop- per colour, from the coast of France. The same locality produces many others which vary greatly in size and the form of their branchiae f ; several of them are very small j. Thethys§, Lin. Have all two rows of branchiae resembling branching tufts along the back, and a very large membranous and fringed veil on the head, which shortens as it curves under the mouth ; this latter is a membra- nous proboscis without jaws ; on the base of the veil are two com- pressed tentacula, from whose margin projects a small conical point. The orifices of the genital organs, of the anus, and of the peculiar fluid are situated as in the Tritonise. The stomach is membranous and the intestine very short, T. fimbria, L.,; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XII. xxiv||. Grey spotted with white ; a beautiful species from the Mediterranean. ScyllasAj Lin. Have the body compressed ; the foot narrow and marked with a fur- row which enables it to clasp the stems of the fuci ; no veil ; the * Doris quadrilineata , Zool., Dan., I, xvii , 4 — 6, and better, lb., cxxxviii, 5 — 6; D. cornuta, lb., cxlv, 1, 2, 3; — D.flava , Lin. Trans., VII, vii. p. 84 ; — Polycera lineata, Risso, Hist., Nat., IV, pi. i. f. 5. t Such are Trit. elegans, Descr., de l’Eg. Zool., Gaster., pi. 2, f. 1 ; — Trit. rubra, Leuck., App., Rupp., Invert., pi. 4, f. 1 ; — Tr. glauca , lb., f. 2 ; — T. cyanobranchiata, lb., f. 3 ; — T. arborescens, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, lxi, and three others, at least closely allied ; — Doris arborescens, Straem., Act., Hafn., X, v. 5 ; — Doris frondosa, Ascan., Act. Dronth., V, v, 2, and Doris cervina, Bommd, Act., Fless., 1, iii, l. J Doris coronata, Bomra^, lb., and Doris pinnatijida, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, which is closely allied to it ; — Doris fimbriala, Miill., Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 2, and pro- bably Doris clavigera, Mull., Ib., XVII, 1 — 3. Perhaps the Doris lacera, Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 3, 4, should also be referred to this genus. § From $&v. 48 MOLLUSC A. pieces of bone. It is found in almost every sea, where it lives on oozy bottoms. M. de Lamarck leaves the name of Bulla*, to those species whose shell, merely covered with a slight epidermis, is large enough to shelter the animal. It is somewhat more convoluted than in Bullaea. Bulla lignaria, L. ; Martini, I, xxi, 194,95; Cuv., Ann. du Mus.,XVi, 1 ; Pol. Test. Neap., Ill, pi. xlvi. (The Wafer.) The oblong shell with its concealed spire and ample aperture, very wide anteriorly, resembles a loosely rolled lamina, streaked in the direction of its whorls. The stomach of the animal is armed with two large semi-oval osseous pieces, and with a small com- pressed onef. Bulla ampulla, L,; Martini, I, xxii, 20, 204; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1. (The Nutmeg). The shell oval, thick, clouded with grey and brown; the stomach furnished with three black, very convex, rhomboidal pieces. Bulla Hydatis, L, ; Chemn. IX, cxviii, 1019 ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, I. (The Water Drop.) Shell round, thin, and semi- diaphanous ; the last whorl, and consequently the aperture, higher than the spire ; three small scutelliform pieces in the gizzard j\ We reserve the name of Akkra, properly so called, Doridium, Mech., Lobaria, Blainv., for those species which have no shell what- ever, or only a vestige of one behind, although their mantle has its external form. A small species, Bulla carnosa, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1 ; Meek., Anat. Cornpar., II, vii, 1,3; Blainv. Malac., pi. xlv, f. 3, is found in the Mediterranean. The only armature of the stomach is the mantle ; its fleshy oesophagus is extremely thick. A tuberculous species, Doridium Meckelii , Delle Chiaie, Me- mor., pi. x, f. 1 — 5, inhabits the same sea. The Gastropteron, Meckel. Appear to be Akeras, the margin of whose foot is extended into broad wings, used in natation, which they effect on their back. It has no shell, nor has the stomach any armature ; a slight fold of skin is the only vestige of branchial operculum that is perceptible. * The genus Bulla, Lin., not only comprised the Akera, but also the Auricula, Agatina, Physa, Ovula and Terebella, animals between which there is much difference. Brugieres commenced the work of reformation by separating the Agutina, and the Auricula, which he united to the Lymnei in the genus Bulimus ; M. de Lamarck finished it by creating all the genera we have just named. •f Gioeni having observed this stomach separate from the animal, mistook it for a shell, and made a genus of it, to which he gave his own name (The Tricla of Retzius, Char, Brug.). Giogni even went so far as to describe its pretended habits. Draparnaud was the first who perceived this mixture of error and fraud. X Add, Bulla naucum ; — Bulla physis. Muller describes smaller ones, such as the Akera bullafa, Zool. Dan., LXXI, or Bulla akera, Gm. GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 49 G. Meckelii ; Rosse, Diss. de Pteropodum Ordine, Halae, 1813, f. 11 — 13; and Blainv. Malacol., pi. xlv, f. 5; or Clio amati , Delle Chiaie, Memor., pi. ii, f. 1 — 8. A small animal an inch long, and two broad, the wings being extended. From the Mediterranean. For the present, and until our anatomical studies are more ex- tended, we are under the necessity of placing in this order of Teeti- branchiata, and even very close to the pleurobranchus, the singular genus. Gastiioplax, Blainv. — Ombrelles, of Lam. The animal is a large and circular mollusca, whose foot projects con- siderably beyond the mantle, and its upper surface is studded with tubercles. The viscera are in a round, superior, and central part. The mantle is only visible by its slightly projecting and trenchant edges, along the whole of the front and of the right side. The lamei- lated pyramidal branchiae, like those of the Pleurobranchus, are under this slight margin, and behind them is a tubular anus. Under this same margin and forwards, are two tentacula, longitudinally cleft, as in Pleurobranchus, at whose internal base are the eyes ; between them is a kind of proboscis, which may possibly be the organ of generation. There is a large concave space in the anterior margin of the foot, the edges of which are susceptible of being drawn up like the mouth of a purse, and at the bottom of which is a tubercle, pierced by an orifice, which perhaps is the mouth, and surmounted by a fringed membrane. The inferior surface of the foot is smooth, and serves the animal to crawl on, as in the other Gasteropoda. The animal carries a shell which is stony, flat, irregularly rounded, thickest in the middle, with trenchant edges, and marked with slightly concentric striae. It was at first thought to be attached to the foot, but more recent observation has proved that it is on the mantle, and in the usual place*. ORDER V. IIETEROPODA, Lam\. The Heteropoda are distinguished from all other mollusca by * In the specimen from the British Museum described by M. de Blainville, Bullet. Phil., 1819, p. 178 ; by the name of Gastroplax, the shell is, in fact, attached to the under part of the foot, and by what means it is difficult to determine ; the mantle, however, is so thin, that it seems as if it must have been protected by the shell. M. Reynaud has just brought to France a specimen which had lost its shell, but where, it appears, traces of the membranes which attached it to the mantle can be perceived, notwithstanding which, no remains of muscles are visible. A similar shell is also found in the Mediterranean ; its animal, however, has not yet been observed. f M. de Blainville makes a family of the Heteropoda, which he names Nec- topoda, and unites them in his order of the Nuclkobranchiata with another family that he calls Pteropoda, and which, of all my Ptcropoda, only includes the Limacina. He joins the Argonaula with it, on account of some conjecture, of which I am ignorant. VOL. III. E 50 MOLLUSCA. their foot, which, instead of forming a horizontal disk, is compressed into a vertical muscular lamina, which they use as a fin, and on the edge of which, in several species, is a dilatation forming a hollow cone, that represents the disk of the other orders. Their branchiae, composed of plumiform lobes, are situated on the hind part of the back, directed forwards, and immediately in their rear are the heart and a small liver, with part of the viscera and the internal organs of generation. Their body, a gelatinous and transparent substance lined with a muscular layer, is elongated and usually terminated by a compressed tail. There is a muscular mass belonging to the mouth, and a tongue furnished with little hooks ; the oesophagus is very long; their stomach thin ; two prominent tubes on the right side of the visceral bundle afford a passage to the faeces, semen or ova. They usually swim on their back with the foot upwards*. They have the faculty of distending their body by filling it with water, in a way not well understood. Forskahl comprised them all in his genus. Pterotrachea, Forsk. But we have been compelled to subdivide them. Carinaria^ Lam. f Have the nucleus formed of the heart, liver, and organs of generation, covered by a slender, symmetrical and conical shell, the point of which is bent backwards and frequently relieved by a crest, under whose anterior edge float the feathers of the branchiae ; two tenta- cula on the head, and the eyes behind their base. One species, Carinaria cymbium , Lam. ; Peron, Ann. du Mus., XV, iii, 15 ; Poli, III, xliv ; Ann. des Sc. Nat., tome XVI, pi. 1 , inhabits the Mediterranean. Another, the Carinaria fragilis , Bory Saint-Vincent, Voy. aux Isles d’Afr., I, vi, 4 is found in the Indian Ocean. * This mode of natation induced Pdron to think that the natatory lamina was on the hack, and the heart and branchiae under the belly, and has given rise to many errors as respects the place of these animals. A simple inspection of their ner- vous system led me to suppose, in my Memoirs on the Mollusca, that they were analogous to the Gasteropoda. A more exact anatomical investigation, made slues then, with that given by M. Poli in his vol. Ill, fully confirms my supposition. The fact is, that there is but little difference between the Heteropoda and the Tectibranchiata, notwithstanding which, M. Laurillard believes their sexes to be separated. •j> Forskahl comprised all these animals in his genus Pterotrachea, for which name Brugi&re substituted that of Firola. P£ron having divded the genus, appropriated the name of Carinaria to those with a shell, and that of Firola to the others. Rondelet gives the Carinaria, but without its shell. — “ De Insect. Zooph. cap. XX.” + Add, Carinaria depressa , Rang. Ann, des Sc. Nat., Feb. 1829, p. 136. GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 51 The Argonauta vitrea of authors, Favanne, vii, c, 2; Martini, 1, xiii, 163, must be the shell of a large Carinaria, but the animal is not yet known. Atlanta, Lesueur * * * §. The Atlantse of Lesueur, according to the recent observations of M. Rang, are animals of this order, the shell of which, instead of being well opened like that of a Carinaria, has a narrow cavity, spirally convoluted on one plane ; its contour is relieved by a thin crest. They are extremely small Mollusca from the Indian Ocean, in one of which Lamanon thought he had discovered the original Cornu Ammonisf — Atlanta Peronii and Atlanta Keraudrenii , Lesueur, Journ. de Phys., lxxxv, Novemb. 1817; and Rang, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat., tome III, p. 373, and pi. ix. Firola, Peron. The body, tail, foot, branchiae and visceral mass as in the Carinaria, but no shell has ever been observed; the snout is elongated into a re- curved proboscis, and the eyes are not preceded by tentacula. From the end of the tail is frequently observed to proceed a long articu- lated fillet, which Forskahl took for a Taenia, and whose nature is not yet very clearly ascertained. One species, the Peter otrachea coronata , Forsk. ; Peron., Ann. du Mus., XV, ii, 8, is very common in the Mediterranean, and M. Lesueur describes several from the same sea, which he considers as different. — Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., Vol. I, p. 3, but which require further comparison J. M. Lesueur distinguishes the Firoloidce , where the body, instead of terminating in a compressed tail, is abruptly truncated behind the visceral bundle, lb. p. 37§. To these two, now well known genera, I presume we must add, when better understood, the Timorienna, Quoy and Gaytn. Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. lxxxvii, f. 1, which appears to be a Firola divested of its foot and bundle of viscera ; and the Monophora, Id. || Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. lxxxvii, f. 4, 5, which has nearly the form of a Carinaria, but is without a foot, distinct bundle of viscera, and shell. * We must not confound the Atlanta of Lesueur with the Atlas described by him in the same place, and which, so confused is his description, I do not know how to class. 'I' Voyage de Lapeyvouse, IV, p. 134, and pi. 63, f. l — 4. + Firola mutica; — F. gibbosa; — F. Forskalea; — F. Cuviera, which is the Ptero- irachea coronata , Forsk. ; — F. Frederica , copied Malacol. Blainv., pi. xlvii, f. 4 ; — F. Peronii. — Add, Pterotrachea rufa , Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi; 87, f. 2 and 3. § Firolo'ida Demarcstia ; — Fir. R lain villi ana ; — Fir. aculeata, Less. || We must not confound them with the Monophone of M. Bory Saint-Vincent, (Voy. aux Isles d’Afr.,) which are Pyrosomsc. E 2 52 MOLLUSCA. We are not so certain that we should place there the Phylliroe* Peron., An du Mus., XV, pi. ii, f. 1, where the transparent and strongly com- pressed body has a snout before, surmounted by two long tentacula without eyes, a truncated tail behind, and which allows the heart, nervous system, genital organs of both sexes to be seen through the integuments. The genital orifices and that of the anus are on the right side, and sometimes a tolerably long penis is visible ; I can find no other organ of respiration than its thin and vascular skin*. ORDER VI. PECTINIBRANCHIATAf. This order forms, beyond all comparison, the most numerous divi sion, inasmuch as it comprises the whole of the spiral univalves, and several that are simply conical. Their branchiae, composed of nu- merous lamellae or strips laid parallel with each other, like the teeth of a comb, are attached on one, two, or three lines, according to the genus, to the ceiling of the pulmonary cavity, which occupies the last whorl of a shell, and which has a large opening between the edge of the mantle and the body. In two genera only, Cyclostoma and Helicina , do we find, instead of branchiae, a vascular network, covering the ceiling of a cavity, in other respects very similar ; they are the only ones that respire the natural air ; all the others respire water. All the Pectinibranchiata have two tentacula and two eyes, some- times placed on particular pedicles, and a mouth resembling a more or less elongated proboscis; the sexes are separated. The penis of the male, attached to the right side of the neck, cannot usually be re- tracted within the body, but is reflected into the cavity of the branchise; it is sometimes very stout, and the Paludina is the only one which can retract it through an orifice perforated in its right tentaculum. The rectum and oviduct of the female also creep along the right side of the cavity, between them and the branchise is a peculiar organ composed of cells, from which exudes an extremely viscid fluid; this forms a common envelope which contains the ova, and which is * These observations are made from individuals presented to me Ly M. Quoy. M. de Blainville makes a family of Philliroe, which he names Psillosoma , and which is the third of his Aporobranchiata : the others are Hyalse, &c. f M. de Blainville’s sub-class Paracephalophora JDioica. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 53 deposited with them. The figure of this envelope is often very complex and singular* * * §. Their tongue is armed with little hooks, and by slow and repeated rubbing acts upon the hardest bodies. The greatest difference in these animals consists in the presence or absence of the little canal formed by a prolongation of the edge of the pulmonary cavity of the left side, and which passes through a similar canal or emargination in the shell, to enable the animal to breathe without leaving its shelter. There is also this distinction between the genera — some of them have no operculum ; the species differ from each other by the filaments, fringes, and other ornaments of the head, foot, or mantle. These Mollusca are arranged in several families according to the forms of their shells, which appear to bear a constant relation to that of the animal. FAMILY I. TROCHOID A, This family is known by the shell, the aperture of which is entire, without an emargination or canal for a siphon of the mantle, as the animal has none, and is furnished with an operculum or some organ in place of it f. Trochus* Lin.% Have shells, the angular aperture of whose external border ap- proaches more or less to a perfect quadrangular figure, and in an oblique plane, with respect to the axis of the shell, because the part of the margin next to the spire projects more than the rest. Most of these animals have three filaments on each edge of the mantle, or at least some appendages to the sides of the feet. Of those that have no umbilicus, there are some in which the colu- mella, that has the form of a concave arch, is continuous with the external margin, without any projection. It is the angle and projec- tion of this margin which distinguishes them from Turbo — Tecta- rium , Montf. § * For Murcx, sec Lister, 881, Raster, Op. Subs., I, vi, 1, 2; for Buccinuni , Raster, lb. V, 2, 3. t They are the Paracephalophora Dioica Asiphonobranchiata of Blainville. X This great genus constitutes the family Goniostorna} Blaiuv. § Truck, inermis , Chemn., V, clxxiii, 1712 — 13 ; — Tr. Cookii, Id., clxiv, 1551 ; — Tr. ccelalus , Id., clxii. 1536 — 37; — Tr. imbricatus , lb., 1532 — 33; — Tr. tuber , Id., clxv, 1573 — 74; — Tr. sinensis, lb., 1564 — 65; — Turbo pagodus, Id., clxiii, 1541 — 42; — Turbo tectuin-jfersicuin, lb., 1543 — 44. 54 MOLLUSCA. Several are flattened, with a trenchant edge, which has caused them to be compared to the rowel of a spur — Calcar , Montf.* * * § ** Some again are slightly depressed, orbicular and shining, with a semi-round aperture, the columella convex and callous — Rotella, Lam. | The columella of others is distinguished near the base by a little prominence, or vestige of a tooth, similar to that of the Monodontes, from which these Trochi only differ in the angle of their aperture, and the projection of their margin. The aperture is usually about as high as it is wide — Cantkaris , Montf.J In some of them, on the contrary, the aperture is much wider than it is high, and their convex base approximates them to the Calyp- tracea — Infundibulum , Montf. § In others again, where the aperture is also much wider than it is high, the columella forms a spiral canal ||. Those which have a turreted shell approach Cerithium — Telesco- pium, Montf.^j Among the umbilicated Trochi, there are some in which there is no projection in the columella ; most of them are flattened, and have the external angle trenchant. Of this number is Tr. agglutinans , L. ; Chemn., V, clxxii, 1688, 9. Remarkable for the habit of glueing to its shell, and even incorporating with it, as fast as it increases in size, various foreign bodies, such as little pebbles, fragments of other shells, &c. ; it frequently covers its umbilicus with a testaceous plate The margin of others, however, is rounded, such as Tr. cinerarius , L.; Chemn., V. clxxi, 1686. A small species, and the most common on the coast of France; greenish, ob- liquely streaked with violet. Some umbilicated Trochi have a prominence near the bottom of the columella j-f . And, finally, there are others in which it is longitudinally ere- nate J J. The * Turbo calcar, L., Chemn., V. clxiv, 1552; — T. stellaris, Id., 1553; T. aculeatus, Id., 1554 — 57; — T. imperialis, Id., 1714. f Tr. vestiarius, L., Chemn., V, clxvi, 1601. H % Tr. iris, Chemn., 1522 — 23 ; — Tr. granatum, lb. , 1654 — 55 ; — Tr. zyzyphinus, lb., clxvi, 1592 — 98; — Tr. conus, clxvii, 1610; — Tr. maculatus, clxviii, 1617 — 18 ; — Tr. americanus, clxii, 1534 — 35 ; — Tr. conulus, Gnalt., LXX, M. § Trochus concavus, Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1620, 21. j| Trochus foveolatus, Chemn., V, clxi, 1516 — 19; — Tr. mauritianus, Id., clxiii, 1547 — 48 ; — Tr. fenestratus, lb., 1549 — 50; — Tr. obeliscus, clx, 1510 — 12. % Trochus telescopium, Chemn., V, clx, 1507 — 9. ** Add, Trochus Iudicus, Chemn., V, clxxii, 1697 — 98; — Tr. Imperialis, clxxiii, 1714, and clxxiv, 1715;— Tr. Solaris, lb., 1701 — 1702, and 1716 — 1 7 1 7 ; — Tr. planus, lb., 1721, 1722. ft Tr. virgatus, Chemn., V. clx, 1514 — 15 ; — Tr. niloticus, Chemn., V. clxvii, 1605 — 7, clxviii, 1614; — Tr. verms, Id., clxix, 1625 — 26; — Tr. incequalis, clxx, 1636 — 37 ; — Tr. magnus, clxxi, 1656 — 57 ; — Tr. conspersus, Gualt., lxx. B. ;— Tr. jujubinus, clxvii, 1612 — 13. XX Tr. maculatus, clxviii, 1615 — 1616; — Tr. costatus, clxix, 1634 ; — Tr. viridis, clxx, 1644; — Tr. radiatus, lb., 1640 — 42. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA . 55 Solarium, Lam. Is distinguished from all other Trochi by a very broad conical spire, at the base of which is an extremely wide umbilicus in which may be seen the internal edges of all the whorls, marked by a cre- nated cord* * * §. Evomphalus, Sowerby. Fossil shells resembling a Solarium, but wanting the dentations on the internal whorls of the umbilicusf. The genus Turbo, Lin.% Comprehends all the species with a completely and regularly turbi- nated shell, and a perfectly round aperture. Close observation has caused them to be greatly subdivided. In the Turbo, Lam. Properly so called , Have the shell round or oval, and thick ; the aperture completed on the side next to the spire, by the penultimate whorl. The animal has two long tentacula, and the eyes placed on pedicles at their ex- ternal base ; the sides of the foot are provided with membranous wings, sometimes simple, at others fringed, and occasionally fur- nished with one or two filaments. It is to some of these that belong those petrous and thick opercula observed in cabinets, which were formerly employed in medicine under the name of Unguis odoratus. Some of them, — Meleager, Montf.§ are umbilicated, and others, — Turbo, Montf.,|J are not. Delphinula, Lam. Have the shell thick, as in Turbo, but convoluted in nearly the same plane ; the aperture completely formed by the last whorl, and the margin not tumid ; the animal similar to that of a Turbo. * Tr. perspectivuSf L., Chemn., V. clxxii, 1691 — 96; — Tr. stramineus, lb. 1699; — Tr. variegatus, lb., 1708 — 1709; — Tr. infundibuliformis , lb., 1706 — 1707- f Evomphalus pentangulatus, Sowerb., Min. Conch., I, pi. xlv. f. 2; — Ev. nodosvs. Id., xlvi, &c. X This great genus constitutes the family Cricostoma of Blainvillc. § Turbo pica , L. List., 640, 30; — T. argyrostomus, Chemn., V, clxxvii, 1758 — 61; — T. margarilaceus, lb., 1762; — T. versicolor , List., 576, 29; — T. mespilus, Chemn., V, clxxvi, 1742 — 43; — T. granulatus , lb., 44 — 46; — T. lutlas, lb., 48, 49 ; — T. diadema , Id., p. 145 ; — T. cinereus, Born., XII, 25, 26 ; — T. torquatus , Chemn., X, p. 295 ; — T. undulatus , lb., clxix, 1640 — 41. || Turbo pctholatus, List., 584, 39 ; — T. cochlus, lb., 40 ; — T. chrysostomus, Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1766 ; — T. rugosus , List., 647, 41 ; — T. mannoratus , Id., 587, 46; — T. sarmaticus, Chemn., V, clxxix, 1777 — 18, 1781; — T. cormtlus, lb., 1 779 — 80; — T. oleurius , Id., clxxviii, 1771, 72; — T. radiatus, Id., clxxx, 1788 — 89; — T. imperialis, lb., 1790; — T. coronatus, lb., 1791 — 93; — T. canalicu lotus, Id., clxxx!, 1794; — T. setosus , lb., 95 — 96; — T. spinosus , lb., 1797; — T. sparverius , lb., 1798 ; — T. Moltkiunus , lb., 99 — 1800; — T. Spengl trianus, lb., 1801 — 2; — T. casta- nea, Id., clxxxii, 1807, 1814 ; — T. crenulahxs, lb., 1811 — 12 ; — T. smarugdulus , lb., 815 — 16; — T. ciduris, Chemn., V. clxxxiv ; — T. heHcimts , Born., XII, 23 — 24. 56 MOLLUSC A. The most common species, Turbo delphinus , L. ; List., 608, 45, takes its name from the ramous and convoluted spines, which have caused it to he compared to a dried fish*. Pleurotoma, Defr. Possil shells with a round aperture, on the external margin of which is a narrow incision which ascends considerably ; it is proba- ble that it corresponded, like that of the Siliquariae, to some cleft in the branchial part of the mantle. M. Deshayes already makes upwards of twenty fossil species. The ScissuRELLiE of M. d’Orbigny are living species of the same. Turritella, Lam. The same round aperture as in Turbo properly so called, and completed, also, by the penultimate whorl; but the shell is thin, and is so far from being convoluted in one plane, that its spire is pro- longed into an obelisk ( turreted ). The eyes of the animal are placed on the external base of its tentacula ; the foot is smallf. They are found in great numbers among fossils ; the Proto, Defr., should be approximated to them. Scalaria, Lam. Have the spire, as in Turritella, elongated into a point, and the aperture, as in Delphinula, completely formed by the last whorl ; it is moreover surrounded by a ridge, which is formed, from space to space, as the shell of the animal increases in size, resembling so many steps. The tentacula and penis of the animal are long and slender. One species celebrated for the high price it commands (a), the Turbo scalaris , L. ; Chemn., IV, clii, 1426, &c. vulg. Scalata, is distinguished by the whorls only coming in contact at the points where the ribs unite them, the intervals being open. A second species, the Turbo clathrus , L.; List., 588, 50, 51, is not marked by this peculiarity ; it is more slender, and very common in the Mediterranean. Some terrestrial or fresh water subgenera, in which the aperture is entire, round, or nearly so, and operculated, may be placed here. Of this number is the * Add, Turbo nodulosus, Chemn., V, clxxiv, 1723 — 24; — T. carinatus, Born., XIII, 3 — 4 ; — Argonauta, cornu , Fichtel and Moll., Test. Micros., I, a, e, or Lip- piste, Montf. •f Turbo imbricatus, Martini, IV, clii, 1422; — T. replicatus , lb., cli, 1412; List., 590, 55 ; — 1\ acutangulus, List., 5 91, 59 ; — T. duplicatus, Martini, IV, cli, 1414 : — T. exoletus, List., 591, 58; — T. terebra, Id., 590, 54; — T. variegatus, Martini, IV, clii, 1423 ; — T. obsolctus, Born., XIII, 7. (a) This is the Wentletrap of the collectors. We remember seeing one in Bullock’s Museum, which was valued at 200 guineas, and also four specimens were: sold at one sale, which brought from £ 16 to £ 20. — Eng. Ed. GASTEROPODA PECT1NIBRANCHIATA . 57 Cyclostoma, Lam.* * * § The Cyclostomse should be distinguished from all the others be- cause they are terrestrial, as instead of branchiae, the animal has merely a vascular network spread over the parietes of its pectoral cavity. In every other respect, however, it resembles the other animals of this family ; the respiratory aperture is formed in the same way above the head by a great solution of continuity ; the sexes are separated; the penis of the male is large, fleshy, and re- flected into the pectoral cavity ; the two tentacula are terminated by blunt tubercles, and two other tubercles, placed on their external base, support the eyes. The shell is a spiral oval, with complete whorls, transversely and finely striated, and its aperture, jn the adult, is surrounded with a small ridge. It is closed by a small round operculum. Found in woods, under moss, stones, &c. The most common is the Turbo elegans , List., 27, 25, about six lines in length and of a greyish colour ; found under all the mosses)-. Valvata. Mull. The Valvatee inhabit fresh water ; their shell is convoluted in almost one plane like that of a Planorbis, but the aperture is round, and furnished with an operculum ; the animal, which has two slen- der tentacula, with the eyes at their anterior base, respires by means of branchiae. In a species found in France, Valv. cristata , Mull,; Drap., I. 32, 33; Gruet-Huysen, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. X, pi. xxxviii, the branchiae, formed like a feather, project from under the mantle and float externally, vi- brating with the breathing of the animal. On the right side of the body is a filament which resembles a third tentaculum. The foot is divided, anteriorly, into two hooked lobes. The penis of the male is slender, and reflected into the branchial cavity. The shell, which is hardly three lines broad, is greyish, flat, and umbilicated. Found in stagnant waterj. It is here that we must place the completely aquatic shells, or those respiring by b ran c hue, which belonged to the old genus Helix; i. e., those in which the penultimate whorl forms, as in the Helices, Lymnseae, &e,, a depression which gives the aperture more or less of the figure of a crescent §. The three first genera are still closely allied to Turbo. * The Cyclostomec and the Ilelicines form the order of the Pulmonka Opercu- lata of M. dc F thus sac. T Add, Turbo lincina , List., 26, 24 ; — T. labeo, List., 25, 23 ; — T. dubitis , Born., XIII, 5, 6; — T. limbatus, Chemn., IX, cxxiii, 1075. We should distinguish, among the fossils, the Cyclostoma mumia of Lain., Brongn., Ann. du Mus., XV, xxii, 1. X Add, Valvata planorbis , Drap., I, 34, 35 ; — V. minuta, Id., 36—38. § They constitute the Ellipsostoma of M. de Blainville. 58 MOLLUSCA. Paludina, Lam. This genus has lately been separated from the Cyclostomae, because there is no ridge round the aperture of the shell ; because there is a small angle to that aperture as well as to the operculum, and finally, because the animal, being provided with branchiae, inhabits the water, like all other genera of this family. It has a very short snout and two pointed tentacula ; eyes at the external base of the latter, but on no particular pedicle, and a small membranous wing on each side of the fore part of the body. The anterior edge of the foot is double, and the wing of the right side forms a little canal which introduces water into the respiratory cavity, the incipient indication of the siphon in the following family. The common species, Helix vivipara , L. ; Drap., I, 16, whose smooth and greenish shell is marked with two or three purple, longitudinal b.mds, and which abounds in stagnant waters, in France, produces living young ones : in the spring of the year they may be found in the oviduct of the female, in every stage of development. Spallanzani assures us that if the young ones be taken at the moment of birth and be reared separately, they will reproduce without fecundation, like those of the Aphis. The males, however, are nearly as common as the females ; they have a large penis which protrudes and retracts, as in Helix, but through a hole pierced in the right tentaculum, a circum- stance which renders that tentaculum apparently larger than the other, and which furnishes us with a mode of recognizing the male*. The Ocean produces some shells which only differ from the Palu- dinse in being thick. They form the Littorina* Feruss Of which the common species, Le Vigneau — Turbo littoreus , L., Chemn. V, clxxxv, 1852, abounds on the coast of France, where it is eaten. The shell is round, brown, and longitudinally streaked with blackish. The Monodon, Lam. Only differs from Littorina in having a blunt and slightly salient tooth at the base of the columella, which sometimes has also a fine notch. The external edge of the aperture is crenulated in several species. The animal is more highly ornamented, and is generally furnished with three or four filaments, on each side, as long as its tentacula, The eyes are planted on particular pedicles at the exter- nal base of the tentacula ; the operculum is round and horny. * Add, Cyclost. achatinum, Drap. I, 18; — C. impurum , Id., 19, 20, or Helix tentaculata , L., &c. ; and tlie small species of salt-water ponds described by Beu- dant, Ann. du Mus., XV, p. 199. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 59 A small species, the Trochus tesselatus , L. ; Adans., Seneg., XII, 1 ; List., 642, 33, 34, with a brown shell spotted with whitish, is very abundant on the coast of France* * * §. Phasianella, Lam. An oblong or pointed shell, similar to that of several Bulimi and Lymnsese ; the aperture also higher than it is wide, and furnished with a strong operculum ; base of the columella sensibly flattened, but no umbilicus. They inhabit the Indian Ocean, and are much sought for by col- lectors on account of the beauty of their colours. The animal is provided with two long tentacula, with eyes placed on two tubercles at their external base, and with double lips that are emarginated and fringed, as well as the wings, each of which has three filaments j\ Ampullaria, Lam. A round, ventricose shell, with a short spire, as in most of the He- lices ; the aperture higher than it is wide, and provided with an oper- culum ; the columella umbilicated. They inhabit the fresh or brackish waters of hot countries. The animal has long tentacula, and eyes placed on pedicles at their base. In the roof of the respiratory cavity, by the side of a branchial comb, according to the observations of Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard, is a large pouch, without an issue, that is filled with air, and which may be considered as a natatory bladder J. The Lanist#:, Montf., are Ampullarise, with a large, spiral, con- voluted umbilicus §. Helicina, Lam. |[ Judging by the shell, the Helicinae are Ampullarise in which the margin of the aperture is reflected^}. When this reflected margin is trenchant, they are the Ampullince, Blainv. ; and when it is in an obtuse ridge, the Olygirce, Say. * Add, Trochus labeo, Adans., Seneg., XII, List., 68, 442; Troch. Pharaonius, List., 637, 25 ; — TV. rusticus , Chemn., V, clxx, 1645, 46; — TV. nigerrimus , lb. 47 ; — TV. cegyptius , Id., clxxi, 1663, 4 ; — TV. viridulus , lb. 1677; — TV. carneus , lb. 1682 ; — TV. ulbiclus, Born., XI, 19, 20 ; — TV. asper, Chemn., Ib., clxvi, 1582 ; — TV. citrinus, Knorr., Del., I, x, 7 ; — TV. granatum, Chemn., V, clxx, 1654 — 55 ; TV. crocatus, Born., XII, 11, 12; — Turbo atratus} Chemn., V, clxxvi, 1754 — 55 ; — Turbo dentatus., Id., clxxviii, 1767, 8, & c. Buccinum tritonis , Chemn., IX, cxx, 1035, 1036 ; — Helix solida, Born., XIII, 18, 19. + IJelix ampullae ca, L., List., 130 ; — Bulimus urceus, Brag., List., 125, 26. § Ampulla cannata, Oliv., Voy. cn Turq., pi. xxxi, f. 7, copied Blainv., Malac., xxxiv, 3. || Montfort has changed the name Helicina into PitonnUla , but it has not been adopted, and can only be quoted as a synonyme. The Hel stria! a, Blainv., Malac., xxxv, iv. 60 MOLLUSC A. There is one species which is remarkable for a border and stony traverse, on the internal face of its operculum * * * §. The organs of respiration in these animals are arranged as in the Cyclostomse, and like the latter they can live out of water Melania, Lam. A thicker shell ; the aperture, higher than it is wide, enlarges oppo- site to the spire ; the columella without plicae or umbilicus ; length of the spire very various. The Melaniae inhabit rivers, but are not found in France, the ani- mal has long tentacula, the eyes being on their external side, and at about the third of their length J. The Rissoa, Freminv. — Acmea, Hartm . Differs from Melania, because the two edges of the aperture unite above§. The Melanopsis, Feruss., Where the form is nearly that of a Melania, differs from it in a callus on the columella, and in a vestige of an emargination near the bottom of the aperture, which seems to indicate a relation with the Terebrae of Brugieres|j. In the PiRENA, Lam., We not only find this little sinus below, but likewise a second on the opposite side^j. These two subgenera, as well as the Melaniae, inhabit the rivers of southern Europe and of all hot countries. There are two genera, detached from the Volutae, which, but that * The Hel. neritella, List., LXI, 59, copied Blainv., Malac., xxxix, 2. T It is from this circumstance that M. de Fdrussac has been induced to class this subgenus with that of the Cyclostomce in an order which he names the Pul- monea Operculata. See the Monograph of this genus by M. Gray, Zool. Journ., Nos. 1 and 2. £ Melanie thiare (Melania amarula, Lam.), Chemn.,Tab., 134, f. 1218 and 1219 ; from the Isle of France and Madagascar. Add, Mel. truncata , Lam., Encyclop., pi. 458, f. 3, a — b ; — Mel. coarctata, Id., Encyclop., pi. 458, f. 5, a — b., and a great many fossil species, among which are, Mel. semi-placata , Defr. ; — Mel. Cuvieri, Desh., Coq. Foss., des environs de Paris, tome II, pi. xii, f. 1, 2 ; — Mel. constellata, Lam. § M. de Freminville describes seven species in the Nouv. Bullet, des Sc. Nat. de la Soc. Phil., 1814, p. 7, and M. Audouin, three, in the Descr. de l’Eg. ; Riss. Freminvillii, Coq., pi. iii, f. 20; — Riss. Desmarcstii , lb., 21 ; — Riss. Orbignii , lb., f. 22. || Melon, buccino’iclea , Feruss., Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, tome 1, pi. vii, f. 1 — 11, &c. See Sowerby, No. XXII. Pie. terebralis, Lam.; List, Tab. 115, f. 10; — Pie. madagascariensis, Encycl., pi. 458, f. 2, a, b, &c. GASTEROPODA. PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 61 they are operculated and have but two tentacula, would resemble the Auriculse, that we think may come here, viz. Action, Montf* * * § — Tornatella, Lam . Where the shell is elliptical, the spire but slightly salient, the aper- ture lengthened into a crescent and Avidened below, and the base of the columella marked by one or two large plicee or oblique callosi- ties f ; and the Pyramidella, Lam. Where the spire is turreted, the aperture crescent-like and wide, and the base of the columella obliqely contorted and marked with sharp spiral plicae J. Janthina, Lam.§ The form of the animal separates the Janthinse from all the preced- ing genera. Their shell, however, is similar to that of the terres- trial Limaces, the eolumellar margin being also indented, but slightly angular at the external edge, and the columella somewhat extended beyond the half-oval, which, without this prolongation, would be formed by that edge. The animal has no operculum, but the under surface of its foot is furnished with a vesicular organ resembling a bubble of foam, but composed of a solid substance, which prevents it from crawling, but allows it to float on the surface of the water. The head, a cylindri- cal proboscis, terminated by a vertically cleft mouth, and armed with little hooks, has a bifurcated tentaculum on each side. The common species, Helix Ja7ithina, L,: List., 572, 24, has a pretty violet shell, and is very abundant in the Mediterranean. When the animal is touched, it diffuses a thick fluid of a deep violet colour that dyes the surrounding water. Nerita, Lin. || The columella of the Neritse being in a straight line, renders the aperture semicircular or semi-elliptical. This aperture is generally large in comparison with the shell, but is always furnished with an operculum which completely closes it. The spire is almost effaced, and the shell semi-globular. * Which must be carefully distinguished from the Actaons of Oken that appear to be allied to the Apli/siee. -}• Valuta tornatilis, and bifasciatu , L. Martini, II, xliii, 442, 443 ; — V. sulcata, and V. solidula , lb., 440, 441; — V. Jtammea, lb., 439; V. fiava, lb. 444 ; — V. pusilla , lb. 446. + Trochus dolabratus , L. Chcmn., V, clxvii, 1(63, 1064 ; — Bulinus terdcllum, Brug., List., 844, 72. § This genus forms the family of the Oxystom.e, Blainv. || M. dc Blainvillc forms his family of the IIemk yclostom.t, from this genus. 62 MOLLUSC A. I Natica, Lam. Neritae with an umbilicated shell; the animal of the species known has a large foot, simple tentacula with the eyes at their base, and a horny operculum* * * §. Nerita, Lam. — Peloronta, Oken. The umbilicus wanting; shell thick, columella dentated, and oper- culum stony ; the eyes of the animal on pedicles by the side of the tentacula, and a moderate foot j\ The Velata, Montf. Where the side of the columella is covered with a calcareous, thick, and convex layer J, is distinguished from it, but perhaps without any good reason ; also the Neritina, Lam. Where the shell has no umbilicus and is thin, with a horny oper- culum ; the animal is like a true Nerita, and most generally the columella is not dentated. It inhabits fresh water. A small species, very prettily coloured, abounds in the rivers of France ; it is the Nerita Jluviatilis , L. ; Chemn., IX, cxxiv, 188 §. The columella in others, however, is finely crenulated ||, and of this number there are some in which the spire is armed with long spines — Clithon, Mont.% FAMILY II. CAPULOIJDA** Recent researches have convinced us that it is to the Trochoida that we must approximate this family, which contains five genera, four of which are taken from the Patellae. They all have a widely opened, scarcely turbinated, shell, with neither operculum, emargination, nor siphon; the animal resembles the other Pectinibranchiata, and has the sexes separate. There is but one branchial comb transversely ar- * For the species see the first div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. clxxxvi — clxxxix. For the species see the third div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. cxc — cxciii, and Sowerby, Gen. of Sh., No. XV. X Nerita perversa, Gm., a large fossil species ; Chemn., IX, cxiv, 975, 976. § Add, Nerita turrita , Chemn., IX, cxxiv, 1085. || Nerita pullig era, Chemn., loc. cit., 1878 — 1879; — N. virginea, List., 604, 606. Nerita corona, Chemn., 1083, 1084. ** M. de Blainville places most of them among his hermaphroditical, non-symme- trical Paracephalophara ; but they all appear to me to be dicecious. GASTEROPODA PECTJNIBRANCHIATA . 63 ranged on the roof of the cavity, and its filaments are frequently very long. Capulus, Montfi — Pileopsis, Lam. A conical shell with a recurved and spiral summit, which has long caused it to be placed among the Patellae; the branchiae are in one range under the interior margin of the branchial cavity; the pro- boscis is long, and there is a closely plaited membranous veil under the neck; the eyes are at the external base of the conical tentacula* * * §. The Hipponyx, Defr. Would appear from the shell to be a fossil Capulus,, very remark- able, however, for a bed formed of calcareous matter, on which it rests, and which probably exuded from the foot of the animalf. Crepidula, Lam . The shell oval, with an obtuse horizontal point, directed obliquely backwards and laterally ; the aperture forming the base of the shell, which is half closed beneath and behind by a horizontal plate. The abdominal sac which contains the viscera is on this plate, the foot beneath, and the head and branchiae forwards. The latter consist of a range of long filaments attached under the anterior margin of the branchial cavity. The eyes are at the external base of two conical tentacula J. The genus Pileolus, Sowerby, Appears to consist of Crepidulae, in which the transverse plate occu- pies half the aperture; their shell, however, is more like that of a Patella §. They are only found fossil. Septaria, Fer — Navicella., Lam,. — Cimber, Montf ., 82. The shell resembles a Crepidula, except that the summit is symme- trical and laid on the posterior margin, and that the horizontal plate is less salient. The animal is also provided with an additional, irre- gularly shaped, testaceous plate, horizontally connected with the superior surface of the muscular disk of its foot, and covered by the abdominal sac, which it partially supports. It is probably analogous to an operculum, but does not exercise its functions, being, in a measure, situated internally. The animal has long tentacula, at * Patella hungarica, List., 544 — 32; — Pat. calyptra, Chemn., X, clxix, 1643 — 44 ; — Pat. mitrula , Gin., List., cxliv, 31. ■f* Patella cornucopia , Lam., Kaon*., Petrif., II, part ii, pi. 131, f. 3, and Blainv., Malac. I Patella fornicata, List. 545, 33, 35 ; — P. aculeata , Chemn., X, clxviii, 1624 — 25 ; — P. Goreensis , Martini, I, xiii, 131, 132 ; — P. solea, Naturf., XVIII, ii, 15 ; — P. crepidula, Adans. Seneg., I, ii, 9; — P.porcellana , List., 545, 34. § Pileolus plicatus, Sowcrb. ; — Pil. laris, Id., Genera of Shells, No. IX; — Pil. ncritoides, Desh., Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, xiii, 3, a, b, c. 64 MOLLUSCA. whose external base are pedicles which support the eyes. They in- habit the rivers of hot countries * * * §. ^ In the Calyptr^ea, Lam. We observe a conical shelf in the hollow of which is a little lamina that projects inwards, resembling the commencement of a columella, and that interposes itself between a fold of the abdominal sac. The branchiae are composed of a range of numerous filaments, long and slender, like hairs. In some of them this lamina adheres to the bottom of the cone, being itself bent into a portion of a cone or of a tube, and descending vertically!. In others it is almost horizontal, and adheres to the sides of the cone, which is marked above by a spiral line that establishes some relation between their shell and that of a Trochusf. Siphon aria, Sowerby . The shell of the Siphonariae, which have been recently separated from the Patellae, at the first glance seems very similar to a flattened Patella, with radiating sulci ; but its margin projects rather more on the right side, and it is excavated beneath by a slight furrow, which terminates at this prominence of the margin, to which there is a corresponding lateral hole in the mantle, for the introduction of water into the branchial cavity placed on the back, that is closed on every other point. The respiratory organ consist of a few small lamellae, arranged in one transverse line on the roof of that cavity; the tentacula seem to be wanting, the head being merely furnished with a narrow veil§. There are some species, in which even this slight appearance of the canal, in the shell, is effaced, resembling in toto that of a Patella, except in its summit, which is behind ||. In the Sigaretus, Adans. The shell is flattened, its aperture ample and round, and the spire very moderate, its whorls rapidly enlarging and seen within, but concealed during the life of the animal in the thickness of a fungous shield, which projects considerably beyond it, as well as the foot, and which is the true mantle. Before this mantle are an emargina- * Patella neritoidea , List., 545 — 36, andNaturf., XIII, v, 1, 2 ; — Pat. borbonica , Bory Saint-Vincent, Yoy. I, xxxvii, 2 ; and for the animal, Q,uoy and Gaym., Vov. de Freycin., pi. 71, f. 3 — 6. h Patella equestris , L., List., 546 — 38; — Pat. sinensis, lb., 39 ; Pat. trochiformis. Martini, I, xiii, 135 ; — Pat. auricula, Chemn., X, clxviii, 1 628 — 29 ; — Pat. plicata, Nat. Forsch., XVIII, 11,12 ; — Pat. striata, lb., 13. X Patella contorta, Nat. Forsch., IX, iii, 34, VIII, 11 — 14 ; — Pat. depressa, Xb., xviii, ii, 11. § Patella sipho ; — Siphonovia concinna, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXI.; S. exigua, Id., Ib. See Savigny, Descr. de l’Eg., Zool. Gaster., pi. iii, f. 3, and Coq.r pi. i, f. 1. Some years ago M. Gray proposed a genus Gabinia, (Philos. Magaz., April 1824) which is precisely the same as Siphonaria. !l Siphonaria tristensis, Sowerb., loc. cit. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 65 tion and a semi-canal, which serve to conduct water into the bran- chial cavity, and which form the passage to the following family, but of which there are no impressions on the shell. The tentacula are conical, with the eyes at their external base : the penis of the male is very large. Some species are found on the coast of France. The Coriocella, Blainv., Consists of Sigareti, the shell of which is horny, and almost mem- branous, like that of the Aplyske* * * §. Cryptostoma, Blainv. The shell, resembling that of a Sigaretus, with the head and abdo- men, which it covers, supported by a foot four times its size, cut square behind, and forming before a fleshy, oblong bundle that con- stitutes nearly one half of its mass. The animal has a flat head, two tentacula, a broad branchial pecten on the roof of its dorsal cavity, and a penis under the right tentaculum ; but I can find no emargination in the mantlef. FAMILY III. BUCCINOI D A . This Family has a spiral shell, in the aperture of which, near the extremity of the columella, is an emargination or a canal for transmit- ting the siphon or tube, which is itself but an elongated fold of the mantle. The greater or less length of the canal,' when there is one* the size of the aperture, and the form of the columella, furnish the grounds of its division into genera, which may be variously grouped^ . Conus. Lin. § So called from the conical shape of the shell ; the spire, either per- fectly flat, or but slightly salient, forms the base of the cone, the apex being at the opposite extremity ; the aperture is narrow, recti- linear, or nearly so, extending from one end to the other without enlargement or fold, either on its edge or on the columella. The * The Coriocolle noire , Blainv. Malac., XLTI, f. 1. This animal is not deprived of a shell, as the author of the genus imagined, but it is thin and flexible. Besides the species in the British Museum ( Cr . Leachii, Blainv. Malac., XLII, 3), we have one (Cr. corolinum , Cuv.) sent from Carolina by L. L’Herminier. + They are the Paracephalophora Dioica Siphonobrancliiata of Blainville. § M. dc Blainville unites the Coni , Cyprcce , Oculce, Terebella, and the Voluta, in a family which lie calls Angyostoma. In placing here the genera with a straight aperture, we must not be understood as meaning to approximate them to the preceding family, but only to present them first, as possessing the most striking characters of all those which arc furnished with a siphon. VOL. III. P 66 MOLL USC A. thinness of the animal is proportioned to the narrowness of the aperture through which it issues ; its tentacula and proboscis are highly protractile; the eyes are placed on the outer side of the former, and near the point; the operculum situated obliquely on the hind-part of the foot, is too narrow and short to close the whole? of the aperture. The shells of this genus, being usually ornamented with the most beautiful colours, are very common in cabinets. The seas of Europe produce very few *. They are distinguished by the flatness or slight projection of the spire ; by the whorls being tuberculated or not ; by its being more salient and even pointed, and furnished, or not, with turbercles. There are some in which the spire is sufficiently salient to give them a cylindrical appearance, in which case it may be either smooth or tuberculated f. The appellation of crowned spire is applied to that which is studded with tubercles, Cypr,ea5 Lin. The spire projecting but little, and the aperture narrow and extending from one extremity to the other ; but the shell, which is protuberant in the middle, and almost equally narrowed at both ends, forms an oval, and the aperture in the adult animal is transversely wrinkled on each side. The mantle is sufficiently ample to fold over and envelope the shell, which at a certain age it covers with a layer of another colour, so that this difference, added to the form acquired by the aperture, may easily cause the adult to be taken for another species. The animal has moderate tentacula, with the eyes at their external base, and a thin foot without an operculum. The colours of these shells, also, are extremely beautiful ; they are extremely common in cabinets, though with very few exceptions they all inhabit the seas of tropical countries In the OvuLA; Brug. The shell is oval, and the aperture narrow and long, as in Cypreea, but without plicae on the side next to the columella ; the spire is con- cealed, and the two ends of the aperture equally emarginated, or equally prolonged in a canal. Linnaeus confounded them with the Bullae, from which Brugieres has very properly separated them. The * For the species of this beautiful genus see the article and the plates of Brugieres in the Encycl. Method., where they are extremely well described and figured, and the enumeration still more complete than in the Ann. du Mus. XY, by M. de Lamarck. d* Species with a crowned spire : Con. cedonulli, L., a shell much sought for, and of which there are many varieties, Encycl. Method., pi. 316, f. 1 ; Con, marmoreus T L., Enc., pi. 317, f- 5; — Con. arenatus, Brug., Encycl., pi. 320, f. 6, &c. Species with a simple spire : Con. litteratus, L., Encycl., pi. 326, f. 1 ; — Con . tessellafus, Brug. Enc.. pi. 326, f. 7 ; — Con. virgo, Brug. Enc. pi. 325, f. 5, &c. X For the species see the genus Cyprcea, Gmel., and the figures collected by Bru- gieres for the Encyclop., the Gen. of shells by Sowerby, No. XVII, and particularly a Monograph by M. Gray, published in the Zool. Journal, Nos. 2, 3, and 4. GASTEROPODA PECTINTBRANCHIATA. 67 animal has a broad foot, an extended mantle which partly folds over the shell, a moderate and obtuse snout, and two long tentacula, on which, at about the third of their length, are the eyes, Montfort particularly designates, by the term Ovul^e, those in which the external margin is transversely sulcated * * * §. Those in which the two extremities of the aperture are prolonged into a canal, and in Avhich the external margin is not sulcated, he calls Navettes VoLV^f. When this external margin is not sulcated, nor the extremities of the aperture prolonged, he styles them Calpurn^J. Terebellum, Lam. An oblong shell, with a narrow aperture, without plicse or wrinkles, and increasing regularly in width to the end opposite the spire, which is more or less salient, according to the species §. The animal is not known. The VoLufA, Lin. Varies as to the form of the shell and that of the aperture, but is recognised by the emargination without a canal which terminates it, and by the salient and oblique plicae of the columella. From this genus Brugieres first separated the Oliva, Brug. So named from the oblong and elliptical shape of the shell, the aperture of which is narrow, long and emarginated opposite to the spire, which is short ; the plicae of the columella are numerous, and resemble striae ; the whorls are sulciform. These shells are quite as beautiful as the Cypraeae||. The animil has a large foot, the anterior part of which (before the head) is separated by an incision on each side ; its tentacula are slender, and the eyes are on their side about the middle of their length. The proboscis, siphon and penis are tolerably long ; but it has no operculum. MM. Quoy and Gaymard have observed an appendage on its posterior portion, which enters the sulcus of the whorls. The remainder of the genus Voluta was afterwards divided into five, by M. de Lamarck ^[. The Volvaria, Lam.> Closely resembles the Oliva in its oblong or cylindrical form but * Bulla ovum, L., List., 711, 65, Encyclop., 358, 1. t Bulla volva, L., List., 711, 63, Encycl., 357, 3 ; B. birostfis, Encycl. 357, 1 ; Sowerb., Ib. + Bulla verrucosa, L., List., 712, 67, Encyc., 357, 5. from which we do not sepa- rate the U i. tlm. is, Montf. : or Bulla (jibbosa, L., List., 711, 64, Encyc. 357, 4. § Terebellum subulutum, Lam., Bulla terebellum, L. List., 736, f. 30, Encyc., 360, 1 ; — Tereb. convolntum, Lam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. VI. || Oliv. subulata, Lam., Encyc., pi. 368, f. 6, a, b; — Vol. hiatula, 'L. ; — Vol por- phyria, Vol. oliva, and, in general, all the cylindrical Volutre of Gmel., p. 3438, ct seq. Exclusive of the Tormtcllcc and Pyramidcllcc already mentioned. F 2 68 MOLLUSCA. the aperture is narrow, and its anterior edge ascends to the top of the spire, which is excessively short. There is one plicaee, or several, at the foot of the columella. The lustre and whiteness of this shell are such, that on some coasts it is used for making necklaces* * * §. A small fossil species is found in the vicinity of Paris f. In the true Volutse or the Voltjta, Lam. The aperture is ample, and the columella marked with large plicse, the one furthest from the spire being the largest. The degree of projection in the spire varies greatly. In some of them, Cymbium, Montf. ; Cymba, Sowerb., the last whorl is ventricose ; the animal has a large, thick and fleshy foot, and a veil on the head, from the sides of which issue the tentacula. The eyes are on this same veil outside of the tentacula. The proboscis is tolerably long, and there is an appendage on each side of the base of the siphon. They attain a large size, and many of them are extremely beautiful f. In others, Voluta, Montf., the last whorl is conical, becoming narrower at the extremity opposite to the spire§. The foot of the animal is not so large as that of the preceding ones ; their shells are frequently remarkable for the beauty of their colours or their ar- rangement. Marginella, Lam. Form of the shell, similar to that of a true Voluta; but the external margin of the aperture is tumid ; the emargination is but slightly marked. The foot of the animal, according to Adanson, is very large, and has no operculum. By turning up the lobes of its mantle it partly covers the shell. The eyes are on the external side of the base of its tentacula ||. M. de Lamarck also distinguishes the Colombella, in which the plicse are numerous, and the varix of the external margin is inflated in the middle^. It appears that the operculum is wanting. * Volv. monilis, L. ; Volv. triticea, Lam., &c. -f* Folvariabullo’ides, Lam., Encyc. Method., pi. 384, f. 4. X Volv. cethiopica , List., 797, 4 V. cymbium , 796, 3, 800, 7 ; — V : olla, 794, 1 ; V. Neptuni, 802, 8; — V. navicula, 795, 2; — V. papillaris , Set)., Ill, Ixiv, 9; — V. indica, Martini, III, Ixxii, 772, 773 ; genus Melo, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXVIII ; — cymbiola, Chemn., X, cxlviii ; 1385, 1386 ; — V. prceputium , List., 798, 1 ; — V. spectibilis, Davila, I, viii, S. § Voluta musica, List., 805, 14, 806, 15; — V. scaplia, 799, 6; — V. vespertilio, 807, 16, 808, 17; — V. hoebrea , 809, 18;-— V. vexillum, Martiui, III, cxx, 1098;— V. flavicans, Tb., xcv, 922, 923 ; — V. undulata , Lam., Ann. du Mus., &c. For the other species consult the Memoir of M. Broderip, Zool. Journ., April 1825. || Voluta glabella, Adans., IV, genus, X, 1 ; — Voluta faba, lb., 2 ; — Vol. prunum, lb., 3 ; — Vol. persicula, lb., 4, and all pi. xlii, vol. II, of Martini; — Vol. marginata, Born., IX, 5, 6. Voluta mercatoria, List., 824, 43 ; — Vol. rustica, List., 824, 44 ; — Vol. mendi- caria, and nearly all plate xliv of Martini, vol. II ; — Col. strombiformis ; — Vol. labi - osct; — Vol. punctata, &c., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. IX. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 69 \ Mitra, Lam . The aperture oblong, with a few large plicee on the columella, the one nearest the spire being the largest ; the spire usually pointed and elongated. Several species are brilliantly spotted with red on a white ground* * * §. The foot of the animal is small ; the tentacula are of a moderate length, with the eyes on the side, near their inferior third ; the siphon also is of a moderate length, but it frequently pro- trudes a proboscis longer than its shell, Cancellaria, Lam. The last whorl ventricose; aperture ample and round, the internal margin forming a plate on the columella. The spire is salient and pointed, and the surface of the shell marked with decussating sulcif . The Buccinum,, Lin. % Comprises all the shells furnished with an emargination or a short canal inflected to the left, and in which the columella is destitute of plicse. Brugieres has divided them into the four genera of Buccinum, Purpura , Cassis , and Terebra , part of which have been again subdi- vided by Messrs de Lamarck and Montfort. The Buccinum, Brug. Includes the emarginated shells without any canal, whose general form, as well as that of the aperture, is oval. The animals — all such as are known, are deprived of the veil on the head, but are furnished with a proboscis, two separated tentacula, on the external side of which are the eyes, and a horny operculum. Their siphon extends out of the shell. The name of Buccinum is especially applied by M. de Lamarck to those in which the columella is convex and naked, and the margin without plicae or varix. Their foot is moderate, their proboscis long and thick, and their penis, frequently, excessively large §. In the * Such are Vol. episcopalis, List., 839, 66; — Vol. papalis, lb. 67; and 840, 6S ; — Vol. cardinalis, 838, 65. Add, Vol. patriarchalis ; — Vol. pertussa, 822, 40 ; — Vol. vulpecula, Martini, IV, cxlviii, 1366; — Vol. plicaria, List., 820, 37; — Vol. sangui- svga, List., 821, 8; — Vol. cajfra, Martini, IV, cxlviii, 1369, 1370 ;—Vol. acus, Id., civil, 1493, 1494 ; — Vol. scabricula, Id., cxlix, 1388, 1389 ; — Vol. maculosa, lb., 1377; — Vol. nodulosa, lb., 1385; — Vol. spadicea, Id., cl, 1392; — V. aurantia, lb., 1393, 1394 ; — V. decussata, 1395 ; — V. tunicida, 1376. 1* Voluta cancellata, L., Adans., VIII, 16; — Vol. reticulata, 830, 25, &c. — Sow- erb., Gen. of Shells, No. V. X M. dc Blainville makes a family of his Paracephalophora Dio'ica Siphonobranchiata of this great genus, which he calls the Enotomostoma. § Buccinum undrdutum, L., List., 662, 14 ; — Bucc. glaciate, L. ; — B. anglicum , List., 963, 17; — B.porcatum, Martini, IV. cxxvi, 1213, 1214; — B. lavissimum, Id., exxvii, 1215, 1216 ; — B. igneum, lb. , 1217 ; — B. carinatum, Phips. Voy., XII, 2; — B.solutum, Naturf., XVI, ii, 3, 4 ; — B. strigosum, Gm., No. 108, Honan., Ill, 38 ; — B. glab errimum , Martini, IV, exxv, 1177, 1182 ; — B. strigosum, lb. 1183, 1188; — B. obtusum, lb., 1193 ; — B. coronutum, CXXI, 1115, 1116. 79 MOLLUSC A. Nassa, Lam. The side of the columella is covered by a more or less broad and thick plate, and the emargination is deep, but without a canal. The animal resembles that of a true Buccinum, and there are gradual transitions among the shells, from one subgenus to the other* * * §. M. Delamarck calls Eburna, Lam., Those, which to a smooth shell without a plicated margin, add a widely and deeply umbricated columella. The general form of their shell is closely allied to that of the Olivee. Their animal is unknown f. Ancillaria, Lam. The same smooth shell, and at the lower part of the columella a marked lip; there is no umbilicus, neither is the spire sulcated. The animal of several species resembles that of the Olivee, the foot being still more developed J. The same naturalist calls Dolium, Lam. Those in which projecting ribs, that follow the direction of the whorls, render the margin undulated ; the inferior whorl is ample and ventricose. Montfort subdivides them into Bolium, properly so called, where the lower part of the columella is twisted§, and into Perdix, where it is trenchant.|| Their animal has a very large foot, -widened before ; a proboscis longer than its shell, and slender tentacula, on the external side of which, and near the base, are the eyes ; the head has no veil, nor has the foot an operculum. Harpa, Lam. The Harpae are easily recognized by the projecting, transverse ribs on the whorls ; the last of which forms a lip on the margin. The shell is beautiful, and the animal has a very large foot, pointed behind, * Buccinum arcularia, List., 970, 24, 25 ; — B. pullus, List., 971, 26; — B. yib- bosulum, List., 972, 27, and 973, 28; — B. tessellatum, List., 975, 30; — B.fossile , Martini, III, xciv, 912, 914 ; — B. marginatum, Id. cxx, 1101, 1102; — B. reticula- tum, List., 966. 21 : — B. vulgatum, Martini, IY, cxxiv, 162, 166 ; — B. stolatum, lb., 1167, 1169 ; — B. glans, List., 981, 40; — B. papillosum, List., 969, 23 ;■ — B. nitidulum, Martini, IV, cxxv, 1194, 1195. •f* Buccinum glabratum, List., 97 4, 29; — B. spiratum , List., 981, 41 ; — B. zey- lanicum, Martini, IV, cxxii, 1119. X Ancillaria cinnamomea , Lam., Mart., II, pi. 65, f. 731 ; Voluta ampla, Gm., Mart., Ib. f. 722, and the species described by M. de Lamarck and figured in the Encyc. Method., 393. See also the Monograph, No. 36, p. 72, of the Ancillarise by M. W. Swainson, Journ. of the Sc. and Arts, No. 36, p. 272. § Buc. olearium, List., 985, 44, and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. 29 ; — B. galea, List., 898, 18 ; — B. dolium , List., 899, 19 ; — B. fasciatum, Brug., Mart., Ill, cxviii, 1011 —B. pomum , Id., II, xxxvi, 370, 371. II Bucc. perdix, List., 984, 43. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 7* * and widened in its anterior portion, which is distinguished by two deep emarginations. The eyes are on the sides of the tentacula, and near their base. It has neither veil nor operculum*. The Purpura, Brag. Is known by its flattened columella, which is trenchant near the end opposite to the spire, and which, with the external margin, forms a canal there, sunk in the shell, but not salient. The Purpurse were scattered among the Buccina and the Murices of Linneeus. The ani- mal resembles that of a true Buccinumf. The genus Licorne, Montf., — Monoceros, Lam., consists of shells similar to the Purpurae, but in which the external edge of the emar- gination is furnished with a salient spinej. Others, also resembling the Purpuree, in which the columella or at least the margin is provided, in the adult, with teeth which narrow the aperture, form the Sistra, Montf,, or the Ricinula, Lam.§ Cdn-cholepas, Lam. The general characters of the Purpurse, but the aperture is so enormous, and the spire so small, that the shell has almost the appear- ance of a Capulus, or one of the valves of the Area; a small salient tooth is visible on each side of the emargination. The animal re- sembles that of a true Buccinum, with the exception of its foot, which is enormous in width and thickness, and that it is attached to the shell by a muscle shaped like a horse-shoe, as in the Capuli ; it has a thin, narrow, and horny operculum. But a single species is known, the Buccinum concholepa^i Brug. ; Argenv., pi. ii, f. F, D; and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, Nc. VI. From the coast of Peru. Casis, Brug. the column covemj The shell oval ; aperture oblong or narrow with a plate as in Nassa, and that plate transv^deIy plicated as well as the external margin the em?^IIiat|on terminating in a short canal, that is reflected and pushed back, as it were, to the left: varices are frequently observed on it. The animal resembles that of a true Buccinum, but its horny operculum is denticulated, in order to pass between the plicae of the external margin. * Buccinum harpu, L., and the other species long confounded with it — List., 992, 99:3, '994; Mart., TIT, cxix: Bucc. costatum, lb. Messrs. Rcynaud, Quoy and Gay mar d have observed, that, under certain circumstances, the posterior part of the foot is spontaneously detached. f Buccinum persicum , List., 987, 46, 47 ; — B. patulum , Id., 989, 49 B. ha- • ruustoma, Id., 988, 48 ; — B. trochlea , B. lapilhts, Id., 965, 18, 19 ; — Mur ex fucus, Id. 990, 50 ; Mur. Matrix, Martini, III, ci, 974, 975 Mur. mancinella., List., ■956, 957, 9 — 10; — Mur. hippo cast anum, List., 955, 996, 990, 991. X Buccinum monodon, Gin., Martini, III, lxix, 761 ; — Bucc. narval. Brug. • B. unicornc, Id. § Mur ex ricinis , L., Scb., Ill, lx, 37, 39, 42 \—Mur. ncritoideus. Gin.. No. 43, List., 801, 12 — 13. MOLLUSCA. 72 In some, the lip of the margin is denticulated externally near the emargination* * * §. In others it is entire f. The Morio, Montf. — Cassidaria, Lam. Was separated from Cassis by Montfort. The canal curves less suddenly, and the whole shell leads directly to certain Murices. The animal resembles that of a Buccinum, but its foot is more developed];. Terabra, Brug., The aperture, emargination and columella of a true Buccinum; but the general form is turriculated, that is to say, the spire is lengthened into a point §. In the CerithiuMj Brug., Very properly separated from the Mur ex of Linnaeus, we observe a shell with a turriculated spire ; the aperture is oval, and the canal short, but well marked, and reflected to the left or backwards. The animal has a veil on its head, and is furnished with two separated tentacula, on the side of which are the eyes, and with a round, horny operculum. Many are found fossil j|. M. Brongniart separates from the Ceri- thia the Potamida, Brongn. Which, with the same form of shell, has a very short and scarcely emarginated canal, no sulcus on the upper part of the right margin, and the external lip dilated. The Potamid® inhabit rivers, or, at least, their mouths, and fossil specimens are found in strata, which contain other fresh-water or land species only^[. The genus * Buccinum vibex, Martini, II, xxxv, 364, 365; — B. glaucum, List., 996, 60; — B. erinaceous, List., 1015, 73. 'f' The Buccinum of the second division of Gmelin, except the B. echinophorutn, Sfrigosum, No. 26, and tyrrhenum, which are Cassidariee. It must also he recollected, that the true Cassides, Gmelin appears to have several repetitions. + Buccinum cauC.ni um > L., List., 940, 36; — B. echiniphorum, List., 1003, 68;— B. strigosum, Gm., No. 26, 101 1, 71, f. ; Bucc. tyrrhenum, Bonam., Ill, 160. § The whole of the last subdivision cf the Buccina, Gmelin, such as, Buccinum maculatum, L., 846, 74; — Bucc. crenulatum, L. List,, 846, 75 ; — Bucc. dirnidiatum, L., List., 843, 71; — Bucc. subulatum, L., List., 842, 70, M. de Blainville separates from them the genus subula, which he founds on a difference in the animal, and moreover on the presence of an operculum. || Murex vertagus , List., 1020, 83 ; — M. aluco, List., 1025, 87; d/ . annularis, Martini, IV, clvii, i486;— M. singulatus, lb., 1492; — M. Terebella, Id., civ, 1458, 9 ; — M. fuscatus, Gualt., 56, H ; — M. granulatus , Martini, IV, clvii, 1483 ;— M. moluccanus, lb., 1484, S. &c., with the numerous fossil species described by M. de Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. M. Deshayes has separated from the Cerithia, under the name of Nevinea, some small species, where the margin is prolonged into the aper- ture, and divides it into three distinct orifices. It is also near the Cerithia that we must place several fossil shells, which form the genus Nerinea of M. Defrance, and which is distinguished by strongly marked plicae on each whorl and on the columella, the centre of which, besides, is hollow throughout. Nine species are already ascertained. Tf See Brongn., Ann. du Mus., XV, 367. In this subgenus should be placed the Cerithium atrum, Brug., List., pi. 115, f. 10; — Cer. palustre, f. Ib., 836, f. 62;-— C. muricatum, Ib., 121, f. 17, &c., and among the fossils, the Potamida Lamarkii, Brongn., loc. cit. pi. xxii, f. 3. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHI ATA. 73 Murex, Lin .* * * § Comprises all those shells in which there is a salient and straight canalf. The animal of each snbgenus is furnished with a proboscis, long approximated tentacula on the external side of which are the eyes, and with a horny operculum ; the veil on the head is wanting ; and, the length of the siphon excepted, it otherwise resembles that of the Buccina. Brugiere divides them into genera, which have been since subdivided by Messrs. Lamarck and Montfort. The Mu rex, Brug. Includes all those which have a and salient straight canal, with varices across the whorls Lamarck appropriates this name to those in which the varices are not contiguous on two opposite lines. If their canal be long and slender, and the varices armed with spines, they become the Mur ex, properly so called, of Montfortg. When, with this long canal, the varices are mere knobs, they form the Brontis, Montf. || Some of them, which, with a moderate canal, have projecting tubes that penetrate into the shell between spiny varices, constitute the Typhis , Montf. ^ When, instead of spines, the varices are furnished with plicated lamella?, slashed, or divided into branches, they are the Chicoracea, Montf.** Their canal is long and moderate, and their foliaceous productions vary infinitely in figure and complication. When, with a moderate or short canal, the varices are mere knots, and the base is provided with an umbilicus, they form the Aquilla, Montf. Several species inhabit the coast of France ff. If the umbilicus be wanting, they are his Lotorium\\. Finally, when the canal is short, the spire elevated, and the varices simple, they are his Tritonium. Their mouth is usually plicated * This great genus forms the family siphonostoma, Blainv. f To whieh Linnaeus also added several Purpura in which the canal is not salient, and all the Centhia in which it is recurved. £ Varices are knobs with which the animal borders its mouth, at each interruption in the growth of its shell. § Murex tribulus, List., 902, 22; — Mur. brandaris, List., 900, 20; — Mur. cornu- tus, List., 901 , 21 ; — Mur. senegalensis , Gm., and the costatus of No. 86, Adans, Se- neg. VIII, 19. || Murex haustellum, List., 903, 23 ; — Mur. caudatus, Martini, Conch., Ill, f. 1046, 1 049 ; — Mur. pyrum. If Murex tubifer , Roissy, Brug., Journ. d’Hist. Nat., I, xi, 3 ; Montfort, 614. ** Murex ramosus, List., 946, 41, and all its varieties ; Martini, III, cv, ex, cxi ; —Mur. scorpio , Martini, evi ; — Mur. saxatilis, Martini, evii, cviii, and several others not yet well characterized. ft Murex cutaceus, L., Seb., Ill, xlix, 63, 64; — Mur. trunculus , Martini, III, cix, 1018, 20; — Mur. miliaris, Id., i’i, Vign., 36, 1 — 5; — Mur. pomum, Adans., IX, 22; — Mur. decussatus, lb., 21. XX Mur. lotorium , L., Martini, TV, exxx, 1246 — 9; — Mur. femoralc, Id., cxi, 1039; — Mur. triquetcr , Born., XI, 1, 2. MQLLTJSCA. m transversely on both margins. Very large ones inhabit the seas of Europe* * * §. The varices are sometimes numerous, compressed, and almost membranous, constituting the Trophona, Montf. \ At other times, they are compressed, very salient, and but few in number J. M. de Lamarck separates from all the Murices of Brugiere, the Ranella, Lam ., Characterized by opposing varices, so that the shell is bordered with them on both sides. Their canal is short, and their surface studded with mere tubercles ; margins of the aperture plicatedg. The Apolles , Month, are merely umbilicated Ranellee ||. The Fusus, Brag. Comprises all shells with a salient and straight canal, which are destitute of varices. When the spire projects, the columella is without plicae, and the margin is entire, they are the Fusus properly so called, Lam., which Montfort again subdivides ; when they have no umbilicus, they are his Fusus The shortest and most ventricose gradually approach the form of the Buccina** * * §§. When provided with an umbilicus they are his Lathira\\. The Strut hi olarice are distinguished from the true Fusi by a bor- der which surrounds their aperture, and which covers the columella. The margin of the adult is inflated, which connects them with Murex^J. When the spire is salient, the columella without plicse, and there is a small indentation or well marked emargination of the margin near the spine, they are the Pleurotoma , Lam.gg * Mur. tritonis, L., List., 959, 12; — Mur. maculosus, Martini, IV, cxxxii, 1257, 1258; — Mur. australis, Lam., Martini, IV, cxxxvi, 1284; — Mur. pileare, Martini, IV, cxxx, 1243, 48, 49; — Mur. argus, Martini, IV, cxxxi, 1255, 1256; — Mur.rubi- cula , Id., cxxxii, 1259, 1267. f Mur. magellanicus, Martini, IV, cxxxix, 1297. X Mur. tripterus, Born., X, 18, 19; — Mur. obeliscus, Martini, III, cxi, 1033, 1037. § N.B. They are the Mur. bufo, Montf. 574; — Mur. rana, List., 995, 28; — Mur. reticularis, List., 935, 30 ; — Mur. affinis, and the species or varieties of Martini, 1229, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, and 1269, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76. ** Murex gyrinus, List., 939, 34. ■ff Mur. cochlidium, Seb. Ill, lii, 6; — Mur. morio, List., 928, 22; — Mur. canali- cutatus, Martini, III, lxvii, 742, 743; — Mur. candidus, Martini, IV, cxliv, 1339; — • Mur. ansatus, Id. Ib., 134o; — Mur. Icevigatus, Martini, cxli, 1319, 1320 ; — Mur. longissimus, Ib., 1344; — Mur. undatus, Ib., 1433; — Mur. colus, L., List., 917, 10; — Mur. striatidus, Ib., 1351, 1352; — Mur. pusio, List., 914, 7; — Mur. verru- cosus, Ib., 1349, 1350, &c., and the numerous fossil species described by M. de La- marck. It Mur. islandicus, Martini, IV, cxli, 1312, 1313, &c.; — Mur. antiquus, Ib., cxxxviii, 1294, and List., 962, 15; — Mur. despectus, Martini, 1295. §§ Mur, vespertilio, Id., cxlii, 1323, 24. IIH Mur. stramineus, Gm., Encyc. Method., 431, 1, a, b ; — Struthiolaria crcnutdta, Lam. Mur. babilonius, L., List., 917, 11; — Mur. javanus , Martini, IV, 13S, and GASTEROPODA PECTINIBR ANCHIATA. 75 The ClavatulcB, in which the emargination is wide and reaches to the spire, are also properly distinguished. When the spire is but slightly marked, flattened or rounded, and the columella is without plicae, they are the Pyrula , Lam. Some are umbilicated* * * * §, and others notf. From these Pyrulse, Montfort again separates the species with a flattened spire, internally striated near the lip, by the name of Ful- gur\. They are a sort of Pyrulse with a plicated columella, the plicae being sometimes almost insensible. Among these divisions of the Fusi of Brugieres, the Fasciola, rice , Lam.§, are distinguished by some oblique and well marked plicae on the columella, near the origin of the siphon ||. The Turbinella, Lam., Also consists of shells with a straight canal, but without varices, dis- tinguishable by the large transverse plicae on their columella, which extend the whole length of the aperture, and which closely approxi- mate them to the conical Volutce; they only differ from the latter in the elongation of their aperture into a sort of canal || ; the line that separates them is not easily traced. The genus Strombus, Lin. Includes those shells with a canal that is either straight or inflected towards the right, of which the external margin of the aperture di- lates with age, but still preserves a sinus near the canal, under which passes the head of the animal, when it extends itself. In most of them the sinus is at some distance from the canal. They are subdivided by M. de Lamarck into two subgenera. The Strombus, Lam . In which the margin expands into a wing of more or less extent, the immense number of fossil species described by Lamarck and other conchy- liologists. * Mur. rapa , Martini, III, lxviii, 750, 753; — Buccinum bezoar , Gm., Martini, III, Ixviii, 754, 755. f Bulla ficus , L., List., 750, 46; — Murex ficus, lb., 741. + Murex per versus, L., List., 907, 27; — Mur. aruanus, List., 90S, 28; — Mur. ca- nuliculatus, Martini, III, lxvi, 738, 740, and lxvii, 742, 3; — Mur. spirillus, Martini, III, cxv, 1069; — Pirula canaliculate/ , Lam., Montf., 502, which appears to me the same as the Mur. carica, Martini, I IT, lxvii, 744. § Mur. tulipa, L., List., 910, 911 ; — Mur trapezium, List., 93, 26; — Mur poly go ~ nus, List., 922, 15; — Mur. infundibulum, List., 921, 14; — Mur. striatulus, Martini, IV, cxlvi, 1351, 1352; — Mur. versicolor, lb., 1348; — Mur. pardalis, Id. cxlix, 1384; — Mur. costutus, Knorr., Pctrif., C, n. 7; — Mur. lancea, Martini, IV, cxlv, 1347- || Mur. scoli/mus, Martini, IV, cxlii, 1325; — Voluta pgr urn, Martini, III, xcv, 916, 917; — Voluta cerumica, List., 829, 51; — Votuta rhinoceros, Chemn. X, 150, f. 1407, 1408; — Voluta turbinellus, List., 811, 20; — Vol. capitellum, List., 810, 19; — Vol. globulus, Chemn., XI, 178, f., 1715; — Vol. tuirita, Gm. MOLLUSCA. 76 but not digitated. The foot is proportionably small, and the eyes are supported by lateral pedicles of the tentacula, thicker than the ten- tacula themselves The operculum is horny, long and narrow, and placed on a thin tail * * * §. In the Pterocera, Lam. The margin, in the adult, is divided into long and slender digita- tions, varying in number, according to the species. The animal is the same as that of the true Strombus f . In other Strombi, the sinus of the external margin is contiguous to the canal, forming the Rostellaria, Lam. There is usually a second canal ascending the spire, formed by the external margin and by a continuation of the columella. In some of them, the margin is still digitated. Their animal re- sembles that of a Murex, but has only a very small operculum J. In others, we merely observe a dentated margin. Their canal is long and straight §. In some again, that margin is entire; they are the Hippocrenes _ Montf. || ORDER VII. TUBULIBRANCHIATA. The Tubulibranchiata should be detached from the Pectini- branchiata, with which they are very closely allied, because the shell, which resembles a more or less irregularly shaped tube, only spiral at the commencement, attaches itself to various bodies ; they conse- quently are deprived of copulating organs, and fecundate themselves. In the Vermetus, Adans.j We remark a tubular shell whose whorls, at an early age, still form a kind of spire, but then continue on in a tube more or less irregu- larly contorted, or bent like the tubes of a Serpula. This shell usually attaches itself by interlacing with others of the same species, or is partly enveloped by Lithophytes : the animal, having no power of * Nearly all tlie Strombi comprised in the second and third division of Gmelin, observing, that owing to the various degrees of development acquired by the exter- nal margin, there are several repetitions. •f- Strombus lambis, Rondel., 79; — Martini, III, Ixxxvi, 855; — Str. chiragra, List., 870; — Str. millepeda, List., S68, 869; — Str. scorpius, List., 867- X Strombus pes pelecani, L., List., 865, 866. § Strombus fusus, L., List., 854, 11, 12, 916, 9. || Strombus ampins , Brander., Foss., Hant., VI, 76, or Rostellaria macroptera , Lam.; Str. Jissurella^Rm.f Encycl. Method., p. 411, 3, a, 6, which is not that of Martini, IV, clviii, 1498, 1499, &c. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 77 locomotion, is deprived of a foot, properly so called ; but the part which in ordinary Gasteropoda forms the tail, is here turned under it, and extends to beyond the head, where its extremity becomes inflated and furnished with a thin operculum; when the animal withdraws into its shell, it is this mass which closes the entrance ; it is sometimes seen with various appendages, and in certain species, the operculum is spiny. The head of the animal is obtuse, and has two moderate tentacula, on the external sides of which, at the base, are the eyes. The mouth is a vertical orifice, beneath which is a filament on each side, that has all the appearance of a tentaculum, but belonging in reality to the foot. The branchiae form but a single range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity. The right side is occupied by the rectum and the spermatic canal, which also transmits the ova. There is no penis, the animal fecundating itself. The species are numerous, but not very distinct. Linnaeus left them among the Serpulae * * * §. The Vermilice , also left by M. de Lamarck near the Serpulae, are similar to the Vermeti f. Magilus, Montf.y The Magili have a longitudinally carinated tube, which is at first regularly spiral, and then extends itself in a line more or less straight; although the animal is unknown, it is highly probable that it should be placed near the Vermeti £. The SlLIQUARIA, Brug. Resembles Vermetus in the head, the position of the operculum, and in the tubular and irregular shell ; but there is a fissure on the whole length of this shell which follows its contour, and which corresponds to a similar cleft in that part of the mantle which covers the branchial cavity. Along the whole side of this cleft is a branchial comb, com- posed of numerous, loose and tabular-like lamellae. Linnaeus left them with the Serpulae, and till very lately they were considered as belonging to the class of the Annelides§. * Serpula lumbriccilis, L., Adans., Senegal, XI, 1, and several new species. p Serpula triquetra, Gm., Born., Mus., pi. xviii, t. 14. J Magilus untiquus, Montf. II, pi. 43, and Guettard, Mem., Ill, pi. lxxi, f. 6. § Serpula anguina , L.; — Serpula muricata , Born., Mus., XVIII, 16. N.B. M. de Lamarck considered the Siliquariie and the Vermiliae as neighbours of the Scrpulae. M. de Blainville has approximated them to the Vermeti ; M. Au- douin has lately observed and described the animal, and to him do we owe what is stated above. 78 MOLLUSC A. ORDER VIII. SCUTIBR ANCHI AT A*. The Scutibranchiata comprise a certain number of Gasteropoda, simi- lar to the Pectinibranchiata,in the form and position of the branchiae, as well as in the general form of the body, but in which the sexes are united, in such a way, however, as to allow them to fecundate them- selves. Their shells are very open, without an operculum, and most of them without the slightest turbination, so that they cover these animals, and particularly their branchiae, in the manner of a shield. The heart is traversed by the rectum, and receives the blood from two auricles, as is the case in the greater number of bivalves. The Halyotis, Lin. f Is the only genus of this order in which the shell is turbinated ; it is distinguished from that kind of shell by the excessive amplitude of the aperture, and the flatness and smallness of the spire, which is seen from within. This form has caused it to be compared to the ear of a quadruped . In the. Halyotis, Lam., Or the true Halyotes, the shell is perforated along the side of the columella by a series of holes ; when the last hole is not terminated, it gives to that part the look of an emargination. The animal is one of the most highly ornamented of all the Gasteropoda. A double mem- brane, cut into leaves and furnished with a double range of filaments, extends, at least in the most common species, round the foot and on to the mouth ; outside its long tentacula, are two cylindrical pedicles which support the eyes. The mantle is deeply cleft on the right side, and the water, which passes through the shell, penetrates through it into the branchial cavity ; along its edges we observe three or four filaments which the animal can protrude through these holes. The mouth is a short proboscis J. The Padollce , Month, have an almost circular shell, in which the holes are nearly obliterated, and there is a deep sulcus that follows the middle of the whorls, and is marked externally by a salient ridge ; Padole briquete, Month, II, p. 114. * M. de Blainville unites this order and the following one (the Chitones ex- cepted) in his sub -class of the Paracephalophora Hermaphrodita. + The Paracephaloph. Hermaph. Otid., Blainv. X All the Halyotides, Gm., except the imperforata and the perversa. This genus, although it has been denied, most certainly has its counterpart among the fossils. M. Marcel de Serres has described a species found in the cal- careous strata of Montpellier {Hal. Philberti ), Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XII, pi. xlv, f. A. GASTEROPODA SCUTIBRANCHIATA. 79 Strom ati a, Lam. The shell more hollow, the spire more salient, and the holes want- ing ; otherwise resembling that of the Halyotides, which it thus con- nects with certain species of Turbo. The animal is much less orna- mented than that of the Halyotides* * * §. In the following genera, which are separated from the Patellae, the shell is perfectly symmetrical, as well as the position of the heart and branchiae f. In the Fissurella, Larn.j We perceive a broad fleshy disk under the belly, as in the Patellae, a conical shell placed on the middle of the hack, hut not always completely covering it, and perforated at its summit by a small ori- fice, which affords at once an issue to the faeces and a passage to the water, required for respiration ; this orifice penetrates into the cavity of the branchiae, situated on the fore part of the back, and in the bottom of which terminates the anus; a cavity otherwise widely opened above the head. A branchial comb is symmetrically arranged on each side ; the eyes are on the external base of the conical tenta- cula, and the sides of the foot are furnished with a range of fila- ments J. Emarginula, Lam . The structure of the Emarginuioe is similar to that of a Fissurella, except that instead of the hole in the summit, there is a small cleft or emargination in the anterior margin of their mantle and shell, which also penetrates to the branchial cavity ; the margin of the mantle envelopes and covers a great part of that of the shell ; the eyes are placed on a tubercle of the external base of the conical tentaCula, and the margin of the foot is furnishes with a range of filaments §. Parmophorus, Lam. A great portion of the shell curved by the reflected margin of the mantle, as in the Emarginulae ; the shell itself oblong, slightly conical, and without hole or emargination ; the branchiae and other organs, as in the preceding genera ||. * Halyolis imperforaia , Gm., Chemn., X, clxvi, 1600, 1601. t They arc the Paracethalora Cervico-branchias Branchifera, Blainv. + All the Patellae of the fifth division of Gmelin, except Pat. fissuru; among others, /'«/. grecca , List., 527, l, 2; — P. nimbosa , List., 528,4. We have a species in which the shell, at least six times the size of the mantle, simply surrounds the hole of the summit like a ring, — Fissurella annulata , Cuv. § Patella fissura , L., List., 543, 28, &c. The Palmaria, Montf., must be allied to this genus. H Patella ambiyua , Chemn., CXCII, 1918. N.B. Fissurella } Emarginulcc, and Parmaphori arc also found fossil. 80 MOLLUSCA. ORDER IX. C Y CLQBRAN CHI AT A *. The branchiae of the Cyclobranchiata resemble small lamellae, or little pyramids forming a cordon more or less complete under the borders of the mantle, very nearly as in the Inferobranchiata, from which they are distinguished by the nature of their hermaphroditism ; for, like the preceding genus, they have no copulating organ, but fe- cundate themselves. Their heart does not embrace the rectum, but varies as to situation. But two genera of this order are known, in both of which the shell never approaches in the least to the turbi- nated form. Patella, Lin. The entire body covered with a shell, formed of a single piece, in the form of a broad-based cone ; a cordon of little branchial lamellae under the margin of the mantle; the anus and genital orifices some- what to the right and above the head, which is furnished with a thick and short snout, and two pointed tentacula, on the external base of which are the eyes ; the mouth is fleshy, and containing a spiny tongue, which inclines backwards, and is reflected deeply in the in- terior of the body. The stomach is membranous, and the intestine long, thin, and greatly flexed ; the heart is forwards, above the neck, and a little to the left f. Some species abound on the coast of France. Chiton, Lin. A range of testaceous and symmetrical scales along the back of the mantle, but not occupying its whole breadth ; edges of the mantle * M. de Blainville, who calls the order in which he places Doris Cyclobrast- chiata, makes an order of the Patellae, and of the three preceding genera, which he names Cervicobranchiata, which he divides into the Retifera and the BrancM- jera. The Retifera are the Patella, because he supposes that they respire through the medium of a network in the cavity which is over their head. I have vainly sought for it, however, nor could I discover there any other organ of respiration than, the cordon of lamellae which extends round the under part of the margin of the mantle. See Anat. of the Patella in my Mdm. on the Mollusca. f I separate from the Patellas and arrange among the Trochoida, all the animals comprised in the genera, Crepidula, Navicella, Calyptrjea of M. de Lamarck, to which I add the Capuli ; and his genera Fissurella, Emaeginula, and Parmophora, or Patella ambigua, Cheinn., XI, 197, 1918, I place among the Scutibranchiata. The Umbrella, Scatus, Montf., — Patella umbrella, Martini II, vi, 18, is one of the Tectibranchiata. The Pat. anomala , Mull., belongs to the Brachiopoda and is my genus Orbicultjs. The other species quoted by Gm. remain in the genus Patella. GASTEROPODA CYCLOBRANCHIA TA. 81 coriaceous, and furnished either with a naked skin or little scales, which give it the appearance of shagreen, or with spines, hairs, or setaceous fasciculi. Under these edges, on each side, is a range of lamellar, pyramidal branchiae ; and before, a membranous veil on the mouth supplies the want of tentacula. The anus is under the posterior extremity. The heart is situated behind, on the rectum, the stomach is membranous, and the intestine very long and greatly contorted. The ovary is situated over the other viscera, and appears to open on the sides by two oviducts. A few small species are found on the coast of France ; very large ones abound in the seas of hot climates * CLASS IV. ACEPHALA. The Acephala have no apparent head; but a mere mouth concealed in the bottom, or between the folds of their mantle. The latter is almost always doubled in two, and encloses the body as a book is clasped by its cover ; but it frequently happens, that, in consequence of the two lobes uniting before, it forms a tube; sometimes it is closed at one end, and then it represents a sac. This mantle is generally provided with a calcareous bivalve, and sometimes multivalve shell, and in two genera only is it reduced to a cartilaginous, or even mem- branous nature. The brain is over the mouth, where we also find one or two other ganglia. The branchise usually consist of large lamellae covered with vascular meshes, under or between which passes the water ; they are more simple, however, in the genera without a shell. From these branchise the blood proceeds to a heart, generally unique, which distributes it throughout the system, returning to the pulmo- nary artery without the aid of another ventricle. The mouth is always edentated, and can only receive the molecules brought to it by the water : it leads to a first stomach, to which there is sometimes added a second ; the length of the intestines is extremely various. The bile is thrown by several pores into the stomach, which is surrounded by the mass of the liver. All these animals fecundate themselves, and in several species, the young ones, which are innumerable, pass some time in the thickness * The Chitonelli of Lamarck, and all the species of Chiton of authors, should be left in this genus, of which M. de Illainvillc has thought proper to make a separate class, called Polyplaxiphoka, supposing that it leads to the Articulated Animals. VOL. IIT. G 82 MOLLUSCA. of the branchiae previously to being brought to light * All the Ace- phala are aquatic f . o — ORDER f. ACEPHALA TESTAGEA. Testaceous Acephala, or Acephala with four branchial leaflets are beyond all comparison the most numerous. All the bivalves, and some genera of the multivalves belong to this order. Their body, which contains the liver and viscera, is placed between the two lami- nae of the mantle ; forwards, and still between these laminae are the four branchial leaflets, transversely and regularly striated by the ves- sels : the mouth is at one extremity, the anus at the other, and the heart towards the back ; the foot, when it exists, is inserted between the four branchiae. On the sides of the mouth are four triangular leaflets, which are the extremities of the two lips, and serve as tenta- cula. The foot is a mere fleshy mass, the motions of which are effected by a mechanism analogous to that which acts on the tongue of the Mammalia. Its muscles are attached to the bottom of the valves of the shell. Other muscles, which sometimes form one mass and sometimes two, cross transversely from one valve to the other to keep them closed, but when the animal relaxes these muscles, an elastic ligament placed behind the hinge opens the valves by its contraction. A considerable number of bivalves are provided with what is termed a byssus, or a fasciculus of threads more or less loosely connected, which issues from the base of the foot, and by which the animal ad- heres to various bodies. It uses its foot to direct the threads and to agglutinate their extremities ; it even reproduces them when cut, but the nature of the production is not thoroughly ascertained. Reaumur considered these threads as a secretion, spun and drawn from the sulcus of the foot ; Poli thinks they are mere prolongations of tendi- nous fibres. * Some naturalists are of the opinion that the very minute bivalves, which in cer- tain seasons fill the external branchiee of the Anodontes and Mytilus, are not the progeny of those Mollusca, but a different and parasitic species. See, on this subject, the Dissertation of M. Jacobsen. The difficulty seems to be removed by the observations of Sir Ev. Home. f M. de Lamarck at first changed my name of Acephala into that of Acephalata. M. de Blainville forms a class, which he calls Acephalophora, from my Acephala and my Brachioyoda. + M. de Lamarck, in his last work, has made his class of the Conchifera from my Testaceous Acephala; and M. de Blainville has converted the same into his order of the Acephalophora Lamellibranchiata : but it is always the same thing. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 83 The shell essentially consists of two pieces, called valves, to which in certain genera are added others, connected by a hinge that is sometimes simple and sometimes composed of a greater or smaller number of teeth and plates, which are received into corresponding cavities. There is usually a projecting part near the hinge called the sum- mit or nates. Most of these shells fit closely when the animal approximates them, but there are several which exhibit gaping portions either before or at the extremities. FAMILY I. OSTRACEA. The mantle is open, without tubes or any particular aperture. The foot is either wanting in these Mollusca or is small ; they are mostly fixed by the shell or byssus to rocks and other submerged bo- dies. Those which are free, seldom move except by acting on the water by suddenly closing their valves. In the first subdivision there is nothing but a muscular mass reach- ing from one valve to the other, as seen by the single impression left upon the shell. It is thought proper to class with them certain fossil shells, the valves of which do not even appear to have been held together by a ligament, but which covered each other like a vase and its cover, and were con- nected by muscles only. They form the genus Acarda, Brug. — Ostracita, La Peyr Of which M. de Lamarck makes a family that he names Rudista. The shells are thick, and of a solid or porous tissue. They are now divided into the Radiolites, Lam., In which the valves are striated from the centre to the circumfe- rence. The one is flat, the other thick, nearly conical and fixed*. * The species of Brugitirc, 173, f. 1, 23, which forms the genus Acarda, Lam., appears to be nothing more than a double epiphysis of the vertebra of some ceta- ceous animal. The Discinas, Lam., are Orbiculte ; it is also thought that his Cranise should be approximated to them. The Jod amies of M. de France or Birostrites, Lam., arc mere moulds of Sphcerulites or at least of the bodies always found in their interior, although they do not adapt themselves to their form. SeeM. Charles Desmoulins on the Sphemlites. Q 2 84 MOLLTJSCA. Spklerulites Lameth., Where the valves are roughened by irregularly raised plates. It is also thought we may add the Calceola, One valve of which is conical but free, and the other flat and even, somewhat concave, so that they remind us of a shoe ; and even the Hippu RITES, Where one valve is conical or cylindrical with two obtuse, longi- tudinal ridges on the inside ; the base even appears to be divided into several cells by transverse septa*; the other valve fits like a cover. The Batolithes, Montf. 334, Are cylindrical and straight Hippurites ; they are frequently found greatly elongated. There is much incertitude, however, with respect to all these bodies f. As to the well known living testaceous Acephala, Linnaeus had united in the genus Ostrea, Lin., All those which have hut a small ligament at the hinge, inserted into a little depression on each side, and without teeth or projecting plates. Ostrea, Brug. The true Oysters have the ligament as just described, and irregu- lar inequivalve and lamellated shells. They adhere to rocks, piles, and even to each other, by their most convex valve. The animal — Peloris, Poli, — is one of the most simple of all the bivalves, possessing nothing remarkable but a double fringe round the mantle, the lobes of which are only united above the head, near the hinge ; hut there is no vestige of a foot. O. edulis, L. The common oyster is well known to every one. Its fecundity is as astonishing as its flavour is delicious. Among the neighbouring species we may observe, O. cristata, Poli, II, xx, or the little Mediterranean oyster. Among the foreign species we have, O. parasitica , L. ; Chernn., VIII, lxxiv, 681. Round and flat ; it adheres to the roots of such mangroves and other trees of the torrid zone, as the salt-water can reach. * See Deshayes, Ann. des Sc. Nat., June, 1825 ; and Oh. Desmoulins, loc. cit. Several Hippurites have been described by La Peyrouse under the improper name of Orthoceratites. The Cornucopia of Thompson, Journ de Phys. an X, pi. ii, is also one of them. The observations of M. Deshayes and Audouin even lead us to believe that, in a part of these shells, there were two muscular impressions. ACEPhALA testacea. 85 O. folium, L. ; lb., lxxi, 662, 666. Oval ; the margin plicated in zig-zag ; it attaches itself by the indentations in the back of its convex valve to the branches of the Gorgoniae and other Lithophytes *. M. de Lamarck separates by the name of Gryphaea, Lam., Certain oysters, mostly fossil, of the ancient calcareous and schist- ous strata, in which the summit of the most convex valve greatly projects and curves more or less into a hook, or is partially spiral ; the other valve is frequently concave. The greater number of these shells appear to have been free ; some of them, however, seem to have adhered to other bodies by their hookf. G. tricarinata. The only living species known. Pecten, Brug., The Pectens, very properly separated from the Oysters by Bru- giere, although they have the same kind of hinge, are easily distin- guished by their inequivalve semi-circular shell, almost always regu- larly marked with ribs, which radiate from the summit of each valve to the edge, and furnished with two angular productions called ears, which widen the sides of the hinge. The animal, — Argus, Poli, has but a small oval foot J placed on a cylindrical pedicle be- fore a sac-like abdomen that hangs .between the branchiae. Some species, known by a deep emargination under their anterior ear, are furnished with a byssus. The others cannot adhere, and even swim with rapidity by suddenly closing their valves. The mantle is sur- rounded with two ranges of filaments, several of the external ones being terminated by a little greenish globule. The mouth has nu- merous branched tentacula in place of the four, usual, labial leaflets. The shell is frequently tinged with the most lively colours. The great species of the French coast, Ostrea maxima, L., has convex valves, one whitish, the other reddish, with fourteen ribs each, that are broad and longitudinally striated. The animal is eaten. We may also remark the Sole of the Indian Ocean, Ostrea so- lea, Chemn., VII, lxi, 595, with extremely thin and almost equal * The various species of Oysters, on account of their irregularity, are not easily distinguished: to this genus are referred the Ost. orbicularis ; — O. fornicata O. sinensis; — O. Forskahlii; — O. rostrata ; — O. virginica ; — O. cornucopia; — O.senega- Icnsis ; — O. stellata ; — O, ovalis ; — O.papyracea, and the Mytilus crista-galli ; — M. hyotis; — M.frons, Gmel., and those figured by Brugi£re in the Encyc. Method pi. 179, 188. It is almost certain, however, that several of these pretended species are mere varieties. The Ost. semi-aurita, Gualt., 84, II, is a young Acicula hirundo. + Sec Brug., Encyc. Method., pi. 189. t Improperly styled by Poli the abdominal trachea. 86 MOLLUSC A. valves, one brown, the other white, and internal ribs, fine as hairs, approximated two by two* * * §. Lima, Brug. The Limse differ from the Pectens in the superior length of their shell in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, the ears of which are shorter, and the sides less unequal, thus forming an oblique oval. The ribs of most of them are relieved with scales. The valves can- not join during the life of the animal, whose mantle is furnished with numberless filaments of different lengths without tubercles, and more internally, with a large border which closes the opening of the shell, and even forms a veil in front. The foot is small and the bys- sus trifling. The Limse swim with rapidity by means of their valves. One species, the Ostrea lima, L. ; Chemn., VII, lxviii, 651, of a fine white, inhabits the Mediterranean. It is eaten f. Pedum, Brug. The oblong and oblique shell with small ears, of the Limse ; but the valves are unequal, and the one only that is most convex has a deep emargination for the byssus. The animal is similar to that of a Lima, but its mantle is only furnished with a single range of small, slender tentacula. Its byssus is larger. But a single species is known; it inhabits the Indian Ocean J. Certain fossils may be placed here which have the hinge, ligament, and central muscle of the Ostreee, Pectines, and Limse, but are distinguished by some of the details of the shell. Hinnita, Defr. The Hinnitse appear to be Ostrese or Limse with small ears, and ad- hering, irregular and very thick shells, the convex valve in particular. A depression is observed on the hinge for the ligament §. * Add the ninety-one species of Ostrea, Gmel. ; we must remember, however, that some of them are far from established on a solid foundation. For the fossil species, consult Sowerby (Mineral Conchology), and Brongniart, App. Cuv., Oss. Foss, tome II, Env. de Paris. f Add, Ostrea glacialis, Chemn., VII, lxviii, 652, 653 ; — Ostr. excavata, lb., 654 ; — Ostr. fragilis, lb., 650 ; — Ostr. Mans, Gault., LXXXVIII, FF, G. For the fossil species, see Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., VIII, p. 461 ; Brocchi, Conch. Foss., and Sowerb., Min. Conch. X Ostrea spondyloidea, Gm., Chemn., VIII, lxxxii, 669,670. § Some living species have very lately been referred to the genus Hinnita, Defr. M. Gray, — Ann. of Phil., August 1826, — describes one by the name of Hin- nita gigantea ; Sowerby, — Zool. Journ. IX, p. 67, adds a second by that of H. eorallina; finally, M. Deshayes refers the Ostrea sinuosa, L., to this genus, and de- scribes a fourth living species under the name of Hinnita Defrancii; M. Defrance also admits two fossil species, the H. Cortesii, Blainv., Malac., pi. lxi, f. 1, and the H. Dubuissonii. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 87 Plagiostoma, Sowerb The oblique shell of a Lima, flattened on one side ; very small ears ; the valves more convex, striated, without scales, the opening for the byssus smaller * * * §. Found in formations anterior to chalk. Pacrytes, Defr. Nearly the same form as that of the Pectines ; shell regular, with small ears; a flattened transverse space between their summits, which in one of the valves is marked by a deep triangular notch, in which passed the ligament. Found in chalk j*. In the Dianchora, Sowerb The valves are oblique and irregular, one of them adherent and with a perforated summit, the other free and with earsj. Podopsis, Lam. Regular striated valves without opercula ; the summit of one of them more salient, truncated and adherent, frequently very thick, and form- ing a sort of pedestal to the shell §. Although multivalve, we should approximate the Anomia, Brug . To the Ostrese. The Anomiae have two thin, unequal, irregular valves, the flattest of which is deeply notched on the side of the ligament, which is similar to that of the Ostrese. The greater part of the central muscle traverses this opening to be inserted into a third plate that is sometimes stony and sometimes horny, by which the animal adheres to foreign bodies, and the remainder of it (the muscle) serves to join one valve to the other. The animal, — Echion, Poli, has a small vestige of a foot, similar to that of a Pecten, which slips between the cmargination and the plate that closes it, and per- haps serves to direct water to the mouth which is close to it [|. These shells arc found attached to various bodies like the Ostrese. They are found in every sea * Plagiostoma yigas, Sowerb., Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 238, f. 3 ; — PI. Ice- vigalum, Parkins., Org. Rem.. Ill, pi. xiii, f. 6 ; and the other species given by Sowcrby, Min. Conch., pi. 113, 114, and 382. f Pachytos spinosus , Fr. Sowerb., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, Env. de Paris, pi. iv, 2, A, II, C, and lilainv., Malac., pi. lv, f. 2 : Pach. hoperi , Sowerb., 380. X Dianch, striata; — D. lata , Sowerb., Min. Conch., pi. 80. § Podops. truncata , Encyc. pi. 188, f. 2, 6, 7 ; Cuv., Oss. Foss. ; Env. de Paris, pi. v, f. 2. N.B. M. de Rlainville considers these four last genera as more nearly related to the Terekratv.'tv. M. Dcshayes, on the contrary, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Dec. 1834, it proximates them to the Spondyli. || This foot escaped the notice of M. Poli. Anomia ephippium , Gm. — A. cepa; — .4. clectrica ; — -4. squamula; — .4. aca- leala ; — A. squama ; — .4. punctata ; — A. nndulata, — and the species added by Rru- gFrcs, Encyc. Method., Vers., I, 70, ct scq. ; and pi. 170, 71. The other Anomm of Gmclitv are Placuiuc , Terebralula , and Ilyaler, 88 MOLLUSC A. Placuna, Brug . A small genus allied to the Anomise, in which the valves are thin, unequal, and frequently irregular, as in the latter, but both entire. Two projecting ribs, en chevron, are seen on the inside of one of them, near the hinge. The animal is not known, but it must resemble that of the Ostrese, or that of the Anomise * * * §. Spondylus, Lin. A rough and foliaceous shell as in the Ostreae, and frequently spiny ; but the hinge is more complex; besides the cavity for the ligament, analogous to that of the Ostreee, there are two teeth to each valve that enter into fossae in the opposite one ; the two middle teeth be- long to the most convex valve, which is usually the left one, and which has a projecting heel, flattened as if sawed through behind the hinge. The animal, like that of a Pecten, has the borders of its mantle furnished with two rows of tentacula, some of the external ones being terminated by coloured tubercles ; before the abdomen is a vestige of a foot formed like a broad radiated disk on a short pe- dicle, and endowed with the faculty of contraction and expansion f . From its centre hangs a filament, terminated by an oval mass, the use of which is unknown. The Spondyli are eaten like oysters. Their shells are frequently tinged with the most brilliant colours. They adhere to all sorts of bodies;};. Plica tula, Lam. The Plicatulse, separated by Lamarck from the Spondyli, have nearly the same kind of hinge but no heel, and flat, almost equal, irre- gular, plicated and scaly valves, as in many of the Ostreae §. Malleus, Lam . A simple pit for the ligament as in the Ostrese, where the Mallei were left by Linnseus, on account of their having the same irregular and inequivalve shell, but distinguished by a notch on the side of this liga- ment for the passage of a byssus. The most known species, Ostrea malleus, L.; Chemn., VIII, lxx, 655, 65 6, which ranks among the number of high-priced and rare shells, has the two ends of the hinge extended and forming something like the head of a hammer, of which the valves, elongated in a transverse direction, represent the handle. It inhabits the Archipelago of India. There are some others, possibly young ones of the same species, in * Anomia placenta, Chemn., VIII, lxxix, 716; — An. sella, lb., 714. See also pi. 173 and 174, Encyc. Method., Vers. f Called by Poli “ the abdominal trachea” in the Spondyli, &c. X Spondylus gcederopus , Chemn., VII, xliv, et seq., IX, cxv ; — Sp. regius, Id., xlvi, 471. § Spond. plicatus, L., Chemn. VII, xlvii, 479, 482; — Plicat. cegyptia, Savign., Egyp. Coq. pi. xiv, f. 5. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 89 which the hinge is not prolonged. We must be careful not to con- found them with the Vulsellse * * * §. Vulsella, Lam. A little salient plate inside of the hinge of each side, from one of which to the other extends the ligament, otherwise similar to that of the Ostreoe. By the side of this plate is a notch for the byssus, as in the Mallei. The shell is elongated in a direction perpendicular to the hinge. The most known species inhabit the Indian Ocean f . Perna, Brug. Several parallel cavities across the hinge, opposed to each other in the two valves, and lodging as many elastic ligaments ; the irregular and foliaceous shell marked on the anterior side and under the hinge by a notch traversed by the byssus. The Pernae were also left by Linnaeus among the Ostreae +. Crenatula, Lam. The Crenatulae, lately separated from the Pernae, instead of having transverse cavities on a broad hinge, are furnished with oval ones on the very margin, where they occupy but little of its breadth. The byssus seems to be wanting, and they are frequently found among sponges §. It is thought that we may approximate to the Pernae, certain fossil shells, in which the hinge is also furnished with cavities more or less numerous, that correspond to each other, and thus appear to have fur- nished points of attachment to ligaments : thus those of the Gervilia, Defr. Have a shell closely resembling that of the Volucellae, but with a kind of double hinge, externally with opposed cavities, receiving as many ligaments, and internally furnished with very oblique teeth in each valve. Their impressions are found along with Ammonites in compact limestone ||. The * Oslrea vulsella , Chemn., VIII, lxx, 657, of which the Ostrea anatina, lb. 658, 659, is probably a mere accidental variety. t Mya vulsella , Chemn., VI, ii, 10, 11 ; — V. spongiarum, Lam., Savig., Eg., Coq. pi. xiv, f. 2 ; — V. Mans , Lam., Sav., Ib., f. 3. J Ostrea isognomum , Chemn., VII, lix, 584 ; — O. perna, Ib., 580 ; — O. legurncn, lb., 578 ; — O. epMppium , Ib., lviii, 576 ; — O. mytiloides, Herm., Nat. Berl., Schr. II, ix, 9. § Ostrea picta, Gm., Chemn., VII, lviii, 575, or Crenatula phasionoptera, Lam., Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 216, f. 2 ; — Crenatula aviculuris, Lam., Ann. du Mus, III, pi. ii, f. 3, 4 ; — Cr. myliloules , Id., Ib. f. 1 and 2. See also the great work on Egypt, Coq. pi. xii. || Gervilia solenoidcs , Defr., Blainv., Maine., lxi, 4 ; — G. pernoides, Dcslonchamps, Soc. Lin. du Calvados, I, 1 16. — G. siliqua, Id. lb., &c. 90 MOLLUSC A. Inoceramus, Sowerb . Is remarkable for the elevation and inequality of the valves, the summit of which curves in a hook towards the hinge, and which has a lamellated texture * * * §. Castillus, Brong. Independently of the depressions for the ligament, the Castilli are marked by a conical sulcus, sunk in a lip, which is bent at a right an- gle to form one of the margins of the shell. The valves are about equal, and of a fibrous texture. They appear to have had a byssus f. Pulvinites, Defr. A regularly triangular shell, in which the few depressions diverge from the summit on the inside. The impression is found in chalk J. In the second subdivision of the Ostracea, as well as in almost all the bivalves which follow, besides the single transverse muscular mass of the preceding genera, there is a fasciculus which is placed before the mouth, and extends from one valve to the other. It is apparently in this subdivision that we must place the Etheria, Lam. Large inequivalve shells, as irregular as those of the Ostrese, and more so ; no teeth to the hinge ; the ligament partly external and partly internal. They differ from the Ostreae in having two muscular im- pressions. The animal is not seen to produce a byssus §, They have lately been discovered in the Upper Nile ||. Avicula, Brug. An equivalve shell with a rectilinear hinge, frequently extended into wings by its extremities, furnished with a narrow and elongated liga- ment, and sometimes with small notches near the mouth of the ani- mal ; in the anterior side, a little beneath the angle of the side of the mouth, is a notch for the byssus. The anterior transverse muscle is excessively small. The species with less salient ears form the Pintadinas, Lam., or Margaritae, Leach. The most celebrated, Mytilus margaritiferus , L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxx, 717? 721, has nearly a semicircular shell, greenish without, * Inoceramus concentricus, Parkins., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, pi. vi, f. 11 ; — Inocer. sulcatus , Id., Ib., f. 12. rY Catillus Cuvieri, Brong., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, pi. iv, f. 10. X Pulvinites Adansonii, Defr., Blainv., Malac., lxii, bis, 3. § Etheria elliptica, Lam., Ann. du Mus. X, pi. xxix, and xxxi ; — Elh. trigonula, Ib., pi. xxx ; — Eth. seminularis, Ib., pi. xxxii, f. 1, 2; — Eth. transversa, Ib., f. 3, 4. || Eth. Caillaudi, Yoy. de Caillaud a M£rod, II, pi. Ixi, f. 2, 3. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 91 and ornamented with the most beautiful nacre within. The lat- ter is employed in the arts, and it is from the extravasation of this substance that are produced the oriental or fine pearls, taken by the divers at Ceylon, in the Persian Gulf, &c. The name of Avioula is appropriated to such as have more pointed ears, and a more oblique shell. The vestige of a tooth, of which traces are visible in the Pintadinse, is observed on the hinge, before the ligament. One species, Mytilus hirundo , L., Chemn., VIII, lxxxi, 722 — 728, that inhabits the Mediterranean, is remarkable for the pointed ears which extend its hinge on each side. Its byssus is coarse and stout, resembling a little tree * * * § Pinna, Lin. The Pinnae have two equal valves, forming a segment of a circle, or resembling a half opened-fan, which are closely united by a ligament along one of their sides. The animal, the Chimera, Poli, is elongated, like its shell ; the lips, branchiae, and other parts are in the same proportion. The mantle is closed along the side of the ligament ; the foot resembles a little conical tongue excavated by a sulcus ; it is furnished with a small transverse muscle situated at the acute angle formed by the valves, near which is the mouth, and with a very large one in their broader portion. By the side of the anus, which is behind this large muscle, is a conical appendage, peculiar to the genus, susceptible of expansion and elongation, the use of which is unknown The byssus of several species of Pinna is as fine and brilliant as silk, and is employed in fabricating the most precious stuffs. Such is the P. nobilis. L., Chemn. VIII, lxxxix ; which is moreover re- cognized by the valves being roughened with recurved and semi- tabular plates. It remains half buried in the sand, and anchored by its byssus J. In the Arc a, Lin. § The valves are equal and transverse, that is to say, the hinge occu- pies the longest side. It is furnished with a large number of small teeth, which interlock with each other, and, as in the subsequent genera, with two fasciculi of transverse and nearly equal muscles, in- * Several species are now made of it. See Lam., An. sans Verteb., YI, part I, p. 146, et seq. f M. Poli also calls it an abdominal trachea , just as erroneously as he applies the same name to the foot of the Pectines , &c. | The whole genus Pinna may remain as it is in Gmclin : it is well to remem- ber, however, that some of his species may be found to form but one. See also Lam., An. sans Vert., VI, part I, p. 130, ct seq., and Sowcrb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXVI. § M. dc Blainville forms his family of the Aucacea or I’olyodontes, from the genus Arc a. 92 MOLLUSC A. serted into the extremities of the valves, which serve to close them. In the Arca, Lam., Or the Arose properly so called, the hinge is rectilinear, and the shell most elongated in a direction parallel to it. The summits are generally convex, and curve over the hinge, but are separated from each other. The valves do not close perfectly in the centre, because there is a horny plate or tendinous fillet, before the abdomen of the animal * * * § that serves for a foot, and by which it adheres to submerged bodies. They are found in rocky bottoms near the shore, and are usually covered with a hairy ejDidermis. They are not much esteemed for the table. Some species are found in the Mediterranean f , and a great many fossil, in strata anterior to chalk, particularly in Italy. Certain Arcae in which the teeth of the two ends of the hinge as- sume a longitudinal direction, are distinguished by Lamarck under the name of Cucull^ea J. We ought also, it is probable, to separate the species with well marked ribs, and completely closing and interlocking edges ; for we must presume that their animal is not fixed, but rather resembles that of a Pectunculus §. We have a still better warrant for removing the Arca tortuosa , Chemn., VIII, liii, 524, 525, in its fantastic figure and unequally obli- que valves || . Pectunculus, Lam. The hinge forming a curved line, and the shell lenticular; the valves always close completely, and their summits are approximated. The animal, Aximea, Poli, is furnished with a large compressed foot with a double inferior margin which enables it to crawl. They live in ooze. Some species are found on the coast of France ^]. Nucula, Lam. The Nuculse are Arcse, in which the teeth are arranged on a broken line. Their form is elongated, and narrowed near the posterior ex- tremity. Their animal is unknown, but is probably not far removed from those of the preceding shells **. This has long been the place assigned to the * The Daphne, Poli. f Arca Noce , Chemn., VII, liii, 529, 531 ; — Arca barbata, Id., liv, 535, 537 ; — A. ovata, lb., 538 ; — A. magellanica, lb., 539; — A: reticulata , lb. 540; — A. Candi- da,i Id., lv, 542, 544 ; — A. indica, lb., 543; — A. cancellata , Schroed., Intr., Ill, ix, 2. X Arca cucullata, Chemn., VII, liii, 526, 528 ; — Cucullcea crassatina , Lam., Ann. du Mas., VI, 338. § Arca antiquata, L. Chemn., VII, lv, 548, 549 ; — A. senilis, Id., lvi, 554, 556 ; — A. granosa, lb., 557 ; — A. corbiculata , lb., 558, 559 ; — A. rhombo'idea, lb., 553 ; — A. jamaicensis, List., 229, 64. || It forms the genus Trisis, Oken. Area pilosa, L., Chemn., VII, lvii, 565, 566 ; — Arc. glycimeris, lb.. 564 ; — A. decussata, lb., 561 ; — A. cequilatera. Id., 562 ; — A. undata, lb., 560 ; — A. marmorata , lb., 563 ;— A. pectunculus, Id., lviii, 568, 569 ; — A. pectinata, lb., 570, 571. ** Arca pellucida, Chemn., VII, liv, 541 ; — Arca rostrata, L., Id., lv, 550, 551 ; . — Arc. pella, lb., 546; — Arc. nucleus, Id., lviii, 574. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 93 Trigonia, Brug . So remarkable for the hinge, which is furnished with two plates en chevron, crenulated on both faces, each of which penetrates into two cavities, or rather between four plates of the opposite side, similarly crenulated on their internal surface. The internal impressions on the shell had already warranted the supposition that the animal was not provided with long tubes. Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard have lately discovered living specimens of this genus, and in fact, its mantle, as in the Arcae, is open and without any separate orifice, even for the anus. The foot is large, its anterior portion trenchant and like a hook. The living Trigoniae resemble the Cardiae in the form of their shell, and the ribs which furrow it : its interior is composed of nacre *. The fossil Trigoniae are different. Their shell is flattened on one side, oblique, longest in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, and traversed in a contrary direction by series of tubercles j\ FAMILY II. MYTILACEA. In the second family of the testaceous Acephala, the mantle is open before, but has a distinct aperture for the faeces. A 11 these bivalves have a foot, used in crawling, or at least serving to draw out, direct and place the byssus. They are commonly known under the generic name of Muscles. Mytilus, Lin. The true Mytili or Sea-Muscles have a closed shell, with equal, con- vex and triangular valves. One of the sides of the acute angle forms the hinge, and is furnished with a long, narrow ligament. The head of the animal is in the acute angle ; the other side of the shell, which is the longest, is the anterior one, and allows the passage of the byssus ; it terminates in a rounded angle, and the third side ascends towards the hinge, to which it is joined by an obtuse angle ; near this latter is the anus, opposite to which the mantle forms an opening or small particular tube. The animal Callitriche, Poli, has the edges of its mantle provided with branched tentacula near the rounded angle, as it is there that the water enters required for respiration. Before, and near the acute angle is a small transverse muscle, and a large one behind, near the obtuse angle. Its foot resembles a tongue. In the true Mytili the summit is close to the acute angle. Some of them are striated and others smooth. * The Trigonic nacrie, Lam., Ann. du Mus., lxvii, 1. + Trig, scabra, Encyc. Method., pi. 237, f. 1 ; — Tr. nodulosa, lb., 2; — TV. navis, lb., 3 ; — Tr. aspera, lb. 4. Sec also Parkins., Org. llem., Ill, pi. xii. 94 MOLLUSCA. Myt. edulis , L. This common Muscle is frequently seen sus- pended in extended clusters, along the whole coast of France, to rocks, piles, &c. &c. It forms a considerable item of food, but is dangerous if eaten to excess.* * * § Some of them are found fossilf . In the Modiolus, Lam. Separated from the Mytili by Lamarck, the summit is lower and near the third of the hinge. This summit is also more salient and rounded, approximating the Modioli more closely to the ordinary form of the bivalves^. We may also separate from the Mytili the Lithodomus, Cuv., In which the shell is oblong, and almost equally rounded at the two ends, the summit being close to the anterior extremity. The species of this subgenus at first simply attach themselves to stones like the common Mytili ; subsequently, however, they perforate and excavate them in order to form cells, into which they enter, and which they never quit afterwards. Once entered, their byssus ceases to grow§. One of them, the Mytilus lithophagus, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxii, 729, 730, is very common in the Mediterranean, where from its peppery taste it is esteemed as food. A second, Modiolo caudigera , Encyc. pi. 221, f. 8, has a very hard small appendage at the posterior extremity of each valve, which perhaps enables it to excavate its habitatation. Anodontea, Brug. The anterior angle rounded like the posterior, and that next to the * Add, Mytilus barbatus, L., Chemn., VIII, lxxxiv, 749 ; — M. angulatus, lb., 756 ; — M, bidens, Ih., 742, 745 ; — M. afer, lb., lxxxiii, 739 — 741 ; — M. smaragdinus, lb., 745 ; — M. versicolor, lb., 748 ; — M. lineatus, 753 ; — M. exustus, lb., 754 ; — M. stria- tulus, lb., 744 ; — M. bilocularis, lb., Ixxxii, 736 ; — M. vulgaris, lb., 732 ; — M. sex- atilis, Rumph., Mus. xlvi, D; — M. fulgidus, Argenv. xxii, D; probably the same as the Mya perna, Gm., Chemn., VIII, lxxxiii, 738 ; — M. azureus, lb., H ; — M. rnuri- nus, lb., K ; — M. puniceus, Adans., I, xv, 2 ; — M. niger , lb., 3 ; — M. Icevigatus, lb., 4, &c.: some of these, however, may be mere varieties. f M. Brongniart has formed them into a subgenus by the name of Mytiloida, Ap. Cnv. Oss. Foss, tome II, pi. iii, f. 4. X Mytilus modiolus, Chemn., VIII, lxxxv, 757 — 760, and that of Miill., Zool. Lan., II, liii, which appears to be another species ; — M. discors, Chemn., VIII, lxxxiv, 764 — 768 ; — M. testaceous, Knorr., Vergn., IV, v. 4, &c. § M. Sowerby doubts this fact, which is, however, well attested by M. Poli from ocular demonstration — Test. Neap., II, p. 215. The pi. xxxii of the same work, fig. 10, 11, 12, 13, also proves that the animal resembles that of a Mytilus, and not that of a Pholas or a Petricola. The mode in which the Lithodomi, Pholades, Petricolce, and some other bivalves perforate stones, has been the subject of much discussion; some of the disputants holding it to be effected by the mechanical action of the valves, and others simply by solution. See the M4m. of M. Fleuriau de Bellevue, Journ. de Phys., an X, p. 345 ; Poli, Test. Neap., II, 215, and Edw. Osier, Phil. Trans, part III, 1826, p. 342. All things considered, the first of these opinions, whatever be the difficulties it presents, seems to us to come nearest to the truth. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 95 anus obtuse and almost rectilinear ; the hinge of the thin and mode- rately convex shell has no appearance of a tooth whatever, being merely furnished with a ligament which extends along the whole of its length. The animal, — Limn^a, Poli, has no byssus; its foot, which is very large, compressed and quadrangular, enables it to crawl upon the sand or ooze. The posterior extremity of its mantle is provided with numerous small tentacula. The Anodontes inhabit fresh water. Several species are found in France, one of which — Mytilus cygneus , L., Chemn., VIII, lxxxv, 762, is common in ponds, &c., with oozy bottoms. Its light and thin shells are used for milk- skimmers, but its flesh is not eaten on account of its insipidity* * * §. An oblong species, in which the hinge is granulated throughout its whole length, is distinguished by M. de Lamarck under the name of Iridina| ; the hind part of its mantle is somewhat closed £. Dr. Leach distinguishes another by that of Dipsada, where the angles are more decided, and in which there is a vestige of a tooth on the hinge. Unio, Brug. These Mollusea resemble the Anodontes both in their animal and shell, with the exception of their hinge, which is more complex. There is a short cavity in the anterior part of the right valve, which receives a short plate or tooth from the left one, and behind it is a long plate which is inserted between two others on the opposite side. They also inhabit fresh water, preferring running streams. Sometimes the anterior tooth is more or less stout and unequal, as in Mya margaritifera , L. ; Drap., X, 17, 19. A large thick spe- cies, the nacre of which is so beautiful that it is employed as pearls. Found in France ; as is the Unio littoralis , Lam., Drap., X, 20. A smaller and square species. Sometimes the anterior tooth is laminiform, as in the Mya pictorum, L. ; Drap., XI, 1, 4. An oblong and thin species known to every one §. Lamarck distinguishes the Hyria, Lam., In which the angles are so decided that the shell is nearly trian- giUar||. * Add, M. anatinus, Chemn., VIII, lxxxvi, 763; — M.fluviatilis, List., clvii, 12 ; — M. stagnalis, Schroed, Fluv., I, 1 ; — M. zellensis, lb., II, l ; — M. dubius, Adans., XVII, 21 ; and the pi. 201, 202, 203, and 205, of the Encyc. Method., Test. f Irid. exotica , Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 204 ; — Add Irid. nilotica, Caillaud, Voy. j\ Mdro<$, pi. lx, f. 1 1. J See Dcshayes, Mdm. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1S27, III, p. 1, pi. l. § Numerous species, remarkable for size or form, inhabit the rivers and lakes of the United States. Messrs. Say and Barnes, who have described them, have estab- lished some new subgcncra among them. || Hyria rxujosa , Encyc. Method., pi. 247, 2. 96 MOLLUSCA. Castalia, Lam., Where the slightly codiform shell is striated in radii ; the teeth and plates of the hinge are transversely sulcated, which gives them some affinity with the Trigoniae * * * §. There are certain Marine Mollusca which have a similar animal, and about the same kind of hinge, that should be placed near the Unios; the summits of the shell, however, are more convex, and it is marked by projecting ribs extending from the summits to the edge. They form the Cardita, Brug.f Which are more or less oblong or codiform, the inferior margin, in some, gapingj. Cypricardia, Lam. Carditse, in which the tooth under the summit is divided into two or three. Their form is oblong, and their sides unequal §. M. de Blainville also separates the Coralliophaga, Blainv., Where the shell is thin, and the lateral plate considerably effaced, which may cause their approximation to Venus. One of them is known which excavates coralline masses to form its habitation ||. The Venericardia, Lam. Only differ from the Carditse, in the circumstance that the pos- terior plate of their hinge is shorter and more transverse, which caused their approximation to Venus; their form is almost round. Judging from the impressions of its muscles on them, their animal must resemble that of the Carditse and Unios.^f Both of them approach the Cardia in their general form and the direction of their ribs. I suspect that this is also the place for the Crassatella, Lam , — Paphia, Roiss., Which has sometimes been approximated to Mactra, and at others * Castalia ambigua , Lam., Blainv., Malac., LXVII, 4. f Chama antiquata, Chemn., YI , xlvii, 488 — 491 ; — Ch. trapezia; — Ch. semior- biculata ; — Ch. cordata , Id., 502, 503 ; and among the fossil species, one of the most singular, Cardita avicularia, Lam., Ann. du Mus., IX, pi. ix, f. 6, provided it should not be separated. + Chama caliculata, Chemn., VII, i, 500, 501 ; — Cardita crassicosta, Brug., Encyc. pi. 234, f. 3. § Chama oblonga, Gm., Chemn., VII, 1, 504, 505, or Cardita carinata, Encyc., pi. 234, f. 2, or Cypricarde de Guinte, Blainv., Malac., LXV, his, f. 6. || Chama coraliiophaga , Gm., Chemn., X, clxii, 1673, 1674, or Cardita dactylus, Brug., Encyc,, pi. 234, f. 5 ; — Coraliiophaga carditoides , Blainv., Malac., LXXVI, 3. ^ Venus imbricata , Chemn., VI, xxx, 314, 315, and the fossil species, Lam., Ann. du Mus., VII, and IX, pi. xxxi and xxxii. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 97 \ to Venus ; the hinge has two slightly marked lateral teeth, and two very strong middle ones, behind which, extending to both sides, is a triangular cavity for an internal ligament. The valves become very thick by age, and the impression made by the margin of the mantle leads to the belief that there are no protractile tubes*. FAMILY III. CHAMACEA. The mantle closed and perforated by three holes, through one of which passes the foot ; the second furnishes an entrance and exit to the water requisite for respiration, and the third for the excretion of faeces ; these two latter are not prolonged into tubes as in the subsequent family. It only comprises the genus Chama, Lin., Where the hinge is very analogous to that of a Unio, that is to say, the left valve near the summit is provided with a tooth, and further back with a salient plate, which are received into corresponding fossae of the right valve. This genus has necessarily been divided into the Tridacna, Brug., The shell greatly elongated transversely, and equivalve ; the supe- rior angle, which answers to the head and summit, very obtuse. The animal is very singular, inasmuch as it is not, like most of the others, placed in the shell, but is directed, or, as it were, pressed out before. The anterior side of the mantle is widely opened for the passage of the byssus ; a little below the anterior angle is another opening which transmits water to the branchiae, and in the middle of the inferior side is a third and smaller one which corresponds to the anus, so that the posterior angle transmits nothing, and is only occupied by a cavity of the mantle open at the third orifice, of which we have just spoken. There is but a single transverse muscle, corresponding to the middle of the margin of the valves. In Tridacna, Lam., Or the Tridacnae properly so called, the front of the shell as well as of the mantle has a wide opening with notched edges for the trans- mission of the byssus, which latter is evidently tendinous, and con- tinues uninterruptedly with the muscular fibres. * Venus ponderosa , Chcmn., VII, lxix, A — D, or Crassatella tumida, Lam., Ann. du Musa., VI, 408. 1 ; perhaps the Mactra cygnus , Chcmn., VI, xxi, 207 ; — Venus divaricata, Chcmn., VI, xxx, 317 — 319. This genus also comprises many fossil species, particularly abundant near Paris. See the work of M. Deshayes. VOL. III. H 98 MOLLUSCA. Such is the celebrated and enormous shell of India, the Cha- ma gigas, L. ; Chemn., VII, xlix, which is decorated with broad ribs relieved by projecting semi-circular scales. Specimens have been taken that weighed upwards of three hundred pounds. The tendinous byssus which attaches them to the rocks, is so thick and stout that the axe is required to sever it. The flesh, though tough, is edible. In Hippopus, Lam. The shell is closed and flattened before as if truncated* * * §. In the Chama, Brug ., Or the true Chamse, the shell is irregular, inequivalve, usually lamellar and rough, adhering to rocks, corals, &c., like that of an Oyster. Its summits are frequently very salient, unequal, and curled up. The internal cavity frequently has the same form without any external indication of the fact. The animal, — Psilopus, Poli, — has a small foot bent almost like that of man. Its tubes, if it have any, are short and disjointed, and the aperture in the mantle, which transmits the foot, is not much larger. Some species are found in the Mediterranean. There are also several that are fossilf . Diceras, Lam., Between Diceras and the Chamae there is no essential difference ; the cardinal tooth of the former is very thick and the spiral lines of the valves are sufficiently prominent to remind us of two hornsj. In the Isocardxa, Lam., We observe a free, regular, and convex shell, with spirally curled summits, divided anteriorly. The animal, — Glossus, Poli, — only differs from that of an ordinary Chama in having a larger and more oval foot, and because the anterior opening of its mantle begins to resume its ordinary proportions. A large, smooth, red species, the Chama cor. L. ; Chemn., VII, xlviii, 483, inhabits the Mediterranean §. * Chama Lazarus, Chemn.. VII, li, 507, 509; — Ch. gryphdides, lb., 510, 513 ; — Ch. archinella, Id. lii, 522, 523 ; — Ch. maerophylla, lb., 514, 515; — Ch. foliacea, lb., 531 ; — Ch. citrea, Regenf., IV, 44 ; — Ch. hicornis, Ib.,'516 — 520. f See the Conchiol. Foss. Subap. of Brocchi, and the Coq. Foss, des Env. de Paris of M. de Lamarck. + Fossil shells from the jurassic strata. Die arietina, Lam de Saussnre, Voy. aux Alpes, I, pi. ii, f. 1 — 4. § Add Ch. moltlciana , Chemn., VII, xlviii, 484 — 487. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 99 FAMILY IV. CARDIACEA. The mantle is open before, and there are, besides, two separate apertures, one for respiration, the other for the fseces, which are pro- longed in tubes, sometimes distinct, and at others united in one single mass. There is always a transverse muscle at each extremity, and a foot generally used for crawling. It may be considered as a general rule, that those which are furnished with long tubes, live in ooze or in sand. This mode of organization may be recognized on the shell by the more or less depressed contour described by the insertion of the edges of the mantle previous to its uniting with the impression of the posterior transverse muscle*. Cardium, Lin., The Cardia, like many other bivalves, have an equivalve, convex shell, with salient summits, curved towards the hinge, which, when viewing it sidewise, gives it the figure of a heart ; hence its name of Cardium, heart, &c. Ribs, more or less elevated, are regularly dis- tributed from the summits to the edges of the valves ; but what chiefly distinguishes the Cardia, is the hinge, through which, in the middle, are two small teeth, and at some distance before and behind a projecting tooth or plate. The animal, — Cerastes, Poli, — has ge- nerally an ample aperture in the mantle, a very large foot forming an elbow in the middle and with its point directed forwards, and two short or but moderately long tubes. Numerous species of Cardia are found on the coast of France, some of which are eaten, such as the C. edule , L. ; Chemn., VI, xix, 194. Fawn-coloured or whitish with twenty-six transversely plicated ribs. Under the name of Hemicardium, we might separate those species in which the valves are compressed from before backwards, and strongly carinated in the middle; for it seems almost certain, that a modification of the animal must be a necessary consequence of this singular configuration-)-. Donax, Lin., The Donaccs have nearly the same kind of hinge as the Cardia, but * They form the family of the Conchacka, Blainv. f Cardium Cardissa, VI, xiv, 143 — 146; — Card, roseum, lb., 147 ; — Card, mon- strosum, lb. 149, 150; — Card, hemicardium, Id., xi, 169 — 161. The other Cardia of Gmeliu may remain where they are, the C. gaditanum excepted, which is a Pcctunculus. There are scvcrnl fossil species described by Messrs. Lamarck Urocchi, and Brongniart. H 2 100 MOLLUSCA. their shell is of a very different form, being a triangle, of which the obtuse angle is at the summit of the valves, and the base at their edge, and of which the shortest side is that of the ligament, or the posterior side, a rare circumstance in this degree, among bivalves. They are generally small, and prettily striated from the summits to the edges; their animal — Peb.on.ea, Poli, is furnished with long tubes which are received into a sinus of the mantle. Some of them are found on the coast of France*. The Cyclas, Brug . Separated from Venus by Brugiere, like the Cardia and Donaces, has two teeth in the middle of the hinge, and before and behind, two salient, and sometimes crenulated plates ; but the shell, as in several species of Venus, is more or less rounded, equilateral, and trans- versely striated. The animal has moderate tubes. The external tint is usually grey or greenish. The Cyclades inhabit fresh water. One species, the Tellina cornea, L. ; Chemn., VI, xiii, 133, is very common on the coast of France f. M. Lamarck separates the Cyrena, Lam. Where the shell is thick, slightly triangular and oblique, covered with an epidermis, and otherwise distinguished from the Cyclades by having three cardinal teeth. The Cyrenae also inhabit rivers, but there are none in France J. Cyprina, Lam. Also separated from the Cyclades by Lamarck ; the shell is thick, oval, with recurved summits, and three stout teeth ; further back is * Donax rugosa, Chemn., YI, xxv, 250 — 252 ; — D, trunculus. Ib,, xxvi, 253, 254 ; — D. striata, Knorr.. Delic., VI, xxviii, 8 ; — D. denticulata , Chemn., I, c. 256, 257 ; — D.faba, Ib., 266 ; — D. spinosa, Ib., 258. Fossil species are numerous in the environs of Paris, bee Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., VIII, 139, and Deshayes, Coq. foss. des Env. de Paris, I, pi. xvii, xviii. The Donax irregularis, from the Environs of Dax, described by M. Bastorat in the M£ra. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, t II, pi. iv, f. 19, A, B, is the type of a new genus lately established — Bullet, de la Soc. Lin. de Bourdeaux, II, by M. Charles Desmoulins, under the name of Gratelupia. It is distinguished from the Donaces by the presence of several dentiform lamellae which accompany the cardinal teeth. Several species of Venus , and some Mactree, are mixed with these true Donaces by Gmelin. f Add Tellina rivalis, Mull., Drap., X, 4, 5; — Cyclas fontinalis, Drap., Ib., 8 — 12 ; — Cycl. caliculata, Ib., 13, i4 ; — Tellina lacustris, Gm., Chemn., XIII, 135 ; — Tell, amnica, Ib., 134; — Tell, fiuviatilis ; Tell, jluminalis , Chemn., VI, xxx, 320. + Tell, fluminea , Chemn., Ib., 322, 323 ; — Venus coaxans , Id., xxxii, 336, or Cyrena ceylanica, Lam., Encyc. Method., pen., pi. 302, f . 4 ; — Venus borealis, Id., VII, xxxix, 312, 314 ; — Cyclas cardiniana, Bose., Shells., HI, xviii, 4. Fossil spe- cies abound near Paris. See Deshayes, Coq. Foss., I, ph IS, If > ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 101 a plate, and under the teeth a large cavity, which receives a part of the ligament* * * §. Galathasa, Brug. The shell triangular; three teeth on the summit of one valve, and two on the other, en chevron ; the lateral plates approximated! . But a single species is known ; it inhabits the fresh waters of the East Indies. It is here also that must be placed another genus separated from Venus, the Corbis, Cuv. — Fimbria, Megerl. Marine testaceous Acephala, transversely oblong, which have also stout middle teeth, and well marked lateral plates ; their external surface is furnished with transverse ribs so regularly crossed by rays, that it may be compared to wicker-work. The impression of their mantle exhibiting no flexure, their tubes must be short J. Some of them are fossil §. In the Tellina, Lin. There are in the middle, one tooth on the left and two teeth on the right, frequently forked, at some distance before and behind, on the right valve, a plate, which does not penetrate into a cavity of the opposite one. There is a slight plica near the posterior extremity of the two valves, which renders them unequal in that part, where they are somewhat open. The animal of the Tellinae — PERONvEA,Poli, — like that of the Dona ces, has two long tubes for respiration and for the anus, which with- draw into the shell, and are concealed in a duplicature of the mantle. Their shells are generally transversely striated, and decorated with beautiful colours. Some of them are oval and thick. Others are oblong and strongly compressed. Some again are lenticular, where, instead of a plica, there is fre- quently nothing but a slight deviation of the transverse striae |[. We might separate certain oblong species which have no lateral * Venus islandica, Chemn., VI, xxxii, 342, Encyc. pi. 301, f . 1 ; a large fossil species is found in the hills of Siennois and near Uax, of Bourdeaux. f The Eyeria , Roiss., or Galathcea , Brug., Encyc. 249, and Lam., Ann. du Mus., V, xxviii, and Venus hermaphrodita, Chemn., VI, xxxi, 327 — 329? or Venus sub - virulis, Gm. X Venus fimbriata , Chemn., VII, 43, 448. § See Deshaycs, Coq. Foss, des Envir. de Paris, I. xiv ; Brongn., Mem. sur le Vicentur. || These arc the three divisions of Gmelin, but we must abstract from his genus Tellina: 1st. Tell. Knorrii, which is a polished Capsa ; 2d. Tell, incequivalvis, which is the genus Pandora; 3d. Tell, cornea; T. lacuslris ; T. amnica; T. Jluminalis ; T.Jluminea . T. Jluviatilis, which are Cyclades or Cyrcnuc. 102 MOLLUSCA. teeth* * * §, and others, which, with the hinge of the Tellinae, have not the plica of the posterior extremity — they are the Tellinides, Lam. | It is necessary to distinguish from the Tellinae, the Loripes. Pol 7, In which the middle teeth of the lenticular shell are almost effaced, and where there is a simple sulcus for the ligament behind the nates. The animal is furnished with a short double tube, and its foot is pro- longed into a kind of cylindrical cord. Besides the usual impres- sions, we may observe, on the inside of the shell, a line running ob- liquely from the print of the anterior muscle, which is very long, towards the nates. There is no flexure in the print of the mantle for the retractor muscle of the tube j. Lucina, Brug. Separated lateral teeth, as in the Cardia, Cyclades, &c., that pene- trate between the plates of the other valve ; in the middle are two teeth, frequently, but slightly apparent. The shell is orbicular, and without any impression of the retractor muscle of the tube ; that of the anterior constrictor, however, is very long. Possessing similar traits of character with the Loripedes, their animals must be analo- gous §. The living species are much less numerous than those that are fossil; the latter are very common in the environs of Paris ||. We should approximate to the Lucinse, the Ungulin^ea, which also have an orbicular shell and two cardinal teeth ; the lateral ones, how- ever, are wanting, and the anterior muscular impression is not so long The genus Venus, Lin. Comprises many Testacea whose general character consists in the teeth and plates of the hinge being approximated under the summit, in a single group. They are usually more flattened and elongated, in a direction parallel to the hinge, than the Cardia. The ribs, when there are any, are almost always parallel to the edges, being directly the reverse of their arrangement in the Cardia. The ligament frequently leaves an elliptical impression behind the summits, which has received the appellation of vulva , and before * Tell, hyalina, Chemn., VI, xi, 99 ; — Tellvitrea, lb., 101. -p Tellinides timorensis, Lam. X Tellina lactea. § Venus pennsylvanica, Chemn, VII, xxxvii, 394 — 396, xxxix, 40S, 409; — V. cdentula, Id., xl, 427, 429. || Lucina saxorum, Lam., Deshayes, Coq. Foss, des Env. de Paris, I, pi. xv., f. 5, 6 ; — Luc. grata , Defr. ; Ibid. pi. xvi, f. 5, 6 ; — Luc. concentrica, Lam., Desh., It., xvi., f. 11,12. Ungulina transversa, Kam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. X. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 103 these same summits there is almost always an oval impression termed the anus or lunula * * * §. The animal is always furnished with two more or less protractile tubes, sometimes united, and with a compressed foot, which enable it to crawl. M. Lamarck appropriates the name of V enus to those which have three small diverging teeth under the summit. This character is particularly well marked in the oblong and slightly convex spe- cies j- . Some of them — the Astartae, Sowerb., or Crassinae, Lam., — have only two diverging teeth on the hinge, and approach the Crassatellse in their thickness and some other characters j*. Among the cordiform species, that is, those which are shorter and have more convex nates, and with more closely approximated teeth, we should remark those where the plates or transverse strise terminate in crests § or tuberosities ||, and those that have longitudinal ribs and crests elevated behind. We subsequently and gradually come to the Cythere^e, Lam., which have a fourth tooth on the right valve, projecting under the lanula, and received into a corresponding cavity in the right one. Some of them have an elliptical and elongated form ^ ; others are convex.**, and it is among these latter that we must place a cele- brated species (Venus Dione , L., Chemn., VI, 27, 271), from whose form originated the application of the name Venus to the genus. Its transverse plates terminate behind in salient and pointed spines. There are some species of an orbicular form, and with slightly hooked summits, in which the impression of the retractor of the tubes forms a large and almost rectilinear triangle ff. When their animals are better known, we shall most probably have to separate from the Cytherese, 1. Those species of a compressed lenticular form, in which the nates are united into a single point. The fold of the contour of the mantle is wanting, and shows that their tubes are not protractile : 2. Those of a convexly orbicular form, in which the fold is not * These fantastic appellations of vulva and anus , have probably caused the extremity of the shell, which corresponds to the true anus of the animal, to be styled the anterior, and that where the mouth is situated, the posterior. We have restored to these extremities their true denominations. We must recollect that the ligament is always on the posterior side of the summits. f Venus litterata, Chemn., VII, xli ; — V. rotunda , lb., xlii, 441 ; — V. texlilis , lb., 442 ; — V. decussata, xliii, 456 ; &c. X Venus scotica, Hans Lerin, VIII, tab. 2, f. 3 ; — Crassina danmoniensis , Lam. ; and among the fossil species, Ast. lucula, Sower., Min. Conch., II, pi. 137, f. 1 ; Ast. Osmalii , Lajonkcre, Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, I, tab. 6, f. 1. § Venus dyscra , Chemn., VI, 27, 299 ; — Ven. plicata, Encyc. pi. 275, 3, a, b ; — Ven crebisulica, lb., f, 4, 5, 6. || Venus puerpera, Encyc., 278 ; — Ven. corbis , Lam., Encyc. pi. 276, f. 4. ^| Venus gigantea, Encyc., 28,3; — Ven. chione , Chemib, VI, 32, 343; — Ven. erycinn, Tb., 347 ; — Ven. maculala, I b. , 33, 345. ** Ven. meretrix ; — Ven. lusoria; — Ven. castrensis. ft Venus exolcta , Chemn., VII, 38, 401 — the genus Oruiculus, Megerlc. Ven. scriplu, Chemn., VII, 40, 422. 101 MOLLUSC A. only wanting, but where, as in the Lucinse, the impression of the anterior muscle is very long * * * § ; 3. The thick species with radiated ribs, in which the fold is also wanting, and which connect the genus Venus with that of the Venericardia j\ In the Caps a, Brug. Already separated from the former, there are two teeth on the hinge on one side, and a single, but bifid one, on the other ; the lunula is wanting, the shell convex, and the fold, indicative of the retractor of the foot, considerable J. Petricola, Lam . Also separated from the same genus ; the Petricolae, on each side, have two or three very distinct teeth on the hinge, one of which is forked. The shell is more or less cordiform, but as they inhabit the interior of stones, it sometimes becomes every irregular. Judg- ing from the marginal impressions of their mantle, their tubes must be very large §. Corbula, Brug. Similar in form to the triangular Cytherese, or cordate ; but a single stout tooth in the middle of each valve, corresponding to the side of its antagonist. The lagiment is internal ; the tubes must be short, and the valves but rarely equal ||. The fossil species are much more numerous than the living ones If. Some of them live in the interior of stones**. Mactra, Lin. The Mactrse are distinguished from the other Testacea of this family by their ligament being internal, and lodged throughout in a trian- gular depression, as in the oysters ; they all have a compressed foot fitted for crawling. In the Mactra, Lam., Or the Mactrae properly so called, the ligament is accompanied to the left valve, before and behind, by a projecting plate which is received between two others on the right one. Close to the ligament, * Ven. tigrina , Chemn., VII, 37, ?90 ; — Ven. punctata, lb. 397. f Ven. pectinata, Chemn., VII, 39, 419 — the genus Arthemis, Oken. X Ven. deflorata , Chemn., IV, ix, 79 — 82. § Ven. lapicida, Chemn., X, 172, 1664, and the Rufellaria of M. Fleriau de Bellevue; — Ven. perforans, Montag., Test. Brit. pi. iii, f . 6 ; — Donax irus ? Chemn., VII ; xxvi, 270. || See Encyc. Method., Vers, pi. 230, f. 1, 4, 5, 6. Corbula gallica ; — G. complanata ; — G. ombonella, Desh.> Coq. Foss., des Env. de Paris, t. I, pi. 7, 8, 9. ** Venus monstrosa, Chemn., VII, 42, 445 — 446. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 105 near the lunule, is a little plate en chevron. The tubes are united and short * * * §. Some of them are found on the coast of France. In the Lavignons, the lateral plates are almost effaced, but a single small tooth is observable near the internal ligament ; there is also a second and internal ligament. The posterior side of the shell is the shortest ; the valves are somewhat open, and the tubes are sepa- rate and very long, as in the Tellinse. There is one found on our coast, My a hispanica , Chemn. VI, iii, 21, which lives in the ooze at the depth of several inches f. FAMILY V. INCLUSA + The mantle open at the anterior extremity, or near the middle only, for the passage of the foot, and extended from the other end into a double tube, which projects from the shell, whose extremities are always gaping. Nearly all of them live buried in sand, stones, ooze, or wood. Those of the genus Mya, Lin. Have but two valves to their oblong shell, the hinge of which varies. The double tube forms a fleshy cylinder, and the foot is compressed. The different forms of the hinge have furnished Messrs. Daudin, La- marck, &c., with the following subdivisions §, in the first three of which the ligament is internal. Lutraria, Lam., The Lutrarise, like the Mactrse, have a ligament inserted into a large triangular cavity of each valve, and before that cavity a small * After abstracting the Lavignones and Lutrarice, the genus Mactra of Gmelin may remain as it is ; the species, however, are far from being well distinguished. Add, Mya australis , Chemn., VI, iii. 19, 20. The Erycinje, Lam., are neighbours of the Mactra, and are but badly charac- terized. See Ann. du Mus., IX, xxxi, and Deshayes, Coq. Foss., I, vi ; part of them, perhaps, belong to the Crassatellse. The Anphidesmje. Lam., or Ligulas, Montag., appear to approach the Mactrse, but they are too imperfectly known to have any distinctive character assigned to them. -f* Improperly called by Gmelin Mactra piperata. Add, Mactra papyracca, Chemn., VI, xxiii, 231 ; — Mact. complanata, Id., xxiv, 238 ; — Mya nicobarica , Id., iii, 17, 18. J M. de Blainville makes two families of this one, his Pyt.oridea and Adesma- cka. The last includes Pholas, Teredo, and Fistulana; the first, all the others, and even Aspergillum. There are numerous genera established in this family too slightly characterized to permit us to adopt them. § N. B. Half the Myse of Gmelin neither belong to this genus, nor even to this family, but to Vulsella, IJnio, Mactra, &c. 106 MOLLUSC A. tooth en chevron ; but the lateral plates are wanting ; the gap of the valves is very wide, particularly at the posterior extremity, through which passes the thick, double, fleshy, respiratory and anal tube, a disposition which attaches them to this family. The foot, which issues at the opposite end, is small and compressed. Some of them are found in the sand at the mouths of rivers in France * * * §. In the Mya, Lam ., Or the Mya properly so called, one valve is furnished with a plate which projects into the other, and this latter with a cavity. The liga- ment stretches from this cavity to that plate. Some species are found in the sand along the coast of France f. Anatina, Lam. The Anatinee of Lamarck should be approximated to the preceding Myse. Each of their valves has a small projecting plate inside with the ligament extending from one to the other. One oblong and excessively thin species is known, the valves of which are supported by an internal ridge J ; and another of a squarer form without the ridge §. In the Solemya, Lam , The ligament is seen on the outside of the shell, part of it remaining attached to a horizontal internal cuilleron on each valve. There is no other cardinal tooth, and a thick epidermis projects beyond the edges of the shell. One species, the Tellina togata, Poli, II, xv, 20, is found in the Mediterranean ||. Glycymeris, Lam. — Cyrtodaria, Daud. Neither teeth, plates, nor cavities on the hinge, but a simple callous enlargement, behind which is an external ligament. The animal re- sembles that of the Myse. The most common species — Mya siliqua , L.; Chemn. XI, 193, f. 194, is from the Arctic Ocean. * Mactra lutraria , List., 415, 259 ; Chemn., VI, xxiv, 240, 241 ; — Mya oblonga, Id., Ib., ii, 12 ; — Acosta , Brit. Conch., XVII, 4 ; Gualt., 90, A, fig. min. f Mya truncata, L., Chemn., VI, i, 1, 2 ; — M. arenaria, Ih., 3, 4. X Solen anatinus, Chemn., VI, vi, 46 — 48. § Encyc., 230, fi, under the name of Corbule ; — An. hispidula, Cuv., An. sans vert., Egyp. Coq. pi. vii. f. 8. I suspect that the Rupicol^e of F. de Bellevue (Voy. Roissy, VI, 440) must approach this subgenus. They live in the interior of stones, like the Petricolce, Pholades, &c. j| New-Holland furnishes a second species, the Sol. australis, Lam. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 107 Panopea, Mesnard , Lagr. A stout tooth, anterior to the callous enlargement of the preceding subgenus, and immediately under the summit, which decussates a similar one on the opposite valve, a character which approximates the Panopeae to the Solens. A large species is found in the hills at the foot of the Appenines in so high a state of preservation, that it has been mistaken for a recent sea-shell *. There is another fossil species, which may perhaps be separated from it, that is completely closed at its anterior extremity f . After these various modifications of the Myae, we may place the Pandora, Brug. In which one valve is much flatter than the other ; the internal ligament is placed transversely, accompanied in front by a projecting tooth of the flattened valve. The posterior side of the shell is elon- gated. The animal withdraws more completely into its shell than the preceding ones, and its valves shut more closely — its habits how- ever are the same. But a single species is well known ; it inhabits the seas of Europe J. Here also we find a group of some small and singular genera, such as Byssomia, Cuv. Where the oblong shell, which has no marked tooth, has the opening for the foot at about the middle of its edge and opposite the summits. The Byssomiae also penetrate into stone, corals, &c. * A species which is provided with a byssus, abounds in the Arctic Ocean §. Hiatella, Daud, The shell gaping, to allow the passage of the foot, near the middle of its edges; but the tooth of the hinge is better marked than in the preceding genus. Ranges of salient spines are frequently observed on the hind part of the shell. They are found in sand, among Zoo- phytes, &c. The North Sea produces a small species ||. * Mya gly timer is, L., Chemn., VI, iii. A neighbouring, but shorter species in- habits the Mediterranean. Another fossil species is found near Bourdeaux. •f* Panope de Fuujas, Mesnard, Lagr. Ann. du Mus., IX, xii. Here should be the place of the Saxicava of M. F. de Bellevue, small Testacea which perforate stones. See Rois., VI, 441. J Tellinu iruequivalvis, Chemn., VI, xi, 106, and for the animal, Poli, II, xv, 7. § Mytilus pholadis, Mull., Zool., Dan., lxxxvii, 1,2, 3, or Mya byssifera, Fabr., Groenl. || Solcn minutus , L., Chemn., VI, vi, 51, 52, or Mya arctica, Fabr., Groenl., which appears to be the same as the Iliut. it unefcnle , Bose, Coq. Ill, xxi, l ; — the Iliat. b deuxfentcs , Id,, lb., 2. 108 MOLLUSCA. Solen, Lin. The shell only bivalve, oblong or elongated, but the hinge always furnished with salient and well marked teeth, and the ligament ex- ternal. In the Solen, Cuv ., Or the Solens properly so called, the shell is eylindrically elon- gated, and has two or three teeth in each valve near the anterior extremity, where the foot issues, The latter is conical, and enables the animal to bury itself in the sand, which it excavates with con- siderable rapidity on the approach of danger. Several species are found along the coast of France * * * §. We might distinguish those species in which the teeth approxi- mate to the middle; some of them still have a long and narrow shell f. In others it is wider and shorter ; their foot is extremely thick. Two of the latter inhabit the Mediterranean J. In Sanguinolaria, Lam ., The hinge is nearly the same as in the wide Solens, and has two teeth in the middle of each valve ; but the two latter, which are oval, are much closer at the two extremities, where they merely gape, like certain Mactrse§. Psammobia, Lam. The Psammobise differs from the Sanguinolarise, in having but a single tooth in the middle of one valve, which penetrates between two on the opposite one.|| Psammothea, Lam. But a single tooth to each valve; otherwise resembling the Psam- mobiae ^ . Pholas^ Lin. The Pholades have two broad valves, convex towards the mouth, * Solen vagina , Chemn., VI, iv, 26 — 28 ; — S. siliqua, lb., 29 -S. ensis, lb., 30; — S. maximus, lb., v, 35 ; — S. cultellus, lb., 37. f Solen legumen, Chemn., VI, v, 32, 34. X Solen strigilatus, Chemn., VI, vi, 41, 43; — S. radiatus, Id., v, 38 — 40; — S. minimus, lb., 31 ; — S. coarctatus, vi, 45 ; — S. vespertinus, Id., vii, 60. These two divisions have become the genus Solecurte of M. de Blainville. § Solen sanguinolentus, Chemn., VI, vii, 56 ; — S. roseus , lb., 55. || Tellini gari, L ., Poli, 15, 23; — Solen vespertinus , Chemn., VI, 7, 59; — Psammobia maculosa , Lam., Egypt., Coq. pi. 8, f. 1 ; — Psamm. elongata, Lam., Egypt., pi. 8, f. 2. Psammothea violacea, Lam., &c. N. B. These two genera are united in one by M. de Blainville, called Psammocola. On the whole, they differ but very slightly from the Sanguinolarise. Great care is requisite in studying the shell, as the teeth are generally broken. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 109 narrow and elongated on the opposite side, and leaving a large ob- lique opening at each extremity ; their hinge, like that of a true Mya, is furnished with a plate projecting from one valve into the other, and with an internal ligament running from that plate into a cor- responding cavity. Their mantle is reflected externally upon the hinge, where it sometimes contains two or three supernumerary calcareous bodies. The foot issues through the aperture on the side next to the mouth, where it is widest, and from the opposite one project the two tubes, which are united and susceptible of inflation in every direction. The Pholades inhabit canals which they excavate, some in ooze and others in stone, like the Lithodomi, Petricolae, &c. They are much sought for on account of their agreeable flavour. Several species are found on the coast of France : such is the Dail commun ; Pholas dactylics, L. ; Chemn., VIII, ci, 859 *. Teredo, Lin . The mantle extended in a tube much longer than the two small, rhomboidal valves, and terminated by two short tubes, the base of which is furnished on each side with a stony and moveable kind of operculum or palette. These Acephala, while quite young, pene- trate and establish their habitations in submerged pieces of wood, such as piles, ships’ bottoms, &c., perforating and destroying them in every direction. It is thought, that in order to penetrate as fast as it increases in size, the Pholas excavates the wood by means of its valves ; but the tubes remain near the opening by which its entrance was effected, and through which, by the aid of its palette, it receives water and aliment. The gallery it inhabits is lined with a calcareous crust which exudes from its body, and which forms a second kind of tubular shell for it. It is a noxious and destructive animal in the sea ports of Europe. Teredo navalis L. This species, which is the most common, and is said to have been introduced into Europe from the torrid zone, has more than once threatened Holland with ruin by the destruction of its dikes. It is upwaads of six inches in length, and has simple palettes. Larger species inhabit hot countries, whose palettes are articu- lated and ciliate. They should be remarked for their analogy to the Cirrhopoda. Such is the Teredo palmulatus , Lam., Adans., Ac. des Sc., 1759, pi. 9, f. 12. Fjstulana, Brug. Separated from Teredo ; the external tube is entirely closed at its larger end, and is more or less like a bottle or club. The Fistulana? are sometimes found buried in submerged fragments of wood, or in * Add, Pholas orient alis, lb. , 860, which is, perhaps, a mere variety of ihictylus; — Phol. cost at a , lb., 863 ; — Phol. nnspata, Id., cii.,^872, 874 ; — Phol. pusilla, lb., 867, 871 ; — Phol. striata , lb., 864, 866. no MOLLUSCA. fruits, and the animal, like that of a Teredo, has two small valves, and as many palettes. Recent specimens are only obtained from the Indian Ocean, but they are found fossil in Europe * * * §. We should approximate to them the Gastrochtena, Spengler. Where the shells are deprived of teeth, and their edges being wide apart anteriorly,, leave a large oblique opening opposite to which there is a shiall hole in the mantle for a passage of the foot. The double tube, which can be retracted completely within the shell, is susceptible of being greatly elongated. It appears that they are cer- tainly furnished with a calcareous tube f . In some of them, as in the Mytili, the summits are at the anterior angle J ; in others they are placed near the middle §. They inhabit the interior of Madrepores, which they perforate. Two genera of Acephala furnished with tubes, have been detected ' among fossils, but the first of them, the Teredina, Lam., Has a little cuilleron on the inside of each of its valves, and a small, free, shield-shaped piece on the hinge ||. In the second, Clavagella, Lam., One of the valves is clasped by the tube, leaving the other, however, free^J. A single living species is found in the Madrepores of the Sicilian seas, which has been described by M. Audouin. Some naturalists think we should also place in this family the Aspergillum, Lam., The shell of which is formed of an elongated conical tube, closed at its widest extremity by a disk perforated with numerous small tu- bular holes ; the little tubes of the outer range being longest, form a kind of corolla round it. The reason for approximating them to * Teredo clava, Gmel., Spengl., Naturfosch., XIII, 1 and 2, copied Encyc. Method., Vers., pi. clxvii, f. 6 — 16. It is the Fis till ana gregata, Lam.; — Teredo utriculus, Gm., Naturf., X, i, 10; probably the same as the Fistulana lagenula, Lam., Encyc. Method., I, c, f. 23 ; — Fistulana clava , Lam., Ib., 17, 22. It is probable that the Photos teredula, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II, vi, 25 is also a Fistulana. f This tube has been observed by Messrs. Turton, Deshayes, and Audouin. J Pholas Mans , Chemn. X, clxxii, 1678, 1679. § Id., 1681, a very different species from the preceding, not properly distinguished by Chemnitz. || Teredina personata, Lam., and Desh., Foss, de Par. I, pi. i, f. 23, 28. Cl. echinata, Lam., Ann. duMus., XII, xlii, 19, Cl. coronata, Desh., Foss., I, v. 15, 16. ACEPHALA NUDA. Ill the Acephala with tubes is found in the fact that there is a double projection on one part of the cone, which really resembles the two valves of the Acephala. The affinity between these little tubes and those which envelope the tentacula of certain Terebella, formerly caused this animal to be referred to the Annelides. The species most known, — Asper. javanum, Mart., Conch., I. pi. 1 , f, 7, is seven or eight inches in length *. ORDER II. ACEPHALA NUDA f. The naked Acephala (a) are not numerous, and are sufficiently removed from the ordinary Acephala, to form a distinct class, were such a division considered requisite. Their branchiae assume various forms, but are never divided into four leaflets ; the shell is replaced by a cartilaginous substance which is sometimes so thin that it is as flexible as a membrane. We divide them into two families. FAMILY I. SEGREGATA (6). This family comprises those genera in which the individuals that compose them are insulated and without any mutual organic connection, although frequently living in society. In the Biphora, Drug. — Thalia, Brown. — Salfa, and Dagysa^ Gw el in, The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope are oval or cylindrical, and open at the two extremities. Near the anus, the opening is trans- verse, wide, and furnished with a valve which permits the entrance of water, but not its exit ; near the mouth, it is simply tubular. Mus- * Add the Arrosoir a manchettes, Savig., Egyp. Coq. pi. xiv, f. 9. -f* Since called by M. De Blainville Acephalophora heterobranchiata. As to Lamarck, he makes a separate class of them, which he calls the Tunicata, and which he places between his Radiata and his Vermes ; but these animals having a brain, nerves, a heart, vessels, liver, &c. this arrangement is inadmissible. Or the Acephales sans coquilles of our author. — Eng. Ed. (bj As this family has received no name from our author, we have been com- pelled in conformity with the plan adopted from the commencement of the work, to remedy the omission, for such we consider it, by the above word ; in the selection of which we have been governed by that which the Baron himself affixes to the second family, or his Aggregis. — Eng. Ed. 112 MOLLUSCA. cular bands embrace the mantle and contract the body. The animal moves by taking in water at the posterior aperture, and forcing it out through that near the mouth, so that it is always propelled backwards, a circumstance which has led some naturalists into error by causing them to mistake the posterior opening for the true mouth* * * §. It usually swims on its back. The branchiae form a single tube or riband, furnished with regular vessels, placed obliquely in the middle of the tubular cavity of the mantle, in such a manner that it is con- stantly bathed by the water as it traverses that cavity f. The heart, viscera, and liver are wound up near the mouth and towards the back ; but the position of the ovary varies. The mantle and its en- velope when exposed to the sun exhibit the colours of the rainbow, and are so diaphanous, that the whole structure of the animal can be seen through them : in many they are furnished with perforated tubercles. The animal has been seen to come out from its envelope without appearing to suffer pain. The most curious circumstance respecting them, is their remaining united for a long time, just as they were in the ovary, and thus swimming in long chains where the individuals are disposed in different ways, but each species always according to the same order. M. de Chamisso assures us, that he has verified a still more sin- gular fact relative to these animals ; it is, that the individuals which have thus issued from a multiplex ovary, are not furnished with a similar one, but produce insulated young ones of various forms, which have an ovary like that which produced their parent, so that there is, alternately, a generation of a few insulated individuals, and another of numerous and aggregate ones, and that these two alternating generations do not resemble each other J. It is very certain that in some species little individuals have been observed adhering to the interior of large ones, by a peculiar kind of sucker, which were different in form from those that contained them §. These animals are very abundant in the Mediterranean and the warmer portions of the ocean, and are frequently phosphorescent. The Thalia, Brown, have a small crest or vertical fin near the posterior extremity of the back ||. * This has also happened to M. de Chamisso, in his Dissert, de Salpis, Bevl., 1819, and to others after him, but it is evident that there is no good reason for changing the denomination of parts in an animal merely because it swims on its back, with the head behind. It is thus that naturalists have been led into error with respect to the organization of the Pterotracheata, which always swim on their back, a mode of natation common to numberless Gasteropoda both testaceous and naked. f Some authors assert that this tube is perforated at both ends, and that the water traverses it ; I have endeavoured to convince myself of the truth of this assertion, but in vain. X Chamisso, loc. cit., I. p. 4. § See my Mem. sur les Biphores, f. II. || Holothuria Thalia, Gm., Brown’s Jam., xliii, 3; — IT. caudata, lb., 4; — H. denudata, Encyc. Method., Vers., lxxxviii ; — Salpa critata, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, lxviii, 1, figured under the name of Dagysa by Home, Lect. on Compar. Anat. II, lxiii ; — Salpa pinnata , Forsk., xxv, B. ACEPHALA NUDA. 113 Of the Salp;e, properly so called, some have a gelatinous dark co- loured plate, in the substance of the mantle and above the visceral mass, which may be the vestige of a shell * * * §. In others it is a simple prominence, of the same nature as the rest of the mantle, but thicker f . Others again have neither plate nor prominence, but their mantle is extended by points, and of these Some have a point at each extremity J. Others have two at the extremity nearest the mouthy, and even three or more ||. Some have but a single one at this same extremity^}. The greater number is simply oval or cylindrical **. In the Ascidia, Lin. — Theyton of the Ancients, The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope, which is frequently very thick, resemble sacs everywhere closed, except at two orifices, which correspond to the two tubes, of several bivalves, one serving to admit water and the other affording a passage to the faeces. The branchise form a large sac, at the bottom of which are the mouth and the vis- ceral mass. The envelope is much larger than the mouth, which is fibrous and vascular, and on which, between the two tubes, is one of the ganglions. These animals attach themselves to rocks and other bodies, and are deprived of all power of locomotion ; the chief sign of vitality which they exhibit, consists in the absorption and evacu- ation of water through one of their orifices ; when alarmed they eject it to a considerable distance. They abound in every sea, and some of them are eaten ff . * Salpa scutigera, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixviii, 4, 5, probably the same as the Salpa gibba , Bose., Vers, IT, xx, v. •f Salpa Tilesii, Cuv., loc. cit. 3 ; — S. punctata , Forsk., xxv, C. ; — S. pelagica, Bose., loc. cit., 4; — S. infundibuliformis , Q,uoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool. 74, f. 13. + Salpa maxima, Forsk., xxxv, A ; — S. fuSiformis, Cuv., loc. cit., 10, perhaps the same as Forsk., xxxvi ; — S. mucronata, lb., D ; — S. aspera, Chamisso, f. iv ; — S. runcinata, Id., f. v, G, H, I. But, according to the author, it is the aggregate generation of a species, of which the other generatian is cylindrical. § Salpa democratica, Forsk., xxxvi; — S. longicauda, Quoy and Gaym., loc. cit., pi. 73, f. 8 ; — S. constata, lb., f. 2. || Salpa tricuspis. Ib., f. 6; — S.spinosa, Otto., Nov. Ac. Nat. Cur., t. pi. xlii, f. 1. Ilolothuria zonaria, Gm., Pall., Spic., X, i, 17 ; — Thalia lingulata, Blumenb., Abb., 30. ** Salpa odofora, Cuv., loc. cit., 7 ; perhaps the same as the small Dagysce, Home, loc. cit., lxxiii, 1 : — S. africana , Forsk., xxxvi, C ; — S. fas data, Ib., D; — S. confcderata, Ib., A ; perhaps the same as the S. gibba, Bose., loc. cit., 1, 2, 3 ; — S. polycralica, Ib., F; — S. cylindrica, Cuv., loc. cit., 8 and 9; — Dagysa strumosa, Home, I, c., lxxi, I ; — S. ferruginea, Chamiss., X: — S. carulescens, Id., ix ; — S. va- yinala, Id., vii, and several others. 'f-f The whole genus Ascidia, Gm., to which must be added the A.sc. gelafinosa, Zool. Dan. xliii ; — Asr. pyriformis, Ib., clvi ; — Salpa sipho, Forsk., xliii, C ; — Ascidia microsma, Redi, Opusc., Ill, PI., App., VII, the same as the sulcata, Coque- bert, Bullet, des Sc. Avril, 1797, I, 1; — i4sc. gland if or mis, Coqueb., Ib. — N.B. VOL. III. I 114 MOLLUSCA, Some species are remarkable for the long pedicle which supports them*. FAMILY II. AGGREGATA. The second family consists of animals more or less analogous to the Ascidwe, but united in a common mass, so that they seem to communicate organically with each other, and in this re- spect to connect the Mollusca with the Zoophytes ; but independently of their peculiar organization, these animals, according to the observa- tions of Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards, at first live and swim separately, only becoming united at a certain subsequent period, a fact which is in direct opposition to this opinion. Their branchiae, as in the Ascidiae, form a large sac, traversed by the aliment before it arrives at the mouth ; their principal ganglion is also situated between the mouth and the arms; a nearly similar disposition obtains with respect to the viscera and ovary f. Notwithstanding this, some of them, like the Biphora, have an opening at each extremity. Such is the Botryllus, Gcert., Of an oval form, fixed on various bodies, and united by tens or twelves, like the rays of a star. The brianchial orifices are at the The Ascidia canina, Mull., Zool. Dan., lv, Asc. intestinalis, Bohatsch, X, 4, and perhaps even the Asc. patula, Mull., lxv, and A. corrugata, Id., lxxix, 2, appear to form but one species. There are also some interversions of synonymes, and the species, generally, are far from being well ascertained. M. de Savigny has endeavoured to subdivide the Ascidise, Mem. sur les Anim. sans, vert., part II, 1816, into several subgenera, such as, 1st. The Cynthue, whose body is sessile, and branchial sac longitudinally pli- cated ; their envelope is coriaceous ; 2d. The Phallusi.®, which differ from the Cynthise in the branchial sac, which is not plicated ; their envelope is gelatinous ; 3d. The Clavellin.®, whose branchial sac is without plicae, and does not pene- trate to the bottom of the envelope, and whose body is supported by a pedicle ; their envelope is gelatinous ; 4th. The Boltenia, whose body is pediculate, and the envelope coriaceous. He also takes into consideration the number and form of the tentacula which internally surround the branchial orifice, but these characters, which are partly anatomical, cannot be applied with certainty to a great number of species. M. Macleay (Lin. Trans., XLY, part III) establishes two more, Cystingia and Dendrodoa, founded on similar characters. * Ascidia pedunculata, Edw., 356 ; and Asc. clavata, or Vorticella Boltenii, Gm. •f\ It is to M. de Savigny that we are indebted for our recent knowledge of the singular organization of the whole of this family, formerly confounded with the Zoophytes, properly so called. At the same time, Messrs. Desmarets and Lesueur, made known the particular structure of the Botrylli and Pyrosomce. See the ex- cellent work of M. Savigny in his Mem. sur les anim. sans, verteb,, part II, fasc. T. ACEPHALA NUDA. 115 external extremities of these rays, and the anus terminates in a com- mon cavity, which is in the centre of the star. If an orifice be irri- tated, but a single animal contracts ; if the centre be touched they all contract. These very small animals attach themselves to certain Ascidise, Fuci,&c* * * §. In some particular species, three or four stars appeared to be piled one on the other f. Pyrosoma, Peron. The Pyrosomae unite in great numbers, forming a large hollow cylinder, open at one end and closed at the other, which swims in the ocean by the alternate contraction and dilatation of the individual animals which compose it. The latter terminate in a point on the exterior, so that the whole external surface of the tube is bristled with them ; the branchial orifices are pierced near these points, and the anus debouches in the internal cavity of the cylinder. A Pyrosoma may thus be compared to a great number of stars of Bo- trylli strung together, the whole of which is moveable J. The Mediterranean, and the Ocean, produce large species, the animals of which are arranged with but little regularity. They exhibit a phosphorescent appearance during the night §. A smaller species is also known ||, where the animals are arranged in very regular rings. The remainder of these aggregated Mollusca, like the ordinary Ascidiae, have the anus and branchial orifice approximated to the same etremity, The species known are all fixed, and till now they have been confounded with the Alcyonia. The visceral bundle of each individual is more or less extended into the common cartilaginous or gelatinous mass, more or less narrowed or dilated in certain points ; but each orifice always forms a little six-rayed star on the surface. We unite them all under the name of PoLYCLINUM^I. Some of them are extended over bodies like fleshy crests **. * See Desmarets and Lesucur, Bullet, des Sc. May 1815; — Botryllus stellatus, Gajrtner, or Alcyonium Schlosseri, Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., X, iv, 1 — 5. f Botryllus conglomerate, Gaert., or Alcyonium conglomeratum, Gm.; Pall., Spic. Zool. X, iv, 6. X See Desmarets and Lesueur, loc. cit. § Several of the Polyclina and Aplidia of Savigny. || Pyrosoma allanticum , P£ron., Ann. du Mus., IY, lxxii ; — Pyrosoma gigas, Desmar., and Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc. June 1815, pi. v, f. 2. ^| The Pyrosome iligant, Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc., June 1815, pi. v, f. 2. ** It is from the number of strangulations, that is to say, the greater or less separation of the branchiae, stomach, and ovary, that M.de Savigny has formed his Po- i.yclinum, Aplidium, Didemmum, Eucvelium, Diazona, Sigillina, &c. which, iii our opinion, need not be retained. Here, also, should come the Alcyonium ficus , Gm.; the Distomus variolosus, Grcrtn., or Alcyonium ascidio'idcs , Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., X, IV, 7. i 2 116 MOLLUSCA. Others project in a conical or globular mass* * * § , Or expand into a disk comparable to that of a flower or of an Actinia f, or are elongated into cylindrical branches supported by slender pedicles, &e. J or, form parallel cylinders §. Recent observations even seem to show that the Eschars, hitherto placed among the Polypi, belong to this family of the Mollusca|| . CLASS V. BRACHIOPODA % The Mollusca Brachiopoda, like the Acephala, have a bilobed mantle which is always open. Instead of feet they are provided with two fleshy arms furnished with numerous filaments, which they can protrude from, and draw into the shell. The mouth is between the base of the arms. Neither their organs of generation, nor their ner- vous system are well known. All the Brachiopoda are invested with bibalve shells, fixed and immoveable. But three genera are known. Lingula, Brug. Two equal, flat, oblong valves, the summits of which are at the ex- tremity of one of the narrow sides, gaping at the other end, and attached between the two summits to a fleshy pedicle, which suspends them to the rocks ; the arms become spirally couvoluted previously to entering the shell. It appears that the branchiae consist of small leaflets, disposed around the internal face of each lobe of the mantle. But a single species — Lingula anatina, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., I, vi, Seb., Ill, xvi, 4, is known. It inhabits the Indian Ocean, and has thin, horny and greenish valves**. * The Eucodium , Savig. ; the Distomi are arranged in the same manner. t The genus Diazona, Sav., consisting of a large and beautiful purple species discovered near Ivice by M. Belaroche. J The genus Sigillina, Sav., whose cylindrical branches are frequently a foot long, and the animals, slender as threads, but three or four inches. § The genus Synocium, Lam. || Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards on the one hand, and M. de Blainville on the other, have lately verified this fact, which the observations of Spallanzani pre- viously seemed to announce. Tf M. de Blainville has given to my Brachiopoda, the name of Palliobran- chiata, and makes an order of them in his class of the Acephalophora. ** Linnaeus, who knew but one of the valves, called it Patella unguis. Solander and Chemnitz, who were aware of its having two, called it, one, the Mytilus lingua , and the other, Pinna unguis. Brugi^res knew its pedicle, and consequently made a genus of it by the name of Lingula, Encyc. Method., Vers, pi. 250. It is singular that before us, no one had remarked that it is well figured with its pedicle by Seba, loc. cit. BRACHIOPODA. 117 Terebratula, Brug. Two unequal valves united by a hinge; the summit of one, more salient than the other, is perforated to permit the passage of a fleshy pedicle which attaches the shell to rocks, madrepores, other shells, &c. Internally, a small bony piece of frame-work is observed, that is some- times very complex, composed of two branches which articulate with the unperforated valve, and that support two arms edged all round with a long close fringe, between which, on the side next to the large valve, is a third, simply membranous and much longer appendage, usually spirally convoluted, and edged, like the arms, with a fine and close fringe. The mouth is a small vertical fissure between these three large appendages. The principal part of the body, situated near the hinge, contains the numerous muscles which reach from one valve to the other, and between them are the viscera, which occupy but little space. The ovaries appear to be two ramified productions, adhering to the parietes of each valve. I have not yet been able to ascertain exactly the positon of the branchiae. Numberless Terebratulee are found fossil or petrified, in certain secondary strata of ancient formations* * * §. The living species are less numerous f. The shell of some is transversely broader or longer, in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, with an entire or emarginated contour, with two or several lobes; some of them are even triangular ; the sur- face is smooth, sulcated in radii, or veined ; they are thick or thin, and even diaphanous. In several of them, in lieu of the hole in the summit of the thin valve, there is a notch, and this notch is sometimes partly formed by two accessory pieces, &c. It is probable that when better known, their animals will present generic differences. Already in the Spirifer, Sowerby , Two large cones have been recognized, formed of a spiral thread, which appear to have supported the animal^; , In Thecidea, Def., The pedicle seems to have been incorporated with the small valve §. * M. Defrance distinguishes upwards of two hundred. t Anomia scobinata , Gualt., 96, A ; — An. aurita , Id., Ib., B ; — An. retusa ; — An. truncata, Chemn., VIII, lxxvii, 711 ; — An. capensis , Ib., 703 ',-^-An. pubescens, Id., Ixxviii, 702; — An. detruncata, Ib., 705 ; — An. sanguinolenta, Ib., 706; — An. vitrea , Ib., 707, 709 ; — An. dorsata, Ib., 710, 711 ; An. psittacea, Ib. 713 ; An cranium, &c. For the fossil species, see Encyc. Method. Vers, pi. 239 — 246. X For this genus see Sowerb., Min. Conch, and the article Spirifcre of M. De- france, Diet, des Sc. Nat. t. L. § Thecidea mediterranea , ltisso, Ilist. Nat. de la Fr. Merid., IV, f, 183 ; — Th. radiata , Fauj. Mont. St Pierre, pi. xxvii, f. 8. Further, and more precise observa- tions arc requisite, to enable us to class the Magas of Sowerby, the Strigoce- fh ai. a of Defiance, and some other neighbouring groups. 118 MOLLUSC A. Orbicula, Cuv. The Orbiculse have two unequal valves, one oL which, that is round and conical, when viewed by itself, resembles the shell of a Pa- tella; the other is flat and fixed to a rock. The arms of the animal, — Criopus , Poli, — are ciliated and spirally recurved like that of the Lingulae. The seas of Europe produce a small species, Patella anomala , Mull., Zool. Dan. V, 26; Anomia turbinata , Poli, XXX, 15; Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxvi, f. 1. The Discing, Lam., are Orbiculse, the inferior valve of which is marked by a fissure. The Crania, Brug. Should be approximated to the Orbiculse. The arms of the animal are also ciliated, but the shells have deep and round internal muscu- lar impressions, that have caused it to be compared to the figure of a skull. One of them inhabits European seas ; Anomia craniolaris , L. ; or Crania personata , Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxv, f. 3. Several are fossil ; such as the Cran. antiqua , and the others of which M. Hceninghaus has given an excellent Mono- graph. CLASS VI. CIRRHOPODA *. [Lepas and Triton, Lin.] The Cirrhopoda, in' several points of view, are intermediate between this division and that of the Articulata. Enveloped by a mantle, and testaceous pieces which frequently resemble those seen in several of the Acephala, their mouths are furnished with lateral jaws, and the abdomen with filaments named cirri, arranged in pairs, composed of a multitude of little ciliated articulations, and corresponding to a sort of feet or fins similar to those observed under the tail of several of the Crustacea. Their heart is situated in the dorsal region, and the branchiae on the sides ; the nervous system forms a series of ganglions * M. De Lamarck has changed this name into Cirripeda, making it a class. M. de Blainville also makes a class of them, but he changes the name to Nemato- poda, and places them with the Chitones, in what he calls his type of the Malen- tozaria. CIRRHOPODA. 119 on the lower part of the abdomen. These cirri, however, may be considered as analogous to the articulated appendages of certain species of Teredo, while the ganglions in some respects are mere repetitions of the posterior ganglion of the bivalves. The position of these animals in the shell is such, that the mouth is at the bottom and the cirri near the orifice. Between the last two cirri is a long fleshy tube, that has sometimes, but erroneously, been takon for their proboscis, and at the base of which, near the back, is the opening of the anus. Internally, we observe a stomach inflated by a multitude of small cavities in its parietes, which appear to fulfil the functions of a liver, a simple intestine, a double ovary, and a double serpentine oviduct, whose walls produce the prolific fluid, and which, prolonged in the fleshy tube, open at its extremity. These animals are always fixed. Linnaeus comprised them all in one genus — Lepas, which Brugieres divided into two, that have in their turn been subdivided *. Anatifa, Brug. A compressed mantle, open on one side and suspended to a fleshy tube, varying greatly as to the number of testaceous pieces with which it is furnished ; twelve pair of cirri, six on each side, those nearest to the mouth being the thickest and shortest. The branchiae are elongated pyramidal appendages, that adhere to the external base of the whole of the cirri, or of part of them. The two principal valves, of the most numerous species (Penta- lasmis, Leach,) resemble those of a Mytilus ; two others seem to complete a part of the edge of the Mytilus opposite to the summit, and a fifth azygous one unites the posterior edge to that of the oppo- site valve ; these five pieces cover the whole of the mantle. From the usual place of the ligament arises the fleshy pedicle ; a strong transverse muscle unites the two first values near their summit ; the mouth of the animal is concealed behind it, and the posterior extre- mity of its body, with all the little articulated feet, is a little beyond it, between the four first valves. The most common species of the European seas, Lepas ana - tifera, L., owes its specific appellation to the fable which repre- sents it as producing the Bernacles and Macreuses , a story founded on the rude resemblance that has been observed to exist between the pieces of this shell, and a bird. The Anatifae adhere to rocks, piles, keels of vessels, &c. f We may distinguish from them * This name of Lepas formerly belonged to the Patella, Linmeus, supposing that some of these Cirrhopoda existed which had no shells, gave them the name of Triton : but the existence of these Tritons is not confirmed, and we arc to conclude that Linnaeus merely saw the animal of an Anatifa torn from its shell. Add Lepas ansertfera, Chemn., VIII, c. 856; — Anaf. dent at a, Brug., Encyc. Method., pi. 166, f. 6, or Pentalasmis falcata, Leach, Edinb. Encye. 120 MOLLUSC A.. Pollicipes, Leach , Where, besides the five principal valves, there are several small ones near the pedicle * * * §, some of which, in certain species, are nearly as large as the former f ; frequently there is an azygous valve, oppo- site to the ordinary one of the same description. In the Cineras, Leach , The cartilaginous mantle contains but five small valves, which do not occupy the whole of its extent J. In the Otion, Leach , The cartilaginous mantle contains but two very small valves, with three little grains which hardly merit that name, and has two tubular auriform appendages §. Tetralasmis, Cuv. But four valves, which surround the aperture ; two of them longer than the others. The animal is partly confined within the pedicle, which is large, and covered with hair. They are a kind of tubeless Balani ||. Balanus, Brug. The principal part of the shell of the Balani consists of a testaceous tube attached to various bodies, the aperture of which is more or less closed by two or four valves. This tube is formed of various pieces, which appear to be detached, and separated in proportion as the growth of the animal requires it. The branchiae, mouth, articulated tentacula, and the anal tube, differ but little from those of the Ana- tifae. In Balanus Properly so called, the tubular portion is a truncated cone formed * Lepas pollicipes, L., or Poll, cornucopia , Leach; Encyc. Method., pi. 226, f. 10, 1 1 ; — Poll, villosus, Leach, Edinb. Encyc. •f* Lepas mitella , Chemn., VIII, 849, 850, Encyc. Method., pi. 266, f, 9, or Polylepe couronne, Blainv., Malac. ; — Poll, scalpellum, Chemn., VIII, p. 294, or Polylepe vulgaire , Blainv., Malac., lxxxiv, f. 4. It is the genus Scalpellum, Leach, loc. cit. J Cineras vittata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc., or Lepas coriacea, Poli, vi, 20, or Gym- nolepas Cranchii , Blainv., Malac., lxxxiv, 2. § Otion Cuvieri , Leach, or Lepas leporina , Poli, 1, vi, 21, or Lepas aurita, Chemn., VIII, pi. c. f. 857, 858, M. de Blainville unites Cineras and Otion in his genus Gymnolepa. || Tetral. hirsutus, Cuv., Moll. Auatif., f. 14. N. B. The Lithotrias of Sowerby, converted by Blainville into Litholepa, may be, as is conjectured by Rang, merely an Anatifa accidentally fixed in a hole excavated by some bivalve. The Alepas, Rang, should be Anatifae, whose cartilaginous mantle is without any shell whatever ; I have never seen them. At all events, they must not be con- founded with the Triton of Linnseus, which was the animal of an Anatifa separated from its mantle and shell. CIRRHOPODA. 121 of six projecting pieces, separated by as many depressed ones, three of which are narrower than the others. Their base is usually formed of a calcareous lamina, and fixed to various bodies. The four valves of their operculum close the orifice exactly. The rocks, shells, &c., on the coast of Europe, are, in a man- ner, covered with a species of Balanus, the Lepas balanus , L., Chemn., VIII, xcvii, 826 * * * §. Naturalists have separated from it The Acastje, Leach, whose base is irregular, convex towards the exterior, and which does not become fixed ; most of them are found in sponge f , The Conl®, Blainv., the tube of which has but four salient pieces J, The Asem^e, Ranzani, where the tube has no decidedly salient pieces §, The PYRGOMiE, Savigny, whose tubular position, forming a strongly depressed cone, has but a very small orifice, almost like the shell of a Fissurella ||, The Octhosije, Ranzani, which have but three salient pieces in the tube, and only two valves to the operculum % The Creusle, Leach, with four salient pieces, and two valves to the operculum **. M. de Lamarck, under the name of Coronul#:, separates the very wide species, where the parietes of the cone are occupied, by cells so large, that they resemble chambers ff ; and under that of Tubicinell^:, those in which the tubular portion is elevated, narrower near the base, and divided into annuli, which mark its growth JJ. There are some species of these last two subgenera, which affix themselves to the skin of the Balaenae, and even penetrate into their blubber. To the preceding subgenera must be added the * Add, Lepas balanotdes, Chemn., VIII, xcvii, S21 — 825 ; — L. tintinnabulum. Ib, 828 — 831 ; — L, minor , Ib. 827; — L. porosa, Id., xcviii, 836; — L. verruca , Ib., 840, 841 ; — L. angusta , Ib., 835 ; — L. elongata , Ib., 838 ; — L. patellaris , Ib., 839 ; — L. spinosa , Ib., 840 ; — L. violacea, Id., xcix, 842 ; — L. tulipa, Ascan. Icon., X ; — L. cylindrical Gronov., Zooph., XIX, 3, 4 ; — L. cariosa , Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop., II, vi. 24, A, B. f- Acosta Montugui, Leach, Edinb. Encyc., copied Blainv., Malac., lxxxv, 3 ; — Lepas spongites, Poli, I, vi, 5. X Conia radiata, Blainv., Malac., lxxxv, 5. § Lepas porosus, Gm., Chemn., VIII, xcviii, 836, 837, Encyc. Method., pi. 165, f. 9, 10. II Pyrgoma cancellala, Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac. lxxxv, 5. ^| Lepas Slramii , Miill., Zool. Dan., Ill, xciv, 1 — 4. *'* Creusia spinulosa, Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac., lxxxv, 6. ■f'f' Lepas baleenaris, L., Chemn., VIII, xcix, 845, 846; — L. test udinarius, lb., 847, 848, which attaches itself to the shell of Tortoises. The Tubicinella , Lam., Ann. du Mus., I, xxx, 1, 2. 122 MOLLUSCA. Daidema, Ranz. Where the tubular portion is almost spherical, and which has but two small valves almost hidden in the membrane which closes the operculum. The opercular valves would not effectually closes the orifice without the membrane which unites them. They also live on the Balsense, and Otiones are frequently observed attached to their surface *. * Lepas diadema, Chemn., VIII, xcix, 843, 844. THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. ANIMALIA ARTICULATA. This third general form is as well characterised as that of the Verte- brata ; the skeleton is not internal as in the latter, neither is it anni hilated as in the Mollusca. The articulated rings which encircle the body, and frequently the limbs, supply the place of it, and as they are usually hard, they furnish to the powers of motion all requisite points of support, so that here, as among the Vertebrata, we find the walk, the run, the leap, natation and flight. Those families only are restricted to reptation which are either deprived of feet, or in which the articu- lations are membranous and soft. This external position of the hard parts, and the internal one of the muscles, reduce each articulation to the form of a sheath, and allow it but two kinds of motion. When connected with the neighbouring parts by a firm joint, as happens in the limbs, it is fixed there by two points, and can only move by gyn- glymus, that is, in one single plane, a disposition which requires a greater number of joints to produce a same variety of motion. A greater loss of muscular power is also the result, and consequently more general weakness in each animal, in proportion to its size. But the parts which compose the body are not always articulated in this way; most generally they are only united by flexible membranes, or they fit into each other, and then their motions are more various, but have not the same force. The system of organs in which the Articulata resemble each other the most, is that of the nerves. Their brain, which is placed on the esophagus, and furnishes nerves to the parts adhering to the head, is very small. Two cords which embrace the esophagus arc extended along the abdomen, and united 124 ARTICULATA. at certain distances by double knots or ganglia, whence arise the nerves of the body and limbs. Each of these ganglia seems to fulfil the functions of a brain to the surrounding parts, and to preserve their sensibility for a certain length of time, when the animal has been divided. If to this we add, that the jaws of these animals, when they have any, are always lateral and move from without, in- wardly, and not from above, downwards, and that no distinct organ of smell has hitherto been discovered in them, we shall have expressed all that can be said of them in general. The existence, however, of the organs of hearing, and the existence, number and form of those of sight, the product and mode of generation *, the kind of respiration, the existence of the organs of circulation, and even the colour of the blood present great differences, which must be noticed in the various subdivisions. Distribution of the Articulata into four Classes. The Articulata, whose mutual relations are as varied as numerous, present however four principal forms, either internal or external. The Annelides, Lam., or Red-blooded Worms, Cuv., constitute the first. Their blood, which is generally red, like that of the Vertebrata, circulates in a double and closed system of arteries and veins, sometimes furnished with one or several visible hearts or fleshy ventricles. Respiration is performed in organs which are sometimes developed externally, and at others remain on the surface of the skin or dip into its interior. Their body, more or less elongated, is always divided into numerous rings, the first of which, called the head, scarcely differs from the rest, except in the presence of the mouth and the principal organs of the senses. The branchiae of several are uniformly distributed along their body or in its middle ; in others, which are generally those that inhabit tubes, they are all placed anteriorly. They never have articulated feet, but most of them, in lieu thereof, are furnished with setae or fasciculi of stiff and movable hairs. They are mostly hermaphrodites, and some of them require a reciprocal coitus. The organs of their mouth sometimes consist in jaws, more or less strong, and at others of a simple tube, those of the external senses in fleshy, and sometimes articulated ten- tacula, and in certain blackish points, considered as eyes, but which do not exist in all the species. * M. Harold has made a remarkable discovery on this subject, viz. that in the ovum of the Crustacea and Arachnides, the vitellus communicates with the interior by the back. See his Dissert, on the ovum of Spiders, Marburg, 1824, and that of M. Rathke on that of the Astaci, Leipsic, 1829. ARTICULATA. 125 The Crustacea constitute the second form or class of articulated animals. They are provided with articulated and more or less com- plexed limbs, attached to the sides of the body. Their blood is white : it circulates by means cf a fleshy ventricle placed in the back, which receives it from the branchiae, situated on the sides of the body, or under its posterior portion, and to which it returns by a ventral and sometimes double canal. In the last or lower species, the heart or dorsal ventricle is itself extended into a tube. They all have antennae or articulated filaments, inserted in the fore-part of the head, usually four in number, several transverse jaws, and two com- pound eyes. A distinct ear is only to be found in some species. The Arachnides form the third class of the Articulata. Their head and thorax, as in many of the Crustacea, are united in one single piece, furnished, on each side, with articulated limbs ; but their principal viscera are enclosed in an abdomen connected to the posterior portion of that thorax. Their mouth is armed with jaws, and their head furnished with simple eyes, that vary as to number, but the antennae are always wanting. Their circulation is effected by a dorsal vessel, which gives off arterial “branches, and receives venous ones from them; but their mode of respiration varies, some of them still having true pulmonary organs, which open on the sides of the abdomen, while others, receive air by tracheae, like Insects. In both of them, however, we observe lateral openings or true stig- mata. The Insecta constitute the fourth class of the Articulata, and the most numerous of all the animal kingdom. With the exception of some genera, the Myriapoda, in which the body is divided into nu- merous and nearly equal parts, it is always divided into three portions : the head, furnished with the antennae, eyes and mouth; the thorax, to which are appended the feet and wings, when they exist; and the abdomen, which is suspended behind the thorax and contains the principal viscera. Those which have wings, only receive them at a certain age, and frequently pass through two more or less different forms before they assume that of the winged insect. In all their states they respire by tracheae; that is, by elastic vessels which receive air through stigmata pierced on their sides, and distribute it by infinite ramifications to every part of the body. A vestige of a heart only is perceptible, consisting of a dorsal vessel, which experiences an alternate contraction and dilatation, but to which, no branch has ever been discovered, so that we are forced to believe that nutrition is effected in this class of animals by imbibition. It is, probably, this sort of nutrition which necessitated the kind of respiration proper to In- 126 ANNELIDES. sects ; for as the nutritive fluid is not contained in vessels* * * §, and could not be directed towards pulmonary organs in search of air, it was requisite that this air should be diffused throughout the body to reach the fluid. This is also the reason why insects have no secretory glands, but are provided with mere spongy vessels, which, by the extent of their surface, appear to absorb the peculiar juices they are to produce, from the mass of the nutritive fluid f. Insects vary infinitely as to the form of the organs of the mouth, and those of digestion, as -well as in their industry and mode of life ; the sexes are always separated. The Crustacea and Arachnides were long united with the Insecta, under one common name, and resemble them in many points of their external form, in the disposition of their organs of motion, and of the sensations, and even in those of manducation. CLASS I. ANNELIDES}. The Annelides are the only invertebrate animals that have red blood. It circulates in a double system of complicated vessels §. Their nervous system consists in a double knotted cord, like that of insects. Their body is soft, more or less elongated, and divided into a, fre- quently, considerable number of segments, or at least of transverse plicae. They nearly all inhabit the water — the Lumbrici or Earth-worms excepted ; several penetrate into holes at the bottom, or construct * M. Carus has observed regular movements in the fluid which fills the bodies of certain larvae of Insects ; but this movement does not take place in a system of closed vessels, as in the superior animals. See his treatise entitled “ Discovery of a simple circulation of the blood, &c.” in German, Leipsic, 1827, 4to. 'f' On this subject see my Memoir on the nutrition of Insects, printed 1799. Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris. Baudouin, an vii, 4to, p, 32. X I established this class, distinguishing it by the colour of its blood and other attributes, in a Memoir read before the Institute in 1802. See Bullet, des Sc., Mesidor, an X, where I described the organs of the circulation. M. Lamarck has adopted and named it, Annelides. Brugieres previously united it to the order of the intestinal worms, and before him, Linnaeus placed part of these animals among the Mollusca, and the rest among the Intestini. § It has been asserted that the Blood of the Aphroditae is not red. I think I have observed the contrary in the Aphrodita squamata. ANNELIDES. 127 tubes there with the ooze or other matters, or even exude a calcareous substance, which envelopes them with a sort of tubular shell. Division of the Annelides into three Orders. This class, which contains but few species, presents a sufficient basis of division in its organs of respiration. The branchiae of some resemble tufts or arbusculae, attached to the head or anterior part of the body : they, nearly all, inhabits tubes. We will call them the Tubicole. Those of others resemble trees, tufts, laminae or tubercles in which vessels ramify, and are placed on the middle of the body : most of them inhabit mud or swim in the ocean, the smaller portion being furnishdd with tubes. We name them the Dorsibranchiate. Others again have no apparent branchiae, and respire, either by the surface of the skin, or as some authors opine, by the internal cavities. Most of them live free in mud or water ; some of them only, in humid earth. They are the Abranchiate. The genera of the first two orders are all furnished with stiff setae, of a metallic colour, that issue from their sides, sometimes simply, and at others in fasciculi, which serve in lieu of feet ; but there are some genera in the third order which are deprived of that support * The special attention paid by M. Savigny to these feet or organs of locomotion, has resulted in the distinction of the following parts : 1 . The foot itself, or the tubercle which supports the setae ; some- times there is but one to each ring, and at others there are two, one above the other, styled a simple or double oar. 2. The setae, which compose a fasiculus for each oar, and which vary greatly in form and consistence, sometimes constituting true spines, and at others, fine and flexible hairs, frequently dentated, barbed, &c.f 3. The cirri or fleshy filaments adhering to the foot, either above or beneath. The head of the Annelides of the two first orders is generally fur- nished with tentacula or filaments, to which, notwithstanding their fleshy nature, some modern naturalists give the name of Antennae - and several genera of the second and third, are marked with black and shining points, usually considered as eyes. The organization of their mouth varies greatly. * M. Savigny has proposed a division of the Annelides, to he founded on the presence or absence of these locomotory setse ; those in which they are wanting being reduced to Leeches. M. de Blainville, who has adopted this idea, forms his class of the Entomozoaui^c ChetopodeS with the Annelides that have setae, and that of the Entomozoarije Apodis with those which have none, but in mixing many of the Intestini with the Apodes, he has done what M. S. did not do. t Sec on this subject, the Mem. of M. Savigny on the invertebrate animals, and those of Messrs. Audouin and M. Edwards on the Annelides. 128 ANNELID ES„ ORDER I. TUBICOLJE * Some of the Tubicolse form a calcareous, homogeneous tube, proba- bly the result of transudation, like the shell of the Mollusca, with which however they have no muscular adhesion; others construct one by agglutinating grains of sand, fragments of shells and particles of mud, by means of a membrane, also unquestionably transuded; the tube of others again is entirely membranous or horny. To the first belongs the genus Serpula, Lin . • The calcareous tubes of the Serpulae twine round and cover stones, shells, and all submarine bodies. The section of these tubes is some- times round, and sometimes angular, according to the species. The body of the animal is composed of numerous segments ; its anterior portion is spread into a disk, armed on each side with seve- ral bundles of coarse hairs, and on each side of its mouth is a tuft of branchiae, shaped like a fan, and usually tinged with bright colours. At the base of each tuft is a fleshy filament, one of which, either on the right or left, indifferently, is always elongated, and dilated at its extremity into a variously formed disk, which serves a an operculum, and seals up the orifice of the tube when the animal has withdrawn into it f . Serp. contortuplicata\, Ell., Corail., XXXVIII, 2. The most common species ; its tubes are round, three lines in diameter, and twisted. The operculum is infundibuliforum, and the bran- chiae are frequently of a beautiful red colour, or variegated with yellow, violet, & c. Vases or other objects thrown into the sea are soon covered by its tubes. Serp. vermicularis , Gm. ; Miill., Zool. Dan., LXXXVI, 9, &c. A smaller species, with a claviform operculum, armed with two or three small points. The branchiae are sometimes blue. No spectacle is more beautiful than that of a group of these Serpulae when well expanded. They are found on the coast of France. * M. Savigny adds the Arenicolce to this order, and changes its name to Ser- pulacea ; M. Lamarck, adopting his plan, converts the Serpulacea into Seden- taria. The genera of my Tubicolce form the family of the Amphitrites, Savigny, and those of the Amphitrit^ea and Serpulacea, Lamarck. They form the order Entomozoaria Chetopoda Heterocrisina, Blainville, who, in defiance of his own definition, places there Spio and Polydorus. •f The disk of the common Serpula being funnel-shaped, has induced naturalists to consider it as a proboscis, hut it is not perforated, and in all the other species it is more or less claviform. X It is the same animal as the Ampliiirite penicillus, Gm., or Proboscidea, Brug., or Probosciplectanos, Fab. Column. Aquat., c, xi, p. 22. TUBICOL/E. 129 In others the operculum is flat and bristled with more numerous points * * * §. One of them is the Serp. gigantea, Pall., Miscel., X, 2, 10. It is always found among the Madrepores, which frequently surround its tube; the branchiae become spirally convoluted when they enter the lattei, and its operculum is armed with two small branching horns, re- sembling the antlers of a cleerf. M. Lamarck distinguishes the Spirorbis, Lam ., Where the branchial filaments are much less numerous— three or four on each side ; the tube is regularly spiral, and the animal usually very small j\ Sabella, Cuv. § The same kind of body, and similar flabelliform branchiae, as the Serpulse ; but the two fleshy filaments adhering to these branchiae both terminate in a point, and without forming an operculum ; some- times they are even wanting. The tube of the Sabellse is most com- monly composed of granules of clay or mud, and is rarely calcareous. The species known are large, and their fan-like branchiae remark- able for their delicacy and brilliancy. Some of them, like the Serpulae, have a membranous disk on the anterior part of the back, through which pass the first pairs of the bundles of setae ; their pectiniform branchiae are spirally contorted, and their tentacula reduced to slight folds jj. Sab. protula , Cuv. ; Protula Rudolphii , Risso. A large and splendid species inhabiting the Mediterranean. Its tube is calcareous, like that of the Serpulae, its branchiae orange- coloured, &c.H * They are the Galeolari^e, Lam. A single operculum is seen, Berl., Schr., IX, iii, 6. f The same as the Terebella bicornis, Abiidg., Berl. Schr., IX. iii, 4 ; Seb., Ill, xvi, 7, and as the Actinia , or Animal-flower , Home, Lect. on Comp. Anatom., II, pi. l. M. Savigny established his subdivision of the Serpulae Cymospir^., of which M. de Blainville has since made a genus, upon this spiral convolution of the branchiae. Add, Terebella stellata, Gm., Abiidg., loc. cit. f. 5, remarkable for its operculum, which is composed of three plates strung together. X Serpula spirillum, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., V, pi. v, f. 21; — Serp. spirorbis , Mull., Zool. Dan. Ill, lxxxvi, 1 — 6. § This name, in the works of Linnseus and Gmelin, designates various animals, with factitious, and not transuded, tubes ; we restrict its application to those which resemble each other in their peculiar characters. M. Savigny employs it in the latter way, our first division excepted, which he places among his Serpuhe. Our Sabelloe arc the Amphttrites of Lamarck. || This division is left by M. Savigny among the Serpula:, and constitutes his Serpulae Spiramelljb, of which M. de Blainville has since made his genus Spira- MELLA. ^ The existence of this magnificent species, and the calcareous nature of its tube, are incontestable, notwithstanding the doubt expressed in the Diet, des Sc., Nat., LVII, p. 443, note. The Sabclla bispiralis, — Amphitrite volutacornis, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, differs but slightly from it. 1 dare not assert it is the same ns Seb., I, xxix, l, erroneously cited by Pallas and Gmelin under Serpula gigantcat for that figure shows no disk. VOL. III. K 130 ANNELIDES. Others have no membranous disk anteriorly ; their two pectiniform branchiae are equal and spiral* * * §. There are sometimes two ranges of filaments on each comb f. In others again, only one of the two combs is thus formed ; the other, which is smaller, enveloping the base of the first, — Sabella unispira , Cuv. ; Spirogrciphis Spallanzanii , Viviani, Phosph. Mar., pi. iv5vj. There are some whose branchiae merely form a simple funnel round the mouth ; their filaments, however, are numerous, crowded, and strongly ciliated on the internal surface §. Their silky feet are almost imperceptible. Finally, others have been described which have but six filaments, arranged in a stellate form [|. Terebella, Cuv. If The Terebellee, like most of the Sabellae, inhabit an artificial tube, but it is composed of grains of sand, and fragments of shells; their body, moreover, has fewer rings, and their head is otherwise deco- rated. Numerous filiform and extremely extensible tentacula sur- round their mouth; their branchiae, placed on the neck, are not infun- dibuliform, but resemble arbusculae. Several species are found on the coast of France, long con- founded under the name of Terebella conchilega , Gm., Pall., Miscel., IX, 14 — 22, most of which are remarkable for tubes formed of large fragments of shells, the edges of their opening being prolonged into several little branches, composed of simi- lar materials, and containing the tentacula. In the greater number there are three pairs of branchiae, which, in those where the tube is branched, issue through a peculiar hole formed for that purpose **. * The simple Sabella: of Savigny, Amphitrite reniformis, Mull., Ver., XVI, or Tubularia penicillus, Id., Zool., lxxxix,- 1, 2, or Terebella reniformis, Gm. ; — Amph. infundibulum, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, viii ; — Amph. vesiculosa, Id. Ib., XI, v. f The Sabella Astarta, Savig., such as the Sabella grandis, Cuv., or Indica , gav. ; — Tubularia magnifica, Shaw, Lin. Trans., V, ix. + The Sabella Spirographica, Savigny. N.B. On account of the imperfection of the figure of Ellis, Coral., pi. xxxiii, I do not know to which of these subdivisions we should refer the Amphitrite ventilabrum, Gm. or Sabella penicillus, L., Ed. XII. § Sab. villosa, Cuv., a new species. 1| Tubularia Fabricia, Gm., Fabr., Faun. Groenl., p. 450 — the genus Fabricia, Blainv. Linnseus, in his twelfth edition, had thus named an animal described by Koehler, and which might have belonged to this genus because it was thought to perforate stones. Lamarck has employed the same name — An. sans vert., p. 324, | for a Nereis and for a Spio. The Terebellee, Gm., comprehend Amphinomce, Nereides , jj Serpulee, & c. Messrs. Savigny, Montag., Lamarck, and Blainville, employ this name as above, which was proposed by me, Diet, des Sc. Nat., II, p. 79. They are the simple Terebella of Savigny, such as, Tereb. medusa, Sav., Eg., ) Annel., I,f. 3; — Ter. cirrhata, Gm., Mull., Ver., XV; — Ter. giganteci, Montag., jj TUBICOLAG. 131 Amphitrite, Cuv.3* * * * § The Amphitrites are easily recognized hy the golden coloured setae, arranged like a crown, or the teeth of a comb, in one or two rows, on the anterior part of their head, where they probably serve as a means of defence, or perhaps enable the animal to crawl, or to col- lect the materials of its tube. Numerous tentacula encircle the mouth, and on each side of the fore part of the back are pectiniform branchiae. Some of them construct light tubes of a regularly conical figure, which they carry about with them. Their gilded setae form two combs, whose teeth incline downwards. Their capacious and fre- quently flexed intestine is usually filled with sand f. Such is the Amph . auricoma belgica , Gm. ; Pall., Miscel., IX, 3 — 5. Its tube is two inches long, and formed of variously coloured round granules Amph. auricoma capensis, Pall., Miscel., IX, i, 2. From the South Seas ; its thin and polished tube appears to be transversely fibrous, and formed of some dessicated, soft, and stringy sub- stance. It is a larger species §. There are others which inhabit artificial tubes fixed to various bodies. Their gilded setse form several concentric crowns on their head, from which results an operculum that seals up their tube when they contract, but the two parts of which can separate. Each foot is furnished with a cirrus. The body is terminated behind in a Lin. Trans., XII, ll ; — T. nebulosa, Id. Ib., 12, 2; — T. constrictor , Id. Ib., 13, 1 ; — T. venusta, Ib., 2 ; he also calls one of them T. cirrhata, Ib., XII, l ; but which does not appear to be the same as that of Muller. Add T. variabilis, Risso, &c. N.B. M. Savigny makes two other divisions aof Terebellae, the T. Phyzeli^e, which have but two pairs of branchiae, and the T. Idali^e, that have but one pair. Among the latter would come the Amphitrite cristata, Mull., Zool. Dan., lxxi, 1,4; Amph. ventricosa, Bose., Ver., I, vi, 4 — 6. * This genus, as it stands in Muller, Brugi&res, Gmelin, and Lamarck, also in- cludes some Terebellce and Sabellce. In 1824, Diet, des Sc. Nat. II, p. 78, I reduced it to its actual limits ; since then, M. Lamarck has changed my divisions into genera, his Pectinarial and Sabellariah, termed Aphictenae and Hermellae by Savigny. The Amphitrites of Lamarck are my Sabellas. M. Savigny, on the contrary, makes it the name of a family. ■f* They are the Pectinari^e, Lam. ; Apiiictenae, Savig. ; Chrysodontes, Oken ; and the Cistenas of Leach. This perpetual changing of names — and in this particular case there was not even the pretext of a change of limits in the group — will finally end in rendering nomenclature a much more difficult study than that of facts. + The same as the Sabella belgica , Gm., Klein., tab. T, 5, Echinod., xxxiii, A, B, and as the Amph. auricoma , Mull., Zool. Dan. xxvi, of which Brugi&res has made his Amphitrite dorie. § The same as the Sabella chrysodon , Gm., Berg., Stock. Mem., 1765, IX, 1,3 ; as the Sabella capensis, Id., Stat., Mull., Nat. Syst., VI, xix, 67. which is a mere copy of Bergius ; as the Sabella indica, Abildgaart, Berl. Schr., IX, iv. See also Mart. Slabber, Fless. Mem., I, ii, l — 3. K 132 ANNELIDES. tube bent towards the head, which doubtless affords an issue to the fseces. I have found a muscular gizzard in them * * * § Such is the species found along the coast of France, the Sa- bella alveolata, Gm. ; Tubipora arenosa,L.\ Ed. XII, Corah, XXXVI. Its tubes, united in one compact mass, have their orifices regularly arranged like the cells of a honey-comb f. Another, the Amph. ostrearia, Cuv., establishes its tubes on the shells of Oysters, and it is said greatly hinders their propagation. It is to this order I suspect that we must refer the Syphostoma, Otto , Where, on the superior part of each articulation, is inserted a fasci- culus of fine setae, and on the inferior a simple seta, and on the ante- rior extremity two fasciculi of strong golden coloured setae. Under these setaceous appendages is the mouth, preceded by a sucker sur- rounded by numerous soft filaments, which may very possibly be branchiae, and accompanied by two fleshy tentacula. The knotted medullary cord is seen through the skin. They live buried in mud Hitherto, the genus Dentalium, Lin., Has always been placed in this vicinity. The shell is an elongated, arcuated cone, open at both ends, and has been compared to the tusk of an elephant in miniature. The recent observations of M. Savigny, and those of M. Deshayes especially §, have, however, rendered this classification extremely doubtful. The animal of the Dentalia, has neither any sensible articulation, or lateral setae, but is furnished anteriorly with a membranous tube, inside of which is a sort of foot, or fleshy and conical opercu- lum, which closes its orifice. On the base of this foot is a small flattened head, and plumose branchiae are observed on the nape. If the operculum recall to our minds the foot of the Vermeti and Sili- quariae, which have been placed among the Mollusca, the branchiae strongly remind us of those of the Amphitrites and Terebellae. Ulterior observations upon their anatomy, and principally upon that of their nervous and vascular system, will resolve this problem. * The SabelLi arije, Lam. ; the Hermell.®, Savigny. f This is perhaps the place for the Amphitrite pluraosa of Fab., Faun. Grcenl., p. 288, and Mull., Zool. Dan., xc ; but their descriptions are so obscure, and agree so little with each other, that I dare not attempt to assign it. It forms the genus Pherusa, Blainville. X Siphostoma diplochaitos, Otto ; — Siph. uncinata, Aud. and Edw., Litt. , de la Fr., Annel., pi. ix, f. 1. § Monograph of the genus Dentalium, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, t. II, p. 321. DORSIBRANCHIATJE. 133 The shell of some of them is angular *, or longitudinally striated f. That of others is round J. o ORDER II. DORSIBRANCHIATiE. The organs of the Dorsibranchiatse, and the branchiae in parti- cular, are equally distributed along the whole of the body, or at least of its middle portion. At the head of the order we will place those genera in which the ©rgans are most completely developed. Arenicola, Lam. § Branchiae, resembling small trees, on the rings of the middle part of the body only : the mouth, a fleshy and more or less dilatable pro- boscis; and have neither teeth, tentacula nor eyes, visible. The posterior extremity not only wants the branchiae, but the setaceous fasciculi with which the rest of the body is furnished; the cirri totally de- ficient. Aren, piscatorum, Lam. ; Lumbricus marinus , L. ; Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop.,ii, 1, 19 — 29. Very common in the sand on the sea-shore, where it is disinterred by the fishermen, who use it as bait. It is about a foot long, of a reddish colour, and diffuses an abundant yellowish liquid when touched. It has thirteen pairs of branchiae ||. Amphxnome., Brug.% A pair of more or less complex, tufted or plumose branchiae on each ring of the body, and to each of the feet two fasciculi of separate setae, and two cirri; no jaws to the proboscis. The Amphinomes are divided by M. Savigny into '* Dent, elepliantiiim, Martini, I, l, 5, A; — Dent, aprinum, lb., 4, A ; — D. stria - tulum, lb., 5, B ; — D. arcuatum, Gualt., X, G ; — D. sexangulnm. h Dent.'dentalis, Rumpf., Mus., xli, 6; — D. fasciatum, Martini, Conch., I, 1, 3, B; — D. rectum , Gualt., X, H, &c. + Dent, entalis, Martini, I, i, 2, &c. § M. Savigny has made a family of this genus by the name of THELETHTJSiE, which lias been adopted by his successors. || Add, Arenicola clavata , Ranzani, dec. I, p. G, pi. i, f. l, should it prove to be a distinct species. 11 J his genus has very properly been withdrawn by Brugi&res, from the Aphroditve of Pallas and the Terebell.e of Gmelin. It forms the type of M. Savigny’s family of the Amphinomae, also adopted by his successors. 134 ANNELIDES. Chloexa, Sav., Where the head is furnished with five tentacula, and the branchise resembles a tripinnate leaf. The Indian Ocean produces one of them, the Amphinome die - vellue , Brug. ; Terebella Jlava, Gm. ; Pall., Miscell. VIII, 7 — 11, very remarkable for its long bundles of lemon-coloured setse, and the beautiful purple plumes of its branchise. Its form is broad and depressed, and it has a vertical crest on the snout. And into the Pleione, Sav. — Amphinome, Blainv ., Where, with the same tentacula, the branchiee are tufted. The Pleiones are also from the Indian Ocean, and some of them are very large* * * §. To these he adds the Euphrosine, Sav. j Where the head has but a single tentaculum, and the tree-like branchiae are very complex and greatly developed. To this sub- genus, Messrs. Audouin and Edwards approximate the Hipponoe, Which has no caruncle, and but a single bundle of setae, and a single cirrus to each foot. Hip. Gaudichaudii , Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. XVIII, pi. vi. A species from Port Jackson. In the Eunice,, Cuv.% The branchiae are also plumose, but the proboscis is well armed with three pair of differently formed horny jaws ; each foot is furnished with two cirri and a bundle of setae, there are five tentacula above the mouth and two on the nape. In some species only, we find two small eyes. Eun. gigantea , Cuv. The largest of the known Annelides, being upwards of four feet in length. From the sea of the An- tilles. Several smaller species are found on the coast of France §. * Terebella carunculata , Gm., Amph. car., Pall., Miscell., VIII, 12, 13; — Ter. rostrata, 14 — 18; — Ter. complanata, lb., 19 — 26; — Pleione alcyonia, Sav., Eg., Annel., II, f. 3. f Euphrosine laureata, Id. Ib., f. 1 ; — E. mirtosa, Id., Ib., 2. N.B. The genus Aristenia, Sav., Eg., Annel., pi. ii, f. 4, should also come near the Amphinomes ; but it is only established on a mutilated specimen. + Eunice, the name of a Nereis in Apollodorus. M. Savigny makes it the name of a family, and calls the genus Leodice. M. de Blainville has changed these names, first to Branchionereis, and then to Nereidon. § Nereis norvegica, Gm., Mull., Zool. Dan., I, xxix, 1; — N. pinnata, Ib., 2; — N. cuprea, Bose., Ver. I, v, 1 ; — Leodice gallica, and L. hispanica, Savig. — Add Leod. antennata, Sav., Annel., V, 1 ; — Eunice bellii, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel., pi. iii, f. 1 — 4; — Eun. harassii, Ib.,f. v, 11. D0RSIBRANCHIATJ2. 135 By the name of Marphisas, M. Savigny distinguishes those spe- cies, otherwise very similar, in which the two tentacula on the nape are wanting; their upper cirrus is very short* * * §. A species at least closely allied to them, N. tubicola , Mull., Zool. Dan., I, xviii, 1—5, inhabits a horny tubef. After these genera with complex branchise, we may place those where they are reduced to simple laminae or slight tubercles, or in which they are even replaced by cirri. Some of them are still allied to the Eunices, by the strong arma- ture of their proboscis, and their azygous antennae. Such is the Lysidice, Sav. Where, with jaws similar to those of the Eunices, and even more numerous and frequently azygous, the only branchiae consist of three tentacula and the cirri J. Aglaura, Sav . The jaws of the Aglaurae are also numerous and azygous, con- sisting of seven, nine, &c. ; but their tentacula are either wanting or completely concealed ; their branchiae are also reduced to cirri §. Nereis, Cuv. — Lycoris, Sav. The true Nereides have an even number of tentacula, attached to the sides of the base of the head, and a little further forwards, two others that are biarticulate, between which are two simple ones. Their branchiae consist of small laminae between which is spread a network of vessels ; each foot is also furnished with two tubercles, two fasciculi of setae, one cirrus above, and another beneath. Several species inhabit the coast of France ||. In the vicinity of these Nereides are grouped several genera in * Nereis sanguined, Montag., Lin. Trans., XI, pi. 3. f After the Eunices probably should come the Nereis crassa, Mull., Ver., pi. xii, which, without having seen it, M. de Blainville proposes to refer to the genus Eteone, Sav., although the branchiae of the latter are very different. X Lysidice Valentina, Sav.; — L. Olympia, Id.; — L. galatina, Id., Eg., Annel., p. 53. § I unite the Agi.auras and CEnones, Sav., and even certain species without tentacula, left among the Lysidices by Messrs. Audouin and Edwards ; Aglaura ful- gida, Eg. Annel., V, 2; — CEnone lucida, lb., f. 3. || Nereis versicolor, Gm., Mull., Wurm., VI ; — N. fimbriata, Id., viii, 1 — 3 ; — N. pelagica, Id., vii, 1 — 3 ; — Tercbella rubra, Gm., Homme, Mdm. de Fless., VI, 357, f. 4, A, B ; — Lycoris cegyptia, Eg., Annel., pi. iv, f. 1 ; — Lycoris nuntia, Id. Ib. f. 2; — Nereis beaucoudrasii, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la Fr., Annel., pi. iv, f. 1 — 7 Ner. pulsutoria, Ib., f. 8 — 13. N. 15. The Nereis verrucosa, Mull., Vcr., pi. vii, and incisa, Ott., Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenhag., V, part I, pi. iv, f. 1 — 3, seem to have the head of a Lycoris, but with long filaments in place of branchiae : they require examination. 136 ANNELIDES. which the body is also slender, and the branchiae are reduced to sim- ple laminae, or even simple filaments or tubercles. The jaws or ten- tacula are wanting in some of them. Phyllodoce, Sav. — Nereiphylla, Blainv. The Phyllodoces, like the true Nereides, have an even number of tentacula on the sides of the head, and four or five small additional ones before. They are furnished with eyes ; their large proboscis, which is studded with a circle of very short fleshy tubercles, presents no jaws, and, what particularly distinguishes them, their branchiae resemble broad leaves, arranged in a single row on each side of the body, and overlapping each other ; finely ramified vessels are distri- buted over them *. Alciopa, Aud. and M. Edw. The mouth and tentacula nearly similar to those of the Phyllodoces ; but the feet, independently of the tubercle which supports the setae and the two foliaceous cirri or branchiae, are furnished with two branchial tubercles which occupy their superior and inferior edges f . Spio, Fad. and Gm. The body slender ; two very long tentacula which have the appear- ance of antennae ; eyes in the head and on each side of every segment of the body ; branchiae in the form of a simple filament. They are small worms from the Arctic Ocean, and inhabit membranous tubes Syllis, Sav. An odd number of tentacula, articulated like the beads of a rosary, as well as the superior cirri of the feet, which are simple and have * Nereis lamellifera atlantica, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pi. v, f. 11—18, per- haps the same as the Nereiphylle de Pareto, Blainv., Diet, des Sc. Nat. ; — N. flam, Ott., Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenhag., V, part I, pi. iv, f. 8—10. N.B. The N. viridis, Mull., Ver., pi. xi, of which, without having seen it, M. Savigny proposes to make the genus Eulalia, and the two Eunomi^e, Risso, Eu- rop. Merid., IV, p. 420, also appear to me to be Phyllodoces ; perhaps we should also* so consider the Nereis pinnigera, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vi, 3; and the Nereis stelUfera , Mull., Zool. Dan., pi. lxii, f. 1, of which, without having seen it, Savigny propose^ to make a genus by the name of Lepidia ; and the N. iongay Ott.& Fabr., placed by Savig. with the N. flava in his genus Eteone : All these Annelides require to be carefully examined according to the detailed method of M. ^We must not confound these Phyllodoces of Savigny with tbose of Ranzani, which are allied to the Aphrodite, and particularly to the Polynoes. f Alciopa Reynaudii, Aud., and Edw.,— from the Atlantic Ocean. — The pretended Nais Rathke, Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen., V, part I, pi. iii, f. 15, may very possibly be an Alciopa. . + Spio seticornis , Ott., Fabr., Berk, Schr., VI, v, 1, 7 ;— Spio fiheorms, Vo., 8— 12. The Polydorae, Bose., Ver. I, v, 7, appear to me to belong to this genus. Spio, the name of a Nereid. DORSIBRANCHIAT^E. 137 but a single bundle of setae. It appears that there is some variety re- lative to the existence of the jaws * * * §. Glycera, Sav. The Glycerae are recognized by their head, which is a fleshy and conical point resembling a small horn, and divided at the summit into four scarcely visible tentacula. The proboscis of some still pre- sents jaws, in others, they are said to be imperceptible j\ Nephthys, Cuv. The proboscis of the Phyllodoces but no tentacula ; two bundles of widely separated setae on each foot, between which is a cirrus J. Lumbrinera, Blainv. The tentacula wanting ; bu| a single small forked tubercle, from which issues a little bundle of setae, on each articulation of the elon- gated body. If there be any external organ of respiration, it can only consist of an upper lobe of this tubercle §. Aricia, Sav. The teeth and tentacula wanting ; two ranges of lamellated cirri on the back of the elongated body ; anterior feet furnished with notched crests not found on the others ||. Several species of these genera are found on the Atlantic coast of France. Hesione, Lam . A short thick body composed of but few and feebly marked rings ; a very long cirrus, that probably exercises the functions of branchiae. * Syllis monilaris, Sav., Eg., Annel., IV, f. 3, copied Diet, des Sc. Nat. N.B. The Nereis armillaris, Mull., Ver., pi. ix, of which, without having seen it, M. Savigny proposes to make the genus Lycastis, has tentacula and cirri formed like a rosary as in Syllis, but the tentacula are represented as being in even numbers. It should be examined. f Nereis alba , Mull., Zool. Dan., Ixxii, 6, 7 ; — Glyc. Meckelii, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la Fr., Annel., pi. vi, f. 1. J Nephthys Hombergii, Cuv., Diet, des Sc. Nat. § Nereis ebranchiata, Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pi. vi, f. 2 ; — Lombrinere brilliant , Blainv., pi. of the Diet, des Sc. Nat. ; — Lumbricus fragilis , Mull., Zool. Dan., pi. xxii, of which, but with hesitation, M. De Blainville makes his genus SCOLETOMA. N.B. The Scololepes, Blainv., which are only known by the fig. of Abildga- ardt ( Lumbricus squamatus, Zool. Dan., IV, civ, 1 — 5,) have a very slender body with numerous rings, each furnished with a branchial cirrus and two bundles of seta,*, the inferior of which seems to proceed from a fold of the skin compressed like a scale ; their head has neither jaws nor tentacula. || Aricia Cuvieri , Aud., and Edw., Litt., dc la Fr., Annel., pi. vii, f. 5 — 13. The Lumbricus armiger , Miill., Zool. Dan., pi. xxii, f. 4 and 5, of which, without having seen it, M. dc Blainville proposes to form a genus by the name of Scolople, appears to want both teeth and tentacula, and to have simple small bundles of short setre on its first segments, and a bifid wart, a small seta, and a long pointed bran- chial lamina on the others. 138 ANNELIDES. on the top of each foot, and has another beneath, with a bundle of setse ; a large proboscis with neither tentacula nor jaws. Several species are found in the Mediterranean Ophelina, Sav. The body thick and short, with feebly marked rings and scarcely visible setae; long cirri in lieu of branchiae on two thirds of its length; palate of the mouth with a dentated crest ; the lips surrounded with tentacula, of which the two superior are the largest f . Cirrhatulus } Lam. The branchiae consisting of a very long filament; two small bundles of setae to each of the articulations of the body, which are numerous and compact ; a series of long filaments round the nape. The slightly marked head has neither tentacula nor jaws J, Palmyra, Sav. The Palmyrae are recognized by their superior fasciculi, the setae of which are large, flattened, flabelliform, and glisten like highly po- lished gold ; their inferior fasiculi are small ; their cirri and bran- chiae feebly marked. They have an elongated body, two extended tentacula, and three very small ones. Palm, aurifera , Sav. The only species known ; it is from one to two inches in length, and is found at the Isle of France. Aphrodita, Lin. This genus is easily known by the two longitudinal ranges of broad membranous scales that cover the back, to which, through a very groundless assimilation, the name of elytra has been given, and under which, their branchiee, in the form of fleshy crests, are con- cealed. Their body is usually flattened, and shorter and broader than in the other Annelides. Their extremely thick and muscular esopha- gus is susceptible of being protruded like a proboscis; their intestine is unequal, and furnished on each side with numerous branched caeca, the extremities of which are fixed between the bases of the setaceous fasiculi, which serve as feet. M. Savigny distinguishes from them the * Hesione splendida, Say., Eg., Annel., pi. iii,f. 3 ; — H. f estiva, Id. Ib., p. 41 ; — H. pantherina, Risso, Ear. Merid., IV, p. 418. t This is probably the place for the Nereis prismutica , and bifrons, Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen. Y, part 1, pi. iv, p. 17 — 23. X Lumbricus cirrhatus , Ott., Fabr., Fann. Groenl., f. 5, from which the Tere- bella tentaculata, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, and the Cirrhin'ere filigere, Blainv., pi., of the Diet, des Sc. Nat., N, do not appear to ditfer as to the genus ; — Cirrh. Lamarkii, Aud., and Edw., Litt, de la Fr., Annel., pi. vii. f. 1 — 4. DORSIBRANCHIAT.E. 139 Halithea, Sav. Where there are three tentacula, a small crest between two of them, and where the jaws are wanting. A species is found on the coast of France, which, with re- spect to its colouring, is one of the most splendid of all ani- mals— the Aphrodita aculeata , L. Pall., Misc., VII, 1' — 13. It is oval, from six to eight inches in length, and from two to three in breadth. The scales on its back are covered and con- cealed by a sort of stuff resembling tow, which arises from the sides. From the latter also spring groups of stout spines, which partly transfix the tow, and fasciculi of flexuous setae of a splen- did golden colour, whose changeable tints rival those of the rainbow. They are not inferior in beauty to the plumage of the humming-bird, or to the lustre of the richest gems. Further down is a tubercle from which arise three groups of spines, of as many different diameters, and finally, a fleshy cone. There are forty of these tubercles on each side, and between the two first are two small fleshy tentacula. There are fifteen pairs of wide, and sometimes inflated scales on the back, and fifteen small branchial crests on each side. Some of these Halitheae have none of this tow-like material on the back* * * §: one species — Aphr, hystrix, Sav.f, is found in the seas of Europe. A second subdivision of the Aphroditse is that of the Polynoe, Sav. — Eumolpe, Oken. Where there is none of this tow on the back ; they have five ten- tacula, and their proboscis is furnished with strong and horny jaws. Several small species are found on the coast of France J. The Sigaliones, Aud. and Edw., have a much more elongated form, than the other Aphroditae ; each foot is furnished with cirri §. The Acoetes, Aud. and Edw., are provided with cirri which alternate with the elytra|[ ; their jaws are stronger and more deeply dentated. * They are the HalithSes hermiones^oi Savigny, of which M. tie Blainville has made his genus IIkrmione. t Littoral de la France, Annel., pi. i, f. 1 — 9. X Aphr. squamata, Pall., Misc., Zool., VIT, 14 ; Littor., de la Fr., Annel., pi. i, f. 10 — 16 ; — Polyn. leevis, Aud., and Edw., Ib., pi. ii. f. 11 — 18 ; — Aphr. punctata , Miill., Vcr., XIII ; — Aphr. cirrliosa , Pall., Misc. Zool., VIII, 3 — 6 ; — Aphr. lepidota , Id., Ib., 1, 2 ; — Aphr. clava , Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vii, which is at least closely allied to the Aphr. planet , Mull., Ver., XIX Polynoe impatiens , Sav., Eg., Annel., pi. 3, f. 2 ; — Poly, muricata, Id., Ib., f. 1. § Sigalion Mathilda, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la France, Annel. || Acoetes Pleei, Aud., and Edw., Collect, of the Museum. 140 ANNELIDES. A large species is found at the Antilles which inhabits a tube of the consistence of leather *. This is the only situation we can assign to a new and very singu- lar genus which I call Ch^itopterus, Cuv. The mouth has neither jaws nor proboscis, and is furnished above with a lip, to which are attached two tentacula. Next comes a disk with nine pairs of feet, followed by a pair of long silky fasciculi re- sembling wings. The lamellated branchiae are rather beneath the body than above it, and extends along its middle. Chceiopterus pergamentaceus , Cuv. This species, which is found at the Antilles, is from eight to ten inches in length, and inhabits a tube resembling parchment f . ORDER III. ABRANCHIATE. The Abranchiate have no apparent external organ of respiration whatever, and appear to respire, some, like the Lumbrici, by the en- tire surface of the skin, and others, like the Hirudines, by internal cavities. They have a closed circulating system, usually filled with red blood, and, like all the Annelides, a knotted nervous cord J. Some are also provided with setae, which enable them to crawl, and others are deprived of them. This has caused their division into two families. * N.B. The Phyllodoce maxillosa of Ranzani, called Polyodonte by Reinieri, and Eumolpe maxima by Oken, seems to be closely allied to the Acoetes ; its pro- boscis and jaws are the same, and neither of the genera has, perhaps, been described from perfect specimens. There remain various Annelides so imperfectly described, that we are unable to characterize them well; such are the Nereis caeca , Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen. part I, pi. iv, f. 24 — 28; — N. longa, Id., Ib., f. 11 — 13; — N. aphroditoides, lb., 4 — 7; Ib., 11 — 13; — Branchiarhis quadrangulatus, Montag. Lin. Trans., XII, pi. xiv, f. 5 ; — Biplotes hyalina, Id., lb., f. 6 and 7 ; and the pretended Hirudo bran- chiata , Archib. Menzies, Lin. Trans. I, pi. xvii, f. 3. I have also omitted the Myrianje and two or three ether genera of M. Savigny, on account of my having had no opportunity to re-examine them. f It will be more minutely described by Messrs. Aud., and Cuv., in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles. + For the anatomy and physiology of the abranchiate Annelides, see the Memoir of M. Ant. Luges, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Sept. 1828. ABRANCHIATE 141 FAMILY I. ABRANCHIATE SETIGERE. This first family comprises the Lumbrici and Naides of Linnseus. Lumbricus, Lin. The Earth-worms, as they are commonly called, characterized by a long cylindrical body, divided by rugse into a great number of rings, and by an edentated mouth, necessarily required to be sub- divided. Lumbricus, Cuv. Eyes, tentacula, branchiae and cirri, all wanting; a tubercle or visible enlargement, particularly sensible in the nuptial season, serves to attach the two sexes to each other in coitu. The intestine is straight and rugose, and in the anterior part of the bocky we observe some whitish glands which appear to be concerned in the process of gene- ration., The Lumbrici are certainly hermaphrodites, but it is possi- ble that their coalescing may serve to excite them to the act of self- impregnation. According to the observations of M. Montegre, the ova descend between the intestine and the external envelope, to the circumference of the rectum, where they are hatched. The young ones issue, living, from the anus. M. Leon Dufour, on the contrary, affirms that their ova resemble those of the Leech. The nervous cord it nothing more than a crowded suite of numerous little ganglia *. M. Savigny subdivides them again. His Enteriones have four pairs of small setae, eight in all, under each ring. Every one knows the Common Earth-worm — Lumbricus ter- restris , L. — with a reddish body, that attains nearly a foot in length, and which is composed of upwards of one hundred and twenty rings. The tubercle is near the anterior third. Under the sixteenth ring are two pores, the use of which is unknown. This animal traverses the soil in every direction, and swallows a quantity of earth. It also eats roots, ligneous fibres, animal fragments, &c. In the month of June it rises to the surface during the night, to seek for a companion in the process of copulation f. * Conf. Montegre, Mem. du Mus., I, p. 242, pi. xii, and Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat. V, p. 17, and XIV, p. 216, and pi. xii, 13, f. 1 — 4. See also the treatise of Morren, De Lumbrici Terrestris Historia Naturali ncc non Anatomica, Bruss., 1829, 4to. f What is here stated is common to many species, first ascertained by M. Sa- vigny. He has distinguished twenty of them. See my Analyse des Travaux de l’Acad. des Sc., 1821. M. Dug^s distinguishes six, but does not refer them exactly to those of M. Savigny. N. 13. Muller and Fabricius speak of Lumbrici with two setae to each ring, of which Savigny proposes to make his genus Clitellio, ( Lumbricus mini tus, Fab., Faun., Groenl., f. 4), and of others with four and six setae; but their dt scriptions require to be confirmed and completed ere their species can be classed. 142 ANNELIDES. His Hypocjceones have, besides, an azygous seta on the back of each ring. The only species known is from America * * * §. Messrs. Audouin and M. Edwards also distinguish the Trophonice , which have four bundles of short setse on each ring, and on the an- terior extremity a great number of long and brilliant setae which surround the mouth f. NaiSj Lin. The Naides have an elongated body, the rings of which are less dis- tinct than in the Lumbrici. They inhabit holes made by them in the ooze, from which one half of their body projects and is constantly in motion. Black points are observed on the head of some of them, which may be taken for eyes. They are small worms, whose power of reproduction is as astonishing as that of the Hydrae. Several species are found in the rivers, &c. of France. Some of them have long setae J. And sometimes a long proboscis before §. Or several small tentacula at the posterior extremity j|. Others have very short setae Certain Annelides, hitherto referred to the Lumbrici, which con- struct tubes of clay, &c., in which they live, might be approximated to this genus **. Clymena, Sav. The Clymense also appear to belong to this family. Their thick body has but few rings, which are mostly furnished with stout setae ; a little higher, and near the back, is a bundle of finer ones. There are neither tentacula nor appendages to the head. Their posterior extremity is truncated and radiated. They inhabit tubes ff. * Hypogceon hirtum, Sav., Eg., Annel., p. 104. f Trophonia barbata, And., and Edw., Littor., de la France, Annel., pi. x, f. 13—15. X Nats elinguis, Mull., Wurm., II ; — N. littoralis, Id., Zool., Dan., Ixxx. § Nats proboscidea, Id., Wurm., I, 1- — 4, of which Lamarck makes his genus Stylaria. || Na'is digitata, Gm., caeca, Miill., lb., V, the genus Proto, Oken. Nats vermicular is, Gm., Uses., Ill, xciii, 1 — 7 ; — N. serpentina, Id., xciii, Miill., IV, 2 — 4 ; — Lumbricus turbifex, Gm., Bonnet., Vers d’eau douce, III, 9, 10, Miill., Zool. Dan., lxxxiv ; — Lumbricus lineatus, Miill., Wurm., Ill, 4 — 5. ** Lumbricus tubicola, Miill., Zool. Dan., lxxv; — Lumb. sabellaris, lb., civ, 5. M. Lamarck unites them with the Na'is tubifex, and makes it his genus Tubifex ; it requires, however, a new examination. ff Clymena amphistoma, Sav., Eg., Annel., pi i, f. ; — Cl. lumbricalis, Ott. Fabr., Aud. and Edw., Litt., de la France, Annel., pi. x, f. 1 — 6 ; — Cl. Ebiensis, Aud., and Edw., Ib., f. 8 — 12. ABRANCHIATE. 143 FAMILY II. ABRANCHIATE ASETIGERE. The second family consists of two great genera, both of which are aquatic. Hirudo, Lin. Leeches have an oblong, sometimes depressed, transversely plicated body ; the mouth is encircled by a lip, and the posterior extremity furnished with a flattened disk, both of which are well adapted for adhering to bodies by a sort of suction, and are the principal organs of locomotion possessed by these animals; for after extending itself, the Leech fixes its anterior extremity and approximates the other, which in its turn adheres to allow the former to be carried forward, in several we observe on the under part of the body two series of pores, the orifices of as many small internal pouches, considered by some naturalists as organs of respiration, although they are usually filled with a mucous fluid. The intestinal canal is straight, inflated from space to space, for two-thirds of its length, where there are two caeca. The blood swallowed is preserved there, red and unchanged, for several weeks. The ganglions of the nervous cord are much more separate than in the Lumbrici. The Hirudines are hermaphrodites. A large penis projects from under the anterior third of the body, and the valve is a little further behind. Several of them form their eggs into a cocoon, and envelope them with a fibrous excretion*. They have been subdivided from characters principally drawn from the organs of their mouth. In the Sanguisuga, Sav. f Or the Leech properly so called, the superior lip of the anterior cup or sucker is divided into several segments ; the aperture is trans- verse and contains three jaws, each edge of which is armed with two rows of very fine teeth, which enables them to penetrate through the skin without causing a dangerous wound. It is marked with ten small points, considered as eyes. We all know the medicinal or common Leech — Hirudo me - dicinalis , L., that useful instrument for the local abstraction of * Sec Memoires pour servir a V Hist. Nat. des Sangues, by P. Thomas ; a Memoir of Spix, Acad. Bav., 1813 ; and a third of M. Carena, Acad. Turin., t. XXV ; but especially the Systeme dcs Annelid es, Savigny, and the Monographic des Hirudines , Moquin-Tandon, Montpellier, 1826, 4to. See also JEsssai d'une Monographic de la famillc des Hirudinccs, extracted from the Diet, dcs Sc. Nat. by M. de Blainv., Paris, 1827, 8vo., and the article Sangsue of the same work, by Audouin. •f* M. de Blainville changes this name into Jatrobklle. For the various medi- cinal Leeches, see the fig. of Messrs. Carena, Acad. Turin., t. XXV, pi. xi, and Mo- quin-Tandon pi, v. 144 ANNELIDES. blood. It is usually blackish, with yellowish streaks above, and yellowish with black spots beneath. It is found in all stag- nant waters. The Hemopsis, Sav .* * * § Differs from the preceding in the teeth of its jaws, which are few and obtuse. H Lin., Herbst., XI, 14, is common in the Mediterranean; its shell is globular, granulated on the sides and posteriorly ; the front is * Leach Zool. Misc. Ill; Desmar., Consid. f Leucosia cylindrus, Fabr., Herbst., II, 29 — 31. DECAPODA. 179 notched; two teeth on the posterior margin, and two others widely separated on each lateral muscle ; the posterior largest and spiniform, and situated above the origin of the posterior feet. The sea coast of the western departments of France produces some other species, which belong to the genus Ebalia , Leach *. All the remaining ones are from India and America. Some fossil Leucosis are found in the East Indies. Three species have been described by M. Desmarest, two of which, according to him, are true Leucosice , Leach, and which are now living in the same countries, and peculiar to them. Our fifth section, that of the Trigona, is composed of those species whose shell is usually triangular or subovoid, narrowed before into a point or kind of beak, generally uneven and rough, with lateral eyes. The interval comprised between the antennae and the buccal cavity is always nearly square, as long, or almost as long, as broad. The claws, at least those of the males, are always large and elongated. The following feet are very long in a great number, and sometimes the two last even differ in form from the preceding ones. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is always nearly square or hexagonal, in those at least whose feet are of the ordinary length. The apparent number of the caudal segments varies. In both sexes of several it is seven ; in others, however, the males at least, it is less. Several of these Crustacea are designated by the vulgar appellation of Araignees de mer or Sea-spiders. Although the species of this tribe are very numerous, but two have as yet been discovered except in a fossil state, one of which at least — Maia squinado — exists at the present day in a living state, and in the same localities f . A first division will comprehend those whose second and following feet are similar, and which diminish progressively in size. From the latter we will form a first group of all those where the tail, either in both sexes, or in the females alone, is composed of seven segments. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is almost always square, and truncated or notched at the superior internal angle. Very large claws, particularly so when compared with the other feet, which are extremely short, directed horizontally and perpendi- cularly to the axis of the body, as far as the carpus or joint immedi- ately preceding the hand, then reflected anteriorly on themselves with the fingers bent, suddenly forming an angle ; very short ocular pedi- cles, projecting but little, if at all, from their cavities ; a stony and very uneven or spiny shell, designate the Partiienope, Fab. The lateral antennae of some are very short, not exceeding the * Mulac. Brit., xxv. f See De9mar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss. N 2 180 CRUSTACEA. length of the eyes ; the first joint is entirely situated under the oculai cavities. If there are seven segments in the tail of both sexes, we have the genus P arthenope properly so called * * * § of Leach. If that of the males presents but five, it is his genus Lambrus j\ The lateral antennee of the others are sensibly longer than the eyes ; their first joint extends to the superior internal extremity of the cavities peculiar to these latter organs, and appears to be confound- ed with the shell. The post-abdomen is always composed of seven segments. The claws of the females are much shorter than those of the opposite sex. The same naturalist distinguishes these Crustacea generically by the name of Eurynoma. But a single species is known which inhabits the English and French coasts J. All the other Parthenopes, one excepted §, are from the Indian Ocean. In the following ones, the claws always project, and their length, at most, is double that of the body ; their fingers are not suddenly bent into an angle ||. Here the length of the longest feet — the second— barely exceeds that of the shell from the eyes to the origin of the tail. The under part of the tarsi is usually either dentated or spiny, or furnished with a ciliated fringe terminated like a club. We will commence with those whose ocular pedicles are very short, or of a mean length, susceptible of being entirely retracted within their cavities, and whose claws, at least in the males, are considerably thicker than the other feet. Mithrax, Leach. Robust claws ; ends of the fingers like the bowl of a spoon ; stem of the lateral antennee sensibly shorter than the pedicle ; the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes. All the known species are from the American seas^J. Acanthonyx, Latr. A tooth or spiniform projection on the inferior side of the tibiae; under part of the tarsi pilose, and as if pectinated ; superior surface * Parthen. horrida, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., IX, 1 ; Seba, III, xix, 16, 17 ; Herbst , XIV, 88. f Panth. longimana, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., VIII ; — P.giraffa, Fab.; Herbst., XIX, 108, 109 ; — P. lar, Fab. ; — P. mbits, Latr. ; — Cancer contrarins, Herbst., lx, 3. — P. macrocheles, Lat., Herbst., XIX, 107; — Cancer longimanns, L., fem., P. trigonomana, Lat. ; Cancer prensor, Herbst., xli, 3. + Cancer asper, Penn., Brit. Zool., IV ; Eurynoma aspera, Leach, Malac. Brit., XVII. § Parthenope angulifrons , Latr.,Encyc. Method. ; Cancer longimanus, Olivi. || The first joint of the lateral antennae appearing to form part of the shell, has been mistaken by several naturalists, the second having been considered by them as the first. Mithrax spinicinctus, Latr.; Desmar., Consid., p. 150; — Cancer, hispidus, Herbst., XVIII, 100 ; — Cancer aculeatus, Herbst., XIX, 104 ; — C. spinipes, ejusd., XVII, 94. The Iachus hircus, Fab., is perhaps a congener. DECAPODA. 181 of the shell smooth. The tale of the males presents, at most, but six complete segments* * * §. Pisa, Leach. Claws of a mean size, with pointed fingers ; tibiae without any spine beneath, and the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes. As in the preceding subgenera, the lateral antennae are inserted at an equal distance from the fossulae that receive the intermediate ones, and from the ocular cavities, or rather nearer to the latter. These, as in the genus Naxia , Leach f, have two ranges of den- tations on the under part of the tarsi. Those have but a single row of dentations, or a simple fringe of thick claviform cilia, under the same joint. The latter constitute the genus Lissa of that author;*;. Among those which have a range of dentations, the feet some- times gradually diminish in length, as happens in his Pisa§, pro- perly so called, and at others, the third ones, in the males, become abruptly shorter than those which precede them, as in his Chori- nus ||. Pericera, Latr. The Pericerse, though approaching the Pisse in the form and pro- portions of the claws, and the number of their caudal segments, are removed from them, as well as from the other anterior subgenera, by the insertion of their lateral antennae under the snout, and their approximation to the fossulae lodging the intermediate ones, being closer than to those which receive the ocular pedicles ^J. In the two following subgenera the ocular pedicles are short or moderate, as well as in the preceding ones. But the claws, even those of the males, are hardly thicker than the following feet. The tail always consists of seven segments. In the Maia, Leach , The second joint of the lateral antennae seems to arise from the internal canthus of the ocular fossae. The hand and the joint which precedes it are nearly of the same length. The shell is ovoid. This subgenus established by Lamarck, and originally consisting of a great number of species, comprises, at present, according to the method of Dr. Leach, but one, the Cancer squinado, Herbst, XIV, * Maia glabra , Collect, du Mus. d’Hist. Nat.; Maia lunulata , Risso, I, 4; Libinia lunulata , Desmar. ■f* Pisa aurita , Latr., Encyc. Method. — P. monoceros, lb. X Pisa chiragra, Latr., Encyc. Method. ; Desmar., Consid. § Pisa xyphias, Latr., Ib. ; — ejusd., Ib. P. a vies ; — P. barbicomis ; — P. corni- gera; — P. styx ; — P . bicornuta ; — P. trispinosa ; — P. armata, Leach, Malac. Brit.. XVII; Cancer muscosus ? Lin.; — P. tetraodon, Leach, Ib. xx. || Pisa heros , Latr., Encyc. Method. Maia tavrus , Lam. ; Cancer cornudo, Herbst., lix, 6. N.B. The genus Amathia of M. P. Roux, Hist, des Crust, de la Mediterr., &c., liv. I, does not differ from my Pericera — it even appear*' to me to have the same type. The Lithographic plates which accompany this work are distinctly and faithfully executed. 182 CRUSTACEA. 884, 5, lvi; Inachus cornutus , Fab. It is "very common on the coast of France and in the Mediterranean, where it is called Araignee de mer. It is one of the largest of the European Crustacea, and the Maia of the ancient Greeks, figured on some of their coins. They attributed great wisdom to it, and considered it as sensible to the charms of music. Micippe, Leach. The first joint of the lateral antennae curved, dilated at its supe- rior extremity into a transverse and oblique blade, closing the ocular fossae ; the ensuing joint inserted under its superior margin. The shell, viewed from above, appears widely truncated before; its an- terior extremity is inclined, and terminates in a sort of clypeus or dentated rostrum *. The Stenocionops, Leach, Is distinguished from all other subgenera of this tribe by long and slender ocular pedicles which protrude from their fossulaef There the under surface of the feet presents neither ranges of den- tations nor claviform cilia. Those of the first pairs, at least, are one half longer than the shell, and frequently much longer. The body is usually more abbreviated than in the preceding subgenera, being either nearly globular, or formed like a shortened egg. A species of this tribe, — Maia retuja , Coll, du Jard. du Roi, whose shell is woolly and forms a truncated ovoid, or is obtuse anteriorly ; whose strongly curved elongated ocular pedicles are received into fossulae situated under the lateral margin of the shell ; whose carpus is elongated as in Maia ; — presents another character which exclusively distinguishes it, viz. the length of the feet seems to augment progressively from the second pair on- wards, or at least to differ but little. It is the type of the genus Camposcia, Leach. In the others, as usual, the length of the feet progressively di- minishes from the second pair to the last. In some of them, the ocular pedicles, although much shorter than in the Stenocionops, are always salient, and the third joint of the pedicle of their lateral antennae is as long, or even larger, than the preceding one, the antennae themselves terminating in a long seta- ceous stem. The approach the Micippes ; such is the Halimus, Latr.\ In those which constitute the two following sub-genera, the ocular * Cancer cristatus, L. ; Rumph., Mus., VIII, 1, the male. — Cancer phylira, Herbst. lviii, 4 ; Desmar. Consider., XX, 2. d* Cancer cervicornis, Herbst., lviii, 2, from the Isle of France. M. Desmarest was mistaken in citing, as the type, Consid. Gen. sur les Crust., p. 153, the Maia taurus, Lamarck. X Two species, one of which appears to be allied to the Cancer super ciliosus, L. ; Herbst, XIV, 89. decapoda. 183 pedicles are susceptible of being entirely retracted within their fos- sulae, and are protected posteriorly by a dentiform projection, or angle, of the lateral edges of the shell. The second joint of the pe- duncle of the lateral antennae is much larger than the following one ; they are terminated by a very short stem resembling an elongated stylet. Hyas, Leach. Lateral edges of the shell dilated behind the ocular cavities, which are large and oval ; external side of the second joint of the lateral antennae compressed and carinated ; ocular pedicles, when erected, entirely exposed. The body is sub-ovoid*. In the Libinia, Leach , The ocular fossulae are very small and nearly orbicular, and the ocular pedicles are very short, and but very slightly exertile. The second joint of the lateral antennae is cylindrical, and not compressed, or but very slightly so. The body is nearly globular, or triangular. We will unite the Doclcea and the Egeria of Leach to his Li- BJLNIiE, In his Libiniae, properly so called f, the claws of the males are thicker than the two following feet, and almost as long. The length of the longest does not exceed twice that of the shell. The claws of the male Doclaea l are much shorter than the two following feet. The length of the latter is hardly more than once and a half that of the shell, which is nearly globular and always co- vered with a brown or blackish down. In the Egeriae § the claws are filiform, and the hands much elon- gated and almost linear. The following feet are five or six times longer than the shell. The body is triangular. Having reviewed all the sub-genera of this tribe in which the feet subsequent to the claws are of a similar form, and in which the tail, of the females at least, and most generally in both sexes, is composed of seven complete joints or segments, we now pass to those in which it never consists of more than six. The feet are usually long and filiform, as in the last sub-genera. With the exception of the Lep- topi, these Crustacea are almost removed from the preceding by the form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. It is proportm"iiap narrower, and contracted at base, and the ensuing joint -pears ^ be inserted at the middle of its superior margin, or - ' The following sub-genus differs from those ^cceed to it in ‘heuilofth.^.es where we only fin. MlZ of the third joint of the external fo-; jaws s t0 me the same as in the preceding sub-genera. M Leach, Malac. Brit., XXI, A; Herbst., XVII. 59;— .j. j ... uta, Leach, lb., xxi, B. __ - .. oinia canaliculata , Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. vol. I, p. 77, iv, l; ■■k. emarginata , Leach, Zool. Misc., cviii. J Doclcea Rissonnii , Leach, Zool. Misc. lxxiv. The Inachus ovis and the T. hybrid us, Fab., should be referred to it. § Egeria indica, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxiii; Inachus spini/er, Fab. 184 CRUSTACEA. Leptopus, Lam . Tail of the females composed of hut five segments; the body con- vex and feet very long. But a single species is known which is part of the collection of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, where it is called Maia longipes. Doctor Leach proposed to designate this genus by the name of Ste- nopus, a denomination we have not adopted, inasmuch as it is al- ready appropriated to another. That of Leptopus, Lam., is composed of several species, which, the above mentioned one excepted, accord- ing to the characters here given, must be excluded from it. If we except some species of Hymenosomae in which the tail pre- sents but four, or at most five, distinct segments, that part of the body consists of six in all the following sub-genera, either in both sexes, or in the males. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is sometimes in the form of an inverted triangle, or of a posteriorly narrowed oval, and sometimes in that of a heart. The ensuing joint is inserted in the middle of its superior margin, or rather more out- wards than inwards. Some of them, such as the three following sub-genera, approach those of which we have just spoken by the almost isometrical, or at least transversal form of the epistoma. The base of the intermediate antennae is but a short distance from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. One of these sub-genera is distinguished from the others by the flatness of the shell, and by the superior extremity of the first joint (free in several) of the lateral antennae, which does not extend be- yond that of the ocular pedicles. Such is the. Hymenosoma, Leach. The shell is triangular or orbicular *. The species are generally small and peculiar to the Indian Ocean and coast of Australia. The number of caudal segments varies, but never extends beyond six. In the two following sub-genera, the shell is more or less convex, always triangular and terminated before in a rostrum. The first 'jmt of the lateral antennae, always fixed, forms a ridge or salient line bevween f08811!06 °f intermediate antennae and that of the eyes and wi^ is prolonged beyond the end of the ocular pedicles. In the Inachus, Fab., The tail is always composed Cl six segments; all the tarsi are nearly straight, or but slightly arcuac-f^ >. °cular pedicles are smooth, susceptible of being concealed wixil111 ™eir f088^06? anc^ there is a tooth or spine, at least in the males, at the pj'stemor extremity of the latter cavities. Doctor Leach has considerably Aenuced the original extent of this group ]. * Hymenosoma orbicularis , Desmar., Consid., xxvi, 1. + Cancer dodecos ? L. ; Inachus scorpio , Fab. ; — Inachus Dorsettensis, Leach, Ma- lac. Brit., xxii, A ; — Inachus phalangium, Fab. ; Inachus dorynchus, Leach, lb., DECAPODA. 185 Acileus, Leach. Six segments in the tail, but the four posterior tarsi are arcuated or falciform ; the ocular pedicles are always salient and present a tubercle anteriorly * * * * §. Next come those in which the epistoma is longer than it is broad, shaped like an elongated triangle truncated at the apex, and in which the origin of the mediate antennae is separated by a considerable space from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. The ocular pedicles are always salient when the head is triangular and termi- nated in a point more or less bifid or entire. Stenorhynchus, Lam. — Macropodia, Leach. Six caudal segments in both sexes ; anterior extremity of the shell bifidf. Leptopodia, Leach. Five segments in the tail of the male ; one more in that of the fe- male. The shell is prolonged anteriorly into a long, entire, and dentated point The latter Trigona differ from the preceding in the dissimilitude of their posterior feet. Pactolus, Leach. The four or six anterior feet simple, or without forceps. The in- ternal extremity of the penultimate joint of the four posterior ones is prolonged into a tooth, forming with the last joint a forceps or didactyle hand. The form of the shell is that of the Leptopodiee, and the tail presents the same number of segments : but the feet are much shorter ; those of the third pair were wanting in the individual which served as the type of this section §. Lithodes, LaU The Lithodes, as to the form of the first eight pairs of feet, re- semble the other Trigona; their length, however, seems progressively to increase from the second to the fourth, but the two last are very small, bent, but slightly visible, beardless, and apparently useless. The tail is membranous with three crustaceous and transverse spaces on the sides, and another on the end, representing the segmentary divisions. The eyes are approximated inferiorly. - The external foot-jaws are elongated and salient, and the shell is triangular, ex- xxii, 7, S; — Inachus leptorinchus, ejusd., Ib., xxii, B; Cancer tribulus, L. ? Near the Inaclii comes a new genus lately established by M. Guerin, called Eurypode, minutely described and carefully figured, Mem. du Mus. d’His., Nat. XVI. It ap- proaches that of Inachus, but the ocular pedicles are always salient; the post-abdo- men is composed of seven completely separate segments in both sexes, and the penultimate joint of the feet, or the inetarsus, is inferiorly dilated and compressed. * Achacus Crnncliii , Leach, Malac. Brit., xxi, C. •f* Macropodia tenuirostris, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiii, l — 5; Inachus longirostris ? Fab.; Macrop. phalanguim, Leach, Ib., xxiii, 6. X I nuchus Sagittarius, Fab.; Leach, Zool. Misc., lxvii. § Pactolus Boscii, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxviii. 186 CRUSTACEA. tremely spinous, and terminated anteriorly by a dentated point. These Crustacea are peculiar to the Arctic Seas *. Our sixth section, that of the Cryptopoda f consists of Brachyura remarkable for a vaulted projection of the posterior extremities of their shell, under which their feet, the two anterior or the claws excepted, can be completely retracted and concealed. The shell is nearly semi- circular or triangular. The superior edge of the forceps is more or less elevated and notched in the manner of a crest. In those species where they are largest, they cover the anterior part of their body, and hence the name of Coq de mer (Sea Cock), and Crabe honteux (Bashful Crab), which have been given to some of them. One sub- genus of this section, that of JEthra being closely allied, by other cha- racters with the Parthenopes of Fabricius, the first sub-genus of the preceding section, it follows, in a natural order, the Cryptopoda should be placed between the Orbiculata and the Trigona. Calappa, Fabr. An extremely convex shell ; the forceps triangular, strongly com- pressed, dentated superiorly like a crest, and perpendicularly cover- ing the anterior part of the body, during the contraction of the feet. The third joint of the external foot -jaws is terminated like a hook, and the superior extremity of the buccal cavity is contracted and divided longitudinally into two cells by a septum. In most of them, the two posterior and lateral dilatations of the shell are incised and dentated. One species, the Calappe migrane , — Cancer granulatus , L. ; Calappa granulata, Fab.; Herbst., XIII, 75, 76, vulgarly styled Coq de mer and Crabe honteux, is found in the Mediterranean. The shell is reddish and marked with two deep sulci, and un- equal tubercles of a carmine red. That portion of the lateral margin which precedes the posterior dilatations, is at first nearly entire, and terminates by four very short teeth, the two first being most strongly marked ; those of the edges of the dilatations are large, and six in number, two on the posterior margin, and the others lateral. There are two others on the front. The forceps are also furnished with red tubercles, and their crest is formed by seven teeth, the superior of which are acute J. * Cancer maja , L. ; Parthenope maja, Fab. ; Inachus maja, Id. ; Lithodes arc- tica, Leacb, Malac. Brit., xxiv. See also tbe Maja camptschensis, Tiles., Mem. Acad. St. Fetersb. 1812, V, VI. + Several of the Arcuata, such as the Hepati, Mursiae, Matutae, among the swimmers, have a crested forceps, and seem to be naturally allied to the Crypto- poda, so that this section should be placed higher in the scale. The same observa- tion applies to the last one, or that of the Notopoda, for some of them approach the Arcuata, and others the Orbiculata and the Trigona. + In this division come the following species of Fabricius : C. tuberculata, Herbst., XIII, 78; Iviii, 1 ? — C. lophos , Herbst., XIII, 77; — C. cristatus, Herbst.; xl,. 3; — C. marmoratus, Herbst., xl, 2. — The Guaja apara , Pison and Marcgr., should probably be referred to this species, and, according to the citation of Barere, is the Crabe des paletuviers of the colonists of Cayenne. The Cancer hepaticus of Linnaeus is also a Calappa. DECAPODA. 187 The others, such as the C. voute — Cancer calappa, L. ; Ca- lappa foi'nicata, Fab. ; Herbst., XII, 73, 74, have the marginal dilatations of the shell entire. This species inhabits the seas in the vicinity of Australia and the Moluccas. TEthr a, Leach . The iEthrse differ from the Calappae in their very flat shell, in their forceps, which are not raised perpendicularly, and which do not overshadow the forepart of their body, and in the almost square form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. Sometimes* the shell is a transversal oval, and at othersf forms a short and very wide triangle laterally dilated and rounded. The claws are but slightly elongated, and are tolerably thick; here they are longer, angular, and remind us, as does also the form of the shell, of the Parthenopes. These latter species might constitute a separate subgenus. Finally, our last and seventh division, that of the Notopoda, con- sists of Brachyura, whose last four or two feet are inserted above the level of the others, or which appear to be dorsal and look upwards. In those where they terminate by a sharp hook, they are usually employed by the animal in seizing various bodies, such as shells, Alcyonii, &c., with which it covers itself. The tail consists of seven segments in both sexes. The tail of some of them, as in other Brachyura, is folded under, and their feet terminate in a sharp hook and are not fitted for natation. Here the shell is nearly square, and terminates anteriorly in an advancing and dentated point, or it is sub-ovoid or truncated before. In the Homola, Leach , The eyes are supported by long pedicles closely approximated at the base, and inserted under the middle of the front. The two posterior feet are alone turned up. The claws are larger in the males than in the females. The shell is extremely spinous, with a dentated projection on the middle of the front. The superior foot-jaws are elongated and salient. These Crustacea inhabit the Mediterranean, and were designated by Aldrovandus under the name of Hippocarcini ; they are the Thel~ xiupes of Rafinesque. Some of the species attain a great size J. Dorippe, Fab. The eyes widely separated and placed at the anterior and lateral angles of the shell ; the four posterior feet turned up ; the claw's short * JEthra depressu , Lam., Hist, des Anim. sans'Verteb. ; Cancel' scruposus , L. ; Cancer polynome, Ilerbst., liii, 4, 5; Desmar., Consul., X, 2. •f* Parthenopc fornicuta, Fab. X Homola spinifrons , Leach, Zool. Misc., lxxxviii ; Cancer spini/rons , Fab. See the article Homole, Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. Ed. II, and Desmar., Consider., XVIII, l. The Dorippe Cuvieri , Risso, belongs to this subgenus. 188 CRUSTACEA. in both sexes ; the shell ovoid, widely truncated, without any projec- tion like a rostrum, and flattened. As remarked by Desmarest, we may observe on each side and above the origin of the claws, an oblique fissure resembling a button- hole, longitudinally intersected by a diaphragm, ciliated, like itself, on the margin that communicates with the branchiae, and affording an issue to the water that bathes them. Three species are found in the Mediterranean* ; the others inhabit Oriental seas, and one of them D. quadridens , Fabr., Herbst., X, 70? is also obtained there in a fossil state. There, the shell is sometimes nearly orbicular, or globular, and sometimes arcuated anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly, and dentated or spinous on the sides. The eyes are situated near the middle of the front, and placed on short pedicles. Dromia, Fab . The four posterior feet inserted in the back, and terminated by a double hook ; the shell suborbicular or nearly globular, convex and woolly, or very hairy. With their hind feet they seize upon Alcyonii, shells, and other bodies, beneath which they shelter themselves, transporting them wherever they go. The most common species, — Cancer dormia , L. Rumph., Mus., XI, 1 ; Herbst., XVIII, 103, is found in every sea, that of the North excepted, It is covered with a brown down, and has five teeth on each lateral margin and three in front. The fingers are stout, deeply dentated on the two edges, and partly rose- coloured. Some authors say that it is venomous. The Death’s Head , — Cancer caput mortuum , L. ; Dormia, clypeata , Act. Hafn., 1802, is smaller, more convex, almost globular, with three teeth on each side in its anterior margin, and has a short front, emarginate in the middle and laterally sinuous. It is found on the coast of Barbary f. Dynomene, Lat. The two posterior feet much smaller than the others, alone dorsal, and apparently unarmed ; the shell widened, and nearly resembling a reversed heart truncated posteriorly, like that of the last Quadri- latera, and simply pubescent. The ocular pedicles' are longer than those of the Dromiae. But a single species, the Dynomene hispide , Desmar., Consid., XVIII, 2, is known ; it is found at the Isle of France. The last Notopoda differ from the preceding in the feet, all of which except the claws, terminate in a fin, and from all the Brachy- ura in the extension of their tail. Such is the * Borippe lanata j Cancer lanatus , L. ; Desmar., Consider., XVII, 2; — D. affinis, Id.; Herbst., XI, 67; — Cancer rnascarone, Herbst., XI, 68. f For tbe other species see Desmar., Consid. Cen. sur la Classe dcs Crust., p. 136, et seq. DECAPODA. 189 Ranina, Lam., In which the elongated shell is gradually narrowed from before backwards, and usually resembles a reversed triangle with a den- tated base. The ocular pedicles are extended, and the lateral an- tennae long and projecting. The external foot-jaws are similarly lengthened and narrow, and the extremity of the third joint is com- pressed into a point. All the feet are closely approximated, or almost contiguous at their origin, and from the fourth pair ascend towards the back ; the two last, however, are alone on it. The for- ceps are compressed, have the figure of a reversed triangle, and are dentated ; the fingers are suddenly flexed. These Crustacea are closely allied to the Albunese of Fabricius, the first sub-genus of the following family, and thus form the passage from the Brachyura to the Macroura. From the approximation of the feet it is even probable that the genital orifices of the female are situated as in the Macroura. According to Rumphius, they not only leave the water, but even climb to the tops of houses ; from the form of their feet, however, this appears impossible, or at least very improbable. A fossil species was described by Aldrovandus, which the Abbe Ranzani and M. Desmarest have since made better known *. FAMILY II. MACROURA. — Exochnata, Fab. In the Decapoda Macroura, the end of the tail is provided with appendagesf which most frequently form a fin on each side ; the tail itself is at least as long as the body, extended, exposed and simply * Ranina Aldrovandi, Ranz., Mem. di Stor. Nat. ; Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., VI, xi, 1. The fig. x, 5, 6, appears to us to belong to a Hippa rather than to a Ranina ; — Ranina serrata, Lam. ; Cancer raninus, L; Albunea scabra, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., YIT, T. V. ; — Ranina dorsipes, Lam.; Albunea dorsipes , Fab.; Rumph., Mus., X, 3; Desmar., Consider., XIX, 2. The genus Symethis, Fab., is unknown to us, but we presume it is allied to the Raminse, or the first subgenera of the subsequent family. ■f* These appendages consist of three pieces, one of which serves as a base or pedicle to the others, and is articulated with the penultimate segment ; the latter, in conjunction with them, usually forms a fan-like fin ; but in the last subgenera of this family these appendages are replaced by setaceous filaments. The false feet under the tail are similar in their structure to these natatory appendages. In the first subgenera they frequently do not exceed three or four pairs, and are smaller, or even null in the males, the two anterior ones always excepted ; the Pagura, as it appears to me, only have them on one side : the terminal pieces are often un- equal. In the succeeding ones, however, these feet are longer, and always form five pairs, the ova attached to them ; and they are used by the animal in swimming. We observe that in the Macroura, where they are fewer in number, or less de- veloped as in those which we term the Anomala, the peduncle of the intermediate antennae is longer in proportion than in the others, and that the two or four last four feet are smaller. These Crustacea, in sdme respects, seem also allied to the Brachyura. 190 CRUSTACEA. curved towards its posterior extremity. Its under surface usually presents in both sexes five pairs of false feet, each terminated by two laminae, or as many filaments. This tail is always composed of seven distinct segments. The genital orifices of the females are on the first joint of the third pair of feet. The branchiae are formed of vesicular, bearded and hairy pyramids, arranged in several of them either in two rows, or in separate fasciculi. The antennae are generally elongated and salient. The ocular pedicles are usually short. The external foot-jaws are mostly narrow and elongated, resembling palpi, and do not wholly cover the other parts of the mouth. The shell is narrower and more elongated than that of the Brachyura, and usually terminates by a point in the middle of the front. For more minute details we refer the reader to the precited memoir of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards. These gentlemen have observed a character in the Lobster, — Astacus marinus , Fab. — which, if it applied to the other Macroura, would be decisive ; it is, that besides the two venous sinuses of which we have spoken in our general observations upon the order, there is a third, situated in the sternal canal between the two preceding ones, and extending from one end of the thorax to the other. This curious arrangement, according to them, establishes a connexion between the venous system of the Macroura, and that of the Stomapoda. The Macroura never quit the water, and, with the exception of a small number, are all marine Crustacea. In imitation of Dee Geer and Gronovius, we will arrange them in a single genus *, that of Astacus, which we divide in the following manner : Some, by the proportions, figure, and uses of their feet, of which the first, or at least the second pair, are in the form of claws, and by the subcaudal situation of their ova, evidently approach the preceding Crustacea, and approximate still more closely to those commonly known by the names of Craw-jish , Lobster , and Shrimp. The feet of the others are very slender, and are furnished with an exterior and elongated appendage or branch, which seems to double their number. They are exclusively adapted for natation, and none of them terminates in a forceps. The ova are situated between them, and not under the tail. We will subdivide the former into four sections; the Anomala, the Locusts, the Astacina, and the Carides. The latter will compose the fifth and last sections of this family, and of the Decapoda, or that of the Schizopoda. In the first, or the Anomala, the two or four last feet are always * The sections which we are about to describe might form so many generic divi- sions, having for their basis the genera of Fabricius. DECAPODA. 191 much smaller than the preceding ones. The under part of the tail is never furnished with more than four pair of appendages or false feet * The lateral fins of the end of the tail, or the pieces which represent them, are thrown on the side and do not form with the last segment a flabelliform fin. The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the Ma- croura belonging to the following sections. Here (the Hippides , Latr.), all the superior teguments are solid. The two anterior feet sometimes terminated in a monodactyle hand, or one without a finger, in the manner of a palette, and sometimes in a point; the six or four following ones end in a fin; the two last are filiform, reflexed, and situated at the inferior origin of the tail. The latter becomes suddenly narrowed immediately after the first segment, which is short and broad ; the last is in the form of an elongated triangle, and the lateral appendages of the penultimate in that of curved fins. There are four pairs of sub-caudal appendages, composed of a very slender and filiform stem. The antennse are very pilose or strongly ciliated ; the lateral first incline to the intermediate, and are then arcuated or contorted outwards. Albunea, Fabr. The two anterior feet, terminated by a very compressed triangular, monodactyle hand ; the last joint of the following ones falciform. The lateral antennse are short, and the intermediate ones are termi- nated by a single long and setaceous filament. The ocular pedicles occupy the middle of the front, and form, together, a sort of flat trian- gular snout, with the external sides arcuated. The shell is almost plane, and nearly square ; the posterior angles are rounded, and their anterior margin finely dentated. The only well known species, Cancer symnista, L, ; Albunea symnista* Fabr.. Herbst., XXII, 2 ; Desmar., Consider., xxix., 3, inhabits the Indian Ocean f , If the Cancer carabus of Linnseus belong to the same subgenus, a species would be found in the Mediterranean. Hippa, Fab. — Emerita, Gronov. The two anterior feet terminated by a strongly compressed, nearly ovoid and adactyle hand : the lateral antennse much shorter than the intermediate, and contorted ; the latter terminated by two short, obtuse filaments placed one on the other ; the ocular pedicles long and filiform, and the third joint of the foot-jaws very large and * With the exception of the two that are anterior, these appendages in the males are mere rudiments, or are even wanting, a character common' to the Galathefe Scyllari, and Palinuri. We should also observe that in these three subgenera the caudal fins are thinner or almost membranous at their posterior extremity. In this section, as well as in the Galathcce, the thoracic portion to which the two posterior feet are attached forms a sort of petiole, so that these feet seem to be annexed to the tail. M. Desmarest hesitatingly places the genus Posydon of Fabricius, who speaks of two species, near the Albuneae ; but according to the latter the anterior antennse are bifid, a character which does not belong to the Albunea;. Owing to the imper- fect manner in which he describes this genus, we are not able to recognize it, or to appreciate its affinities. 192 CRUSTACEA. laminiform, emarginated at tlie end and covering the ensuing joints. The shell is nearly ovoid, convex, and truncated at both ends. The last joint of the second feet and of the two following pairs is triangular, hut approaching, in the latter at least, to the form of a crescent ; the two last of the fourth pair are turned up, and laid on the two preceding ones ; the first segment of the tail is marked with two impressed and transverse lines * Remipes, Lat. The two anterior feet elongated, the last joint conical, compressed, and hairy ; the four antennae closely approximated, very short, and nearly of an equal length, the intermediate ones terminated by two filaments ; ocular pedicles extremely short and cylindrical ; external foot-jaws in the form of small claws, thinned and arcuated at the end, and terminated by a stout hook. The shell is shaped like that of the Hippae. The last joint of the second and third feet forms a triangular blade, with an emargination in its external side; the same joint of the fourth is triangular, narrow, and elongated. As in the Hippae, the first caudal segment presents two impressed and transverse lines. Two species are known; one from the Australian Sea f, and the other from the Antilles, and the coast of Brazil. There (the Pagurii, Latr.), the teguments are somewhat erus- taceous, and the tail is most commonly soft, contorted, and in the form of a sac. The two anterior feet terminated in a didactyle hand, the four following ones in a point, and the four posterior, which are shorter, in a sort of forceps or little didactyle hand. The first joint of the peduncle of the lateral antennse presents a pointed or spiniform appendage or projection. These Crustacea, termed Carcinion by the Greeks, and Cancelli by the Latins, usually inhabit empty univalve shells. Their tail, that of the Birgi excepted, presents but three false feet, (in the females only), situated on one of the sides, each of which is divided into two filiform and hairy branches. The three last segments are suddenly narrowed. In some of them, such as the Birgus, Leach , The tail is tolerably solid, suborbicular, and is furnished beneath with two rows of laminiform appendages. The fourth feet are but a little smaller than the two preceding ones ; the two last are folded and concealed, their extremities being received into a depression at the bottom of the thorax ; the fingers at the extremity, as well as those of the penultimate pair, are hairy or spinous. The claws excepted, all the feet are visibly separated at their origin. The thorax has the figure of a reversed heart, and is pointed anteriorly. * Hippa adactyla, Fab. ; H. emeritus. Id. ; Cancer emeritus , L. ; Emerita , Gro- nov., Zoop., xvii, 8, 9; Herbst., xxii, 3 ; Desmar., Consider., xxix, 2, in the seas of both Indies. p Remipes testudinarius , Latr. ; Desmar., Consid., xxix, 1 ; Cuv., R&gne Animal, IV, xii, 2. DECAPODA. 193 It appears that from their size, the form of their tail, and the more solid consistence of their teguments, the Birgi are unable to shelter themselves in shells. They must retreat to holes, or fissures in the rocks. The best known species, Cancer latro, L., Herbst. XXIV ; Rumph., Mus., IV ; Seba, Thes., Ill, xxi, 1, 2, according to the Indians, feeds on cocoa-nuts, which it obtains during its nocturnal excursions for that purpose *. In the others, or the Pagurus, Fab., The last four feet are much shorter than the preceding ones, and the forceps are covered with granules. The tail is soft, long, cylin- drical, narrowed near the extremity, and has usually but a single row of filiform oviperous appendages. The thorax is ovoid or oblong. With the exception of some species domiciliated in sponges, Ser- pulae and Alcyonii, they all inhabit univalve shells, whose aperture they close with their anterior claws, and most frequently with one of their fingers, which is usually larger than the other. It is asserted that the female spawns twice or thrice in the year. Some species, Casnobita, Latr. ; distinguished from the others by their projecting antennae, of which the mediate are nearly as long as the external or lateral, and are furnished with elongated filaments, whose thorax is ovoido-conical, narrow, elongated, strongly com- pressed on the side, with the anterior cephalic portion shaped like a heart, establish their domicile in terrestrial shells on rocks near the sea, whence at the approach of danger, they roll down with them f . The true Paguri — Pagurus, Latr., — on the contrary, have the me- diate antennae curved, much shorter than the lateral ones, with the two filaments short, the superior forming an elongated or subulated cone ; the anterior division of the thorax is square, or forms a reversed and curvilinear triangle. They inhabit marine shells. The Hermit , — Cancer Bernhardus , L., Herbst., XXII, 6 ; Pa- gurus streblonyx , Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI, 1 — 4, — is of a mean size. Its two claws are bristled with spines, with the forceps almost in the shape of a heart, the right one being the largest. The last joints of the ensuing feet are also spinous. It is very common in European seas. A second but fossil species, the Pagure de Faujas , — Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., XI, 2, — is closely allied to it. A third species, the Pagurus angulatus , Risso, Crust, de Nice, I, 8; Desmar., Consider., XXX, 1, is remarkable for its forceps, * Pagurus laticauda , Cuv. R/’gn., Anim., IV, xii, 2; Desmar., Consider, p. 180, from the Isle of France. Very curious facts relating to the anatomy of the preceding species have been published by M. Gcoffroy Saint-Hilaire, from which however we do not draw similar conclusions, t Pagurus clypcatus, Fab.; Herbst., xii, 2. vol. ii r. o 194 CRUSTACEA. which are strongly sulcated with longitudinal ridges. The right one is the largest *. A fourth from the same sea is removed from the preceding by several characters, and merits the distinction of forming a separate subgenus, the Prophylax, Latr. The tail, with the exception of the superior surface of the three last segments, instead of being soft and arcuated, and having but a single range of oviferous filaments, is covered with a coriaceous tegument, is straight, and is only curved beneath at its extremity ; its inferior surface presents a groove and two rows of false feet. The body also is linear, and the two lateral appendages of the end of the tail are almost equal, the larger divi- sion being foliaceous and ciliated. The last four feet are slightly granulated at their extremity, and appear to be terminated by a sin- gle finger, or at least are not distinctly bifid. Perhaps we should refer to this division those Paguri which inhabit the Serpulae, and Alcyonii, such as the Pagurus tubular ius , Fab. In all the following Macroura, the two posterior feet at most are smaller than the preceding ones. Most generally the sub-caudal false feet form five pairs, The teguments are always crustaceous. The lateral fins of the penultimate segment of the tail, and its last, form a common one arranged like a fan. The two subsequent sections possess a common character, which separates them from the fourth or that of the Carides. The antennee are inserted at the same height, or on a level ; the peduncle of the lateral ones, when accompanied by a scale, is never entirely covered by it. There are frequently but four pairs of sub-caudal false feet. The two mediate antennae are always terminated by two filaments only, usually shorter than their peduncle, or scarcely any longer. The external leaflet of the natatory appendages of the penultimate segment of the tail is never divided by transverse suture. In our second section, or the Locus tae, so called from the name Locusta given by the Latins to the most remarkable Crustacea, of this division, and from which is derived that of Langouste , applied to them in France, there are never more than four pairs of false feet. The posterior extremity of the fin that terminates the tail is always nearly membranous, or less solid than the rest. The peduncle of the mediate antennae is always longer than the two terminal filaments, and more or less bent or geniculate ; the lateral ones are never fur- nished with scales ; sometimes they are reduced to a single peduncle which is dilated, very flat, and in the form of a crest ; sometimes they are large and long, terminating in a point and bristled with spines. All the feet are nearly similar and end in a point ; the two first are merely somewhat larger ; their penultimate joint and that of the two last are at most unidentated, but without forming with the last a per- * For the other species see the article Pagure, Encyc. Method. ; the Atlas d’Hist. Nat., of the same work; Desmarest, Consider. Gener. sur la Classe des Crust. ; the plates of the Voy. de Freyeinet. We should observe that in the figure of the Cancer megistos, Herbst., LXI, r, the tail is false; this arises from the fact that the tail was wanting in the individual from which the drawing was made, the artist supplying it by copying the fin-tail of an ordinary Macroura. DECAPODA. 195 fectly diclactyle hand. The pectoral space included between the feet is triangular ; the thorax is almost square or sub-cylindrical, and with- out any frontal prolongation or rostrum. Scyllarus, Fab. The Scyllari, or Sea- Grasshoppers as they are called, present a very usual character in the form of their lateral antennse; the stem is wanting and the joints of the peduncle, very much dilated trans- versely, form a large, flattened, horizontal crest more or less den- dated. The external branch of the sub-caudal appendages is terminated by a leaflet ; but the internal one, in some of the males, is a mere tooth. Doctor Leach has established three genera of them, founded on the proportions and form of the thorax, the position of the eyes, and some other parts. They are, 1. Scyllarus, where the thorax is as long as it is broad or longer, and without any laternal incisure, the eyes always situated near its anterior angles ; the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet uni- dentated in the females. They excavate holes in the clayey soil near the shore, which serve them for habitations. In one of them the Scyllare ours ; Cancer arcius , L. ; Cigale de mer , Rondel., liv. XIII, chap, VI; Herbst., XXX, 6, the external or lateral antennse are muchdentated. The thorax is marked with three longitudinal and dentated ridges, and the superior surface of the tail sculptured , but its lateral margin not crenulated. The other, Scyllarus cequinoxialis, Fab.; Scyllarus orientalis , Risso; Squille large, or the Orchetta , Rondel. ; Gesn., Hist, des Anim., Ill, p. 1097, is large, shagreened, and without ridges. The crests are edentated, and the margin of the segments of the tail crenulated. Its flesh is highly esteemed, and the ova are of a vivid red. 2. Thenus, where the fore part of the thorax is broader than it is long, each lateral margin deeply incised, and the eyes are placed at its anterior angles*. 3. Ibacus, only differing from Thenus in the position of the eyes, which are approximated to the origin of the intermediate antennae. In an Australian species, Ibacus Pronii , Leach, Zool. Miscel., CXIX; Desmar., Consul., XXX, 12, the exterior lateral margin of the third joint of the external foot-jaws is transversely striated, and notched in the manner of a crest j\ In the * Thenus indicus , Leach; Scyllarus orientalis , Fab.; Humph., Mus., II, D.; Herbst., XXX, l ; Encyc., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXIV ; Desmar., Consid., XXXI, 1. f Add Scyllarus anlarcticus ; Fabr., Ilerbst., xxx, 2 ; Rumph., Mus., II, D. See the article Scyllare , Encyc. Methodique, o 2 196 CRUSTACEA. Palinurus, Fab. The lateral antennae are large, setaceous, and bristled with spines. Of these Crustacea, called Carabos by the Greeks, and Locusta by the Latins, and on which Aristotle made several important observa- tions, some attain a length of nearly two metres, the antennae in- cluded. The species found in European seas remain in deep water during the winter, and only visit the coast on the return of spring. Rocky localities are its favourite haunts. It subsequently deposits its ova, which are of a beautiful red colour, whence their name of Coral. At this period more males are taken than females, while after the spawning season the latter are most abundant. According to Risso a second copulation, followed by another production of ova, takes place in the month of August. The Palinuri are disseminated throughout all the seas of the temperate and intertropical zones, but are particularly abundant in the latter. Their shell is rough, covered with prickles, and armed in front with stout, projecting, and more or less numerous spines or teeth. Its colour, as also that of the tail, consists of an agreeable mixture of red, green, and yellow. The tail frequently presents transverse bands or spots, sometimes ocellated, arranged in regular series. Their flesh, that of the females particu- larly, before and after the spawning season, is highly esteemed. In the species taken on the coast of France, and probably in others, the extremity of the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet of the female is provided with a tooth or spur peculiar to the sex. The same observation applies to the Scyllari. Palinurus quadricornis , Fab.; Astacus elephas , Herbst., xxix, 1 ; Leach, Malac. Brit., xxx, or the Langouste commune of the French, is sometimes half a metre in length, and when loaded with ova weighs from twelve to fourteen pounds. The shell is spinous and downy, with two stout teeth notched beneath be- fore the eyes. The superior surface of the body is of a greenish or reddish brown; the tail is spotted and dotted with yellowish, and its segments are marked by a transverse sulcus interrupted in the middle, its lateral edges forming a dentated angle. The feet are picked in with red and yellowish. It inhabits the coasts of France, that of the Mediterranean in particular. It is found fossil in Italy *. The third section, that of the Astacini, Latr., is distinguished from the preceding by the form of the two anterior feet, and fre- * M. Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., p. 132, speaks of two other fossil species, the second of which, however, may probably belong to the subgenus As- taceous properly so called, and approach the A. nonvegicus of Fabricius. For the other living species, see Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., t. Ill, p. 391, et seq. ; the article Palinure, Encyc. Mdthod., and its Atlas d’Hist. Nat. ; that of Langouste, Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the same in the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea. As respects the nervous system of the species that inhabits the French coast, see Audouin and Edwards, op. cit. ; according to them, ail the thoracic gan- glions are as if soldered together, end to end. DECAPODA. 197 quently by that of the two following pairs, which terminate in a forceps with two blades, or a didactyle hand. In some, the last two, or four, are much smaller than those which precede them, therein approaching the Anomala ; but the fan-like fin of the extremity of their tail and other characters remove them from that section. The thorax is narrow anteriorly, and the front projects in a pointed snout or rostrum. Some of them, — Galathadece, Leach, as well as the preceding Ma- croura, have four pairs of false feet ; the mediate antennee flexed like an' elbow, with the two filaments representing the stem, are mani- festly shorter than their peduncle. That of the lateral antennae is never provided with a lamina in the form of a scale. The two ante- rior feet alone terminate in a didactyle hand, which is frequently much flattened. The last segment of the tail is bilobate, at least in most of them. At the head of this division, come those whose * posterior feet are much smaller and thinner than the preceding ones ; they are filiform, bent up, and useless in locomotion. In the Galathea, Fab. The tail is extended, the thorax nearly ovoid or oblong, the medi- ate antennae salient, and the forceps elongated. The superior surface of the body is usually deeply incised or striate, spinous and ciliate. The most remarkable species of the European seas are the Galathea rugosa , Fab.; Leo, Rondel., Hist. des. Poiss., p. 390 ; Penn. Brit. Zook, IV, xiii ; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXIX, the claws of which are long and cylindrical , the mandibles eden- tate, and that has three long spines in the middle of the front, directed forwards, and ten similar and equally projecting ones on the tail, six on the second segment, and four on the following one f. Galathea strig os a ; Cancer stiigosus , L. ; Herbst., XXVI, 2 ; Penn. Brit. Zool. IV, xiv ; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B. Similar, as respects the mandibles, to the preceding species, but having a projection in front, or a rostrum, with four teeth on each side, and an eighth at the end ; the claws are large, but neither very long nor linear, and very spinous, as is a great part of the following feet. This last character distinguishes it from a third species, also found in European seas, the Galathea squamifera, Leach., Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B. This learned entomologist has made a peculiar genus, Grimotea, of the Galathea gr eg aria of Fabricius, The second joint of the in- termediate antenna terminates in a club, and the three last external * According to a verbal communication from Doctor Leach, in the Galathea ampleclcns, Fab., it is not only the two posterior feet which are smaller, but the penultimate likewise. This species would then form a separate genus. f This species forms the genus Munida, Leach. See Desmar., Consider., page 191. The latter is mistaken however in attributing to the former the credit of having been the first to discover the identity of this species with the lion of Ron- delct. Sec my Hist, Gcncr. des Crust, ctdes Inscctes., t. VI, p. 198. 198 CRUSTACEA. foot-jaws are foliaceous. It is of a red colour, and was discovered by Sir Joseph Banks in his voyage round the world. It collected in such immense numbers that the Ocean seemed to be of one blood-red colour. The JEglea, Id., is only distinguished from the preceding genus, and from Galathea, by the dentation of the mandibles, by the second joint of the external foot-jaws being shorter than the first, and by the surface of the body being generally smooth *. That which Risso first named Calypso, and subsequently Janira, in the opinion of Desmarest, — Consider., p. 192, does not differ from Galathea. Porcellana, Lam. The Porcellanse form a singular exception among the Macroura, with respect to their tail, which is doubled under as in the Brachyura. They are otherwise removed from the Galatheae' by the more ab- breviated, suborbicular, or almost square form of their thorax ; by the mediate antennae, which are sunk in their fossulae, by their tri- angular forceps ; and finally, by the internal dilatation of the inferior joints of their external foot-jaws. Their body is very flat. They are small, slowly-moving Crustacea, found in every sea, and conceal themselves under stones near the shore. Doctor Leach has formed a genus with certain species — hexapus Latr., — longicornis , Id., — Bluteli , Risso, Crust., I, 7, &c., which he calls Pisidia. According to Desmarest, however, it does not differ in any appreciable character. Some of them are remarkable for their extremely large and pilose or ciliated forceps. Such are, 1. The Porcellane larges pinces ; Can- cer platycheles, Penn., Brit. Zool., IV, vi, 12; Herbst., XLVII, 2, where only the external margin of the forceps is pilose and the nearly naked thorax is rounded; it is found on the rocks in the seas of Europe. 2. The P. hirta, Lam., the whole superior surface of whose forceps and thorax is pilose, and where the latter is nearly oval and becomes thinner anteriorly. It was brought from King’s Island by Messrs, Peron and Lesueur. The forceps of the others are glabrous. Such is the Cancer hex- apus, L..; Herbst. XLVII, 4. The thorax is marked with short, transverse, and slightly ciliated lines : the front trifid, with its middle tooth finally notched. The claws are covered with little blood-red scales and granules, the fingers separated and without internal den- tations. It inhabits European seas f . The genus Monolepis , Say, — Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of Philad., I, 155; Desmar., Consid., p. 199 and 200, appears to con- stitute the passage from the Porcellanae to the Megalopes. It ap- proaches the first in the two posterior feet, and in the direction of the tail. But this tail has but six segments, and the eyes are very large * JEglee lisse, Desmar., Consider., xxxiii, 2 ; Latr., Encyclop. Mdthod., Atl., d’Hist. Nat. cccviii, 2. f See the article Porcellane, Noav. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., Ed., II. ; and Desihar., Consid. sur les Crust., p. 192 — 199. DECAP0DA. 199 as in the second. It would also appear that the lateral fins of the end of the tail resemble those of the latter. The remaining Crustacea of the same division differ from the pre- ceding in their posterior feet, which are similar to their preceding ones in form, proportion and uses, or equally ambulatory. They are also removed from them by the greater thickness and height of the body, the shortness of the lateral antennae, the smallness of the claws, the large eyes, and lateral fins of the tail, which are composed of a single lamina. This tail is extended, narrow, and simply bent under near its extremity. Megalopus, Leach . — Macropa, Latr ., Encyc. Four species are known, three of which inhabit European seas, and the fourth the Indian Ocean *, whence it was sent to Paris by the late M. Leschenault and Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard. In our second division of the Astacini, Latr., will be comprised those which have five pairs of false feet, the mediate antennae straight or nearly so, salient, projecting, and terminated by two fila- ments as long as their peduncle, or longer ; and which, a single sub- genus excepted — Gebia — have the four or six anterior feet termi- nated by a didactyle hand. Their tail is always extended ; their two posterior feet are never more slender than the preceding ones, nor folded. The peduncle of the lateral antennae is frequently accompanied by a scale. Some of them, as well as others of the ensuing section, inhabit fresh water. Those in which the first four feet, at most, terminate in two fingers, whose lateral antennae never have a scale at the base, and where the external leaflet of the lateral fins of the end of the tail, presents no transverse suture, will form a first subdivision. Most of their feet are ciliated or pilose. They inhabit salt-water, and conceal themselves in holes which they excavate in the sand. Sometimes the index or immoveable finger, formed by a projection of the penultimate joint of the claws, is very evidently shorter than the thumb or moveable finger, merely constituting a simple tooth. The Gebia, Leach , Approache’s the preceding sub-genera in the two anterior feet, which are alone didactyle. The leaflets of the lateral fins of the end of the tail widen from the base to their extremity, and are marked with longitudinal ridges. The intermediate piece or the last segment of the tail is nearly square f . Thalassina, Lat. The four anterior feet terminated by two fingers ; leaflets of the lateral fins of the end of the tail narrow, elongated, and without * For the European species, see Desmar., Consul., p. 200 — 202, and pi. xxxiv, 2 of the same work. t Thalassina litoralis, Jtisso, Crust., Ill, 2 ; — Gebia siellula, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxxi, I — 9. Sec Desmar., Consul,, p. 203, 204. 200 CRUSTACEA. ridges ; the last caudal segment or intermediate portion forming an elongated triangle*. Sometimes the four anterior feet, or the two first and one of the second \ are terminated by two elongated fingers, forming a complete forceps. The two anterior claws are the largest ; the lateral leaflets of the fin terminating the tail, are in the form of a reversed triangle, or widest at the posterior magin ; the intermediary, on the contrary, is narrowed from base to apex, and terminates in a point. Callianassa, Leach. The claws of the Callianassse are very unequal, both as to form and proportion ; the carpus of the largest of the two anterior ones is trans- versal, and forms a common body with the forceps ; the same joint of the other claw is elongated ; the two posterior feet are almost didactyle. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the tail is larger than the internal, and has a ridge; the latter is smooth. The ocular pedicles are squamiform, and the cornea is situated near the middle of their external margin. The filaments of the mediate antennae are not longer than their peduncle. Callianassa subterranean Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXII, is the only known species. It is found on the coasts of France and England. The Axius, Leach , Differs from Callianassa in the claws, which are nearly equal, and in the carpus, which does not form part of the forceps ; the posterior feet are similar to the preceding ones, The leaflets of the lateral fins are nearly equal in size, and have each a longitudinal ridge. The filaments of the mediate antennae are evidently longer than their peduncle. The Axius stirhynchus , Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXIII, is found on the coast of England, and on that of the western departments of France, where it was observed by M. d’Orbigny, sen., a cor- responding member of the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Our second and last subdivision consists of Crustacea whose six anterior feet form as many claws, terminating in a perfectly didac- tyle forceps, a character which distinguishes them from all the pre- ceding Decapoda, and one which approximates them to the first of the ensuing section ; but here the claws of the third pair are the largest, whereas there, it is the two first, besides which they are much thicker. The peduncle of the lateral antennae is accompanied by a scale or spine. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the tail, in all the living species, is divided in two by a transverse suturej In the * Thalassina scorpionides, Lat. ; Cancer anomalus , Herbst., LXII ; Leach, Zool., Miscel., CXXX ; Desmar., Consid., XXXVI. The left claw of the second pair seems to be monodactyle in the Callianassae, and the penultimate joint dilated into a palette. X This character is common to the following section, so that by it we might divide the Macroura, the Schizopoda excepted, into two great divisions. DECAPODA. 201 Eryon, Desmar ., All the leaflets of the caudal fin are narrowed at their extremity and terminate in a point; the external one presents no transverse suture. The two filaments of the mediate antennae are very short, and hardly longer than their peduncle. The sides of the shell are deeply emarginated. The forceps of the two anterior claws are narrow and elongated. This subgenus was established by Desmarest on a fossil species, — Eryon Cuvieri , Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., X, 4; Consid., XXXIV, 3, found in a lithographic, calcareous stone from Pappenheim and Aichtedt in the margravate of Anspach. Astacus, Gronov ., Fab. Leaflets of the lateral fins at the end of the tail widened and rounded at their extremity; the external one divided transversely by a suture, and the posterior extremity of the mediate obtuse, or rounded. The two filaments of the mediate antennae are much longer than their peduncle. The sides of the shell are entire, or not incised. In some, all inhabiting salt water, the last segment of the tail, or that which occupies the middle of the terminal fin, presents no trans- verse suture. Those whose lateral antennae have a large scale on their peduncle, whose eyes are very large and reniform, and the forceps of whose two anterior claws are narrow, elongated, prismatic, and equal, form the genus Nephrops of Leach, the type of which is the Cancer norwegicus , L.; de Geer, Insect., VII, XXI; Herbst., XXVI, 3; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI. The two anterior claws are furnished with dentated spines and ridges, and the superior surface of the tail is sculptured. It is found in the seas of the north of Europe, and in the Mediterranean. Those in which the peduncle of the lateral antennae presents no- thing but two short projections in the form of teeth or spines, whose eyes are neither large nor reniform, and whose forceps are more or less oval, compose, with the fresh water species, the genus Astacus, properly so called, of the same author. Astacus marinus. Fab.; Cancer gammarus, L. ; Herbst., XXV ; Penn., Brit. Zool., V,x, 21 ; (the Common Lobster). The point or rostrum of the anterior extremity of the shell has three teeth on each side, and another double one at its base. The an- terior claws are very large and unequal ; the largest finger of the forceps is oval, with great molar teeth, the other is elongated, and has numerous small ones. Old individuals are sometimes more than half a metre in length. Its flesh is highly esteemed. It is found in the European Ocean, in the Mediterranean, and even on the eastern coasts of North America. Its internal structure has been carefully studied by Messrs. Victor Andouin, and Milne Edwards. In the fresh water species, which otherwise resemble the preced- ing in their antennae, eyes, and form of the claws, the last segment of 202 CRUSTACEA. the tail, or the middle one of its terminal fin, is transversely divided by a suture. The Astacus communis ; Cancer astacus , L. ; Rcesel, Insect., Ill, liv, vii. The Craw-Fish has its anterior forceps granulated, and the inner edges finely dentated. There is a tooth on each side of the snout, and two at its base ; the lateral edges of the seg- ments of the tail form an acute angle. Its colour, which is usually a greenish brown, is sometimes altered by accidental circumstances. This species, which inhabits the fresh waters of Europe, has been more particularly studied, both as respects its anatomy and habits, and the faculty enjoyed by the Crustacea of regene- rating their antennae and feet when they are either mutilated or destroyed. When about to cast its shell, two stony concretions are found in the stomach, formerly much used in medical prac- tice as an absorbent, but now replaced by the carbonate of mag- nesia. It conceals itself in holes, or under stones, never quitting its retreat except to search for food, which consists of small Mollusca and Fishes, and the larvae of Insects. It also feeds on putrid flesh, the carcases of quadrupeds, for instance, which are placed as a bait for them in nets, or in the centre of fagots of wood. They are also taken in their holes by the light of torches. It changes its shell towards the end of spring. Two months after coition, which takes place ventribus junctis, the female produces her ova, which are at first collected in masses, and glued to the false feet, by means of a viscid humour. They are of a reddish brown colour, and enlarge before they are hatched. The young Astaci, at first extremely soft and precisely like their parent, shelter themselves under her tail, and remain there several days, until their bodies acquire a certain degree of solidity. The term of existence assigned to the Astaci seems to be twenty years and upwards, their size augmenting in proportion to their age. Those are preferred for the table which inhabit running streams of fresh water. A parasitic animal belonging to the Annelides is found on their branchiae, long ago observed by Roesel, but imperfectly known until the researches of M. Odier *. The fresh- waters of North America produce another species, the A. Bartonii , figured by Bose. — Hist. Nat. des Crust., II, x, 1. A third inhabits the rice-fields of the same country, to which, according to Major Le Conte, one of the best naturalists of the United States, it is very injurious. In the fourth section, that of the Carides, the intermedial antennae are superior or are inserted above the laterals : the peduncle of these latter is completely covered by a large scale. * See his Memoire sur le Branchiodelle, inserted in the Mdm. dela Soc. d’Hist. Nat. tome I, p. 69, et seq. DECAPODA. 203 Their body is arcuated, almost gibbous, and of a less solid con- sistence than that of the preceding Crustacea. The front is always drawn out into a point, and most frequently so as to resemble a ros- trum or pointed lamina compressed and dentated along the edges. The antennae always project ; the laterals are usually very long and resemble very fine setae ; the intermediaries of a great number ter- minate in three threads. The eyes are closely approximated. The external foot-jaws, more elongated and narrow than usual, resemble palpi or attennae. The mandibles of most of them are compressed and arcuated at the extremity. One of the first pairs of feet is fre- quently flexed upon itself. The segments of the tail are dilated or widened laterally. The external leaflet of its terminal fin is always divided in two by a suture, a character observed nowhere else ex- cept in the last Crustacea of the preceding section ; the azygous por- tion of the middle, or the seventh and last segment, is elongated, narrowed near the extremity, and provided above with ranges of small spines. The false feet, of which there are five pairs, are elon- gated and usually foiiaceous. Immense numbers of these Crustacea are consumed in all parts of the world. Some species are even salted in order to preserve them. In some of them, the three first pairs of feet form a didactyle claw, the length of which progressively augments, so that the third pair is the longest. Such are the Pen^us, Fab., Where there is no annular division in any of the joints of the feet. Their mandibular palpi are turned up and foiiaceous. A little elliptical appendage may be seen at the base of the feet, a character which seems to approximate them to Pasiphaea, the last genus of this section, and to those of the following one. Some, all indigenous to Europe, on account of the shortness of the two threads of their intermediate antennae, form a first division. It contains the following species. P. sulcatus ; Palcemon sulcatus, Oliv., Encyclop. ; Caramote , Rond., Hist. Nat. des Poiss., liv. xviii, chap. 7- Nine inches long ; on the middle of the thorax a longitudinal carina bifur- cated at base, terminated by a projecting rostrum, compressed, with eleven teeth in its upper edge and one in the lower ; a lon- gitudinal sulcus along each side of the carina. This species is very common in the Mediterranean and the object of considerable commerce. It is salted and shipped to the Levant. The P. trisulcatus , Leach, Malac. Brit. XLII, which inhabits the coast of England, is perhaps a mere local variety of the sulcatus. Its thorax is trisuicatc and the rostrum bidentate beneath. In the P. t i'Orbigny , — Lat., Nouv. Diet. d’Hist, Nat., Ed. II, article Penee, the carina is not sulcated. The intermediate antennae of others arc terminated by long threads; they constitute our second division, to which we refer. 204 CRUSTACEA. Penceus monodon , Fab. ; Squilla indica, Bont., Hist. Nat., p. 81, which inhabits the Indian Ocean. P. antennatus, Risso, Crust., II, 6, and P. mars , Id., II, 5, also appear to belong to it. Stenopus, Lat. Distinguished from the Penaei by the transverse and annular divisions of the two penultimate joints of the four posterior feet. The entire body is soft ; the antennae and feet are long and slender, those of the third pair widest. But a single species is known. It was brought from the seas of New Holland by M. Peron and Lesueur. Olivier retains it in the genus Palaemon — Cancer setiferus, L.; P.hispidus , Oliv., Encyclop. and Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXIX, 2; Seba, Mus., Ill, XXI, 6, 7 ; Herbst., XXXI, 3, where I first placed it. The remaining Carides, the intermediate antennae of many of which are terminated by three threads, have at most but two pairs of didactyle claws formed by the four anterior feet. A subgenus founded on a single species peculiar to North America, that of Atya, Leach , Is removed from all analogous Crustacea by an anomalous charac- ter. The forceps terminating the four claws is cleft down to its base, or seems to be composed of two fingers in the form of thongs united at their origin ; the preceding joint is crescent-shaped. The second pair is the largest. The intermediate antennae have but two threads. In all the following subgenera, the blades of the forceps originate at a certain distance from the base of the penultimate article, or of that which has the form of a hand ; the body or the part that pre- cedes it is not lunulated. We now have in the first instance those Carides whose feet are generally robust and not filiform, and which have no appendage to their external base. Their body is neither very soft nor greatly elongated. Among these subgenera, whose feet are deprived of this appen- dage, the three following present an insulated form with respect to their claws. Crangon, Fak. The two anterior claws, which are larger than the subsequent feet, have but a single tooth in place of the index or immoveable finger, and that which is moveable is bent and hooked. The superior or intermediate antennae have but two threads. The second feet are folded up, and are more or less distinctly bifid or didactyle at their extremity ; neither of the joints is annulated. The rostrum is very short. We do not separate the Egeon, Risso, or the Pontophilus, Leach, from. Crangon. In the former, the last joint of the external foot- jaws is twice the length of the preceding one, while in the latter DECAPODA. 205 they are equal. The second feet of the Egeones are shorter than the third and the smallest of the whole number, whilst in Crangon their length is the same. Besides, as the number of species is very limited, this generic distinction becomes the less necessary. C. vulgaris , Fab. ; Roes., Insect., Ill, lxiii, 1,2, (The Shrimp), about two inches long. It is smooth, of a pale glaucous green, dotted with grey. That part of the thorax which supports the third pair of feet projects in a point. This species is very com- mon on the oceanic coast of France, where it is vulgarly called the Car don. It is taken there annually in nets. Its flesh is deli- cate, and highly esteemed. In the same locality, though rarely, according to M. Brebisson, is found the C. ponctue de rouge , of Risso ; but I consider it, with him, as a mere variety. The C. loricatus — Egeon loricatus, Risso ; Cancer cataphractus , Oliv. , Zool., Adriat., Ill, 1, has three longitudinal and dentated ridges on the thorax. Northern seas produce a large species, the Crangon boreas , Phipps., Voy. to the North Pole, pi. xi, 1, Herbst. XXIX, 2. Processa, Leach. — Nika, Risso. One of the two anterior feet simply terminating in a point, the other in a didactyle claw ; the two following are unequal, slender, and also didactyle, One of these second feet is very long, its carpus and the preceding joint being annulated, a character which on the other foot is only found in the first of these joints. The fourth pair of feet are longer than the preceding and two following ones. The superior antennae have but two threads. P. edulis ; Nika edulis , Riss., Crust., Ill, 3, is of a flesh colour dotted with yellowish; a line of small yellow spots in the middle. The anterior extremity of the shell is furnished with three sharp points, the intermediate of which, or the rostrum, is the longest. The two anterior feet are equal in size, the right one forming a forceps. This species is found during the whole year in the markets at Nice. It is also found on the coast of the department of France, called the Bouches-du- Rhone *. Hymenocera, Latr. The two anterior feet terminated by a long hook with a bifid ex- tremity, and composed of very short divisions. The two following arc very large ; the hands, immoveable finger, and superior thread of the intermediate antennae are dilated, membranous, and almost ioli- aceous. The external foot-jaws are equally foliaceous, and cover the mouth. The only species known is in the collection of the Museum d’ Histoire Naturclle, and was captured in the Indian Ocean. * For the remaining species, see Risso, Hist. Nat. des Crust, de Nice ; Leach, Maine. Brit., XLI ; and the Nouv. Diet, d’ Ilist. Nat., Ed. 11. 206 CRUSTACEA. We now pass to the subgenera, in which the claws present no re- markable or insulated peculiarity. Sometimes the superior or intermediate antennse are only termin- ated by two threads. The rostrum is usually short. Gnathophyllum, Latr. The Gnathophylla are the only ones which approach the Hyme- noceroe in the size of their foot-jaws. The four anterior feet form didactyle claws ; the second pair is longer and thicker than the first. Neither of the segments of the four is annulated * * * §. Pontonia, Latr. The four anterior feet, as in the two following subgenera, didac- tyle claws, but the carpus is net annulated j*. Alpheus, Fab. The four anterior feet also terminated by a didactyle claw, but the carpus of the second is articulated. The latter are shorter than the former J. Hyppolyte, Leach. The Hyppolytes only differ from Alpheus in the respective pro- portion of their claws; the second are longer than the first §. The two last following subgenera have this peculiarity ; but a sin- gle pair of their feet terminate in a didactyle claw. In the Autonomea, Risso , It is the two anterior, which are also distinguished from the others by their size, their thickness, and their disproportion |[. In Pandalus, Leach , The two anterior feet are simple, or hardly bifid ; the two following ones are longer, of unequal length and didactyle, the carpus and preceding segment annulated. The external foot-jaws are very long and slender, at least in some of them. The anterior projection of the shell is greatly extended, and multidentate £. * Alpheus elegans , Risso, Crust., II, 4 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 228. t Alpheus thyrems , Risso, Crust., II, 2 ; Astacus thyrems. Petag., V, 5 ; Des- mar., Ib., p. 229. + Alpheus malabaricus, Fab., aud probably some other species, with which, however, I am not sufficiently acquainted. See Desmar., Consid., p. 222, 223. § To this subgenus should be referred the Palcemon diversimane , and P. marbre of Olivier. See Desmar., Consid., p. 220. || Autonomea Olivii, Risso, Crust., p. 166; Cancer glaber, Oliv., Zool. Adriat., Ill, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 251, and 252. If Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Malac. Brit., LI. ; Pandalus narwal, Latr. ; Astacus narwal , Fab. ; Palcemon pristis , Risso ; Cancer armiger ? Herbst. XXXIV., 4. See Desmar, Consid., p. 219, 220. DECAPODA. 207 Sometimes the superior antennae have three threads. They have four didactyle claws, the smallest of which are folded up, and an elongated rostrum. Pal^emon, Fab. Prawns are distinguished from the two following subgenera by their inarticulated carpus ; the second feet are larger than the first ; the latter are doubled up. A remarkably large species is found in the East Indies, the second claws of which are very long. Tolerably large ones are also found at the Antilles, some of which frequent the mouths of rivers. Those on the coast of France are much smaller, and are known there by the vulgar names of Crevettes and Salicoques. Their flesh is more highly esteemed than that of the Shrimp. Ac- cording to M. de Brebisson — Catal. Method, des Crust, terrest. et fluviat., du Depart, du Calvados, — they are taken in the same manner as the latter Crustacea, but in the summer only. Prawns swim well, particularly when escaping from pursuit, and in various directions. They are always found about the shore. The lithographic stone of Pappenheim and Solhnofen frequently exhibits the debris of a fossil crustaceous animal, referred by Desmarest to the Prawns, under the specific appellation of spinipes — Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss. XI, 4. It does in fact resemble it, but the claws are wanting. A second fossil species, but much larger, has been discovered in England. Pal. serratus, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLIII, 1, 10; Herbst,, XXVII, 1, is from four to five inches long, of a pale red colour, which becomes more vivid on the antennae, the posterior margin of the segments of the tail, and particularly on the terminal fin. The rostrum extends beyond the peduncle of the intermediate antennae, is recurved at its extremity, and has five teeth above, exclusive of the point, and five beneath. The fingers are as long as the penultimate joint. It is found on the coast of France and England, and is the species of this subgenus that is more particu- larly sold at Paris. A sort of wen is frequently, and at all sea- sons, observed on one side of the shell, which covers a parasite Bopyrus, which fastens upon its branchise. Pal. squilla, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIII, 11 — 13; Cancer squilla, L. ; Squilla fusca, Bast., Opusc. subs., lib. 2, 111,5, is but half the size of the serratus. Its rostrum scarcely extends beyond the peduncle of the superior antennse, is almost straight, or but slightly recurved, is emarginated at the extremity, and has seven or eight teeth above, and three below. The fingers of the claws are somewhat longer than the hand. Common on the coast of F ranee and England *. The carpus is articulated, or presents annular divisions in the two following genera, viz. * See the article PaUmon , Encyclop. Method., anil of the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., and Desmar., Consul., p. 236 — 238. Sec also in relation to the nervous system, the Mem. Cit. of Messrs. Audouiu and Milne Edwards. 208 CRUSTACEA. Sysmata, Risso : ante Melicerta, ejusd. Where the second pair of claws are larger than the first *, and Athanas, Leach. In which, on the contrary, the first pair is larger than the second j\ The last subgenus of this section, that of Fa sip ilea, Sav ., Although closely approximated to several of the preceding by the superior antennse which are terminated by two threads, by the form of the four anterior feet, terminating in a didactyle forceps, and pre- ceded by a joint, without annular divisions, and by the shortness of the rostrum, differs from them in several respects. A testaceous ap- pendage is very evident at the external base of their feet; these latter, with the exception of the claws, which are larger and nearly equal, are very slender and filiform ; the body is greatly elongated , strongly compressed, and extremely soft. Pas.sivado; Alpheus sivado, Risso, Crust., Ill, 2 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 240, is two inches and a half long, and four lines and a half in breadth. The body is transparent, of a nacre white edged with red, the caudal fin marked with small dots of the same colour. The rostrum is sharp and slightly curved at the point. Claws reddish. It is very abundant on the shores of Nice, and according to Risso spawns in June and July. No other species has yet been observed. Our fifth and last section of the Macroura, that of the Schizopoda, appears to connect the Macroura with the following order. The feet, none of which terminates in a forceps, are very slender, resem- ble thongs, are furnished with an appendage more or less long, arising from their external side near their base, and serving for natation only. The ova are situated between them, and not under the tail. The ocular pedicles are very short. As in most of the Macroura the front projects into a point or rostrum. The shell is thin, and the tail terminates, as usual, in a sort of fin. They are small, and inhabit salt water. Here the eyes are very apparent ; the lateral antennse are accom- panied by a scale, and the intermediaries terminated by two threads and composed of several small segments, as in the preceding genera. Mysis, Latr., Antennse and feet exposed ; the shell elongated ; nearly square or cylindrical ; the eyes closely approximated, and the feet capillary, as if formed of two threads J. * Lysmata seticauda, Risso, Crust., II, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 238. •f- Athanas nitescens, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIV ; Desmar., Consid., p. 239, 240 ; de Brdb., Ci*ust., du Calv., p. 23, 24. X Mysis Fabricii, Leach ; Encyc. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 8, 9 ; Cancer oculatus , Oth. ; Fab., Grcenl., fig. 1. See Desmar., Consid., p. 241, 242. Stomapoda. 209 Cryptopus, Latr. A subovoid inflated shell, curving- downwards on the sides, enve- loping the body as well as the antennae and feet, exhibiting beneath a mere longitudinal fissure. The eyes are separated, and the feet in the form of thongs, with a lateral appendage *. There the eyes are concealed ; the intermediate antennae are coni- cal, inarticulated, and very short ; the laterals are composed of a peduncle, and a thread without any distinct articulations. There is no — at least salient — scale at their base. Such is the Mulcion, Latr. The body is soft and thorax ovoid. The feet are in the form of a thong, and most of them have an appendage at their base ; the fourth pair is the longest. I know but one species, the Mulcion Lesueurii, which was captured by that zealous naturalist in the seas of North America. The late Olivier, in the Pinna marina, found a crustaceous animal very similar at the first coup d’oeil to the Lesueurii , butthe specimens were so much injured that it was impossible for me to study their characters. The Nebaliae, which we at first placed in this section, having no natatory appendages under the last segments of their body, and their feet being tolerably similar to those of a Cyclops, will pass with the Condylura into the order of the Branchiopoda, at the head of which they will stand. The Nebalise, by their very prominent eyes, which seem to be on pedicles, and by some other characters, appear to con- nect the Schizopoda with the Branchiopoda. ORDER II. STOMAPODA. The branchiae of the Stomapoda are exposed and attached to the five pairs of sub-adominal appendages, exhibited to us by that part of the body, called tail, in the Decapoda, and which here, as in most of the Macroura, are fitted for natation, or are fin-feet. Their shell is divided into two portions, the anterior of which supports the eyes and intermediate antennae, or composes the head, without giving origin to the foot-jaws. These organs, as well as the four anterior feet, are frequently approximated to the mouth on two lines that converge VOL. in. * Cryptopus Defrancii , Latr., from the Mediterranean. p 210 CRUSTACEA. inferiorly, and hence the denomination of Stomapoda affixed to this order. Judging by the Squill®, the most remarkable genus of this order, and the only one hitherto studied, the heart is elongated, and similar to a large vessel. It extends along the whole length of the back, rests upon the liver and intestinal canal, and terminates poste- riorly and near the anus in a point. Its parieties are thin, transparent, and almost membranous. From its anterior extremity, placed imme- diately behind the stomach, arise three principal arteries, the mediate of which-— the opthalmic— -giving off several branches on each side, is more particularly directed to the eyes and intermediate antennee; and the two lateral ones — the antennaries — pass over the sides of the stomach and are lost in the muscles of the mouth and of the external antennae. No artery arises from the superior surface of the heart) but a great many issue from its two sides, each pair of which, as it appears to us, corresponds to a particular segment of the body, com- mencing with the foot-jaws, whether these segments be external, or concealed by the shell, and even very small, as is the case with those that are anterior. On a level with the first five abdominal annuli, or those to which the natatory appendages and the branchiae are at- tached, this superior surface of the heart receives, near the median line, five pairs of vessels — a pair to each segment — proceeding from these latter organs, and which, according to Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards, are analagous to the branchio-cardiacs of the Deca- poda. A central canal * situated under the liver and intestine re- ceives the venous blood which is poured into it from all parts of the body. On the level of each segment to which the foot-jaws and branchiae are attached, it gives off a branch on each side, running to that part of the branchiae which is situated at the base of the corre- sponding foot-jaw. The parieties of these vessels appear to the above- mentioned gentlemen to be smooth and continuous, but formed by a layer of lamellated cellular tissue glued to the neighbouring muscles, rather than by a membrane proper ; these vessels also appeared to them to communicate with each other near the lateral margin of the annuli, but they could not possitively affirm it. The afferent or in- ternal vessels of the branchiae, which in these Squillse form tufted bunches, are continuous with the branchio-cardiac canals, are no longer lodged in cells, pass between muscles, turn obliquely over * See our general observations on the Macroura. Neither this vessel nor the venous sinuses have been observed in the subsequent orders ; but the heart preserves the same elongated form, and presents similar anterior arteries. From its sides also arise other arteries corresponding to the articulations of the body. In addition to the pre-cited Memoir, see the Legons d’ Anatomie Compare of the Baron Cuvier. STOMAPODA. 211 the lateral part of the abdomen, reach the anterior margin of the pre- ceding ring, and terminate on the superior surface of the heart near the median line, one partly mounting on the other. The medullary cord, exclusive of the brain, presents but ten ganglions, of which the anterior furnishes nerves to the mouth ; the three following, those of the six natatory feet, and the last six, those of the tail. Thus, although the four last foot-jaws represent the four anterior feet of the Decapoda, they nevertheless form a part of the organs of man- ducation. The stomach of these Crustacea — Squillae — is small and. has but a few very small teeth* near the pylorus. It is followed by a straight and slender intestine which extends along the whole abdo- men, accompanied on the right and left by glandular lobes, which appear to supply the want of a liver. A ramous appendage adhering to the inner base of the last pair of feet appears to characterize the male. The teguments of the Stomapoda are thin, and, in several, nearly membranous or diaphanous. The shell is sometimes formed of two shields, of which the anterior corresponds to the head, and the pos- terior to the thorax, and sometimes of a single piece, which however is free behind, usually exposing the thoracic segments, bearing the three last pairs of feet, and having an articulation before that serves as a base to the eyes and intermediate antennae ; these latter organs are always extended and terminated by two or three threads. The eyes are always approximated. The formation of the mouth is essentially the same as in the Decapoda ; but the palpi of the mandi- bles, instead of being laid on them, are always vertical. The foot- jaws are deprived of the flagelliform appendage presented to us by the same parts in the Decapoda. They have the form of claws, or of small feet, and, at least in several — the Squillae, — their external base as well as that of the two anterior feet properly so called, exhibits a vesicular body. Those of the second pair, in the same Stomapoda, are much larger than the others, and even than the feet, which has caused, them to be considered as true feet; fourteen of them have been counted f . The four anterior feet have also the form of claws, but are terminated as well as the foot-jaws by a hook which curves to- wards the head, on the inferior and anterior edge of the preceding joint or of the hand. In others however — the Phyllosoma for instance J * They form two ranges of transverse and parallel striae. t The second jaws of these Stomapoda no longer present the same form as those of the Decapoda. They have the figure of an elongated triangle divided into four segments by transverse lines. The mandibles are bifurcated and well dentated. X In all those where the four anterior feet arc iu the form of claws, the six last are natatory. v 2 CRUSTACEA. 212 — all these organs are filiform and have no forceps. Some of them at least, as well as the last six and equally simple ones of the Stomapoda provided with claws, have an appendage or lateral branch. The seven last segments of the body, containing a large portion of the heart and furnishing a base for the attachment of the respiratory or- gans, can no longer in this respect be assimilated to that portion of the bodv which is called the tail in the Decapoda : it is a true abdomen. Its penultimate segment has a fin on each side formed like the caudal of the Macroura, but is frequently, as well as the last segment or intermediate portion, armed with spines or teeth. The Stomapoda are all marine Crustacea. Their favourite habita- tion is in the intertropical latitudes, and they are not found beyond the temperate zones. Of their habits we are totally ignorant ; that those which are furnished with claws use them in seizing their prey, in the manner of those Orthoptera called in Provence Pregadious or Man- tes*, we cannot doubt. Hence their vulgar appellation of Sea- Mantis : they are the Crangones and Crangines of the Greeks. According to Risso they prefer sandy bottoms in deep water, and copulate in the spring. Other Stomapoda, those of our second family, being less favoured with natatory appendages, and having a much flatter and more superficially extended body, are generally found on the surface of the water, where they move very slowly. We will divide the Stomapoda into two families. FAMILY I. UNIPELTATA. In this family the shell consists of a single shield, of an elongated quadrilateral form, usually widened and free behind, covering the head, the antennae and eyes excepted, which are placed on a common anterior articulation, and at least the first segments of the body. Its anterior extremity terminates in a point, or is preceded by a small plate with a similar end. All the foot-jaws, the second of which are very large, and the four anterior feet are closely approximated to the mouth on two inferiorly converging lines, and have the form of claws with a single finger or mobile and flexed hook. With the exception of the second feet, all these organs are furnished at their external origin with a little pediculated vesicle. The other six feet, at the base of whose third segment is a lateral appendage, are linear, terminated by a brush, and simply natatory. The lateral antennae * Some other analogous Orthoptera, such as the Phyllium, resemble leaves. The Phyllosomse, Crustacea of the same order, exhibit similar affinities. STOMAPODA. 213 liave a scale at their base, and the stem of the intermediaries is com- posed of three filaments. The body is narrow and elongated ; the ocular pedicles are always short. This family is composed of but one genus, that of Squilla; Fab., Which we will divide in the following manner : — In some the crustaceous shield is preceded by a small and more or less triangular plate, situated above the segment, in which the eyes and mediate antennae are inserted, only covers the anterior portion of the thorax, and does not curve downwards on the sides. The piece which serves as a peduncle to the mediate antennse, as well as the ocular pedicles, and the external sides of the end of the abdomen, are exposed. Here the body is almost semi-cylindrical, the posterior edge of the last segment being rounded, dentated or spinous ; the lateral appen- dages of the last six feet are styliform. Squilla, Lat ., The true Squillse, along the whole inner side of the penultimate segment of the two large claws, have an extremely narrow groove, dentated on one of its edges and spinous on the other, and the ensuing joint, or the claw, falciform and usually dentated. Squilla mantis ; Cancer mantis , L. ; Herbst., XXXIII, 1 ; Encyclop. Method., Atl. cl’Hist. Nat., CCCXXIV ; Desmar., Consid., XLI, 2, is about seven inches in length. The base of the large forceps is furnished with three moveable spines, and its claws have six elongated and sharp-edged teeth, the last one being the largest. The segments of the body, the last one excepted , are marked by six longitudinal ridges, mostly termi- nating in a sharp point ; the middle of the last is strongly cari- nated, punctured, and terminated posteriorly by a double range of indentations, and four very stout points, the mediate teeth of which are most closely approximated; each lateral margin has two reflected or thicker divisions, the last one terminating in a point. The peduncle of the lateral fins is prolonged beneath and terminated by two very strong teeth. It is common in the Mediterranean. The Squille de Desmarest , Risso, Crust. II, 8, which also inhabits the same sea, is but two inches and a half in length. Its claws have five teeth; the shell and the middle por- tion of the abdominal segments, the last ones excepted, are smooth*. In the Gonodactylus, Lat., The groove of the penultimate segment of the large claws is widened at its extremity, presenting neither dentations nor spines. The finger is dilated, or resembles a knot near its base, terminating * For the other species, sec the article Squille, and pi. of the Encyc. Method. ; Desmar., Consid. In pi. XLI I, he has given a detailed figure of the Squille queue- rude. 214 CRUSTACEA. in a straight or slightly curved compressed point. They are all foreign to Europe * * * §, There, the body is extremely narrow and depressed, and the last segment almost square, entire, and without dentations or spines. The lateral appendage of its last six feet is in the form of an almost orbicular and slightly bordered palette ; the antennse and feet are shorter than in the preceding ; the penultimate segment of the large claws has its inner margin fringed with numerous cilia in the form of little spines ; the figure is falciform. Coronis, Latr. But a single species is known f. In the remaining Stomapoda of this family the shell is almost membranous and diaphanous, covers the whole thorax, is curved laterally beneath, prolonged anteriorly into a spine or ensiform blade, and projects above the base of the mediate antennse and of the eyes. This base or support is susceptible of being curved under and en- closed in the case formed by the curvature of the shield. The pos- terior fins are concealed under the last segment. These very small, soft Crustacea, are peculiar to the Atlantic Ocean and the Eastern seas. The fingers of the large claws have no teeth ; the second joint of the ocular pedicles is much larger than the first, and has the figure of a reversed cone ; the eyes properly so called are large and almost globular ; the fin-like appendage of the feet resembles that of the Squillse and Gonodactyli. In the Erichthus, Latr . — Smerdis, Leach , The first joint of the ocular pedicles is much shorter than the second ; the middle of the lateral edges of the shield has a strongly angular dilatation, and their posterior extremity exhibits two teeth J. In Alima, Leach , The first joint of the ocular pedicles is slender, cylindrical, and much longer than the following one ; the body is narrower and more elongated than that of an Erichthus : the lateral borders of the shield are nearly straight or are but slightly dilated ; there is a slight longitudinal carina on its middle, and each of its angles forms a spine, the two posterior of which are the largest §. FAMILY II. BIPELTATA. In this family we find the shell divided into two shields, the anterior * Squilla scyllarus, Fab.; Humph. Mus., Ill, F; — Squilla chiragra, Fab.; Desmar. Consid., XLIII. See the article Squille, of the Encyclopedia M^thodique. ■f- See Encyclop. Method., art. Squille. Squilla eusebia ? Risso. + Erichthus vitreus, Lat. See art. Squille, Atl. d’Hist. Nat. of the Encyclop. Mdthod., pi. cccliv ; and Desmar. Consid., XLIY, 2, 3. § Alima liyalina , Lat., Encyclop. Mdthod., art. Squille, and Ibid. Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCLIV, 8 ; Desmar., Consid., XLIV, 1. CRUSTACEA. 215 of which, very large and more or less oval, forms the head, and the posterior, corresponding to the thorax, transverse and angular in its circumference, supports the foot-jaws and feet. These latter, with the exception at most of the two posterior and two last foot-jaws, are slender and filiform, usually very long and accompanied by a lateral, ciliated appendage. The other four foot-jaws are very small and conical. The base of the lateral antennae exhibits no scale ; the intermediaries are terminated by two threads. The ocular pedicles are long. The body is much flattened, membranous, and diaphanous ; the abdomen small and its posterior fin without spines. It comprises but a single genus, the Phyllgsoma^ Leach , Of which all the species inhabit the Atlantic Ocean and Oriental seas *. MALACOSTRACA. h. Eyes sessile and immoveable. The Branchiopoda are the only Crustacea of which we shall hence- forward have occasion to speak, that exhibit eyes placed on pedicles. But independently of the fact that these pedicles are neither articu- lated nor lodged in special cavities, the Branchiopoda have no shell, and are otherwise removed from the preceding Crustacea by various characters. All the Malacostraca of this division are also deprived of a shell ; their body, from the head downwards, is composed of a suite of articulations of which each of the first seven is furnished with a pair of feet, the following and last ones, seven at most, form- ing a sort of tail terminated by fins or styliform appendages. The head presents four antennae, the two intermediate superior, two eyes, and a mouth composed of two mandibles, a tongue, two pairs of jaws, and a sort of lip formed by two foot-jaws that correspond to the two superior ones of the Decapoda ; here, as in the Stomapoda, the flagrum no longer exists. The four last foot-jaws are transformed * See Encyclop. Method., and Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., Ed. II, article Phi/l- losome ; also the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea and the Zoology of the Voy. de Freycinet. As respects their nervous system, the Phyllosomtc seem to be in- termediate between the preceding and subsequent Crustacea. See Audouin and Edwards, op. cit. 216 CRUSTACEA. into feet, sometimes simple and at others constituting a claw, but almost always with a single toe or hook. According to the observations of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards, the two ganglionary cords of the spinal marrow are perfectly sym- metrical and distinct throughout the whole of their length, and from those of the Baron Cuvier it would appear that the Onisci are only removed from them because these cords do not present the same uniformity in all the^segments of the body, and because there are some ganglions less *. Thus, according to them, the nervous system of the Crustacea is the simplest of all ; in the Cyinothose and Idoteae the two ganglionary chains are no longer distinct, and those ganglions which immediately follow the two cephalics, form as many small circular masses situated on the median line of the body ; but the cords of communication which serve to connect them, remain isolated and attached to each other. It would appear from these facts that the latter Crustacea are higher in the animal scale than the preceding ones, but other considerations seem to us to require a con- siderable separation between the Talitri and Onisci, and the arrangement of the Cymothose and Idotese in an intermediate rank. The organs of generation are situated inferiorly near the origin of the tail. The two first appendages with which it is furnished beneath, and which are analogous to those presented to us by the same part in the preceding Crustacea, but more diversified, and always, as it appears, supporting the branchiae, differ in this respect, according to the sex. The coitus takes place like that of insects, the male placing himself on the back of his female ; the latter carries her ova under the thorax, between scales which form a sort of pouch. There they are developed, and the young remain attached to the feet or other parts of the body of their mother, until they have acquired the strength requisite for natation, and providing for their wants. All these Crustacea are small, and mostly inhabit the sea-coast or fresh water. Some are terrestrial, and others are known which are parasitical. They are divided into three orders : those whose mandibles are furnished with a palpus, appear to be naturally connected with the preceding Crustacea — such are the Amphipoda ; those in which these organs are deprived of them will constitute the two following orders — the Lsemodipoda and the Isopoda. The Cyami, a genus of the second one, being parasitical, naturally lead us to the Bopyri and Cymothoee, with which we commence the Isopoda. *See Oniscus. APHIPODA. 217 ORDER III. AMPHIPODA. The Amphipoda are the only Malacrostraca with sessile and im- moveable eyes, whose mandibles, like those of the preceding Crusta- cea, are furnished with a palpus, and the only ones whose subcaudal appendages, always very apparent, by their narrow and elongated form, their articulations, bifurcations, and other incisures, as well as by the hairs or cilia with which they are provided, resemble false or natatory feet. In the Malacostraca of the following orders, these ap- pendages have the form of laminee or scales ; here these hairs and cilia appear to constitute the branchiae. Many of them, like the Sto- mapoda and the Laemodipoda, have vesicular bursae either between their feet or at their external base, the use of which is unknown. The first pair of feet, or that which corresponds to the second foot- jaws, is always annexed to a particular segment, the first after the head. The antennae, which with a single exception — the Phronimae, — are four in number, project, gradually taper into a point, and consist, as in the preceding Crustacea, of a peduncle and a single stem, or one furnished at most with a little lateral branch, and usually com- posed of several joints. The body is generally compressed and curved beneath posteriorly. The terminal apj)endages of the tail are most frequently styliform and articulated. Most of them swim and leap with facility, and always laterally. Some inhabit springs and rivulets, and are often found in couples consisting of the two sexes ; most of them however live in salt water. Their colour is uniform, verging on reddish or greenish. They may all be comprised in a single genus, that of Gammarus, Fab. Which we may subdivide, in the first place, into three sections, from the form and number of the feet. 1. Those which have fourteen feet all terminated by a hook, or in a point. 2. Those which also have fourteen feet, but which are — the four last at least — simple natatory. 3. Those which have only ten apparent feet. The first section is divided into two. Some of them, — the Uroptera, Latr., usually have a large head ; the antenna; are frequently short, and in some but two in number; the body is soft. All the feet, the fifth pair at most excepted, are simple, the anterior are short or small, and the tail is either furnished at the extremity with lateral fins, or is terminated by points or appendages, widened and bidentated, or forked at their posterior extremity. They 218 CRUSTACEA. inhabit the bodies of various Acephala or Linnsean Medusae, and of some other Zoophytes. Here, as in Phronima, Lat ., There are but two — very short and biarticulated — antennae ; the fifth pair of feet is the largest of all and terminates in a didactyle for- ceps ; the six appendages of the extremity of the tail are styliform, elongated and forked or bidentated at the end ; six vesicular sacs may be observed between the last feet. Several species appear to exist, but they have not been strictly and comparatively described. That which has been taken for our type is the Cancer seden- tarius, Forsk., Faun. Arab., p. 95; Latr., Gener. Crust, et In- sect. I, ii, 2, 3, which is found in the Mediterranean, and inha- bits a membranous transparent body that has the figure of a cask, and which appears to proceed from the body of a species of Beroe. The Phronime sentinelle , Risso, Crust., II, 3, inhabits the interior of Medusse, constituting the genera Equoree and Geronie of Peron and Lesueur. Another species, according to Leach, has been observed on the coast of Zealand. There we observe four antennae ; all the feet are simple ; on each side of the extremity of the tail is a lamellated or foliaceous fin, the leaflets of which are acuminated or unidentated at the end. Hyperia, Lat. The body thickest anteriorly ; the greater portion of the head occu- pied by oblong eyes somewhat emarginated on the inner edge ; two of the antennae, at least half as long as the body and terminated by a long setaceous stem composed of several small joints *. Phrosine, Risso. Form of the body and that of the head similar to the Hyperiae, but the antennae, at most, the length of the latter, composed of but few and styliform joints, or terminated by a stem resembling an elongated Cone f . * Cancer monoculoides, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI, ii, 3 ; — Hyperie de Le- sueur, Lat., Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXVUI, 17, 18; Des- mar. Consid., p. 258. N.B. Near the Hyperise should be placed the genus Themisto, Lat., carefully figured and described in the Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat., tome IV. As in the Hyperiee, the eyes are very large and occupy the larger portion of the head ; two of the antennae (the inferior), all terminated by a multi-articulated stem tapering to a point, are evidently longer than the others. The part there called levre inferieure, is the ligula ; those which appear to form the third pair of jaws are the first of the foot-jaws, and, as in the Amphipoda and Isopoda, close the mouth inferiorly under the form of a lip. The ‘four remaining foot-jaws are very short, directed forwards and laid upon the mouth in such a way that they seem to constitute a part of it, so that if we do not count them, or if we merely consider the following locomotive and much more apparent organs as feet, this animal, like the Hyperia and Phrosine, appears at the first glance to have but ten feet instead of fourteen. The third pair of foot-jaws is terminated by a small didactyle forceps. The same pair of feet, pro- perly so called, is much longer than the others ; its penultimate joint is greatly elongated, and is armed with a range of small spines forming a sort of comb. But a single species is known. f Phros. macrophthalma , Risso, Jour, de Phys., Qctob. 1822 ; Desmar., Ib., p. 259 ; Cancer galba, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, ii, 2. AMPHIPODA. 219 Dictylocera, Lat. The body not thickened anteriorly; the head moderate, depressed, nearly square ; eyes small ; four extremely short antennae composed of but few joints, as in Phrosine, of various forms — the inferior being thin and styliform, and the superior terminated by a small concave plate on the inner side — resemble a spoon or forceps *. The others — Gammarin.e, Latr. — always have four antennae ; their body, invested with coriaceous and elastic segments, is generally compressed and arcuated ; the posterior extremity of the tail is de- prived of fins; its appendages are styliform and cylindrical, or conical. At least two of their four anterior feet are usually terminated by a forceps. The vesicular bursae, in those where they have been observed— the Gammarinae, Latr. — are situated at the exterior base of the feet, commencing with the second pair, and are accompanied by a small plate. The pectoral scales which inclose the ova are six in number. Sometimes the four antennae, although of different proportions in several, have a similar form and use ; the inferior have no resem- blance to feet nor do they perform their functions. A subgenus which we have established under the denomination of Ione, Lat.y Only, however, from a figure given by Montagu — Oniscus thora- cicus, Trans. Lin. Soc., IX, III, 3, 4 — exhibits very peculiar charac- ters which separate it from all others of the same order. The body consists of about fifteen joints, but only distinguished by lateral tooth-like incisions. The four antennae are very short ; those that are external, being longer than the others, are the only ones visible when the animal is seen on its back. Each of the two first segments of the body of the female is provided with two elongated, fleshy, flattened cirri resembling oars. The feet are very short, concealed under the body and hooked. The six last segments are furnished with lateral, fleshy, elongated, fasciculated appendages, which are simple in the male and like oars in the female. At the posterior extremity of the body we also observe six simple, recurved appen- dages, two of which are larger than the others. The abdominal valves are very large, cover the whole inferior surface of the body, and form a sort of receptacle for the ova. This animal remains con- cealed under the shell of the Calinassa subterranea, on the side of which it forms a tumour. Montagu, having withdrawn one ofithese Crustacea from its domicil, kept it alive for several days. The female is always accompanied by the male, who fixes himself firmly to her abdominal appendages by means of his forceps. It is a rare animal which, in its habits, approaches the Bopyri j*. All the ensuing Amphipoda have the segments of the body perfectly distinct, throughout their whole extent; in neither sex nor in any * Phros. seminulatu , Risso, lb. ; Desmar. The stem of the inferior antenna: consists of two or three joints, while in PLrosine it is inarticulate. There also, the joints of the peduncles of the same antenna: are shorter. + See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Decemb. 1826, XLIX, 10, the male — 1 1, the female. 220 CRUSTACEA. of the species do we find those long oar-like cirri observed in the first of the Iones. In the latter, when it exists, the moveable toe of the foot, termi- nated by a forceps, is formed of a single joint. Of these last, there are some whose superior antennae are much shorter than the inferior, and even than their peduncle; the stem of the latter is composed of numerous joints. Orchestia, Leach. The second feet of the male terminated by a large forceps, the moveable toe long and somewhat curved ; those of the female by two toes. The third joint of the inferior antennae is at most twice the length of that of the preceding ones *. Taliprus, Lat. Neither of the feet forming a forceps. The third joint of the in- ferior antennae more than twice the length of that of the preceding ones ; the antennae large and spinous f. In the following, the superior antennae are never much shorter than the inferior. Some of them, furnished with elongated setaceous antennae ter- minated by a pluri-articulated stem, and without any remarkable forceps, approach the preceding in their superior antennae, which are somewhat shorter than the inferior, and are removed from those that follow by the form of their head which is narrowed before into a kind of snout. Such is Atylus, Leach J. All those which succeed have the superior antennae as long as the inferior, or longer; their head is not elongated into a snout. Here, as in the five following genera of Leach, the peduncle of the antennae is formed of three joints §. Some, in their superior antennae, present a character which is unique in this order — the internal extremity of the third joint of the peduncle is provided with a little articulated thread. It distinguishes the Gammarus, Lat., Where the four anterior feet have the form of small forceps, the moveable toe folding beneath. *■ Oniscus gammarellus , Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic., IX, iv, 8 ; Cancer gammarus littoreus, Montag.; Desmar., Consid., p. 261, XLV, 3. f Oniscus locusta, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, 7 ; Cancer gammarus saltator, Montag. ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 11. + Atylus carinatus, Leach, Zool. Misc., LXIX ; Desmar., Consid., p.262, XLV, 4; Gammarus carinatus, Fab.; — G. nugax? ejusd. ; Phipps, Voy. to the North Pole, XII, 2 ; § The third joint of the peduncle may be very small and thus become assi- milated to the following, or those of the stem; this peduncle, as in the Dexamines, then appears to consist of but two joints. According to the system of Leach the stem is understood to form another but compound joint. AMPHIPODA. 221 The species best known and the type of this subgenus is the Cancel' pul ex, L. ; Squilla pulex, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxiii, 1,2. It inhabits brooks, &c. The other species are marine * * * § The antennae of the following, as in all the other Amphipoda, are simple or without appendages. Melita, Leach . The second pair of feet, in the male, terminated by a large com- pressed forceps, the toe folding under its internal surface ; the an- tennae nearly equal in length ; a small foliaceous appendage on each side of the posterior extremity of the body \. MjEra, Leach. The second feet in the males terminated as in the Melitae, but the toe folds under the inferior edge of the forceps and is not concealed. The superior antennae are longer than the inferior, and the foliace- ous appendages of the posterior extremity of the body are want- ing t Amphithoe, Leach. The four anterior feet nearly similar in both sexes ; the penultimate article or hand proper, ovoid §. Pherusa, Leach. The Pherusae only differ from the preceeding subgenus in the hand of the forceps, which is filiform ||. There, the peduncle of the antennae is only composed of two joints, the third being so small as to be confounded with those of the stem, or forming that of the base ; the superior are longer than the inferior. All the feet are simple, or without forceps. Such is Dexamine, Leach\ J. In those, the moveable toe of the two forceps is bi- articulated. The antennae are of equal length. Leucothoe, Leach. The antennae short, their peduncle formed of two joints ; the four anterior feet terminated in a stout forceps ; toes of the two first bi-ar- * See Dcsmar., Consid., p. 265, 267. t Cancer palmatus, Montag;., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, p. 69; Encyclop. Method., Atl.d’Hist. Nat.. CCCXXXVI, 31 ; Desmar., Consul., XLV, 7. J Cancer gammarus grosimanus , Montag., Trans. Lin., Soc., IX, iv. 5 ; Desmar. Consul., p. 264. § Cancer rubricatus , Montap;., Trans. Lin. Soc., IX, p. 99 ; Encyclop. Method., Atl. tl’ 1 list. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 33 ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 9; — Oniscus canceling , Pall., Spic. Zool. Fascic., IX, iii, 18; Gammarus canceling. Fab. || Pherusa fusicola, Leach ; Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, p. 360 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 268. 1| Cancer gammarus spinosus, Montap;., Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, p. 3 ; Desmar., Consul., XLV, 6. 222 CRUSTACEA. ticulated ; those of the second pair consisting of a single and long joint*. Cerapus, Say. Large antennae, the peduncle consisting of three — the superior — or four — the inferior — joints ; the two anterior feet small, with a uni-articulated toe ; the two following terminating in a large triangu- lar, smooth, dentated hand, with a bi-articulated finger. Ceraphus tubularis. Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad., I, iv, 7 — 11 ; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 2. It inhabits a little cy- lindrical tube, and in this respect approaches the subsequent subgenus. Very common at Egg Harbour, New Jersey, among the Sertulariae on which it appears to feed. Finally, the inferior antennae, sometimes much larger than the superior, their stem consisting at most of four joints, have the form of feet, and appear to serve, at least occasionally, as organs of pre- hension. Here the second feet are terminated by a large forceps, Podocerus, Leach. Eyes very prominent f . Jassa, Leach. Eyes not prominent J. There, neither of the feet is terminated by a large forceps. Corophium, Lat. C. longicornis ; Cancer grossipej, L. ; Gammarus longicornis , Fab.; Oniscm volutator, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, 9; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 1, called Peryns , on the coast of Ro- chelle, lives in holes, which it forms in the mud, that is covered with hurdles, called bouchots, by the inhabitants. The animal does not make its appearance till the beginning of May. It wages everlasting war against the Nereides, Amphinomse, Arenicolse, and other marine Annelides, which inhabit the same locality. A curious spectacle is presented by these Crustacea, when the tide is coming in ; myriads of them may then be seen moving in every direction, beating the mud with their great arms, and diluting it in order to discover their prey — is it one of the above men- tioned Annelides they have discovered, which is ten or twenty times larger than themselves? they unite to attack and devour it. The carnage never ceases until the mud has been thoroughly turned up and its inequalities levelled. They do not even spare Mollusca, Fishes, or dead bodies on the shore. They mount upon the hurdles which contain Muscles, and fishermen * Cancer articulosus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. VII, 6 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 263, XLV, 5. + Podocerus variegatus, Leacli, Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, p. 361 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 269. X Jam pulchella, Leach, lb;, p. 361 ; Desmar., Consid,, p. 269. AMPHIPODA. 223 assert that they will cut the threads that keep them there, in order to precipitate them into the mud, where they may devour them at their leisure. They appear to breed during the whole summer, as females carrying their ova are to be met with at various periods. Waders and different Fishes prey upon them. For these interesting observations we are indebted to M. D’Or- bigny, Senior, conservator of the Rochelle Museum and corre- sponding member of that of Paris * * * §. The second section — Heteropa, Lat. — is composed of those with fourteen feet, the last four of which, at least, are unarmed and destined for natation only. It comprises two subgenera j\ Pterygocera, Latr. The thorax divided into several segments ; four antennae furnished with setae or hairs in bunches ; all the feet natatory and the last large and pinnated J ; cylindrical, articulated appendages to the posterior extremity of the body. Apseudes, Leach. — Eupheus, Risso. The thorax also divided into several segments, but the two anterior feet terminated by a didactyle forceps ; the two following ones clavi- form, ending in a point and dentated on the edges ; the next six slender and unguiculated at the extremity; the last four natatory. The antennae are simple. The body is narrow, elongated, and has two long setaceous appendages at its posterior extremity^ . The third and last section — Decempedes, Lat. — is composed of Amphipoda, which present but six distinct feet. Typhis, Risso. But two very small antennae, the head large, and eyes not promi- nent ; each pair of feet annexed to its peculiar segment, and the four anterior terminated by a didactyle forceps. On each side of the thorax are two moveable plates, forming a sort of lids or valves, * See Encyclop. Method., article Podocere. f This and the following section, in the first edition of the Regne Animal, form the second of the Isopoda, that of the Pliytibranchiata. But independently of our having discovered mandibular palpi in some of these Crustacea, the form of the subcaudal appendages appears to us to approximate them much nearer to the Amphipoda than to the Isopoda. We may also observe that these animals, of which we have seen but very few, have not yet been well studied. X According to the figure of Slabber — Oniscus arenarius, Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXX, 3, 4, — the number of feet is but eight; reasoning from analogy, I presume it to be fourteen ; besides, if the figure be exact, this genus would belong to the next section. § Eupheus ligioidcs , Risso, Crust., Ill, 37 ; Desmar., Consid., 285 ; — Apseudes talpa, Leach; — Cancer yamtnarus talpa , Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., IX, iv, 6 ; Des- mar., Consid. : XLVI, 9. See the Cammarus heteroclilus , Yiviani, Phosphor. Maris, II, ii, 12. N. R. The genus Rtkea, M. Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII. xiii, A, 292, dif- fers from the preceding in the superior antenna:, which are stouter, longer, and bifid. 224 CRUSTACEA. which when joined, the animal folding up its feet and tail beneath, enclose the body inferiorly, and give it a spheroidal appearance. The posterior extremity of the tail has no appendage* * * §. Anceus, Risso. — Gnathia, Leach. The thorax divided into as many segments as there are pairs of feet, but all the latter simple and monodactyle; four setaceous an- tennae ; a stout square head with two large projections in the form of mandibles; extremity of the tail furnished with foliaceous fin-like appendages f. Praniza, Leach. Four setaceous antennae, as in the preceding; but the thorax viewed from above presents but three segments, the two first of which are very short and transverse, each supporting a pair of feet, while the third, much larger and longitudinal, supports the others. The feet are simple ; the head is triangular, pointed before, and has prominent eyes. Each side of the posterior extremity of the body is also pro- vided with a fin J. Various genera of Messrs. Savigny, Rafinesque and Say§, but the characters of which have not been described or sufficiently developed, appear to belong to this order of the Amphipoda. Even some of the subgenera I have just quoted require to be re-examined. M. Milne Edwards has made several valuable and detailed obser- vations on several of these Crustacea, which will most certainly tend to elucidate the subject. ORDER IV. LJEMODIPODA. The Lsemodipoda are the only Malacostraea with sessile eyes, in which the posterior extremity of the body exhibits no distinct bran- chiae, and which are almost deprived of a tail, the two last feet being inserted in that extremity, or the segment which connects them with it being merely followed by one or two very small joints. They are also the only ones in which the two anterior feet, that correspond to the second foot-jaws, form part of the head. * Typhis ovoides, Risso, Crust., II, 9 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 281, XLVI, 5. f Anceus for ficularis ; Risso, Crust., II, 10; Desmar., Consid., XLYI, 6; — An- ceus maxillciris ; Gancer maxillaris . Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, vi, 2; Desmar. Ib., XLVI, 7. X Oniscus cosruleaius, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, iv, 2; Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXIX, 28, and CCCXXIX, 24, 25; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 8. § I can say nothing of the G. ergine, Risso : the number of its feet would seem to place it in the last section of the Amphipoda ; while the manner, in which they terminate, and the number of the segments of the body, appear to throw it among the Isopoda. JUEMODIPODA. 225 They all have four setaceous antennae supported by a tri-articulated peduncle, mandibles, without palpi, a vesicular body at the base of at least the four pairs of feet, beginning at the second or third pair, those of the head included. The body, usually filiform or linear, is com- posed of eight or nine segments, including the head, and some small appendages in the form of tubercles at its posterior and inferior ex- tremity. The feet are terminated by a stout hook. The four anterior the second of which are the largest, are always terminated by a mo- nodactyle forceps or a claw. In several, the four following ones are shortened, less articulated, without the terminal hook, or are rudi- mental, and nowise adapted for the ordinary uses of similar parts. The females carry their ova under the second and third segments of the body in a pouch formed of approximated scales. They are all marine Crustacea. M. Savigny considers them as allied to the Pycnogonides, and constituting with the latter the tran- sition from the Crustacea to the Arachnides. In the first edition of this work they formed the first section of the Isopoda, that of the Cis- tibranchiata. We may unite them in a single genus which, by the law of priority should be called the Cyamus, Lot . Some — the Filiforma, Lat. — have a long and very slender or linear body with longitudinal segments ; feet equally slender and elongated, and the stem of the antennae composed of several small joints. They are found among marine plants, walk like the caterpillar termed the Geometra, sometimes rapidly revolving in a circle, or turning up their body, during which time the antennae are vibrating. While swimming, the extremities of their body are curved. Leptomera, Lat. — Proto, Leach. Fourteen feet, including the two annexed to the head, all complete and in a continuous series. Here, as in our Leptomera proper — Gammarus pedatus, Mull., Zook Dan., Cl, 1, 2 — all the feet, the two anterior excepted, have a vesicular body at their base. There, as in the Proto, Leach — Cancer pedatus. Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., II, 6; Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXXVI, 38 — those appendages are only proper to the second, and four fol- | lowing feet *. * We should also refer to the Lcptomeroe, the Squilla vcntricosa, Miill., Zool. Dan., LVI, l — 3 ; Ilerbst., XXXVI, ii : — the Cancer linearis , L., is perhaps a con- geuer. lie describes it as having six feet, but does not include the head. VOL, III. q 226 CRUSTACEA. Naupredia, Lat. But ten feet, all in one continuous series ; the base of the second and two following pairs provided with a vesicular body *. Caprella, Lam. Ten feet also, but in an inlerrupted series, commencing with the second segment, exclusive of the head ; both this segment and the following have two vesicular bodies, and are totally deprived of feetf . The other — Qvalia, Lat, — Lsemodipoda have an oval body with transversal segments. The stem of the antennae appears to he inar- ticulated, and the feet are short but slightly elongated; those of the second and third segments are imperfect and terminated by a long cylindrical joint without a hook ; their base is provided with an elongated vesicular body. They form the subgenus. Cyamus, Lat. — Larunda, Leach. I have seen three species, all of which live on the Cetacea ; the most common, Oniscus ceti, L.; Pall., Spicil. Zool. Fascic. IX, iv, 14 ; Squille dela Baleine, Be Geer, Ins., VIC vi, 6; Pyc- nogonum ceti, Fab. ; Savig., Mem. sur les anim. sans verteb. Fascic., I, v, 1, is also found on the Mackerel : it is called by fishermen Pou de Baleine. A second very analogous species was brought to France by the late Delalande from the Cape of Good Hope. The third, which is much smaller, establishes itself on the Cetacea of the Indian Ocean. ORDER V. ISOPODA J. The Isopoda approach the Laemodipoda by the palpi of the man- dibles being absent, but are removed from them in several other re- * A subgenus founded on a species from the coast of France, which appears to me undescribed. f The Squilla lobata, Mull., Zool. Dan., LVI, 4, 6 ; his Gammarus quadrilobatus, lb., CXIV, 12; the Oniscus scolopendroides, Pall, Spic. Zool. Fascic., IX, iv, 15, are Caprellse, but their specific differences are not well characterized. We had referred the Cancer linearis, L., to the first, which, now appears doubtful. His Cancer Jiliformis ‘is probably a Caprella ; the Cancer phasma , Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, vi, 2, is a congener. His figure is copied Encyc. Mdthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXXVI, 37. For details concerning this order and genus, see the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea. X The Polygonata, Fab., with the exception of the genus Monoculus. Messrs. Audouin and Edwards — Ann. des Sc. Nat., About 1827, p. 379, 381 — heve published some interesting observations on the circulation of the Isopoda, and ISOPODA. 227 spects. The two anterior feet are not attached to the head, and belong as well as the following ones, to a particular segment. They are always fourteen in number, unguiculated, and without any vesicular appendage at their base. The under part of the tail is furnished with very apparent appendages resembling leaflets or vesicular bursse, the two first or external of which, either partially or wholly, usually cover the others. The body is generally flattened, or is wider than it is thick; The mouth consists of the same pieces as in the preceding Crustacea; but here, those which correspond to the two superior foot-jaws of the Decapoda, exhibit an appearance of a lower lip terminated by two palpi, still more than in the latter. The two mediate antennae are almost obliterared in the last Crustacea of this order, which are all terrestial and also differ from the others in their respiratory apparatus. The male organs of gene- ration are usually announced by linear or filiform appendages, and sometimes by hooks, situated at the internal origin of the first sub-caudal laminae, The females carry their ova under the thorax, either between scales, or in a pouch or membranous sac, which they open in order to allow a passage to their young, which are produced with the form of parts peculiar to their species, merely changing their skin as they increase in size. Most of them are aquatic. Those which are terrestrial, like all other Crustacea which live out of water, still require a certain degree of atmospheric humidity to enable them on that of the Ligise in particular. The heart resembles a long vessel extended above the dorsal surface of the intestine. From its anterior extremity arise three arteries, similar to those of the Decapoda. Lateral branches are also to be observed running from the heart towards the feet. On a level with the two first segments of the abdomen (the tail), that organ receives, from the right and left, small canals (branchio-cardiac vessels) which seem to proceed from the branchiae. From their experiments on the Ligiae, it would appear that the venous system is less complete than in the Decapoda macroura, and that the blood driven from the heart into various parts of the body, passes into lacunae formed between the organs in the infe- rior part of the body which communicate freely with the afferent vessels of the branchiae. The blood having traversed the respiratory apparatus, returns to the heart through the branchio-cardiac vessels. This disposition would form the tran- sition from the circulating system of the Decapoda to that of certain Branchiopoda. According to Cuvier, the two anomalous coi’ds which forrp the mediate portion of the nervous system of the Onisci — and, probably, of the other Isopoda and even of the Amphipoda — are not in complete juxtaposition, and may be distinguished throughout their whole course. There are nine ganglions without counting the brain, but the two first and two last arc so closely approximated that we may reduce the number to seven. The second and six subsequent ones furnish nerves to the seven pairs of feet; the four anterior, although, by the order of the parts, analogous to the four last foot-jaws of the Decapoda, are true feet. The segments which immediately follow, or those which form the tail, receive their nerves from the last ganglion ; these seg- ments may be considered as simple divisions of one segment represented by this gang- lion ; thus we find that the number of these posterior segments varies. Q 2 228 CRUSTACEA. to breathe, and to preserve their branchiae in a proper state for the exercise of that function. This order according to the system of Lijmaeus embraces the genus Oniscus* Lin., Which we will divide into six sections. The first— -Epicarides, Latr. — is composed of parasitical Isopoda, with neither eyes nor antennae, the body of which, in the male, is very flat, small and oblong ; much larger in the female, and having an oval form narrowed and slightly curved posteriorly, hollow beneath, with a thoracic border divided on each side into five mem- branous lobes. The feet are placed on this border and cannot be used either for locomotion or natation. The under surface of the tail is provided with five pairs of small, ciliated, imbricated leaflets, corresponding to as many segments, and arranged in two longitudi- nal series ; there is no appendage, however, to the posterior extre- mity. The only parts distinctly visible in the mouth are two mem- branous leaflets laid upon another of the same nature, forming a large quadrilateral figure. The inferior concavity forming a sort of shallow basket, is filled with the ova. Near their outlet is always found the individual presumed to be the male. Its extreme smallness seems to forbid all possibility of copulation ; according to Desmarest it is provided with two eyes ; its body is straight and almost linear. These Crustaqp# form but a single subgenus, that of Bopyrus, Lat., The most common species is the Bopyrus crangorum , Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 114; Monoculus crangorum, Fab. ; Fouger. de Bondar, Mem.-de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc., 1772, pi. 1 ; Desmar. Consid. XLIX, 8-— 43. It lives on the Palaemon ser- ratus, and the Pal. squilla, placed directly on the branchiae and under the shell ; it occasions a tumour on one of its sides, re- sembling a wen. The fishermen of the British channel con- shier them as very young Soles or Plaice. A second species, the B. des palemons, has been described by Risso, under the female of which he observed eight or nine hundred living young ones *. The second section — Cymothoada, Lat. — comprises Isopoda with four very apparent setaceous antennae, almost universally terminated by a pluri-articulated stem ; having eyes, a mouth composed as usual f ; vesicular branchiae arranged longitudinally and in pairs ; the tail formed of from four to six segments, with a fin on each side near the end ; and the anterior feet usually terminated by a small stout nail or claw. They are all parasitical. The eyes are sometimes placed on tubercles on the top of the head ; the tail consists of but four segments. * See the work of Desmarest, who has completely described this subgenus, t See our general observations on the Malacostraca with sessile eyes. IS0P0DA. 229 Serolis, Leach. But a single species is known, the Cymothoa par adoxa, Fab. The antennae are placed on two lines, and terminated by a pluri- articulated stem. Under the three first segments of the tail, between the usual appendages, there are three others, trans- versal and terminated posteriorly in a point * * * §. Sometimes the eyes are lateral and not placed on tubercles ; the tail is composed of five or six segments. Here the organ of sight is not formed of smooth, granular, ap- proximated eyes ; the antennae are placed on two lines, and consist of seven joints at least ; the six anterior feet are usually terminated by a small, stout nail. In some, where the tail always consists of six segments, the length of the inferior antennae never surpassed the half of that of the body. We will begin with those whose mandibles, as usual, are but slightly, or in no degree salient. Cymothoa, Fab. The antennae nearly equal in length ; eyes scarcely apparent ; last segment of the tail forming a transverse square ; the two pieces ter- minating the lateral fins, linear, equal and styliform f. Icthyophilus, Lat. — Nerocila, Livoneca, Leach. The antennae, equal in length, and but slightly visible eyes ; the last segment of the body almost triangular ; the two pieces termi- nating the lateral fins in the form of leaflets and laminae, the exterior of which is largest in the Nerocilae, and of the size of the other in Livoneca X- In the four following subgenera the superior antennae are mani- festly shorter than the inferior. In several, as in Cymothoa, all the feet are terminated by a small, stout, and strongly curved nail ; the last eight are not spinous ; the eyes are always separated and convex. They form three genera in the system of Leach, but may be united in a single subgenus, under the common denomination of one of them, or the Canolira, Leach. — Anilocra, Olencira, Ejusd. The laminoe of the fins in the Olenciroe§ are narrow and armed with spines. In the Anilocroe || the external leaflet of the same parts is longer than the internal ; the reverse is the case with the Canolirm ^j. The eyes, besides, are but slightly granulous while in the preceding that disposition is evident. * For other details consult Dcsmar., Consul., p. 292 — 294. •f* Cymothoa oestrum , Fab. ; Desmar, Consid., XLYI, 6, 7 ; — C. imbncata, Fab. For the other species, see Desmar., loc. cit. X See Dcsfnar., op. cit. p. 307, genera Nerocila and Livoneca, and various species of Cymothoac of Risso, p. 310, 311. § Desmar., Consul., p. 30G. || Desmar., Consid., Anilocre du Cap , XLV1II, 1. 1| Desmar., Consid., p. 305. 230 CRUSTACEA. In the three following subgenera, the second, third and fourth feet alone are terminated by a strongly curved nail, and the last eight are spinous. The eyes are usually but slightly convex ; they are large and converge anteriorly. ^Ega, Leach. The two first joints of the superior antennae very broad and com- pressed, while in the two subsequent subgenera they are almost cy- lindrical * * * §. Rocinela, Leach. The Rocinelae differ from the iEgae, as just stated, in the form of the two first joints of their superior antennae, but otherwise approach them, as in their large eyes which approximate anteriorly f. The Conilira, Leach , Resembles Rocinela in the antennae ; but the eyes are smaller and distant, and the edges of the segments nearly straight and not falci- form nor prominent J. The last subgenus, among those of this section in which the an- tennae are placed on two lines, where the tail is composed of six segments, and the inferior antennae are always short, is distin- guished from all the preceding by strong and salient mandibles. It is the Synodus, Lat ., A subgenus established on a single species §. In those that follow, the tail is usually composed of but five seg- ments. The length of the inferior antennae is more than the half of that of the body. Cirolana, Leach , The tail composed of six segments |f. In the Nelocira, Leach. It consists of but five. The cornea of the eyes is smooth % Eurydice, Leach. Similar to Nelocira in the number of caudal segments, but re- moved from it by the granulous eyes **. This subgenus leads us to those in which these organs are formed of granules or approximated simple eyes, [and that also have the four antennae, composed of four joints at most, inserted on one hori- zontal line, and all the feet fitted for walking. The tail consists of * Desmar., Consid., p. 304 , JEga entaillee, XLVII, 4, 5. •f* Desmar., Consid., p. 304. * Desmar., Consid., p. 304. § See Encyc. Method., article Synodus. j| Desmar., Consid., p. 303. «jj Desmar., Consid., p. 302 ; . Nelocire de Swainson , XLVIIX, 2. ** Desmar., Consid., p. 302. ISOPODA. 231 six segments, the last of which is large and suborbicular. Such is the Lim&oria, Leach . The only living species known is the Limnoria terebrans , Leach, Edinb. Encyclop., VII, p. 433 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 312. Although scarcely above two lines in length, its habits and fecundity render it highly noxious. It perforates the tim- bers of ships in various directions and with alarming rapidity. When taken in the hand it rolls itself into a ball. It is found in various parts of the British seas. The figure and description of a small fossil crustaceous ani- mal has been sent to Count Dejean by Professor Germar, which seems to us to belong to this subgenus *. The third section — Spieeromides, Lat. — exhibits four very dis- tinct, short, setaceous or conical antennae, and a single genus — An- thura — excepted, always terminated by a stem divided into several small joints ; the inferior, always the longest, are inserted beneath the under part of the first joint of the superior which is broad and thick. The arrangement of the mouth is as usual. The branchiae are vesicular or soft, exposed, and arranged longitudinally in pairs. But two complete and moveable segments are observed in the tail, the first, however, frequently presents impressed and transverse lines indicating vestiges of others ; on each side of its posterior ex- tremity is a fin terminated by two leaflets, of which the inferior alone is moveable ; 1 the superior f is formed by an internal prolongation of the common stem. The branchial appendages are curved in- wards: the inner side of the first are accompanied, in the male, by a small linear and elongated projection. The anterior part of the head situated beneath the antennae is triangular, or has the figure of a heart reversed. Some have an oval or oblong body, usually assuming, when con- tracted, the form of a ball ; the antennae terminated by a pluri-articu- lated stem, and the inferior, at least, visibly longer than the head. The lateral and posterior fins are composed of a peduncle and two laminae, forming with the last segment a common fin, shaped like a fan. In these, the impressed and transverse lines of the anterior seg- ment of the tail, which is always shorter than the next or last one, do not extend to the lateral margin. The first joint of the superior antennae has the form of a triangular palette. The head, viewed from above, forms a transverse square. The leaflets of the fins are much flattened, and the intermediate piece or the last segment is widened and rounded laterally. * The Oniscus jrreegustator, figured, in Parkinson, is allied to this species, or at least, appears to belong to the same section. t It folds over the posterior edge of the last segment, and in several, such as the Zuzarec, and Nresie, Leach, like an arch. 232 CRUSTACEA. Zuzara, Leach. Leaflets of the fins very large ; the superior, which is the shortest, separates from the other to form a border to the last segment* * * § **. Sph^roma, Lat. Leaflets of a moderate size, equal, and laid one over the other f. In those, the impressed lines or transverse sutures of the anterior segment of the tail extend to its lateral edges and cut it. The first joint of the superior antennae forms an elongated square, or linear palette. The leaflets of the fins are uaually narrower and thicker than in the preceding ; the external sometimes (Cymodocea) incloses the other, which is prismatic ; the point at which they unite resembles a knot or joint. Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is visibly longer through- out all its width than the preceding ones and that which follows. Only one of the two leaflets projects. N^isa,' — Campecopea. Leach. J Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is as long as the preced- ing ones and as that which follows. Cilicia, Leach . Only one of the fin-leaflets salient, the other being placed against the posterior edge of the last segment §. Cymodocea, Leach. Both leaflets salient and directed backwards ; the sixth segment is not prolonged posteriorly, and the extremity of the last one presents a small lamina in an emargination ||. Dynamene, Leach , Similar to the Cymodocse in the projection and direction of the leaflets of the fins, but the sixth segment is prolonged posteriorly, and the last one exhibits a mere fissure without the lamina ^J. The others, such as the Amthura, Leach , Have a vermiform body, and the antennae, composed of four joints, scarcely as long as the head. The leaflets of the posterior fins by their disposition and approximation form a sort of capsule. The anterior feet are terminated by a monodactyle forceps * Desmar., Consid., p. 298. f Desmar., Consid,, p. 2 99 — 30 2. Spherome dentee, XLYII, 3 — Oniscus scr- ratus, Fab. t Desmar., Consid., NesSe bidenie, XLYII, 2; — Campeccpee celue, Id., It., 1. § Desmar., Consid., Cilicee de Latreille, XLVIII, 3. || Desmar., Consid., XLVIII, 4, 51 Desmar., Consid., p. 297. ** Desmar., Consid., Anihare grele, XLVI, 13 ; Oniscus gracilis, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. IX, v, 6; — Gammarus heteroclitus, Vivian., Phosph. Mar., II, 11, 12. ISOPODA. 233 In the fourth section — Idoteides, Leach — there are also four anten- nae, but they are placed on one horizontal and transverse line ; the laterals terminate in a tapering, pointed, pluriarticulated stem ; the intermediaries are short, filiform or slightly inflated at the end, and consists of four joints, neither of which is divided. The composition of the mouth is the same as in the preceding sections. The branchiae, white in most of them, are in the form of bladders, susceptible of inflation, serving for natation and covered by two laminae or valvulae of the last segment that adhere laterally to its edges ; they are longi- tudinal, biarticulated, and open in the middle on a straight line like folding doors. The tail consists of three segments, the last of which is much the largest, and has neither terminal appendages not lateral fins. They are all marine, Idotea, Fab. All the feet alike, and strongly unguiculated ; the body oval or simply oblong, and the lateral antennae shorter than half the length of the body *. Stenosoma, Leach. The Stenosomae only differ from the Idoteae in the linear form of their body, and the length of their antennae which is more than half that of the body f . Arcturus, Lat. The Arcturi are very remarkable for the form of the second and third feet, which incline forwards and terminate by a long, bearded and unarmed or feebly unguiculated joint ; the two anterior are laid on the mouth and are unguiculated; the last six are strong, ambula- tory, thrown behind, and bidentated at the extremity. In the length of the antennae and form of the body they approach the Stenosomae. I have never seen but a single species, the Ai'ct. tuberculatus , which was brought to Europe, from the Arctic seas, in one of the last expeditions to those regions. The fifth section — Asellota, Lat. — comprises Isopoda with four very apparent setaceous antennae, arranged on two lines, and termi- nated by a pluriarticulated stem ; two mandibles ; four jaws covered, as usual, by a kind of lip formed by the first foot-jaws ; vesicular branchiae, in pairs, covered by two longitudinal and biarticulated, but free leaflets ; a tail composed of a single segment, without late- ral fins, but with two bifid stylets, or two very short tubercular ap- pendages^ on the middle of its posterior edge. Other lamelliform appendages situated at its inferior base, which are now numerous in the males, distinguish the sexes. Asellus, Geoff. Two bifid stylets at the posterior extremity of the body; eyes * Oniscus cnlomon, L. ; Squilla entomon Deg., Insect, VII, xxxii, 1, 2; — Idofa. tricuspidala , Lntr. ; Desm., Consul., XLVI, ii. For the other species, see Idotcn, Nouv. Diet, d* Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and Desmar. op. cit. t Stenosoma linear e, Leach; Desmar. op. cit. lb. xlvi, 12; — Stenosoma hccticum , lb. ; — Idotea viridissimu, Itisso, Crust., Ill, 8. For the other species, see Desmar. op. cit. 234 CRUSTACEA. separated; the superior antennae at least as long as the peduncle of the inferior ; the hooks at the end of the feet entire. The only species of this subgenus that is known— -the Aselle, d’eau douce, Geoff., Ins. II, xii, 2 ; Squille aselle , Deg., Insect., VII, xxi, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 1,2; Idotea aquatica , Fab., — is very abundant in fresh and stagnant waters as well as in the marshes, in the vicinity of Paris. Its gait, unless alarmed, is very slow. In the spring it issues from the mud in which it has passed the winter. JThe male, much larger than the fe- female, carries the latter for eight days, clasping her with the fourth pair of feet. When he abandons her she is loaded with a great number of ova inclosed in a membranous sac, situated under the thorax, which affords an issue to the young through a longitudinal fissure. Oniscoda, Lat. The Oniscodse or Janiree* of Leach differ from the Aselli in the approximation of their eyes, in the superior antennae which are shorter than the peduncle of the inferior, and in the hooks of the tarsi which are bifid. The only species known, the Janira maculosa, Leach ; Des- mar., Consid., p. 315, was found on the coast of England among the Fuci and Ulvee. Lera, Leach , But two tubercles at the extremity of the tail in place of the stylets. But a single species has been described, the qcera albifrons , Leach; Desm., Consid., p. 316, which is very common on the English coast among the Fuci and Ulvae. Finally, the Isopoda of the sixth and last section — Oniscides, Lat. — have four antennae also, but the two intermediate ones are very small, but slightly apparent, and are composed at most of but two joints ; the lateral are setaceous. The tail consists of six segments, with two or four styliform appendages on the posterior margin of the last one, and is without lateral fins. Some of them are aquatic and others terrestrial. In the latter, the first leaflets of the under part of the tail exhibit a series of small holes, through which air pene- trates to the organs of respiration therein contained. In some, the sixth joint of their antennae, or the stem, is so com- posed, that by counting the little joints of this part the total number amounts at least to nine. These Isopoda are marine and form two subgenera. The Tylos, Lat., Appears to possess the faculty of rolling itself into a ball. The last segment of the body is semicicular, and exactly fills up the emargination formed by the preceding one ; the posterior appendages * A name employed by Risso for a genus of the same class ; I have consequently been obliged to replace it with another. ISOroDA, 235 are very small and entirely inferior. The antennae consist of nine joints, the last four composing the stem. On each side is a depressed tubercle representing one of the intermediate antennae ; the interven- ing space is raised. The branchiae are vesicular, imbricated, and covered by laminae *. Ligia, Fab. 'The stem of the lateral antennae composed of a great number of small joints ; two very salient stylets divided at the end into two branches, at the posterior extremity of the body. Ligia oceanica ; Oniscus oceanicus , L., Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 3, 4, about an inch long, grey, with two large yellowish spots on the back. The lateral antennae are less than half the length of the body, and their stem consists of thirteen joints. The stylets are as long as the tail. This animal is very common on the coast of France, where it is seen climbing up the rocks, &c. If an attempt be made to capture it, it quickly folds up its feet and lets itself fall. In the Ligia italica , Fab., the lateral antennae are nearly as long as the body ; the sixth joint, or the stem, is divided into seventeen small ones. The stylets are much longer than the tail. Ligia muscorum; Oniscus hypnorum, Fab., Cuv., Journ. d’Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 3, 4, 5 ; Oniscus agilis , Panz., Faun., Ins. Germ., Fascic. IX, xxiv. The lateral antennae shorter than the half of the body, and their stem composed of but ten small joints. The peduncle of the posterior stylets is furnished on the inner with a tooth and seta. In others, all terrestial, the lateral antennae consist at most of eight joints which gradually diminish in size towards the extremity, so that no one of them appears to be divided or compound. Here, the posterior appendages, or stylets, project beyond the last segment. The body does not contract into a ball, or does it im- perfectly. Philoscia, Lat. The lateral antennae divided into eight parts and exposed at base ; the four posterior appendages nearly equal. They are only found in wet places f . Oniscus, Lin. The true Onisci have also eight joints in their lateral antennae, but their base is covered, and the two external appedages of the extremity of the tail are much larger than the others. These animals and those of the two following subgenera are vulgarly called Clous - d-porte , and by syncope Cloporte , Porcelets de Saint- Antoine ( a). * Tylos armadillo , Lat., fig, in the pi. d’ Hist. Nat. of the great work on Egypt — from the Mediterranean. •f* Oniscns sylveslris , Fab. ; Oniscus muscorum , Cuv., Journ. d’Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 6, 8 ; Coqueb., Ill, Icon. Insect., Dec. I, vi, 12. {Kf=* (a) These “ Pigs of St. Anthony ” are American Wood-Lice — Boiled in milk they still constitute a favourite remedy with numerous patients, and some few equally intelli- gent practitioners, who attribute to them diuretic, absorbent, and aperient qualities. That they may act as an emetic, I can readily admit. — Eng. Ed. 236 CRUSTACEA. They inhabit retired and obscure places, cellars, fissures in walls, old buildings, under-stones, See., &c. They feed on decaying vegetable and animal matters, and seldom issue from their retreat except in rainy weather. They move but slowly, unless they are alarmed. The ova are inclosed in a pectoral pouch. The young, at birth, have one thoracic segment less than the adult, and consequently have but twelve feet. They are no longer employed inmedicine*. Porcellio, Lat. The Porcelliones differ from the Onisci in the number of joints that compose the lateral antennae, which is only seven. In their other characters they are alike f . There, as in Armadillo, Lat. The posterior appendages of the body do not project ; the last seg- ment is triangular; a little lamina resembling a reversed triangle, or widest and truncated at the end, formed by the last part of the late- ral appendages, fills on each side, the space between that segment and the preceding one. The lateral antennae have but seven joints. The superior subcaudal scales exhibit a range of small holes J. SECOND GENERAL DIVISION. ENTOMOSTRACA. Under this denomination, which is taken from the Greek and sig- nifies Insects with shells , Othon Frederic Muller comprises the genus Monoculus of Linnaeus, to which we must add some of his Lernae.ae His investigation of these animals, the study of which is so much the more difficult as they are mostly microscopic, and the observations of Schaeffer and of M. Jurine, Sen., have excited the admiration and secured the gratitude of every naturalist. Other but partial labours such as those of Randohr, Straus, Herman, Jun., Jurine, Jun,s A. Brongniart, Yistor Audouin, and Milne Edwards, have extended our knowledge of these animals and particularly of . their anatomy; * Oniscu, murarius. Fab.; Cuv., Journ. d’Hist. Nat., II, xxvi, 11, 13; Le Clo- porte ordinaire, Geoff ., Insect. II, xxii, 1 ; Cloporte aselle, Deg., Insect. VII, xxxv. 3 ; Desmar. Consid., XLIX, 5. i' Oniscus asellus, Cuv., ID. ; Panz., Faun. Ins. Germ., IX, xxi ; Cloporte ordinaire, var. C, Geoff. ; — Porcellio loevis, Latr. ; Cloporte ordinaire, var. B, Geoff. X Oniscus armadillo, L. ; Cuv., Ib., 14, 15 ; Oniscus cinereus, Panz., Ib., Fascic. LXII, xxii Oniscus variegatus, Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 16 ; Armadille pustule, Des- mar., Consid., LXIX, 6 ; — Armadille des boutiques, Dumer., Diet., des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 117, a species from Italy formerly employed by the apothecaries. ENTOMOSTRACA. 237 hut in this respect, Straus, as well as M. Jurine, Sen., although pre- ceded by Randohr in the observation of several important details of organization, of whose memoir on the Monoculi, 1805, they seem to have been ignorant, has surpassed them all. Fabricius merely adopted the genus Limulus of Muller, which he placed in his class of the Kleistagnatha, or our family Brachyura of the order Decapoda. All the other Entomostraca are united as by Linnaeus in one single genus, Monoculus, which he places in his class of the Polygonata or our Isopod a. These animals are all aquatic and mostly inhabit fresh water. Their feet, the number of which varies, and that sometimes extends to beyond a hundred, are usually fitted for natation only, being some- times ramified or divided, and sometimes furnished with pinnulse or formed of lamellae. Their brain is formed of one or two globules. The heart has always the figure of a long vessel. The branchiae composed of hairs or setae, singly or united, in the form of barbs, combs or tufts, constitute a part of those feet or of a certain number of them, and sometimes of the upper mandibles *. Hence the origin of our term Branchiopoda, affixed to these animals, of which at first we formed but a single order. Nearly all of them are provided with a shell composed of one or two pieces, very thin, and most generally almost membranous and nearly diaphanous, or at least with a large anterior thoracic segment, frequently confounded with the head, which appears to replace the shell. The teguments are usually rather horny than calcareous, thereby approximating these animals to the Insecta and Arachnides. In those which are provided with ordinary jaws, the inferior or exterior are always exposed, all the foot-jaws performing the office of feet properly so called, and none of them being laid upon the mouth. The second jaws, those of the Phyllopa at most excepted, resemble these latter organs ; Jurine sometimes distinguishes them by the name of hands. These characters distinguish the gnawing Entomostraca from the Malacostraca ; the others, those which constitute our order of the Poecilopoda, cannot be confounded with the Malacostraca, inasmuch as they are deprived of organs of mastication, or because the parts which seem to act as jaws are not united anteriorly nor preceded by a labrum as in the antecedent Crustacea and the gnawing Insecta, but are simply formed by the branches of the locomotive organs, which, for that purpose, are furnished with small spines. The Poe- cilopoda in this class of animals represent those which in that of insects are known by the name of Suctoria or the Suckers. Nearly * Sec Cypris, 238 CRUSTACEA. all of them are parasitical, and they seem to lead to the Lernaeae by insensible gradations ; but the presence of eyes, the faculty of changing their skin, or even of undergoing a sort of metamorphosis*, and that of locomotion by means of their feet, appear to us to esta- blish a positve line of demarcation between the former and the latter We have consulted several erudite naturalists with respect to these transformations, but none of them have observed a change of skin to occur. The antennae of the Entomostraca, whose form and number greatly vary, serve for natation in several. The eyes are rarely placed on a pedicle, and when this is the case, that pedicle is a mere lateral prolongation of the head, and is never articulated at the base ; they are frequently closely approximated and even form but one. The organs of generation are situated at the orgin of the tail ; it has been thought but erronenously, that their seat was in the antennse of the male. This tail f is never terminated by a fan-like fin, nor does it present those false feet observed in the Malacostraca. The ova are collected under the back, or are external, and covered by a common envelope, and resemble one or two small clusters at the base of the tail ; it appears that they can be kept in a desiccated state for a long period without losing their properties. It is only after a third change of skin that these animals become adult and capable of continuing their species. It has been proved, with respect to some of them, that a single copulation fecundifies several successive generations1 ORDER I. BRANCHIOPODA. A' mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles, a ligula, and one or two pairs of jaws, and branchiae, the first of which, when there are several are always anterior, characteriz, this order or the sixth of the class, These Crustacea are always wandering and are generally protected by a shell resmbling that of a bivalve, and furnished with four or two * The young of Daphnia, and of some neighbouring subgenera, and probably also those of Cypris and Cytherea, with the exception of size, scarcely differ, if at all, from their parents on quitting the egg ; but those of Cyclops, the Phyllopa, and the Arguli, experience considerable changes while young, either as respects the form of the body or the number of feet. These organs in some, the Arguli for instance, expe- dience changes which modify their uses. ‘ t If we excepted the Phyllopa, the last feet are thoracic, or foot.jaws {Cypris). BRANCHIOPODA. 239 antennae. Their feet, with a few exceptions, are wholly natatory. Their number varies, being but six in some, while in others it amounts to twenty, forty-two, or more than a hundred. Many of them have but one eye. Most of these animals, as we have already stated, being nearly microscopical, it is evident that the application of one of the charac- ters we have employed — that of the presence or absence of the palpi of the mandibles' — with respect to them, presents almost insuperable difficulties * . The form and number of the feet, that of the eyes, the shell, the antennae, furnish us with more visible marks, and such as are within the observtion of every one. This order in the systems of De Geer, Fabricius and Linnaeus, a single species excepted — M. polyphemus , contained by a single genus Monoculus, Lin. f Which we will divide into two principal sections. The first, — that of the Lophyropa — is distinguished by the number of feet, which never extends beyond ten ; their joints are also more or less cylindrical or conical, and never entirely lamelliform or foli- aceous ; the branchiae are but few in number, and most of them have but one eye. Several besides, have mandibles provided with a pal- pus £ ; there are, almost always, four antennae which serve for loco- motion. In the second section — that of the Phyllopa— the number of feet is increased to at least twenty, and in some amounts to many more ; their joints, or at least the last ones, are flattened and resemble cili- ted leaflets. The palpi of the mandibles are always wanting. They all have two eyes, situated in some at the extremity of two moveable pedicles; their antennae, but two in number in several, are generally small and not fitted for natation. We will divide the Lophyropa into three principal and very natural groups, the two first of which approach the Crustacea of our three first orders in their mandibles, each of which is furnished with a palpus, and in some other characters. 1. Those Carcinoida, Lat. — whose more or less ovoid shell is not doubled like that of a bivalve, and leaves the inferior portion of the body exposed. They never have antennae resembling ramified arms They have ten feet, more or less cylindrical or setaceous. The ova, in those females whose gestation has been observed, are contained in two external sacs situated at the base of their tail. Some of them have eyes. * Wc will begin, however, with those Branchiopoda whose mandibles are furnished, with palpi ; they constitute the two first divisions of the Lophyropa. t And that of Binocle in the system of GcofFroy. I M. Straus appears to attribute this character exclusively to Cypris and Cythe- rea, which compose his order of the Ostrapoda ; but from the observations of Juriue Sen., and Randohr, it seems that it also belongs to Cyclops. 240 CRUSTACEA. 2. Those — Ostracoda, Lat. ; Ostrapoda, Straus — whose shell is formed of two pieces or valves resembling those of a muscle, united by a hinge, and closing while the body is quiescent. They have but six feet *, neither of which terminates in a digitated fin, nor is accom- panied by a branchial lamina. Their antennae are simple, filiform or setaceous. They never have more than one eye. Their mandi- bles and superior jaws are furnished with a branchial leaf. The ova are placed under the back. 3. The last — Cladocera, Lat.; Daphnides, Straus — have but one eye, and the shell doubled but without a hinge (Jurine), termi- nating posteriorly in a point, and leaving the head, which is covered by a kind of shield like a rostrum, exposed. They have two, usually very large, antennae, resembling arms, divided into two or three branches directly above the peduncle, which are furnished with threads, always projecting and serving as oars. Their ten feet j- are terminated by a digitated or pectinated fin accompanied, the two first excepted, by a branchial lamina J. Their ova are also placed under the back ; their body always ter- minates posteriorly in the manner of a tail, with two or three threads at the end. The anterior extremity of the body is sometimes pro- longed into a kind of rostrum, and at others forms a kind of head, almost entirely occupied by a large eye. The first division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda — that of the Carcinoida — may be divided into two according to the number of the eyes. Some of them have two. Here the shell completely invests the thorax ; the eyes are large and very distinct, and the intermediate antennae are terminated by two threads. Zoea, Bose. Very large globular eyes completely exposed, and horn-like pro- jections on the thorax. Zoea pelagica, Bose., Hist, Nat. Crust. II, xv, 3, 4. The body semi-diaphanous ; four antennae inserted under the eyes, the external ones bent into an elbow and bifid ; a kind of long rostrum on the forepart of the thorax and between the eyes, and a long pointed prominence on the posterior part of the back. The feet are very short and hardly visible, the two last excepted, which are elongated or terminate in a fin. The tail is as long as the thorax, curved, and formed of five joints, the last being large, crescent-shaped and spinous. It was discovered by Bose in the Atlantic Ocean. * According to Straus, the first pair of feet; hut although these parts tby serv- ing as oars perform their functions. I nevertheless consider them as analogous to the lateral antennae of the superior Crustacea and to the two superior ones of a Cyclops, which here also concur with the feet in producing locomotion. f Muller gives eight to the Cythereae ; reasoning from analogy, we may presume that he was mistaken. X This character applies especially to Daphnia, the most numerous subgenus of this division, and by analogy, to Polyphemus and Lynceus. BR ANCHIOPODA. 241 The Mono cuius tauras, Slabber, Microsc. V, and the Cancer yermanus , L., appear to be allied to it *. Nebalia, Leach. Triangular, flattened eyes, partly covered by a triangular and arched scale. The feet are forked, and the terminal appendages of the tail seta- ceous f . There the thorax or the shell, viewed from above, is divided into five segments, of which the first is much the largest, and has the an- tennae, eyes, and foot-jaws attached to it ; the second and the third have each one pair of feet, the fourth has the two following pairs, and the fifth, the last. The eyes are small and not prominent; all the antennae are terminated by a single thread. CoNDYLURA, Lat. The inferior antennae longest ; the anterior sides of the first seg- ment prolonged into a point forming two scales approximated into a kind of rostrum; feet terminating in a silky point; some of the in- termediaries, as in the Schizopoda, with an external appendage near the base ; the tail narrow and formed of seven annuli, the last of which, conical and elongated, projects between the two lateral appendages that are slender, styliform, and composed of two joints, the last silky J. We should remark, that the genus Nicothoe of MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards, by admitting it to have mandibles and jaws, would belong to this section ; but as the animal on which it is founded * See the Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insect., of Latreille, and the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea. This genus has not yet been completely described, and we have not been able to procure a single specimen of it. "b Nebalia Herbstii, Leach, Zool. Miscell., XLV ; Desmar., Consid., XL, 5 ; Rand., Monoc. 1, 8? The Nebalie ventrue. Risso, Journ. de Phys., Octob. 1822, probably forms a peculiar subgenus in the section of the Schizopoda. In the Cyclops exiliens, Viviani, the thorax is divided into several segments, a circumstance which excludes it from the Nebalise. It also forms a new subgenus intermediate between the preceding and following one. N.B. Anew species of this genus, the N. Geoff. Saint-Hil., Ib. , XV, 1, has been very minutely described by Milne Edwards. The head is terminated anteriorly by a rostrum articulated at base, or moveable and pointed ; the eyes are pedunculated ; the superior antennae are inserted under them, and the second joint of the peduncle is furnished with a lamina ; the mouth is surrounded with three pairs of appendages, which appear to correspond in their progressive order to the palpigerous mandibles and four jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda ; beneath are placed five pairs of foliaceous and ciliated laminae which appear to be branchial, and further down are four pairs of bifid and natatory feet ; the abdomen is composed of seven annuli, the first of which support two small rudimental filaments ; the last is terminated by two elongated stylets furnished with long hairs. As it is extremely probable that there is, as usual, another pair of feet, the two inferior and branchial appendages above men- tioned may very well represent that pair. In the other appendages we should find foot-jaws and the parts of the ligula : in that case the Nebalia; must be referred to the last section of the Decapoda Macroura. X Condylura Dorbigni, Lat. From the sen coast of Rochelle. R VOL. III. 242 CRUSTACEA. is parasitical, and, as I think I perceive in it a vestige of a sucker, I have placed it among the Poecilopoda. I would observe, however, that the feet, the anterior excepted, closely resemble those of Cyclops, and that the females also carry their ova in two sacs situated at the base of the tail as in the latter genus *. In the remaining Lophyropa of our first division, the thorax, as in the Condylura, is divided into several segments, the first of which is much the largest ; they have but one eye situated in the centre of the front between the superior antennae, such is the Cyclops, Mull., So well studied by Jurine, Sen., and Randohr. The body is more or less oval, soft or gelatinous, and divided into two portions, one anterior, composed of the head and thorax, the other posterior, or the tail. The segment immediately preceding the sexual organs, and which, in the female, is provided with two appendages in the form of little feet — -fulcra, J urine — may be considered as the first of the tail, which is not always decidedly or suddenly distinguished from the thorax. It is composed of six parts or segments ; under the second in the males, are two articulated appendages, sometimes sim- ple, and at others with a small branch on the inner side of various forms, and constituting, either wholly or partially, the organs of generation. The vulva, in the other sex, is situated on the same segment. The last one is terminated by two points or stylets, form- ing a fork, and is more or less furnished with setse or peniform threads. The other or anterior portion of the body is divided into four seg- ments, the first of which is much the largest, and composes the head and part of the thorax, which are also covered by a common scale. In it, are inserted the eye, four antennae, two mandibles — mandibules internes of Jurine, furnished with a palpus, either simple or divided into two articulated branches, ‘two jaws — mandibules externes, or levre avec des barbillons of Jurine f, and four feet, each divided into four cylindrical stems furnished with hairs or bearded threads ; * Near the Condylurse should be placed the genus Cuma, M. Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, xiii, B. The superior antennae are rudimental, and consist of but one joint. The head is distinct from the thorax, which is divided into four seg- ments, to the first of which are attached the four anterior feet, each of the follow- ing having a pair ; all these feet are natatory, directed forwards, and have no hook at the end ; the two first pairs alone are bifid. The genus Pontia, Id., Ib., XIV. appears to us to approach Cyclops. The head is distinct from the trunk, and terminated by a rostrum which is rather acute and appears to be formed of two pieces ; it has two sessile eyes ; four antennee, the superior of which are setaceous, multi- articulated and ciliated ; the inferior are pediform, composed of a peduncle, serving as a base to two divisions or branches, each terminated by a pencil of hairs, one of them having two joints, the last widened at the end, and the other consisting of one. The thorax is divided into five annuli, and has six pairs of natatory and bifid feet. The abdomen is formed of two segments and terminated by two spatula- like appendages or fins. f According to the successive order of the parts of the mouth in the Decapoda, the part situated immediately beneath the mandibles is the ligula ; but the denta- tion of those here spoken of indicates maxillary organs. The ligula may have escaped the notice cf M. Jurine. branchiopoda. 243 tire anterior pair, corresponding to the second jaws, differs slightly from those that follow. Jurine compares it to a kind of hands. To each of the three following segments is attached a pair of feet formed like the last of the preceding ones. Two of the antennae, superior to the others, are longer, setaceous, simple, and composed of nu- merous small joints ; by their action, they facilitate the motion of their body, and almost perform the office of feet. The inferior — antennales, Jurine — are filiform, usually present but four joints, are sometimes simple, and at others, forked; by the rapidity of their motions in the water, they occasion a kind of whirlpool. In the males, the superior antennae ~or one of them only ( C. castor ) are marked by a strangulation and dilatation, followed by a joint with a hinge. By means of these organs,theyseizetheir females, in theiramorous preludes, either by the posterior feet, or by the extremity of the tail, and keep them, no- lens volens, in the peculiar position in which they fix themselves. The latter carry off the males, when they are unwilling to gratify their desires on the spot. The business of coition is performed, as in the preceding Crustacea, and by prompt and repeated acts. Jurine observ- ed it to occur three times in the space of fifteen minutes. Until the pub- lication of his remarks, it was thought that the male organs of genera- ion were placed on the superior antenna?, and this error appeared to be the more probable, inasmuch as an analogous conformation was known to exist in the Araneides. On each side of the tail, in the female, is an oval sac, filled with eggs — ovaire externe, Jurine — ad- hering by a very slender pedicle to the second segment, close to its junction with the third, where the orifice of the oviduct is also visible. The pellicle, forming these sacs, is a mere continuation of that of the internal ovary. The number of ova they contain augments with age ; they are at first brown or dark, afterwards become reddish, and, when the young ones are about to be hatched, are almost transparent, but without increasing in size. If insulated or detached, at least until a certain period, the germ perishes. A single, but indispensa- able fecundification suffices for several successive generations The same female may spawn ten times in the space of three months. Al- lowing it to occur but eight times in that period, and the number of young ones produced to be forty, the sum total of births will amount to near four thousand five hundred millions. The length of time which the young remain in the ovaries, varies from two to ten days, according to the temperature of the season, and various other circum- stances. The oviferous sacs sometimes present a greater or less number of elongated glandiform bodies which appear to consist of a collection of Infusoria. The young, at birth, have four feet, and their body is rounded and without a tail. It was with these that Muller formed his genus Amymone. Some time after — fifteen days, from February to March — they acquire another pair of feet, constituting the genus Nauplius , Muller. After the first change they have the form and all the parts which characterize the adult animal, but more exiguously propor- tioned ; their antennae and feet are proportionally shorter. After thrice changing their skin they are capable of propagation. Most of these Entomostraca swim on their back, dart about with great r 2 244 CRUSTACEA. vivacity, and move backwards and forwards with equal facility. For want of animal substances they will attack vegetable matters, but the fluid in which they live does not pass into their stomach. The alimentary canal extends from one extremity of the body to the other. The heart in the C. castor is oval, and situated under the second and third segments of the body ; a vessel is given off at each of its extremities, one running to the head, and the other to the tail. Directly under it is a second analogous, but pyriform organ, which also produces a vessel at each end, corresponding perhaps to the branchio-cardiac canals, mentioned in our observations on the circu- lation of the Crustacea Decapoda, From several experiments made by Jurine upon various Cyclopes, alternately asphyxiated and resus- citated, it would appear that in this sort of resurrection the extremity of the intestinal canal gives the first signs of life, and that the irri- tability of the heart is less energetic ; that of the antennae, in the males especially, of the palpi, and lastly of the feet, is inferior. No alteration is effected in the antennae by amputating a portion of them ; the reintegration takes place under the skin, for the organs reappear in all their entireness at the ensuing moult. The C. staphylinus , from its shorter antennae, the superior of which consist of a considerably less number of joints than those of other Cyclopes, while the inferior, on the contrary, have more ; and from the shape of its body which gradually diminishes towards its posterior ex- tremity, so that it seems to have no tail or at least none that is abruptly formed, and its back, in the females, being armed with a kind of horn posteriorly arcuated, forms a particular division. The C. castor , and some others whose inferior antennae and mandibular palpi are divided above their base into two branches, may also compose another group. The one designated by Leach under the general name of Calanus , might in fact constitute a separate subgenus, if it were true that the animal on which it is founded had no inferior antennae ; but has that gentleman satisfied himself that such is the fact, by personal observa- tion, or does he depend upon the assertion of Muller ? C. quadric ornis-, Monoculus quadric ornis^h. ; Mull., Entom., XVIII, 1 — 14; Jurine, Monoc., I, II, III. All the antennae simple or undivided ; the inferior with four joints, and their length hardly equal to one-third of the others ; the body, pro- perly so called, inflated and almost ovoid; tail narrow and formed of six segments. The colour varies greatly ; some are reddish, others whitish or greenish. The whole length of the animal is two lines. This species is very common *. The second general division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda, or that in which the shell is formed of two valves uniting by a hinge — Ostracoda, Lat. ; Ostrapoda, Straus — is composed of two subgenera, the first of which, Cythere, since the interesting and valuable obser- vations of the latter upon the second or Cypris, appears to solicit a more profound examination than that of Muller, our only authority * Desmar., Consid., p. 364. For the other species, see the same work, p. 361 - — 364, LIV ; Mull., Entom., Cyclops; Jurine, Hist, des Monoc., p. 1 — 84, prem. f am. des Monoc. a coquille univalve ; Rand., Monoc., I, II, III. BRANCHIOPODA. £>45 with respect to its characters, in order that they may be clearly defined. According to Muller we find in the Cythere, Mull. — Cytherina Lam. Eight simple feet * * * §, terminating in a point, and two equally sim- ple setaceous antennae, composed of five or six joints, furnished with scattered hairs. They are found in the salt and brackish waters of the sea-coast among the Fuci and Confervae f. Cypris, Mull. But six feetj; the two antennae terminated by a bundle of setae resembling a pencil. The shell forms an oval, laterally compressed body, with an arcu- ated and convex back, or towards the hinge; the opposite side is almost straight, or slightly emarginated or reniform. Before the hinge and on the median line is the eye, forming a large, blackish, round point. The intermediate antennae, inserted above, are shorter than the body, setaceous, composed of from seven to eight joints, the last of which are shortest and terminated by a bundle of twelve or fifteen setae, serving as fins. The mouth consists of a carinated labrum, two large dentated mandibles, each furnished with a triarti- culated palpus, to the first segment of which adheres a small branchial leaf with five digitations §, and two pairs of jaws. The two supe- rior are much the largest, and have four moveable and silky appen- dages on their internal margin, and a large, pectinated, branchial lamina on their anterior edge; the second are composed of two joints, with a short, nearly conical, in articulated palpus |[, silky at the end, as is the extremity of the jaws themselves. A sort of compressed sternum fulfils the functions of a lower lip If. The feet are divided into five joints, the third representing the femur, and the last the tarsus. The two anterior feet, inserted under the antennae, are much shorter than the others, incline forwards, and are furnished with rigid setae, or long hooks united in a bundle at the extremity of the last joints. They are deficient in the four following feet. The second, situated in the middle of the under part of the body and at first directed backwards, are arcuated and terminated by a long and strong hook inclining forwards. The two last are never visible ex- * It is probable there are but six. See Cypris, note J. f If thes eEntomostraca inhabit salt-water exclusively, it is easy to see that Jurine and other observers whose geographical position limited their researches to the fresh-water genera, could not have spoken of the former. See Mull., Entom., Cythere, andDesmar., Consid., p. 387, 38S, LV, 8. J Four according to Randohr, and eight according to Jurine ; the first consider- ing the two last as appendages of the males, and the second looking upon the palpi of the mandibles and the branchial laminae of each upper jaw — the two first feet of his second division of the body, those which he says are composed of but one joint and terminated in a dentated spoon — as so many feet. The latter docs not include in this number those which the former considers as sexual organs ; lie states them — p. 161, 166 — to be five jointed threads issuing laterally from the pouch of the matrix, of the use of which he is ignorant. § Interior lip, Randohr. || Forked in the Cypris sirigala, Id. If Exterior lip, Id'. 246 CRUSTACEA. ternally, but are turned up, applied to the posterior sides of the body in order to support the ovaries, and terminate in two very small hooks *. The body presents no distinct articulations, and terminates posteriorly in a kind of soft tail which is doubled underneath, with two conical or setaceous threads furnished with three setae or hooks at the end, directed backwards and issuing from the shell. The ovaries constitute two large, simple and conical vessels forming a cul-de-sac at their origin and situated on the posterior sides of the body, underneath the shell, and opening, side by side, in the ante- rior portion of the abdomen where the canal formed by the tail estab- lishes a communication between them. The ova are spherical. These Crustacea spawn, and change their skin, as frequently as the Cy- clopes and other Entomostraca, and their mode of life is the same. Ledermuller states, that he observed them in coitu. Modern natur- alists, who have most closely studied them, however, have never been able to discover their sexual organs with certainty, nor been fortunate enough to see them in actu. M. Straus observed, under the origin of the mandibles, the insertion of a stout conical vessel filled with a gelatinous substance, which appeared to communicate with the oesophagus by a straight canal, that he suspects may be a testis or salivary gland. The individuals which were the subjects of these observations having ovaries, the Cyprides according to the first supposition must be hermaphrodites. This is so much the more doubtful, however, as he himself remarks that it is possible the males may only exist at a particular season of the year, and that the vessel alluded io seems to be more nearly connected with the function of digestion than with that of generation f . According to Jurine, the antennse are true fins, the threads of which are spread out or united at the will of the animal, and in pro- portion to the degree of velocity it wishes to communicate to its motions; sometimes but a single one is visible, at others they are all displayed. We also think that these threads, and those of the two anterior feet, may be considered as aiding in respiration, quite as much as the laminae of the mandibles and of the two superior jaws, which M. Straus distinguishes by the name of branchial. The last, or those of the jaws, appear to me to be true but greatly dilated palpi, and the two others are appendages of the mandibular palpi. See Jurine, Hist, des Mon. VI, 3. According to the naturalist of Geneva before mentioned, these animals, while they are swimming, move their anterior feet as ra- pidly as their antennse, but very slowly when walking over the sur- face of aquatic plants. These feet, conjointly with the two terminated by a long hook, or the penultimates, then support the body. He sup- poses that those which, according to him, form the second pair, are destined to create an aqueous current and to direct it toward the * In the figure given by Randohr these feet consist of but three joints, and the last is somewhat dilated and emarginated at the end, with a hook in the middle of the emargination. X See the alimentary canal of the Daphnia pulex, figured by Jurine, X, 7, and Randohr, Monoc. Tab. V, ii, d, d, and x. BRANCHIOPODA. 247 mouth, thereby assimilating their functions to those of the second inferior antennae, which he calls antennulee. The two threads com- posing the tail unite on leaving the shell, and seem to form but one ; they serve, as he supposes, to brush out its interior. The female deposits its ova in mass, fixing them on plants or the mud by means of gluten. During this operation, which lasts about twelve hours, and in the largest species produces twenty-four eggs, she clings with her second feet, and in such a manner as not to fear the shock of the water. He collected some of these packets of newly laid eggs, and after separating them, observed the hatching of the young ones, and obtained a second generation without the intervention of the males. A female which had deposited her ova on the 12th of April, changed her skin six times between that period and the 18th of the following May. On the 27th of the same month she spawned a second time, and two days afterwards, on the 29th, a third. From this, he con- cludes that the number of these changes in the young animal is in proportion to the gradual developement of the individual ; that this developement can only take place by a general separation of an en- velope become too small to contain the animal ; and that the size of the latter has a determined limit to which it must attain * * * §. The Polyropha of our third division — Cladocera, Lat. ; Daph- nides, Straus — form the second family of the Monoculi of Jurine. The form of two of their antennae, which resemble ramified arms and serve as oars, and the faculty of leaping which they possess, have acquired for one of the most common species the name of the aquatic arborescent flea. The first of these naturalists, who has given us an excellent mono- graphy of the Daphnise, a subgenus of this division, establishes two new ones ; one by the name of Latona, characterized by antennae, in the form of oars, divided into three branches, and of but one joint f; and the other by that of Sid a, which approaches other known subgenera of the same division, in having similar antennae, divided into two branches only, but of which one is composed of two joints, and the other of three J. The Daphnise, according to him, are distinguished from the preceding and from the Lyncei, inasmuch as one of the two branches of these oars is composed of three joints and the other of four. Jurine, however — Hist, des Mon. p. 92 — states, that each branch is composed of three joints ; but it seems that he did not include the first of the posterior branch, a very short one, it is true§. The last, in all these Lophyropha, is terminated by three threads, and each of the preceding ones gives o ut another ; these threads are either simple or barbed. There are also two other but very short antennae * See Mull., Entom. genus Cypris ; Hist, des Monoc., second divis., Mon. coquilles bivalves, p. 159 — 179, XVII — XIX; Rand., Mon., IV ; Straus, M£m. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., VII, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 380 — 386, LV, 1 — 7. Des- marest — Crust. Foss., XI, 8 — has figured a fossil species which he calls Cypris j eve, found in great abundance near the Gcrgovian mountain in the Puy-dc-Ddmc, and between Vichy-Les-Itains and Cussac. •f Daphnia sdifera, Miill., Entom. t Daphnia crislalluui, Ejusd. Ibid. § Raudohr has given it iu the Fig. II, vii, tab. V, of these antenna’. 248 CRUSTACEA. — particularly in the females — situated at the anterior and inferior extremity of the head, which have but a single joint with one or two setse at the extremity. In the Polyphemus, Mull., As in Daphnioe and Lynceus, the antennae are in the form of oars divided into two branches ; but each of them is composed of five joints. The head, moreover, which is very distinct and rounded, is provided with a sort of neck, and is almost entirely occupied by a large eye. The feet are completely exposed. But a single species has hitherto been discovered, the Mono- cuius pedi cuius, L. ; Beg., Insect,, VII, xxviii, 6 — 13 ; Polyphe- mus oculus , Mull., Entom.,xx, 1 — 5 : Cephaloculus stagnorum , Lam. ; Jurine, Monoc., xv, 1 — 3 ; Desmar., Consid., LIV, 1, 2. The feet, according to Jurine, have no resemblance whatever to the Monoculi of this division. They consist of a thigh, leg, and a tarsus composed of two joints, from the extremity of which, that of the last pair excepted, issue several small threads. Two small antennae, consisting of a single joint and terminated by two threads, project from the anterior extremity of the head. The shell is so extremely diaphanous, that all the viscera can be distinguished. The matrix, when filled with eggs, occupies the greater part of its interior. Their greatest number never exceeds ten. In following the gradual developement of the foetus, we are struck with the early appearance of the eye, in comparison with that of other parts of the body. It is greenish at first, and passes insensibly to a deep black. The abdo- men, after being flexed from behind forwards, bends suddenly back- wards to form a long, slender, pointed tail, from which issue two long articulated threads. The animal always swims on its back, and most frequently in a horizontal direction, by the quick and repeated motion of its arms and feet, and executes all sorts of evolutions with ease and agility. When young, and after its first changes, it is sub- ject to a disease called the ephippium *; but this ephippium or saddle always has a determinate figure, and never contains the two oval ampullae observed in the Daphnise. These animals do not live long in a state of captivity, nor can their young ones be raised, at least such was the case with Jurine, who could not preserve them after their first changes. Among all the specimens which were the subjects of his observations, he could not find a single male, though, it is true, he could procure but very few of them, this species being rare in the environs of Geneva. It is said, however, to be very common in the marshes and ponds of the north, where it aggregates in considerable numbers. In the Daphnia, Mull., The oars are always exposed to their base or to the origin of their peduncle ; they are as long, or almost as long as the body, and are divided into two branches, the posterior of which consists of four joints, the first very short, and the other, or the anterior, of three. * See the following article, Daphnia , p. 250. BRANCHIOPOD A. 249 Their eye is small or punctiform, and, with the exception of certain species, has not, as in Lynceus, the small black punctiform spot before it, which Muller considered as a second eye*. Although the extreme smallness of these animals might be supposed to defy any attempt to investigate their organization, but few are better known. Exclusive of those who have devoted themselves to microscopic researches, four of the most profound naturalists, Schaeffer, Randohr, Straus, and Jurine, Sen., the third particularly, have studied them with the most scrupulous attention. If some anatomical details escaped the notice of the latter, the omission has been remedied by the labours of Randohr and Straus; Jurine also completes the observations of the former with respect to their habits, which he studied for a long period, and with the greatest success. The mouth is situated beneath at the base of the rostrum; we consider (with Randohr) the inferior portion of the head, which Straus denominates a labrum, as an elongated clypeus, and we apply the former term to that part which he styles the posterior lobule of the labrum. Directly under it are two strong jaws — interior jaws of Randohr — without palpi, vertically inclined, and applied to two horizontal jaws f termi- nated by three stout horny spines, in the form of recurved hooks. Then come ten feet, the second joint of all of which is vesicular ; the first eight terminate by an expansion in the manner of a fin, the edges furnished with setae or barbed threads arranged like a crown or a comb ; the two anterior seem to be specially appropriated to the purposes of prehension, and in fact Randohr considers them as double palpi, the external and internal ; they are the same parts, elsewhere — Cyclops — called hands by Jurine. In the figures which they have published, the terminal setae appear to be bearded : if this be so, we do not see why these appendages may not concur in the process of respiration J, a property confined by Straus to the following ones, because the latter have, besides, a lamina on the inner side, which, with the exception of the two last, is edged with a pectinated series of setae, that according to the figures of Jurine and Randohr are also bearded. The structure of the two last feet is somewhat different, and Randohr distinguishes them by the name of claws. The abdo- men, or body properly so called, is divided into eight segments perfectly free between its valves, and is long, slender, recurved at the extremity, and terminated by two small hooks directed backwards. On the superior surface of the sixth segment is a range of four papillae forming indentations, and the fourth presents a sort of * Such also is the opinion of Randohr, Monoc. pi. V, fig. II, iii, 6 ; and as he discovered it in the Daphnia sima , it is possible that, although but slightly visible in several species, this character may be common to this subgenus, and that of Lynceus. Schaeffer had previously noticed it. 't The exterior jaws, in the language of Randohr ; Jurine not having separated these parts from the preceding ones, supposed that the latter were accompanied by a kind of valve and by a palpus. Hist, dcs Monoc. IX, f. 13 — 17- J According to Straus, Cypris and Cytherc are not true Branchiopoda, inasmuch as their feet are not provided with branchiae ; but, as we have already observed, the setae and hairs of the two anterior ones and those of the antenna; may exercise the functions of branchiae as well as those of the palpi and first jaws. 250 CRUSTACEA. tail *. The ovaries are situated along the sides between this segment and the first, and open separately near the back into a cavity — matrix, Jurine- — formed betwixt the shell and the body, in which the ova remain for some time after they are produced. Muller has given the name of ephippium , or saddle, to a large, obscure, and rectangular spot, which ,at certain periods and particu- larly in summer, appears, after the females have changed their tegument, on the superior part of the valves of the shell, and which he attributes to disease. According to Straus this ephippium pre- sents two oval, diaphanous ampullae, placed one before the other, and forming with those of the opposite side two small oval capsules, opening like that of a bivalve. It is divided, as are also the valves of which it forms a part, into two lateral halves, united by a suture along their superior edge ; its interior exhibits another similar, but smaller one, with free edges, provided it be not the superior that is attached to the valves, the two halves of which, playing upon each other as if hinged, present the same ampullae as the exterior lids. Each capsule contains an egg with a greenish and horny shell, otherwise similar to an ordinary ovum, but requiring a greater length of time for its developement, and being destined to pass the winter in statu quo. When the animal is about to change its tegument, the ephippium, as well as its ova, is abandoned with the exuviae, of which it consti- tutes a part, and which protect them during the winter from the cold. The heat of spring hatches them, and young Daphnise are produced exactly similar to those which come from the ordinary eggs. Schaeffer affirms that they will remain for a long period in a desiccated state without losing the vitality of the germ, but none of those pre- served in that condition by Jurine were ever hatched. They are en- tirely free, or do not adhere to each other in their peculiar cavities. In summer, according to Jurine, they may be hatched in two or three days. In the climate of Paris, where Straus observed them at all periods of the year, they require at least one hundred hours. The foetus, twenty-four hours after the production of the ovum, is a mere rounded and unformed mass, on which, when closely examined, may be seen obtuse rudiments of arms in the form of very short and im- perfect stumps glued to the body ; neither head nor eye is perceptible; and as yet, the green or reddish body dotted with white, like the egg, exhibits no motion. It is only at the nineteenth hour, and when the hour has appeared, and the arms and valves are elongated, that the foetus begins to move. By the hundredth hour it is very active, and finally, at the hundred and tenth it only differs from the newly hatched animal in the setae of the oars which are still glued to their stem, and in the tail of the valves which is bent under and received between their inferior edges, Towards the end of the fifth day, the tail, which terminates the valves in the young animal, and the setae of the arms become free, and the feet for the first time begin to move. The young being ready to make their appearance, the mother lowers her * We omit various details of the organization, because some can only be com- prehended by means of drawings, and others appear common to most of the Bran- chiopoda. BRANCHIOPODA. 251 abdomen and they dart out. Newly laid eggs deposited in a glass jar, where they were observed by Straus, were developed in this order. Jurine has also furnished us with the result of his analogous observations upon the successive changes in the embryo Daphniae, hut made during the winter, and, as the eggs were not hatched till the tenth day, he could consequently detect their developement with more precision. The ovum, on the first day, presents a central bubble, surrounded by smaller ones, with coloured molecules in the intervals. These bubbles and molecules appear destined to form the organs by proximating towards the centre, and finally disappear. The form of the foetus begins to be defined on the sixth day; on the seventh the head and feet are distinguishable ; on the eighth appears the eye as well as the intestine ; on the ninth the network of that eye begins to be visible, and the bubbles have entirely disappeared, the central one excepted, which contains the alimentary canal under the heart; on the tenth the developement of the foetus is terminated, the young Daphnia issues from the matrix and for a moment remains motionless. The males, of those species at least observed by Straus, are very distinct from the female. The head is proportionably shorter ; the ros- trum less salient ; the valves narrower and less gibbous superiorly, and gaping in front in such a manner as to present a wide and almost cir- cular opening. The antennae are much larger and have the appear- ance of being furnished with two horns bent underneath, which are considered by Muller as the organs of generation. Straus could not discover these sexual parts, but he remarks that the little nail termi- nating the last joint of the two anterior feet— or the second, if we suppose the oar to be the first — is much larger than those in the female, that it has the form of a very large hook with a strong outward cur- vature, and that the seta of the third joint is also much longer; it is by means of these hooks that he seizes the female. The mammillae of the sixth segment of the abdomen are much smaller, and at an early age have the form of tubercles. The inferior antennae excepted, which are longest, the two sexes are nearly alike, and the two valves of their shell terminate in a stylet, dentated beneath, arcuated below, and nearly as long as the valves. Every time the animal changes its tegument, this stylet becomes shorter, so that in the adult it forms a mere obtuse point. The males pursue their females with much ardour, and several frequently unite in their advances to the same individual. A single copulation fecundates the female for several successive generations, and for a period of six months, as ascertained by Jurine. Straus, remarking that the orifices of the ovaries are placed very deeply under the valves and that consequently no part of the body of the male could reach them, suspects that he has no copulating organ, but darts the fecundating fluid under the valves of the female, whence it finds its way to the ovaries ; analogy however seems to disprove this conjecture *. Jurine saw them in actu, for a period of eight or See Jurine, Hist, lies Mon. p. 106, et scq. 252 CRUSTACEA. ten minutes. The male, first placing himself on the back of the female, seizes her with the long threads of his anterior feet ; he then seeks the inferior margin of her shell, and approximating the aper- ture of his own to that of the latter, he introduces the threads, as well as the hooks of these same feet. He now brings his tail in con- tact with that of his companion, who at first, refusing to comply, flies with her amorous mate, but finally yields. Little granulated bodies of a green, rose, or brown colour, according to the season, gradually ascend into the matrix and become eggs. Jurine observes, that the males of the D. pulex are but few, when compared to the number of females : that they are extremely rare in spring and sum- mer, but less so in autumn. About the eighth day after they are hatched, the young Daphnia effects its first change of tegument, and repeats the same process every five or six days, according to the increased or diminished tem- perature of the weather ; it is not merely the body and valves which lose their epidermis, the branchiae and setae of the oars undergoing the same operation. It is only after the third change that they are fitted to continue their species. At first the female lays but a single egg, then two or three, gradually augmenting the number, which in the D. magna amounts to fifty-eight. The day after she has pro- duced her ova, the female changes her skin, and in the teguments which she abandons may be found the shells of the eggs she has pre- viously laid. The next moment a new batch is produced. The young from each set of eggs are generally of one sex, and it is rare to find two or three males preceding from that which produced females, and vice versa. But in five or six of these broods, in the summer, one at most consists of males. Individuals are frequently remarked, whose integuments are of a milky white, opaque and thickened ; they do not however appear to be affected by it, and on the renewal of the shell, but slight rugous traces of this alteration are perceptible. These animals cease to propagate, and no longer cast their skins on the approach of winter ; they perish before the extreme cold has arrived. The ova contained in the ephippia, and which were laid during the summer, are hatched on the first approach of the vernal heat; and the ponds soon abound again with countless Daphniee. Some naturalists attribute the occasionally sanguine tinge of these waters to the presence of myriads of the D. pulex , but Straus says he never remarked the fact, and that this species is at all times but slightly coloured. Morning and evening, and even during the day in cloudy weather, they keep on the surface ; but in the heat of sum- mer, or when the sun darts his rays directly upon the pools which they inhabit, they descend to the depth of six or eight feet; frequent- ly, not one is to be seen on the surface. Their mode of natation is by little bounds, of a greater or less extent, according to the length of their oars, and in proportion to the projection of the shell which covers the body, an increase of its size impeding their movements. According to Straus, their food consists exclusively of small parcels of vegetable substances which they find at the bottom, and frequently of Confervee. They always refused the animal substances he pre- sented to them. He repeatedly saw them swallow their own faeces, BRANCHIOPOD A. 253 carried along by the current formed by the action of their feet, which directs their ordinary aliment towards their mouth. They use the hooks which terminate the extremity of their tail to clean their branchiae. Daphnia pulex ; Monoculus pulex, L. ; Pulex aquaticus arbo- rescens , Swamm., Bib. Nat., xxxi; Perroquet d’eau, Geoff., Hist. Ins. II, 455; Schaef., Die Grim., arm., Polyp., 1755, 1, 1,8; Straus, Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. V, xxix, 1 — 20; Jurine, Mon., viii — xi. According to Straus, this species has a large convex rostrum ; setae of the oars plumose ; first tubercle of the sixth segment linguiform ; inferior edge of the valves dentated ; valves terminated by a short tail, which is obtuse in the females. This last character distinguishes it from another species with which it has been confounded, the Daph. longispina , Str. Deg. Insect. VII, xxvii, 1 — 4. The female is four millimetres in length *. The last subgenus of the Lophyropa is Lynceus, Mull— Chilodorus, Leach. It can scarcely be distinguished from the preceding except by the oars, evidently shorter than the shell, the inferior portion of which has but little or no projection. According to Straus the articula- tions of the branchiae are more numerous than in the preceding sub- genera. They all have a little spot before their eye which has the appearance of a second one. The rostrum, longer in proportion than that of the Daphniae, is curved and pointed f . The second section of the Branchiopoda, that of the Phyllopa, is distinguished from the first, as already stated, by the number of feet, which at least amounts to twenty J and by the lamellated or foliaceous form of their joints. There are always two eyes, which are some- times pediculated : several of them have also an ocellus. They form two principal groups. In the first — Ceratopthalma, Lat. — there are never less than ten pairs of feet, nor more than twenty-two ; the vesicular body at their base is wanting ; the anterior are never much longer than the others, nor ramified. The body is contained in a shell resembling that of a bivalve, or is naked, each thoracic segment bearing a pair of exposed feet. The eyes are’sometimes sessile, small, and closely approximated ; at others, and most frequently, they are situated at the extremity of two moveable pedicles. The ova are internal or external, and are contained in a sac at the base of the tail. Here the eyes are sessile and immoveable ; the body is invested * For the other species, see Mem. cit. of Straus ; Mull., Entom., and Jurine, Hist, des Mon. fam. II, p. 185 — 88, and p. 181, 200. For the D. sima and D. longispina , see Rand., Monoc., V-VI1. b See Mull., Entom., G. lynceus; Jurine, Monoc. p. l5l, 158; and Desrnar., Consul., 375 — 378. t These animals represent among the Crustacea, the Myrinpoda of the class of Insects. 254 CRUSTACEA. with an oval shell resembling that of a molluscous bivalve, and the ovaries are always internal. Such is the Limnadia, Ad. Brong. * The Limnadise are so closely allied to the preceding subgenus, that the only species known was placed among the Daphniae by the younger Hermann. The shell is bivalve, oval, and incloses the body, which is elongated, linear, and inflected forwards. In the head, and almost confounded with it, we find: 1, two eyes closely approxi- mated and placed transversely ; 2, four antennae, two of which are much the largest, each composed of a peduncle of eight joints and of two setaceous branches or threads divided into eight segments and somewhat silky; the two others are intermediate, small, simple, and widened at base; 3, the mouth, situated beneath, and consisting of two inflated mandibles arcuated and truncated at the inferior extre- mity, and of two foliaceous jaws. These parts, when united, form a sort of inferior rostrum. The body, properly so called, is divided into twenty-three segments,, each of which, except the last, bears a pair of branchial feet. All these feet are similar, strongly compressed, and bifid ; their external division is simple, and ciliated on the exterior edge; the other has four joints, and is strongly ciliated along its inte- rior margin. The first twelve pairs are of equal length, and larger than the others; the length of the latter progressively diminishes. The eleventh pair, and the two following ones, have a slender thread at their base, which ascends into the cavity situated between the back and the shell, in order to support the ova. The last seg- ment on the tail is terminated by two threads. The ovaries are internal, and placed along the sides of the intestinal canal, extending from the base of the first pair of feet to the eighteenth ; their open- ings appear to be at the root of some of those that are intermediate ; the eggs, after having been produced, occupy the dorsal cavity above mentioned, and are secured there by means of small threads, which adhere to those of the feet. At first they are round and transparent; they afterwards assume a yellowish tint, which is subsequently darker towards the centre, and their figure becomes irregular and angular. All the individuals examined by M. Ad. Brongniart were provided Avith them. The males, allowing the sex to exist, do not appear at the same time as the females, which is during the month of June, and are unknown. Limnadia Hermani , Ad. Brongn., Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., VI, xiii; Daphnia-gigas , Herm., Mem. Apterol., V. Found in great numbers in the little pools of the forest of Fon- tainebleau. There, each eye is situated at the extremity of a pedicle, formed by a lateral prolongation, in the shape of a horn, of each side of the head. The body is naked, without a shell, and annulated throughout. The * In my work on the natural families of the animal kingdom, this subgenus, with that of Apus, composes my family of the Aspidiphora ; it approximates to this one in the number of feet, and to the Daphnise in the shell. branchiopoda. 255 ova of the females are contained in an elongated capsule, situated near the base of the tail in those which are thus terminated, or in the posterior extremity of the body and thorax in those which have no tail. Some are provided with a tail. Art emi a, Leach. Eyes placed on very short pedicles ; the head confounded with an oval thorax, furnished with ten pairs of feet, and terminated by a long and pointed tail. The antennae short and subulate. A. salina; Cancer salinus , L. ; Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI, xiv, 8 — 10; Gammarus salinus , Fab.; Desmar., Consid., p. 393. A small species found in the salt marshes of Lymington, in England, when nearly dry, of which as yet we have but a very imperfect account. Branchipus, Lat. — Chirocephalus, B. Prevost , and Jurine. Eyes placed on projecting pedicles ; the body narrow, elongated and compressed ; the head distinct from the trunk, furnished with appendages varying according to the sex, and with two appendages resembling horns between the eyes ; eleven pair of feet ; the tail terminated by two leaflets more or less elongated and edged with cilia. Although Schaeffer and Benedict Prevost *, have published very detailed monographs of two species of this genus, they are still imperfect with respect to the profound and comparative study of the organs of the mouth, and of some other parts of the head. Considering the two sexes together, we find the following general conformation : the body is almost filiform, composed of a head separated from the trunk by a kind of neck ; of a trunk or thorax longitudinally hollow beneath, divided, at least above, exclusive of the neck, into eleven segments, each bearing a pair of branchial, strongly compressed feet, usually composed of three foliaceous joints, with a fringe of hairs or bearded threads along the edges ; and of an elongated tail tapering to a point, consisting of nine segments terminated by two more or less elongated leaflets fringed with cilia. Under its second segment we find the male organ of generation, and in the female an elongated sac containing the ova she is ready to produce. In the head we observe, 1. Two reticulated eyes situated at the extremity of two flexible peduncles formed by lateral prolongations of the head ; 2. Two antennae at least, frontal, scarcely longer than the head, slender, filiform, and composed of very small joints ; 3. Two projec- tions under thorn, sometimes resembling a uniarticulatcd horn, and at others digitiform — the premier doigt des mains, Bened. Prevost — and biarticulated ; 4. A mouth underneath, composed of two kinds of dentated mandibles without palpi, and of some other parts. We suspect that these horn-like projections are merely an appendage, larger and differently formed in the males, of the frontal antennae; * M^m. sur le Chiroc<$phale printed at the end of the Hist, des Monoc. of the late Lewis Jurine, and previously published in the Journal dc Physique. 256 CRUSTACEA. the two other antennae may be wanting or be obliterated in the female, and form in the other sex of one of these species — Chiroce- phala diaphafia, Prevost — those singular appendicated and dentated tentacula, in the form of a soft proboscis which is susceptible of being spirally convoluted, designated by Benedict Prevost under the name of doigts des mains, or fingers. It is probable that, as in Apus, the mouth is furnished with two pairs of jaws, a ligula and a labrum, but their respective form and situation have not yet been well ascertained. I am convinced that the part resembling a rostrum mentioned by Schaeffer, and which Prevost calls a valve (soupape) is the labrum ; that the four bodies or tubercles placed on the sides, mentioned by the former, are the mandibles and the two upper jaws ; and that the parts considered by the second as cirri (barbillons) are also maxillary. The two first feet, which, according to Schaeffer, are composed of but two joints, the last terminating in a point, would represent the two first foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, and the two large anten- niform feet of an Apus *. The chief of the male organs of genera- tion, at least those which are considered as such, consist in two conoid biarticulated bodies, which only project by pressure (Schaeffer), situated under the second ring, in which vessels terminate that arise from the first. M. Prevost presumes that the two vulvae of the female are placed at the extremity of the tail, but that they afford no issue to the ova. This issue (two apertures according to Schaeffer), is in the second ring, and communicates internally with the sac con- taining the eggs, which acts as an external matrix. But there is no crustaceous animal known in which the female organs of generation are placed at the posterior extremity of the body, and hence we can allow but little weight to this opinion. The observations of Schaeffer on the hairs of the feet of these Crustacea, prove that they are so many air tubes ; even the surface of the feet of which they are composed, appears to absorb a portion of the air, which adheres to it under the form of little bubbles. The Chirocephalus diaphanus , Bened. Prevost, which seems to us to be very closely allied to our Branchipus palustris , if it be indeed different, has, when first hatched, a body divided into nearly equal and almost globular masses. In the first we observe an ocellus, two short antennse, two very large oars ciliated at the extremity, and two short slender feet, composed of five joints. After the first change of tegument, the two compound eyes make their appearance, the body is elongated posteriorly, and terminated by a conical, articulated tail with two threads at the extremity. The subsequent changes gradually develope the feet, and the oars disappear. The valve — soupape — -which at first extended over and covered the abdomen, diminishes in proportion. The Branphipi are found, and usually in great numbers, in little muddy, fresh water pools, and frequently in those that are formed by heavy rains, particularly in spring and autumn. On the first approach of cold weather they perish. They swim with the greatest * See MPm. sur les Anim. sans Verteb., Savign. part I. BRANCHIOPOD A. 257 facility on their back, and their feet, which they cannot use for walking, while thus employed, present a graceful and undulating motion. This motion creates a current between them, which, follow- ing the canal of the thorax, directs to its mouth the atoms which con- stitute its food ; when the" animal wishes to advance it strikes the water, right and left, with its tail, which forces it forwards by bounds and leaps. Withdrawn from its element, it moves its tail for a while, and curves itself into a circle. Deprived of a certain degree of humidity, it remains motionless. Benedict Prevost states, that when the male of the species which constitutes the object of his memoir seeks his female, he swims round her, seizes her by the neck with the two horn-like appendages of his head, and remains fixed there, until she turns up the posterior extremity of her tale, in order to approximate the two valves of the copulating organs ; this process is analogous to the coitus of the Li- bellulee. The ova are yellowish, spherical at first, and afterwards angular ; the shell is thick and hard, a circumstance which tends to preserve them. It appears that even desiccation, provided it be not carried to far, produces no change in the germ, and that the young are hatched as soon as a sufficiency of rain has fallen. M. Desmarest has frequently remarked Branchipi in the little hollows filled with rain water, on the summit of the rocks at Fontainebleau. The female Chirocephalus produces several distinct sets of eggs, after each copu- lation, at different times, occupying some hours, and even the whole day in the process. Each set consists of from one to four hundred eggs ; they are rapidly ejected from the female in jets of ten or a dozen, and with sufficient force to sink them slightly in the mud. Benedict Prevost has remarked that the Chir. diaphanus was sub- ject to certain diseases, of which he gives a description. This spe- cies, as we have already stated, does not differ from our Branchipus palustris *. The two horns, situated under the superior antennae, are composed, in both sexes, of two joints, the last of which, how- ever, is large and arcuated in the male, and very §hort and conical in the female. In the Branchipus stagnalis f , the horns consist of a single joint, and those of the males resemble the mandibles of the Lucanus cervus , in their form, dentations, and direction. Others have no tail ; their body terminates almost directly behind the thorax and last feet. Such is the Etjlimene, Lat. The body of the Eulimenes is almost linear, and has four nearly filiform antennae, two of which are smaller than the others, bearing a great resemblance to palpi, and placed on the anterior extremity of the head. Their head is transverse, with two eyes seated on large * Cancer paludosits, Mull. Zool. Dan. XLVIII, 1 — 8 ; Herbst., XXXV, 3 — 5 ; Chirocephalus diaphanus? Prev., Journ. de Phys. ; Jurin., Monoc., XX — XXII. See Desmar., Consid. LVI, 2 — 5. This last species is described in the Manuel du. Naturaliste of Duchesne, under the name of Marteau d'eau douce. Branchiopoda stagnalis , Lat., Hist, des Crust, et des Ins., IV, p. 297 ; Cancer stagnalis, L. ; Gammarus stagnalis, Fab. ; Apus pisc\f'ormis, Seined'. ; Gammarus stagnalis, Herbst., XXX, 3 — 10. 3 VOL. III. 258 CRUSTACEA. and cylindrical peduncles. There are eleven pairs of branchial feet, the three first joints and the last small and tapering; directly after them follows a terminal and nearly semiglobular piece replacing the tail, and from which issues an elongated thread, that, perhaps, is an oviduct. Near the middle of the fifth pair of feet, and of the four following ones, I have remarked a globular body, possibly analogous to the vesicles presented by these organs in the following sub- genus. The only species known, Eulimene blanchdtre , Lat., Regne Animal, Cuv., Ill, p. 68; Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. X, 333; Desmar., Consid., p. 353, 354, is very small; whitish eyes, and posterior extremity of the body blackish. From the vicinity of Nice. The remaining Phyllopa — Aspidiphora, Lat. — have sixty pairs of feet, all furnished externally near their base with a large oval vesi- cle *, and the two anterior of which, although much larger and ram- ous, resemble antennae ; a large shell, covering the greater part of the superior portion of the body, almost entirely free, clypeiform, emarginated posteriorly, provided anteriorly in a circumscribed space with three simple, sessile eyes, the two anterior of which are largest and lunated ; and two bivalve capsules containing the ova, and an- nexed to the eleventh pair of feet. Such are the characters which mark the Apus, Scop., Which makes part of the genus Binoculus, Geoff,, and of the Li- mulus, Muller. The body, including the shell, inclines to an oval, wider and more rounded before, and narrowed behind in the manner of a tail ; ab- stracting the shell, it is at first nearly cylindrical, convex above, concave and divided longitudinally beneath by a furrow, and termi- nates in an elongated cone. It consists of thirty annuli, which are considerably smaller at the posterior extremity, and which, the last seven or eight excepted, give origin to the feet. The first ten are membranous, soft, without spines, exhibit a small button-like promi- nence on each side, and have each but a single pair of feet. The others are more solid or horny, with a range of small spines on the posterior margin ; the last is larger than the preceding ones, nearly square, depressed, angular, and terminated by two articulated threads or setae. In some species composing the genus Lepidurus, Leach, a horny, flattened, and elliptical lamina is ^een between them. If the number of feet be about a hundred and twenty, the last annuli, be- ginning with the eleventh or twelfth, must necessarily have more than one pair, a circumstance which in this respect approximates these Crustacea to the Myriapoda. The shell, perfectly free from its anterior adhesion, invests au great part of the body, and thus protects the primary segments, which, as already stated, are softer * Possibly analogous to the vesicles forming the second joint of the feet of the Daphniae. BRANCHIOPODA. 259 than the others. It consists of a large, horny, extremely thin, and almost diaphanous scale or plate, which represents the superior tegu- ments of the head and thorax united, ,and forming a large oval con- vex shield, angularly notched and dentated at its posterior extremity. Its upper surface is divided by a transverse line forming two united arcs in two areas, the anterior nearly semilunar, corresponding to the head, and the posterior to the thorax. In the middle of the first we observe three closely approximated simple eyes, or without appa- rent facets, the two anterior of which are largest and almost reniform, and the posterior much smaller and oval. A duplicature of the ante- rior portion of the shell forms a sort of frontal, flattened, semilunar shield beneath, which serves as a base to the labrum. The posterior area, that which corresponds to the thorax, is carinated throughout the middle of its length. This shell is only adherent by its anterior extremity, so that looking from this point we can discover the whole back of the animal. Each side of the shell, 'seen from beneath and in a strong light, presents a large spot, formed by numerous lines describing concentric ovals, which appear to be tubular and filled with a red fluid. Directly under the shield or frontal disk, we find the antennae and mouth. The former, two in number, are inserted on each side of the mandibles, are very short and filiform, and are com- posed of two nearly equal joints. The mouth consists of a square, projecting labrum ; of two strong, horny, inferiorly inflated mandi- bles, compressed and dentated at the extremity and without palpi ; of a large and profoundly emarginated ligula ; and of two pairs of foli- aceous jaws laid on each other, the superior of which are spinous and ciliated along the inner margin, and the inferior almost membranous and similar to small false feet ; they are terminated by a slender, elongated joint, and are prolonged externally from their base into a species of auricle, (oreillette), furnished with an uniarticulated and ciliated appendage, which may be considered as a kind of palpus. According to Savigny *, the ligula exhibits a ciliated canal, which leads directly to the oesophagus. The feet, which amount to about one hundred and twenty, insensibly diminish in size, commencing from the second pair; they are all strongly compressed, foliaceous, and are composed of three joints, exclusive of the two long threads at the extremity of the two anterior feet, and the two leaflets at the end of the following ones, parts, which, when united, we may con- sider as constituting a fourth, forceps-like joint, or one with two elongated toes coverted into a sort of antenniform threads. On the posterior side of the first joint is inserted a large, branchial, triangu- lar membrane ; the second also, on the same side, has a red, vesicu- lar and oval sac. On the opposite margin of these feet are four trian- gular and ciliated leaflets, the superior of which is closely approxi- mated to the toes of the forceps, appearing to form a third to the se- cond and following feet, as far as the tenth pair. In proportion as these organs diminish in size, the leaflets' approximate more closely, the the forceps is more clearly defined and less pointed, and the first toe , Savig., part I, fasc. I. * M^m. sur les Anim. sans Verteb. 260 CRUSTACEA. becomes wider, shorter, and rounder. The two anterior feet, which are much larger and are formed like oars, resemble ramous antennae, and have been considered as such by some writers * : they exhibit four multi-articulated setaceous threads, the two last joints, one of them particularly, being much longer than the others, which are si- tuated on the internal side or anteriorly. The two at the extremity are evidently analogous to the toes of the forceps, the remaining two also correspond to as many of the lateral leaflets ; it is easy to convince ourselves of this by comparing these parts in young speci- mens. After their sixth or seventh change of tegument, the two or three following feet of the latter greatly resemble the two anterior ones, and even their antennae are longer in proportion than in the adult, and are terminated by setae or hairs. The eleventh pair are very remarkable j\ The first joint, behind the vesicles, presents two circular valves, laid one on the other, formed by two leaflets, and containing the ova, which resemble granules of a bright red colour. Every specimen which has hitherto been examined being always found to possess this kind of feet, they have been considered as hermaphrodites, and are considered capable of self impregnation. These animals inhabit ditches, pools, stagnant waters, &c., and usually in myriads. Abducted, when thus assembled, by violent winds, they have been seen to descend in rain. They generally make their appearance in spring, and in the beginning of summer. Their customary food is the Tadpole. They swim well on their back, and when they sink into the mud they erect their tail. When first produced they have but one eye and four feet, resembling arms or oars, furnished with tufts of hairs, the second of which are the largest. Their remaining organs are regularly developed after each change of tegument. M. Valenciennes, an attache of the Mus. d’Hist. Nat., has remarked that these Crustacea are frequently de- voured by the bird vulgarly called the Lavandiere (a). The number of species known being very small, it is unne- cessary to imitate Leach in forming a separate genus — Lepi- durus, Leach — for those which have a lamina between the threads of the tail. Such is the Apus prolongatus ; Monoculus apus , L. ; Schaeff*., Monoc., VI; Limule sirricaude , Herm., Jun.; Desmar., Consid., LII, 2. The carina of the shield terminates posteriorly in a small spine, which is not seen in the Apus can- ciformis ; Binocle d queue en filet , Geoff., Insect., XXI, 4; Li- mulus palustris , Mull. ; Schaeff., Monoc. I — V ; Apus vert , Bose.; Desmar,, lb., LI, 1; the latter, besides, has no lamina between the caudal threads ; it is the type of the genus Apus, Leach, or * They also seem to represent the two first foot-jaws. f Schaeffer distinguishes them by the name of uterine feet. The preceding nine pairs, according to his phraseology, form forceps, those of the first oars, or true feet ; finally, those which follow the uterine feet, or the twelfth pair and following ones, branchial feet. The vesicular sacs lengthen and lessen just as gradually ; their use is unknown. {£^(a) The Motacilia alba , and cinerea, L. — Eng. Ed. PA2CIL0P0D A . 261 the Apus properly so called. The same naturalist has figured another species, Apus Montagui , Edinb. Encyclop. Suppl. ORDER II. PA3CILOPODA. The Psecilopoda are distinguished from the Branchiopoda by the diversity in the form of their feet, among the anterior of which an indeterminate number are ambulatory, or fitted for prehension; while the others, lamelliform or pinnate, are branchial and natatory. It is principally, however, by the absence of the usual mandibles and jaws that they are removed from all other Crustacea. Sometimes these parts are replaced by the spinous haunches of the first six pairs of feet ; and sometimes the organs of manducation consist either of an external siphon in the form of an inarticulated rostrum, or of some other apparatus fitted for suction, but concealed or slightly apparent. The body is almost always, either wholly, or for the greater por- tion, invested with a shell in the form of a shield, consisting of a single plate in most of them, and of two in others, which always pre- sents two eyes when those organs are distinct. Two of their antennae — Cheliceres , Lat. — form a forceps in several, and fulfil its functions. Most of them have twelve feet *, and nearly all the remainder have either ten or twenty-two. Their usual habitat is on aquatic animals, and most commonly on fishes. We divide this order into two families f . FAMILY I. XYPHOSURA. This family is distinguished from the second by several characters : there is no siphon ; the haunches of the first six pair of feet are cover- ed with small spines and perform the office of jaws ; there are twenty - * Fourteen in several, according to Lcnch ; those which he considers as the two first, however, appear to me to be two inferior antennae. The Arguli, which seem to be the most favoured subgenus with respect to locomotion, have but twelve feet. fin my Fam. Nat. du R»Ngne Anim. they form two orders. 262 CRUSTACEA. two feet; the first ten, with the exception of the two anterior ones in the males, are terminated by a didactyle forceps, and inserted, as well as the two that follow, under a large semi-lunar shield ; the latter have the sexual organs attached to them, and the form of large leaflets, as in the case with the ten following, which are branchial and inserted under a second shell, terminated by a very hard, ensiform and moveable stylet. They are wandering animals, and form the genus Limulus* Fab. The species are known in commerce by the name of the Molucca Crab. The suborbicular, slightly elongated, and posteriorly narrowed body is divided into two parts, invested by a solid shell composed of two pieces, one to each part, very hollow beneath, and presenting above two longitudinal sulci, one on each side, and a carina on the middle of the back. The first part of the shell, or that which covers the fore-part of the body, is much larger than the other, forms an extensive semi-lunar shield, with a reflected edge, furnished above with two oval eyes of numerous facets, resembling granules, one on each side, exterior to a longitudinal carina ; and on the anterior ex- tremity of the middle one, and common to both pieces of the shell, two small, closely approximated, simple eyes*; these carinse are armed with teeth or acute tubercles. The duplicature of this shell at its anterior extremity, beneath, forms a level border, strongly arcuated, and terminated inferiorly by a double arc, projecting like a tooth towards the centre of union. Immediately under this projec- tion, in the cavity of the shield, is a small inflated labrum, carinated in the middle, and terminating in a point, above which are inserted two little antennae, in the form of small didactyle forceps, flexed into an elbow in the middle of their length, at the point of union between the first joint and the second, or of the forceps properly so styled. Directly beneath, inserted and approximated by pairs, and on two lines, are twelve feet, the ten first of which, the two or four anterior ones of the males excepted, terminate in a didactyle forceps ; their radical joint, projecting inwards like a lobe and covered with points, performs the office of a jaw. The size of these feet augments pro- gressively ; those of the fifth pair excepted, they are all composed of six joints, the moveable toe of the forceps included. The latter have an additional joint, and also differ from the preceding ones by having, at their external base, a bi-articulated appendage, directed back- wards, the last joint of which is compressed and obtuse ; by their fifth joint being terminated on the inner side by five small, moveable, horny, narrow, elongated and pointed leaflets, and by the two toes of the forceps being moveable or articulated at base. The two pieces situated between these feet, which M. Savigny considers as the ligula, appear to me to be merely two maxillary lobes of these organs, but detached or free. The pharynx occupies the interval included by all these feet. The males are distinguished from the * One on each side of the tooth that terminates this carina. PiECILOPOD A . 263 females by the form of the forceps, which terminate the two or four anterior feet : they are inflated and deprived of the moveable toe. The two last feet of this shield are united in the form of a large, membranous, and almost semi-circular leaflet, having the sexual organs on its posterior face, and presenting, in the middle of an emargination of the posterior margin, two small, triangular, elongated, and pointed divisions, which appear to represent the internal toes of the forceps ; the other articulations are indicated by sutures. The second piece of the shell, articulated with the first in the middle of its posterior emargination, and filling the interval it forms, is nearly triangular, and is angularly truncated and emarginated at its posterior extremity. Its lateral edges are alternately emarginated anddentated, and in the middle of each of the emarginations, counting from the second, is an elongated and moveable spine, six on each side. Inclosed in the inferior cavity, and disposed in pairs on two longitudinal ranges, are ten fin-like feet, almost similar in form to the two last, but simply united at base, laid one on the other, and bearing, on their posterior face, the branchiae, which appear to be composed of numerous and crowded fibres arranged on the same plane one against the other. The anus . is situated at the inferior root of the stylet terminating the body. According to an observation communicated to us by M. Straus, we only find in the interior of the first shield, besides the brain, a single sub-oesophagal ganglion *. The two nervous cords are then prolonged into the interior of the second shield, forming there, and at the origin of the branchial feet, some small ganglia, which send branches to those organs, According to Cuvier, the heart, as in the Stomapoda, is a large vessel furnished internally with fleshy columns, extending along the back, and giving out branches on both sides. A wrinkled oesophagus, ascending in front, leads to a very muscular gizzard, lined with a cartilaginous kind of velvet, studded with tubercles, and followed by a wide and straight intestine. The liver pours its bile into the intestine by two ducts on each side. A great portion of the shell is filled by the ova- ries in the female, and by the testes in the male. These animals are sometimes found two feet in length ; they inha- bit the seas of hot climates, and most generally frequent their shores. They appear to me to be proper to the East Indies and the coast of America. The species found in France — L. Cyclops — is commonly called the Casserole {a), from its having some resemblance to the form of that utensil, and because, when the feet are removed, its shell is used to hold water. Major Le Conte, one of the most intelligent of naturalists in the United States, and who has so largely contributed to advance the science of entomology by his discoveries and re- searches, states that it is given to the hogs. Savages employ the stylet of the tail to point their arrows, which, thus armed, are much * The two anterior feet may represent the mandibles of the Decapoda, the four following ones their jaws, and the last six their foot-jaws ; those of the sceond shield would correspond to the thoracic feet. (jjr* (n) The King-crab, of American fishermen, or the Horseshoe. Very common on the roust of New Jersey. — Eng. Ed. 264 CRUSTACEA. dreaded. Their eggs are eaten in China. When these animals walk, their feet are not seen. Fossil specimens are found in certain strata of a moderate antiquity *. In some, the four anterior feet, at least in one of the sexes, are terminated by a single toe. But a single species of this division is known ; it is the Limu- lus heterodactylus, and is the type of the genus Tachypleus Leachf. I have seen it figured on Chinese vellums. In the others, the two anterior claws at most, are alone monodac- tyle. All the ambulatory feet are didactyle, at least in the females. This division is composed of several species, which, owing to the little attention that has been paid to the detailed form of their parts, to the differences resulting from sex and age, and from their peculiar localities, have not yet been characterized in a rigorous and com- parative manner. The common American Limulus for instance, when young, is whitish, or of a light colour, and has six stout teeth along the whole ridge of the middle of the upper shell, and two others equally strong and pointed on each lateral ridge of the shield, or of the first piece of that shell ; while older specimens, sometimes more than a foot and a half in length, are of a deep brown colour, or almost blackish, their teeth, the middle ones especially, being almost obliterated. Here also the lateral margins of the second piece of the shell are marked with fine dentations, which are scarcely apparent or wanting in the former. We should consider as young individuals the Lira, cyclops , Fab., and the L. Sowerbii , Leach, Zool. Miscell., LXXIV ; his L. tridentatus , and the L. albus , Bose. : and as older ones, my Limule des Moluques ; Monoculus polyphemus, L. ; Clus., Exot., lib. VI, cap. xiv, p. 128; Rumph., Mus., XII, a, b, which I at first considered a distinct species, under the belief that these large individuals inhabited those islands exclusively. In all of them, or at all ages, the tail is somewhat shorter than the body, and triangular, the upper ridge finely denticulated and without any decided sulcus beneath. We will designate this species by the name of Limulus polyphemus. These latter characters will distinguish it from some others described by Dr. Leachf. FAMILY II. SIPHONOSTOMA. The Siphonostomse have no kind of jaws whatever. A sucker or siphon, sometimes external, and in the form of an acute inarticulated * Knorr, Momim. of the Deluge, I, pi. XIV; Desmar., Crust, fossil., XI, 6, 7. It would seem from these figures that the lateral spines of the second piece of the shell, in lieu of spines, merely form smaller teeth articulated at base ; but these arti- culations have perhaps disappeared. + This Limulus is perhaps the Kabutogani or Unkia of the Japanese, and repre- sents the constellation of Cancer on their primitive Zodiac. X See Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. Ed. II. ; Desmar., Consid., p. 344 — 358. PASCILOPODA. 265 rostrum*, and at others concealed or but slightly visible, fulfils the functions of a mouth. There are never more than fourteen feet. The shell is very thin and composed of a single piece. They are all parasitical. We will divide this family into two tribes. The first — Caligides, Lat. — is characterized by the presence of a shell resembling an oval or semi-lunar shield; by the number of visible feet, which is always twelve, — or fourteen, if we include those which Leach considers as such, and which I call inferior antennse ; by the form and size of the tenth pairs which are sometimes multifid, pinnate, or terminated in a fin, and well adapted at all times, and in the adult, for the purposes of natation, and sometimes foliaceous, or broad and membranous. The sides of the thorax are never furnished with wing-like expansions directed backwards and inclosing the body posteriorly. Here, the body, exhibiting several segments above, is elongated and narrowed posteriorly, terminating in a kind of tail with two threads, or as many other salient appendages at the end ; this extre- mity is not covered by a segment of the superior teguments in the form of a large rounded scale, deeply notched in the posterior margin. The shell is at least half the length of the body. This subdivision will comprise two genera of Muller. Argulus, Mull. This genus was at first designated under the name of Ozolus, and but very imperfectly described. Jurine, Jun., has since studied its type with the most scrupulous attention, followed it throughout all its changes of age, and produced a perfect and complete monograph of it. He has restored to the genus the original name given by Muller. The Arguli are furnished with an oval shield, posteriorly emargi- nated, covering the body, the posterior extremity of the abdomen excepted, and bearing on a mediate, triangular space distinguished by the name of clypeus, two eyes, four very small, almost cylindrical antennae placed in front, the superior of which, shorter and triarti- culated, have a stout, edentated and recurved hook at their base ; and the inferior quadriarticulated, with a small tooth on the first joint. The siphon is directed forwards. There are twelve feet. The two first terminate in a transversely annulated disk, striated and edentated along the margin, and presenting internally a sort of rosette formed * The composition of this rostrum or beak is not well known. It is evident, from the figure of the Arrjulus foliaceus, given by Jurine, Jun., that it contains a sucker ; but is this the case with the others, and of how many pieces is it composed ? I connot answer the question. 1 presume, however, that this siphon consists of the lubrum, mandibles and the ligula which forms the sheath of the sucker. In the preceding Entoinostraea, the four anterior feet, whose form is very different from that of the following ones, would correspond to the four jaws of the Decapoda. 266 CRUSTACEA. by the muscles, and apparently acting in the manner of a cup or sucker. Those of the second pair are prehensile, the thighs large and spinous, and the tarsi composed of three joints, the last of which is provided with two hooks. The remaining feet are terminated by a fin formed of two elongated pinnulee, whose edges are fringed with bearded threads : the two first of the latter, or those of the third pair, including the four that precede them, have an additional but recurved toe. The two last are annexed to that portion of the body which projects posteriorly from the shell, or the tail. The female has but a single oviduct, covered by two small feet situated behind the two palettes. The organ which is considered as the penis of the male, is placed at the internal extremity of the preceding joint of the same feet near the origin of the two toes. On the same joint of the two preceding feet, and facing these organs of copulation, is a vesicle presumed to be seminal. The abdomen, by which we mean that part of the body which extends posteriorly from the ambulatory feet, the rostrum, and a tubercle containing the heart, is entirely free, without distinct articulations, and terminates directly after the last feet behind, by a sort of tail, in the form of a rounded lamina, deeply emarginated or bilobate, and without terminal hairs ; it is a species of fin. The body is so transparent that the heart may be distinguished through its parietes. It is situated behind the base of the siphon, lodged in a solid tubercle, semi-diaphanous and composed of a single ventricle. The blood, formed of little diaphanous gkdmles, is impelled forwards in a column which soon divides into four branches, two of which proceed directly towards the eyes, and two towards the antennae; the latter are then reflected backwards and united to the former, constituting a single column on each side, which descends towards the cup, turns round its base, and disappears. A little beneath the two following feet, we may distinguish on each side another sanguineous column which curves outwards, extends along the borders of the shell, and having reached the two penultimate feet, is flexed forwards and ceases to be visible. Another, where, as in the preceding, the blood flows from the anterior part of the body to the posterior, and traverses longitudinally the middle of the tail ; it unites behind with two other currents that may be seen on the edges of the tail, but which flow in a contrary direction, or appear to return the blood to the heart, Jurine avoids using the term vessel, because the blood which is driven into the anterior part of the body appears to be diffused there in such a manner as to induce us to believe that its globules, instead of being contained in particular vessels, are dispersed in the parenchyma of those parts. From what we have stated, how- ever, with respect to the circulation in the Decapoda, it is evident, that the blood, in the first instance, is distributed in the Arguli in the same way, and that the currents or columns of which we have just spoken seem to indicate the existence of peculiar vessels. This able observer, in fact, subsequently acknowledges that the circulation is not every where carried on in so diffused a manner as in the anterior part of the shell, where, however, in our opinion, it is effectuated as in the Decapoda. The brain, which is situated behind the eyes, appeared to him to be divided into three equal lobes, one anterior and P^ECILOPODA. 267 two lateral. The anterior part of the stomach gives origin to two large appendages, each divided into two branches, which ramify in the wings of the shell. The brownish coloured aliment they contain renders these ramifications visible. The caecum is provided near its origin with two vermiform appendages. The excessive ardour of the males frequently induces them to mistake one sex for the other, or to make their advances to pregnant or dead females. They are placed in coition on their back, to which they cling by means of their feet with cups for several hours. The period of gestation is from thirteen to nineteen days. The ova are smooth, oval, and milk-white. They are fixed with gluten on stones or other indurated bodies, either in a straight line or in two ranges, and from one to four hundred in number ; being pressed against each other, their form becomes almost hexagonal. Twenty-five days after the extrusion of the ova, and after they have assumed a yellowish and opaque tinge, the eye and parts of the embryo are perceptible. In about ten days more, the shell opens longitudinally, and the tadpole issues from it, being at this period about three-eighths of a line in length. Its general form is similar to that of the adult, but the organs of locomotion present a very essential difference. Muller has described it in this state by the name of Argulus charon. Four oars or long arms, two situated before the eyes and two behind, each terminated by a pennate and flexible pencil of hairs that have a simultaneous motion, by which the animal is impelled by jerks, project from the anterior extremity of the shell : they do not represent the antennae, for they also are visible. The feet with cups are replaced by two stout feet, flexed into an elbow near the extremity, and terminated by a strong hook, with which it clings to Fishes. The only feet proper to the adult, that are developed and free, are those of the second and third pairs, or the two ambu- latory and the two first natatory feet ; the following ones are as yet fixed to the abdomen. The heart, proboscis, and ramifications of the appendages of the stomach are distinct. After the first change of tegument, which is effected by a laceration of its inferior surface, the oars disappear, and all the natatory feet are visible. In three days more the second change ensues, but without producing any important alteration. But after the third, which occurs forty-eight hours subsequently to the second, these same feet are converted into those with cups, still, however, preserving the terminal hook. At the expiration of nine days, there is a new change of skin, and the organs of generation, male and female, are apparent ; another change of tegument, however, is required ere the sexes are fitted for copula- tion, so that the period of their metamorphosis extends to twenty-five days. Still, however, they have attained but the half of their proper size. For that purpose fresh changes of the tegument, which occur every six or seven days, are requisite. Jurine satisfied himself of the fact, that propagation never ensues without the intervention of the male. The females, which he kept separate, perished from a disease which was announced by the appearance of several brown globules, arranged in a semicircle on the posterior portion of the 268 CRUSTACEA. clypeus, and apparently formed in the parenchyma, for they were not dispersed by the change of tegument. Argulus foliaceus, Jurine, Jun., Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. VII, xxvi ; Monoculus foliaceus, L.; Argulus delphinus, Herm. Jun., Mem. Apter., V, 3, VI, ii ; Monoculus gyrini, Cuv., Tabl., Elem. de l’Hist. Nat. des Anim., p. 454 ; Ozolus gasterostei , Lat., Hist., Nat. des Crust, et des Insect., IV, xxix, 1 — 7 ; Des- mar., Consid., L. ; Louse of the Stickleback , Baker, Micros., II, xxiv. This species, the only one of the genus that is known, attaches itself to the under part of the body of the tadpoles of Frogs, of that of the Stickleback or Gasterosteus, and sucks its blood. The body is flattened, of a light yellowish green colour, and about two lines and a half in length. Herman, Jun., who has well described this Argulus in its perfect state, and who quotes a manuscript of Leonard Baldaneur, a fisherman of Stras- bourg, dated 1666, in which the same animal is figured, says, that in the environs of that city it is seldom found, except on the Trouts, and that it frequently kills them, those especially which are kept in ponds ; it is also found on the Perch, Pike, and Carp. He has never found it on the gills. It has a habit of whirling round like the Gyrini. He says that the body is divided into five rings, but slightly distinct on the back. Caligus, Mull. Neither of the feet with cups ; those of the anterior pair unguicu- lated ; the others divided into a greater or less number of pinnulee or membranous leaflets. A considerable portion of the body is not covered by the shell, and is usually terminated posteriorly by two long threads, and sometimes by fin-like or styliform appendages.* The vulgar name of fish-louse, by which they are collectively desig- nated, announces their habits to be similar to those of the Arguli and other Siphonostomae. Several naturalists have considered the tubular threads at the posterior extremity of their body as ovaries ; I have sometimes found ova under the posterior and branchial feet, but never in these tubes. Besides, external oviducts thus prolonged are never met with except in females whose eggs are to be deposited in deep holes and cavities — now this is not the case with the Caligi. Muller and other zoologists have remarked that these Crustacea erect and agitate the appendages in question. We believe with Jurine, Jun., and such also is the opinion of his father, that they serve for respi- ration, like the terminal filaments of the abdomen of an Apus f . * The interval also frequently exhibits other, hut smaller or much less salient appendages. p In the Ann. Gdndr. des Sc. Phys., vol. Ill, p. 343, Brussels, is an extract from the observations of Dr. Surriray on the foetus of a species of Caligus which he believes to be the elongatus, and which is very common on the operculum of the JSsox belone. That gentleman informs us, that, by pressing the two caudal threads of the animal in question, a number of transparent and membranous ova were ex- truded, each of which contained a living foetus, very different from the mother, and of which he gives a description. From these observations we might be induced PiECILOPOD A . 269 Some of them whose feet are free, and (the two last excepted) annexed to the anterior part of the body — Cephalothorax, Lat. — covered by the shield, in which some of the posterior feet are fur- nished with numerous and pennated threads, and in which the siphon is not apparent, have the abdomen naked above and terminated by two long threads, or as many styles ; they compose the subgenus. Caligus, properly so called , — Caligus risculus, Leach * * * * §. In all others, the superior surface of the body is imbricated, or that portion of the body is inclosed in a kind of case formed by the last feet which resemble membranes and fold over it. Of these latter, there are some whose antennae never project like little claws, whose feet are free, and whose last ones do not envelope the body like a membranous case. They form the following sub- genera. Pterygopoda. Lat. — Nogaus? Leach. Where the posterior extremity of the body is terminated by two kinds of fins; where the under part of the post abdomen or of the second division of the body, not covered by the shield, is furnished with pinnated or digitated feet ; and where there is a distinct pro- boscis or rostrum j\ Pandarus, Leach. Two threads at the posterior extremity of the body ; the first and fifth pair of feet unguiculated, and the remainder digitated ; no ap- parent siphon J. Dinemoura, Lat. Two long anal filaments and an apparent siphon ; the two anterior feet unguiculated'; the two following ones terminated by two long toes, and the remainder membranous leaflets §. The last subgenus of this subdivision, that of Anthosoma, Leach , Approximates to Dinemoura in the presence of a siphon, and in the two caudal threads ; but it is removed from it, as well as the pre- ceding ones by its projecting antennae, which resemble little mono- dactyle claws, and by its six last feet which are membranous, to conclude that these threads are a kind of external oviducts ; but is there no mistake in this ? I have studied these same organs in various specimens — preserved in spirits, it is true — but could never discover any body whatever. * Caligus piscinus, Lat.; Cal. curtus, Mull. Entom. XXI, 1, 2; Monoculus pis- cinus , L. ; Cal. Mulleri , Leach ; Desmar., Consul., L, 4; found on the Cod. The Oniscus lutosus, Slabber, Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXX, 7, 8, from the fin-like appendages of its tail, seems to indicate a separate subgenus. The Binocle h queue en pluniel , Geoff., might be placed in it. f A single living species found on the Shark. See the genus Nogaus, Desmar., Consid., p. 340. X Pandarus bicolor, Leach; Desmar., L. 5; Pandarus Boscii, Leach, Encyc. Brit. Suppl. 1, xx. For the other species, see Desmar., Ib., p. 339. § Caligus productus, Mull., Entom. XXXI, 3, 4; Monoculus sal moneus, Fab. CRUSTACEA. 270 united inferiorly, and folded laterally over the post- abdomen, enve- loping it like a case; those of the first and third pairs are ungui- culated; the second feet are terminated by] two short and obtuse toes * There, the body is oval, without salient caudiform appendages, composed of threads or fin-like productions at its posterior extre- mity. A portion of the superior teguments forms a shield, which does not cover its anterior half, is rounded and emarginated before, widened and as if bilobate behind ; then follow three pieces or scales, posteriorly rounded and emarginated, the second of which, and the smallest of the three, is almost in the form of a reversed heart ; the last, and the largest, is arched. The four posterior feet are in the form of laminae, and are united by pairs ; those of the first and the third are unguiculated ; the extremity of the second is bifid. The siphon is apparent. The ova are covered by two large, oval, conti- guous, coriaceous pieces, placed under the abdomen, and surpassing it in length. Such are the characters of the genus Cecrops, Leach, Of which a single species only is known. Cecrops Latreillii , Leach, Encyc. Brit., Supp. I, xx ; 1,3, the male ; 2, 4, the female ; 5, the antennae magnified ; Desmar., Con- sid. L, 2, Found on the branchiae of the Tunny and Turbot. The second tribe, that of the Lerneiformes, Lat., consists of Ento- mostraca, which approximate to the Lerneae, in their external confi- guration still more than the preceding subgenera. There are but ten feet visible f , mostly very short, and but slightlyor nowise adapted to natation. Sometimes the body is nearly vermiform and cylindrical, the anterior segment being merely somewhat widened and furnished with two projecting didactyle claws ; sometimes, on account of two lateral expansions resembling lobes or wings behind the thorax, and of two posterior ovaries, it forms a small quadrilateral mass. This tribe is composed of two genera. In the first or the Dichelestium, Herm., Jun. We observe a narrow elongated body, slightly dilated before, and composed of seven segments, the anterior of which — the thorax of Herm. — is wider than the others, rhombofdal, and formed of the head and a portion of the thorax united. It bears : 1, four short antennae, of which the lateral are filiform and consist of several joints, and the intermediate project like little arms and are quadri-articu- latea, the last joint terminating in a didactyle claw; 2, an inferior, membranous, and tubular siphon ; 3, three kinds of deformed palpi — * Anthosoma Smithii , Leach; Desmar., Consid., L, 3 ; Califfus imbricatus , Risso. f There are probably two more, as in the preceding subgenera, but they are either indistinct or have such a peculiar form that they have not been recognised. P/ECILOPODA. 271 two multifid feet ? — on each side placed on an eminence ; 4, four pre- hensile feet, the two first of which consist of a thigh and leg termi- nated by various unequal and dentated hooks, and the others of an enlarged thigh terminated by a small but stout nail. The second and third segments are almost lunulated, each bearing a pair of feet formed of a single joint, terminated by two kinds of toes, dentated at the end. To the fourth segment is attached another pair of feet, the fifth and last, but having the form of simple, oval, divergent, and immoveable vesicles, which Hermann presumes are rather ovaries than feet. This segment, as well as the next, is nearly square. The sixth is much longer, and cylindrical. The seventh and last is three times shorter, almost orbicular, flattened, and terminated by two small vesicles. The eyes are not distinct. Dichelestium sturionis , Herm., Jun. Mem. Apter. p. 125, V, 7, 8 ; Desmar., Consid. L, v. About seven lines long and one broad. The second segment is prolonged on each side into an obtuse papilla, and the four following are red in the middle, with whitish-yellow along the lateral margins. When viewed from above, the feet are not visible. This animal penetrates deeply into the skin and places itself on the osseous arches of the branchiae, but without, as it appears, intruding upon their combs. Twelve of them were taken by Hermann from a single fish. Of this number, two or three, perhaps males, were one third shorter than the others, and had a curved body ; one of the twelve lived three days. They are constantly whirling about and with considerable vivacity. By means of their frontal claws they are enabled to cling with great tenacity. Nicothoe, And. and Edw. These animals terminate the Crustacea, and are distinguished from all others of that class by their heteroclitical form. To the naked eye they seem nothing more than two lobes united in the form of a horse-shoe, which inclose two others. By the aid of glasses, how- ever, we discover that the two large lobes are formed by the great expansion of the sides of the thorax, which resemble wings, are almost oval and thrown behind; that the two others are external ovaries or clusters of eggs, analogous to those of a female Cyclops, and inserted, one on each side, into the base of the abdomen by means of a short pedicle ; and that the body of the animal is com- posed of the following parts : 1 , a distinct head furnished with two separate eyes ; two short, setaceous, lateral antennae formed of eleven joints, each with a hair on the inner side ; a mouth forming a circular aperture which acts as a cup, and accompanied on each side with — anterior feet — maxilliform appendages : 2, a thorax of four seg- ments, with five pairs of feet beneath, the two anterior of which are terminated by a stout hook, and are bidentated on the inner side ; the remaining eight being formed of one large joint, terminated by two nearly equal and cylindrical stems, each composed of three joints, and furnished with setae : 3, a pointed abdomen of five annulli, the first and largest of which gives origin to the oviferous sacs ; the last CRUSTACEA. 272 is terminated by two long hairs. The lateral expansion merely ap- pears to be an excessive developement of the fourth and last ring of the thorax. Within we may perceive two kinds of entrails origi- nating from the median line of the body, which may be considered as caeca or divisions of the intestinal canal in a state of hernia. They are endowed with a very decided peristaltic motion. We have seen that the stomach of the Arguli also exhibits two caeca, which ramify in the wings of their shell, and it is possible that these thoracic ex- pansions of the Nicothoes may be two analogous lobes *. Nicothoe astaci , Aud. and Edw. Ann. des Sc. Nat., 1826, XLIX, 1,9. The only species known; it is about half a line long and three lines broad, the thoracic enlargement included. It is rose-coloured, paler on the oviperous sacs ; the expansions yellowish. It adheres closely to the branchiae of the Lobster, and penetrates deeply between the filaments of those organs. It is only found in small numbers, and on a few individuals. All the Nicothoes observed by these two naturalists were furnished with ovaries; it is probable that previously to fixing themselves on the branchiae of the Lobster, and before their thoracic lobes have acquired their ordinary developement, they can swim ; that developement, as is the case with the body of the Ixodes, may be the result of superabundant nutrition. TRILOBITES. According to Brongniart and various other naturalists, it is in the vicinity of the Limuli and other Entomostraca with numerous feet, that we should place these singular fossil animals, originally con- founded under the common name of Entomolithus paradoxus , and now designated by that of Trilobites, of which an excellent mono- graph, enriched with good lithographic figures, has been published by that gentleman f. By this hypothesis we have to admit as a positive or at least highly probable fact, the existence of locomotive organs, although, notwithstanding the most careful investigation, no vestige of them has been discovered J. Presuming, on the contrary, * In this case, the geuus may be approximated to the preceding one. f M. Eudes Deslongchamps, professor of the University of Caen, Count Ra- soumowski, M. Dalman and other savans have since published new observations on these fossils. M. Victor Audouin, zealously advocating the opinion of Brongniart, has contested that published by me, in which I approximate them to Chiton. The great difficulty was to prove the existence of feet, and this he has not done. The application of his theory of the thorax of Insects to the Trilobites, appears to me so much the more doubtful, as, according to my view of the matter, the first annuli of the abdomen of Insects alone represent the thorax of the Crustacea Decapoda. X M. Parkinson (Outlines of Oryctology) thinks he has perceived them, and suspects that they are unguiculated. See also the Entomostraciie granuleux, Brongn., Trilob., Ill, 6, Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XV. PjECILOPODA. 273 that these animals were deprived of them, I thought that their natural position was in the neighbourhood of the Chitones, or rather that they constituted the original stock of the Articulata, being con- nected on the one hand with these latter Mollusca, and on the other with those first mentioned, and even with the Glomeres *, to which some Trilobites, such as the Calymenes, appear to approximate, as well as to the Chitones, inasmuch as by contracting they could also become spherical. Since the publication of M. Brongniart’s work, some naturalists have rejected his opinions and adopted mine, either wholly or in part ; others still hesitate. Be this as it may, these animals appear to have been annihilated by some ancient revolution of our planet. The Trilobites, one heteromorphous genus excepted, that of Agnostus, have, like the Limuli, a large anterior segment in the form of an almost semicircular or lunated shield, followed by from about twelve to twenty-two segments f, all transversal except the last, and divided by two longitudinal sulci into three ranges of parts or lobes, whence their name of Trilobites j. Some naturalists call them Entomostracites. * First edition of the R6gne Animal, tome III, p. 150, 151. There is no Bran- chiopoda known which can contract itself into the form of a ball. This character is peculiar to Typhis, Sphaeroma, Tylos, and Armadillo among the Crustacea, and, among the class of apterous Insects, to Glomeris, a genus which is at the head of that class, and which leaves between it and the latter Crustacea a considerable hiatus. The Calymenes, with respect to this contractility, evidently approach these latter Insects, the Typhes and Sphaeromse ; but it does not appear that the posterior extremity of their body is provided with lateral natatory appendages, a negative cha- racter, which would remove them from the Sphaeromse, but approximate them to Armadillo, and particularly to Tylos, where the superior part of the thoracic segments is divided into three. The study of a well-preserved specimen has convinced me that, like the Limuli, they had eyes placed against two prominences, and that the cornea was granulous or with facets. The non-existence of the superior antennae also indicates a new affinity between these same Trilobites and the Limuli. •f* The body of various Trilobites, and particularly of the Asaphi, seems to consist, exclusive of the shield, of twelve segments, well separated on the sides, and of another forming the post-abdomen, or a triangular or semi-lunar tail, whose divisions are superficial and do not cut its edges. In the Paradoxides, on the contrary, the lateral lobes terminate by well marked acute prolongations, and twenty-two of them can be distinctly counted. A species of Trilobite, mentioned by Count Rasoumowski in his memoir on fossils, Ann. des Sc. Nat. June, 1826, pi. xxviii, ii, which he pre- sumes should constitute a new genus, is, in this respect, very remarkable. Its lateral lobes form very long thongs or slips tapering to a point. The feet of the pupa: of the Culices are elongated, flattened, inarticulated laminae terminated by threads and folded on the sides. They are in a rudimental state, and may be analogous to the lateral divisions of this species of Trilobite, allied to the Para- doxides. J The Squills:, and various Amphipodous and Isopodous Crustacea have also several of their segments trisected by two impressed and longitudinal lines ; but these lines are nearer to the edges and do not form dfen sulci. VOL. III. T 274 CRUSTACEA, Agnostus, Brongn. The only genus where the body is semicircular or reniform. In all the other genera it is oval or elliptical, and exhibits the general characters above mentioned. Calymene, Brongn. The Calymenes are distinguished from all other Trilobites, by the faculty of contracting their body into a ball, and in the same manner as Sphseroma, Armadillo, and Glomeris, that is, by approximating the two inferior extremities of the body. The shield, as broad as it is long, or broader, is furnished, as in the Asaphi and Ogygiee, with two oculiform prominences. The segments do not project beyond the sides of the body, and are united throughout ; the body is ter- minated posteriorly by a sort of triangular and elongated tail. In Asaphus, Brongn. The oculiform tubercles seem to exhibit a sort of eye-lid, or are granulous ; the species of tail which terminates the body posteriorly is less elongated than in Calymene, and is either nearly semicircular, or in the form of a short triangle *. In the Ogygia, Brongn. The shield is longer than it is broad ; its posterior angles are ex- tended into a kind of spine, The oculiform tubercles exhibit neither eyelid nor granulations. The body is elliptical. Faradoxides, Brongn. The eye-like tubercles cease to exist, or are not apparent in this genus. The segments, or at least most of them, project beyond the sides of the body, and are free at their lateral extremity. Such are the characters of the five genera established by M. Alex- ander Brongniart, which may be arranged in three principal groups ; the Beni formes — Agnostus ; the Contractiles — Calymene ; and the Extensi — Asaphus, Ogygia, and Paradqxides. For a description of the species and their localities, we refer the reader to the excellent work of this celebrated naturalist, who in his labours upon the fossil Crustacea, properly so called, or universally admitted as such, has availed himself of the talents of one of his most distinguished pupils, M. Desmarest, frequently referred to by us, not only with respect to this particular part of the science, but in relation to his work on the living Crustacea. Different naturalists have proposed various generic sections of these fossils ; but being restricted to general considerations, I have adopted those presented to us by the best work hitherto produced on the subject. * In the Asaphus Brongniarti, described and figured by M. E. Deslongchamps, the posterior angles of the shield, instead of beiog directed backwards as in the other species, are recurved. CLASS II. ARACHNIDES. The Arachnides, which compose the second class of articulated animals provided with moveable feet, are, as well as the Crustacea, deprived of wings, are not subject to changes of form, or do not ex- perience any metamorphosis, simply casting their skin. Their sexual organs also are at a distance from the posterior extremity of the body, and situated at the base of the abdomen, those of several males ex- cepted ; but they differ from them as well as from Insects in several particulars. Like the latter, the surface of their body presents aper- tures or transverse fissures called stigmata* for the introduction of air, but they are few in number — eight at most, and usually but two — and confined to the inferior portion of the abdomen. Respiration is also effected either by means of air-branchiae, fulfilling the function of lungs, that are contained in sacs of which these stigmata are the apertures, or by radiated trachesef. The visual organs merely con- sist of ocelli, which, when numerous, are variously grouped. The head, usually confounded with the thorax, in place of the antennae has two articulated pieces in the form of small didactyle or monodac- tyle chelae, improperly compared to the mandibles of Insects, and so denominated, moving in a contrary direction to the former, or from above downwards, still however co-operating in the manducation, and replaced in the Arachnides, where the mouth has the form of a siphon or sucker, by two pointed blades which act as lancets*. A kind of lip — labium, Fab. — or rather ligula, produced by a pectoral prolongation; two jaws formed by the radical joint of the first seg- * A vague and improper appellation, for which we might substitute pneumostoma, — air-mouth, — or spiraculum. •f* See general observations on Insects. 1 X Cheliceree, or forceps-antennco ; the evident result of the comparison between j them and thtf intermediate ante nn re of various Crustacea, those of the Precilopoda ) particularly. It cannot then be said, strictly speaking, that the Arachnides are deprived of anteuure, a negative character, which, previous to us, had been exclu- sively attributed to them. T 2 ARACHNIDES. 276 ment of two small legs or palpi*, or by an appendage or lobe of that same joint ; a part concealed under the mandibles, called langue sternale by Savigny — description and figure of the Phalangium cop - ticum — and composed of a projection in the form of a rostrum, produced by the union of a very small clypeus, terminated by an extremely small triangular labrum, and of an inferior longitudinal Carina, usually very hairy, are the parts, which, with the pieces termed mandibles, constitute with some modifications the mouth of most of the Arachnides. The pharynxf is placed before a sternal projection which has been considered as a lip, but which, from being placed directly behind the pharynx, and having no palpi, is rather a ligula. The legs, like those of Insects, are commonly terminated by two hooks, and even sometimes by one more, and are all annexed to the thorax, or rather cephalo- thorax, which except in a small number, is only formed of a single segment, and is frequently intimately united to the abdomen. This latter part of the body is soft, or but slightly defended, in most of them. With respect to their nervous system, the Arachnides are greatly removed from the Crustacea and Insects ; for if we except the Scor- pions, which from the knots or joints forming their tail have some additional ganglions, the number of these enlargements of the two nervous cords is never more than three, and even in the latter, all counted, it never extends beyond seven. Most of the Arachnides feed on Insects, which they either seize alive, or to which they adhere, abstracting their fluids by suction. Others are parasitical, and live on vertebrated animals. Some of them, however, are only found in flour, on cheese, and even on various vegetables.. Those which live on other animals frequently * They only differ from legs, properly so called, by their tarsi, which are composed of a single joint, and are usually terminated by a small hook, resembling, in a word, the ordinary feet of the Crustacea. See our general observations on the first order. These jaws and palpi appear to correspond to the palpigerous mandibles of the Decapoda, and to the two anterior feet of the Limuli. In Phalangium, the four following legs have a maxillary appendage at their origin, so that these four appen- dages are analogous to the four jaws of the preceding animals. I had described these parts, long before the publication of Savigny’s memoirs on the invertebrate animals, in a monograph of the species of this genus proper to France. From these and preceeding observations, it is evident that the composition of these animals is easily reduced to the same general type which characterizes all articulated animals with ar- ticulated feet. The Arachnides are not then a sort of acephalous Crustacea, as stated by this savant, usually so exact in his anatomical observations, of which, unfortu- nately for the sciences, he has become the victim. Although Savigny admits of two orifices, neither Straus nor myself can find but one ; it must have been the effect of an optical illusion arising from the fact of his having only perceived the lateral extremities of the fissure, its middle being concealed by the tongue with which its anterior face is thickened in its mediate portion. ARACHNIDES. 277 multiply there to a great extent, Two of the legs, in some species, are only developed by a change of the tegument, and in general it is not until the fourth or fifth change of skin that these animals are capable of propagation* * * § Division of the Arachnides into Orders. Some have pulmonary sacsf, a heart with very distinct vessels, and six or eight simple eyes. They compose our first order, or that of the Pulmonarl®, The others respire by tracheae, and have no organs of circulation, or, if they have, the circulation is not complete. The tracheae are divided near their origin into various branches, and do not, as in Insects, form two trunks which run parallel to each other throughout the whole length of the body, and receive air from various points by means of numerous stigmata. Here, but two, at most, are distinctly visible, and they are situated near the base of the abdomen J. The number of simple eyes is at most but four. They constitute our second and last order, or that of the Trachearle. ORDER I. PULMONARIiE §. We here find a well marked circulating system and pulmonary sacs, always placed under the abdomen, announced externally by transverse openings or fissures (stigmata), of which there are sometimes eight, four on each side, and at others four, or even two. The number of simple eyes is from six to eight |{, while in the following order it * We have seen, according to the observations of Jui-ine, Jun., that they only acquire this faculty after the sixth change. This fact is also applicable to the Lepidoptera, and probably to other insects that frequently cast their skin, for caterpillars usually change it four times before they enter into the state of a chry- salis, which is a fifth. The insect does not become pei-fect until after another, so that it changes its skin six times. f Sacs containing air-branchiae, or fulfilling the functions of lungs, and distin- guished by me from the latter by the name of pneumo-branchiee. X The Pycnogonides exhibit no stigmata, and seem, in this respect, to approach the last of the Crustacea, such as Dichelestium, Cecrops, and other Siphonostomous Entomosti-aca. Savigny thinks they have a closer affinity to the Laemodipoda, from which, however, they are greatly removed, by the organization of the mouth as well as by their eyes and feet. We still believe, however, fi'om the ensemble of their characters, that they rather belong to the class of Arachnides, and that they approxi- mate particularly to Phalangium, with which various authors have arranged them. We also think that they may respire by the surface of their skin. At all events, we must await the results of anatomical investigation befoi*e we can decide. § Unooata, Fab. || The Tessarops of Kalin, according to him, has but four eyes ; I presume, how- ever, that the lateral ones escaped his notice. See the subgenus Eresus. PULMONARIJE. 278 never exceeds four, and is most generally but two ; sometimes they are hardly perceptible, or even annihilated. The organ of respiration is formed of little laminae. The heart is a large vessel which extends along the back, and gives off branches on each side and anteriorly*. There are always eight legs. The head is always confounded with the thorax, and presents at its anterior superior extremity two man- dibles— so called by authors, the chelicerce or antenne-pinces , Latr. — terminated by two fingers, one of which is moveable, or by a single one resembling a hook or claw that is always moveablef. The mouth is composed of a labrumj, of two palpi, sometimes resembling arms or claws, of the two or four jaws, formed, when there are but two, by the radical joint of these palpi, and moreover, when there are four, by the same joint of the first pair of feet, and of a ligula consisting of one or two pieces §. If we base our arrangement on the progressive decrease of the number of pulmonary sacs and stigmata, the Scorpions where it is eight, while in the other Arachnides it amounts to but four or two, should form the first genus of this class, and consequently our family of the Pedipalpi should precede that of the Araneides ||. But the latter Arachnides are in a manner insulated by their male organs of generation, by the claw or hook of their frontal mandibles, by their pediculated abdomen and its spinning apparatus, and by their habits; besides this, the scorpions appear to form a natural transition from the Arachnides Pulmonariae to the family of the Pseudo- Scor- piones, or the first of the following order. We will therefore com- mence, as we have said, with the Araneides or spinners. * According to Marsel de Serres, Mdmoire surle Yaisseau Dorsale des Insectes, the blood, in the Araneides and Scorpions, is first directed to the organs of respiration, and thence proceeds to various parts of the body through particular vessels. Judg- ing, however, from the affinity of these animals to the Crustacea, the circulation would seem to be effected in the contrary direction. See the Memoir of Treviranus on the Anatomy of Spiders and Scorpions. f These parts are formed of a first very large and ventricose joint, one of whose superior angles, when the chelae are didactyle, forms the fixed finger, and of a second joint, that which forms the opposite and moveable finger or the hook, when there is but one finger. In the latter case, as with several of the Crustacea, I will employ the term claw. I See our general observations on the class. §. That of the Scorpions appears to be composed of four pieces, forming an elon- gated and pointed triangle, directed forwards ; the two lateral ones however are evidently formed by the first joint of the two anterior feet, and may be considered as two jaws analogous to the first. We see by Mygale, Scorpio, &c., that the palpi are divided into six joints, of which, in the other Araneides, the first or radical one, is anteriorly and internally dilated to form the maxilliform lobe. Even this lobe, in some species, is articulated at base, and thus becomes a maxillary appendage of this same joint. Exclusive of this joint, the pulpus consists of but five, and such is the most usual mode of supputation. In the Scorpions the moveable finger of the for- ceps, as in that of the Crustacea, forms the sixth joint. || In my Fam, Nat. du R£gne Animal, I begin with the Pedipalpi. M. Leon Dufour also thinks that the Scorpions should come first. ARACHNIDES. 279 FAMILY I. ARANEIDES. This family is composed of the genus Aranea, Lin., or the Spiders. They have palpi resembling little feet, without a forceps at the end, terminated at most in the females by a little hook, and the first joint of which, in the males, gives origin to various and more or less com- plicated sexual appendages* * * §. Their frontal chelicerse (the mandibles of authors) are terminated by a moveable hook, flexed inferiorly, underneath which, and near its extremity, which is always pointed, is a little opening, that allows a passage to a venomous fluid contained in a gland of the preceding joint. There are never more than two jaws. The ligula consists of a single piece, is always external and situated between the jaws, and either more or less square, triangular, or semicircular. The thoraxf usually marked with a depression in the form of a V, indicating the space occupied by the head, consists of a single segment, posteriorly to which, by means of a short pedicle, is suspended a moveable and usually soft abdomen ; it is always fur- nished, under the anus, with from four to six closely approximated cylindrical or conical articulated mammillae with fleshy extremities, which are perforated with numberless small orifices J for the passage of silky filaments of extreme tenuity proceeding from internal reser- voirs. The legs, identical as to form, but of different sizes, are com- posed of seven joints, of which the two first form the hip, the third the thigh, the fourth § and fifth the tibia, and the two others the tarsus : the last is terminated by two hooks usually pectinated, and in several by one more, which is smaller and not dentated. The intes- tinal canal is straight, consisting of a first stomach composed of * From all the observations that have been made on the mode of copulation of the Araneides, I am still inclined to believe that these appendages are the genital organs. I have vainly sought for particular organs on the base of the abdomen of a large male Mygale preserved in spirits. We are not always to judge from analogy ; for the sexual organs in the female Glomeris, Julus, and other Chilognatha, are situated near the mouth, a fact of which no second example is to be found. "b The term cephalo -thorax would be more strict and proper ; not being in use, however, I have thought it best to avoid it ; neither will I employ that of corseht , although generally admitted, because, with respect to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, &c.,it only applies to the prothorax or first thoracic segment. J These holes are pierced in the last segment, which is frequently retracted. If it be strongly compressed, very small mammillae, (at least in some species,) perfo- rated at the extremity, are protruded — they are the true fusi or spinning apparatus. Some naturalists think that the two smaller mammillae, situated in the middle of the four exterior ones, furnish no silk. § This joint, or the first of the tibia, is a kind of patella. 280 ARACHNIDES. several sacs, and then of a second stomach or dilatation sur- rounded with silk. According to the observations of M. Leon Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Phys.VI— -it occupies the greater part of the abdomi- nal cavity, and is immediately enveloped by the skin. It is of a pulpy consistence, and is formed of granules*, whose individual ex- cretory ducts unite in several hepatic canals, which pour the secreted matter into the alimentary tube. In the middle of its superior sur- face is a depressed line, where the heart is lodged, and which divides that organ into two equal lobes. Its form, like thatof the abdomen, va- ries according to the species ; thus in the Epeira sericea its contour is festooned. In this subgenus, as in the Lycos a tarentula , its surface is covered with a whitish coat split into areolse, which, in several species, are easily perceived through the glabrous skin ; they may be seen obeying the impulse communicated to them by the systole and diastole of the heart. Both sexes frequently eject from the anus an excre- mentitious fluid, part of which is milk-white, and the remainder black as ink. The nervous system is composed of a double cord occupying the median line of the body, and of ganglions which distribute nerves to the various organs. M. Dufour has not been able to determine the number and disposition of these ganglions, but from the figure of this system given by Treviranus — Veber deninnern, bau des Arachniden, tab. V. fig. 45 — there are but two. The observations of the latter will also supply the want of those relative to the organ of the circu- lation by M. Dufour, which, according to him, appears to consist of a simple dorsal vessel, as well as with respect to the testes and spermatic vessels, on which he is totally silent. The dorsal region of the abdomen in several Araneides, those especially which are glabrous or but slightly pilose, exhibits depressed points varying both* in number and arrangement. M. Dufour has ascertained that these little orbicular depressions are caused by the insertion of filiform muscles, which traverse the liver, and which he has also observed in the Scorpions, The one or two pairs of pulmonary sacs are indicated externally by as many yellowish or whitish spots near the ventral base, and immediately after the segment, which, by means of a fleshy thread, unites the abdomen with the thorax. Each pulmonary bursa is formed by the superposition of numerous, triangular, white, and extremely thin leaflets, which become confluent round the stigmata, and whose number exactly equals that of the pulmonary sacs. When there are * The liver of the Scorpions is composed of pyramidal and fasciculated lobules, a circumstance which seems to announce a more advanced degree of organization. PULMONARLE. 281 four, a sort of fold or annular vestige found even in those where there are but two, and placed directly behind them, forms a line that separates the two pairs, The females have two very distinct ovaries, lodged in a species of capsule formed by the liver. In an unfecundated state they appear to be composed of a spongy, flaky kind of tissue, formed by the agglomeration of rounded and scarcely visible corpuscles, which are the germs of eggs. As the results of fecundation become more apparent, the cluster formed by these ova * becomes less compact, and they are seen to be laterally inserted on several canals. Their great analogy to the ovarier of the Scorpions induces the same observer to presume that they form meshes terminating in two distinct oviducts, which open into a common Vulva. The figiire of the latter varies ; sometimes it is a longitudinal bilabiated slit, as in the Micrommata argelasia ; sometimes it is protected by an elongated operculum with a caudiform termination, as in the Epeira diadema ; and at others resembles a tubercle. With respect to the simple eyes, or ocelli, he remarks that they shine in darkness like those of Cats, and that the Araneides most probably enjoy the faculty both of nocturnal and diurnal vision. The abdomen becomes so putrid and decomposed after death, that its colours and even its form are soon destroyed. M. Dufour, by means of a rapid desiccation, the mode of which he points out, has succeeded in remedying this evil to a great degree. The silk, according to Reaumur, is first elaborated in two little reservoirs, shaped like tears of glass, placed obliquely, one on each side, at the base of six other reservoirs, resembling intestines, situated close to each other, flexed six or seven times, proceeding from a little vessel beneath the origin of the abdomen, and terminating in the papillae by a very slender thread. It is in these last mentioned vessels that the silk acquires a greater degree of firmness and other proper- ties peculiar to it ; they communicate with the preceding ones by branches, forming a number of geniculate turns, and then various pieces of net- work f- The newly spun filaments, when first drawn from the mammillae, are adhesive, and a certain degree of desiccation or evaporation is required to fit them for their destined purposes. When the temperature is propitious, however, a single instant is sufficient, as the animal employs them the moment they escape from the apparatus. Those white and silky fiocculi that may be observed * For their devclopcmcnt anil that of the foetus, see the admirable work of Htfrold. ■f See Treviranus, on the same subject. 282 ARACHNIDES. floating about in spring and autumn in foggy weather, vulgarly termed in France fils de la Vierge , are certainly produced — as we have satisfactorily ascertained by tracing them to their point of origin -—by various young Araneides, those of the Epeirse and Thomisi particularly ; they are mostly the larger threads which are intended to afford points of attachment to the radii of the web, or those that compose the chain, and which, becoming more ponderous by the access of moisture, sink, approach one another, and finally form little pellets : we frequently observe them collected near the web com- menced by the Spider, and in which it resides. It is also very probable that many of these young animals not having as yet a sufficient supply of silk, limit their structure to throwing out simple threads. It is, I think, to the young Lycosse that we must attribute those which intersect the furrows of ploughed grounds, whose numbers are rendered so apparent by the reflection of light after sunrise. By chemical analysis, these fils de la Vierge exhibit the same characters as the web of the spider — they are not then formed in the atmosphere, as, for want of proper observation, ex visu, that celebrated naturalist, M. Lamarck, has conjectured. Gloves and stockings have been made with this silk ; but it was found impossible to apply the process on a large scale, and, as it is subject to many difficulties, is rather a matter of curiosity than utility. This substance, however, is of much greater importance to the little animals in question. With it, the sedentary species, or those which do not roam abroad in search of their prey, weave webs * of a more or less compact tissue, whose form and position vary accord- ing to the peculiar habits of each of them, and that are so many snares or traps, whefe the insects on which they feed become entangled, or are taken. No sooner is one of them arrested there by the hooks of its tarsi, than the Spider, sometimes placed in the centre of his net, or at the bottom of his web, or at others lying in ambush in a peculiar domicile situated near and in one of the angles, rushes towards his victim, and endeavours to pierce him with his murderous dart, dis- tilling into the wound a prompt and mortal poison ; should the former resist too vigorously, or should it be dangerous to the latter to approach it, he retreats, waiting until it has either exhausted its powers by struggling, or become more entangled in the net; but should there be no cause of fear, he hastens to bind it by involving the body in his silken threads, with which it is sometimes completely enveloped. * Those of some exotic species are so strong, that small birds are entangled in them ; they even oppose a certain degree of resistance to man. PULMONARLE. 283 Lister says that Spiders dart their threads in the same way that the Porcupine darts his quills, with this difference, however, that in the latter, according to the popular belief, the spines are detached from the body, whereas in the former, these threads, though propelled to a considerable distance, always remain connected with it. The pos- sibility of this has been denied. Be it as it may, we have seen threads issuing from the mammillae of several Thomisi from straight lines, and, when the animals moved circularly, producing moveable radii. A second use to which this silk is applied by the female Ara- neides is in the construction of the sacs destined to contain their eggs. The texture and form of these sacs are variously modified, according to the habits of the race. They are usually spheroidal ; some of them resemble a cap or tymbal, others are placed on a pedicle, and some are claviform. They are sometimes partially en- veloped with foreign bodies, such as earth, leaves, &c. ; a finer material, or sort of tow or down, frequently surrounds the eggs in their interior, where they are free or agglutinated and more or less numerous. As they are voracious animals, the males, in order to avoid a surprise and to prevent themselves from falling victims to their premature desires, approach their females in the nuptial season with the greatest circumspection and mistrust. They cautiously and repeatedly touch them, and frequently for a long time before they yield to their wishes, and when this is the case they quickly and repeatedly apply the extremity of their palpi to the inferior surface of the abdomen, protruding at each time, and as if by a spring, the fecundating organ contained in the button formed by the last joint of those palpi, and insinuate it into a sub-abdominal slit, near the base and between the respiratory orifices ; after a moment’s interval the same act is repeatedly performed. Such is the mode of copulation of a small number of species belonging to the Orbitelse. It is impos- sible to avoid feeling the most lively interest in reading what has been written upon this subject by that learned naturalist, who of all others has most profoundly studied these animals, the celebrated Walckenaer, member of the Acad, des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres. The apparatus of the male organs of generation, or at least of what are considered as such, is usually highly complicated and very various ; it consists of scaly pieces, more or less hooked and irregular, and of a white fleshy body, on which sanguineous looking vessels are some- times perceptible, which is considered as the fecundating organ, pro- perly so called; but in the Arachnides with four pulmonary sacs, and in some belonging to the division where there arc but two, the last joint of the palpi of the males only exhibits a single horny piece in 284 ARACHNIDES the form of a hook or ear- picker, without the smallest visible opening. Although Muller and others were mistaken when they placed the male organs of certain Entomostraca upon two of their antennae, it is very certain that the parts considered as analogous to them in the Araneides are very different from those observed on the antennae of those Crustacea, and that if we refuse to admit of their exercising this function, it is impossible to conceive of their use *. According to the experiments of Audebert, who has given us a history of the Monkeys worthy of the talents of that great painter, it is certain that a single fecundation is sufficient for several succes- sive generations, but that with them, as with all Insects and other analogous classes, the ova are sterile without a union of the sexes. Their nuptial season in France lasts from the latter end of summer till the beginning of October. The ova first laid are frequently hatched before the termination of autumn: the others remain in statu quo during the winter. The females of certain species of Lycosa have been observed to tear open the egg-sac when the young ones were about to issue from the ovum. The latter then mount on the back of their mother, where they remain some time. Other female Araneides carry their cocoons under the abdomen, or remain near them and watch them. The two posterior feet of some of the young ones are not developed until several days after they have been hatched. Some, during the same period, live together, and appear to spin in common. Their colouring is then more uniform, and the young naturalist may easily err in multiplying their species. One of our collaborators for the Encyclopedic Methodique, M. A. Lepelletier of Saint- Fargeau, has observed that these animals, as well as the Crustacea, possess the faculty of reproducing a lost limb. I have ascertained that a single wound from a moderate sized Araneid will kill our common Fly in a few minutes. It is also certain that the bite of those large Araneides of South America, which are there called Crab-Spiders, and are placed by us in the genus Mygale, kills the smaller vertebrated animals, such as Humming-Birds, Pigeons, &c., and produces a violent fever in Man ; the sting of some species in the south of France has even occasionally proved fatal. We may, therefore, without believing all the fabulous stories of Baglivi and others respecting the bite of the Tarantula, mistrust the Araneides, and particularly the larger ones. Various insects of the genus Sphex, Lin., seize upon these Spiders, pierce them with their sting, and transport them into holes where they have deposited their eggs, as a source of food for their young. * They must at all events be organs of excitation. PULMONARIiE. 285 Most of them perish in winter, but there are some which live several years — such are the Mygales, the Lycosa, and probably several others. Although Pliny states that the genus Phalangium is unknown in Italy, we still presume that these latter Araneides and other large species which weave no web, as also the Galeodes and Solpugse, are the animals they collectively designated by that name, and of which they distinguished several species. Such also was the opinion of Mouffet, who, in his Theat. Insect., p. 219, has figured a Lycosa or Mygale, of the island of Candia, as a species of Phalangium. Lister was the first and most successful observer of the Spiders, whose habits he was enabled to study ; those of Great Britain laid the foundations of a natural arrangement, of which most of those that have been since published are mere modifications. The more recent discovery of species peculiar to hot climates, such as the Araignee maqonne described by the abbe Sauvages, and some others, the use of the organs of manducation introduced into the system by Fabricius, a more exact study of the general disposition of the eyes, and of their respective sizes, with that of the relative length of the legs, have all contributed to extend this classification. Walckenaer has entered into the most minute of these details, and it would be a difficult matter to discover a species that could not find its place in some one of his divisions. One character, however, existed, the ap- plication of which had not been made general : I allude to the pre- sence or absence of the third terminal hook of the tarsi. Sarvigny, so far as this is concerned, has given us a new method, of which, how- ever, I have only seen a simple sketch*. M. Leon Dufour, who has published many excellent memoirs on the anatomy of Insects, who has especially studied those of Valencia, among which he has detected several new species, and to whose labours the science of Botany is not less indebted, has paid particular * SeeWalck., Faun. Franc., note to genus Atta. We knew nothing of the observations of M. Savigny on the Spiders, which accom- pany the plates of Nat. Hist, of the great work on Egypt, until long after our arti- cle relative to the same animals was printed. That gentleman — Hist. Nat. ut sup. — establishes the following genera in the family of the Araneides : 1. Ariadne, near that of Segestria, having but six eyes, of which the two intermediate posterior ones are further forwards ; — 2. Lachesis, near Drassus, but with the hooks of the Chelicerae, (forcipules , Savign.,) very small ; — 3. Erigone, also allied to Drassus as well as to Clubiona ; thorax very high before ; second joint of the palpi spinous, and dilated into an angle or tooth at the ex- tremity ; — 4. Hersilia, allied to Agelena and Theridicn of Walckenaer; feet long and slender, the superior nails bidcntate ; eyes united on an eminence, arranged in two transverse lines, and curved backwards ; two very long fusi forming a tail ; 5. Arach- ne, which docs not appear to us to differ from Angelena ; — 6. Argyopes, Epeirae whose anterior, lateral eyes are much smaller than the others ; — 7. Enyo, fifth family of the Thcridion, Walck. ; — 8. Ocyale, second family of the Dolomedes, Id. 2 86- ARACHNID ES. attention to the respiratory organs of Spiders, and it is from him that we have taken our divisions, which consist of those that have four pulmonary sacs — with as many external stigmata, two on each side, and closely approximated — and of such as have but two*. The first, which embraces the order of the Theraphosse of Walckenaer, and some other genera of the one he collectively designates by the name of Spiders, according to our method form but the single genus Mygale. Their eyes always situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax, and usually, closely approximated ; feet and chelicerse robust ; copu- lating organs of the males always salient and frequently very simple. Most of them have but four fusi, of which the two lateral or external, situated somewhat above the others, are longest, and consist of three segments, exclusive of the prominence that forms their peduncle. They weave silken tubes in which they reside, and which they con- ceal either in holes excavated by them for that purpose, or under stones, bark of trees, or between leaves. The Theraphosse of Walckenaer will form a first division, the characters of which are: 1. Four fusif, of which the two that are intermediate and inferior are usually very short, and the two that are exterior very salient ; the hooks of the chelae doubled underneath, or along their carina or inferior edge, and not on the inner side of their internal face, or upon it; eight eyes always, usually grouped on a little eminence, three on each side, forming a reversed triangle, and the two superior ones approximated ; the remaining two arranged transversely between the preceeding The fourth pair of legs are the longest, and then the first ; the third is the shortest. Here the palpi are inserted into the superior extremity of the jaws ; so that they appear to consist of six joints, the first of which, narrow and elongated, with the internal angle of the superior extremity salient, fulfils the functions of a jaw. The ligula is always small and nearly square. The last joint of the palpi of the males is short, has the form of a button, and bears the organs of generation at its extre- mity. The two anterior legs of the same sex have a stout spine or spur at their inferior extremity. Such are the characters of the Mygale, Walck., Or the true Mygales. In some of them we find no transverse series of horny and moveable spines or points, resembling the teeth of a rake, at the superior extremity of their chelicerse immediately above the insertion of the claw or hook which terminates them. The hairs which decorate the under part of their tarsi form a thick and broad * Section of the Territelae of our first edition. •f- I have perceived, in the Atypi, vestiges of two other mammillae, those which, in the Spiders of the ensuing division, are placed between the four exterior ones, and are, there, very visible ; as they are here but scarcely apparent, I have not thought it requisite to notice them. PULMONARUE. 287 brush, projecting beyond the hooks, and usually concealing them. The male organs of generation consist of a single scaly piece, termi- nated by an entire point, or neither emarginated nor divided ; some- times it is formed like an ear-pick — M. de la Blond , Lat. — usually, however, it is globular inferiorly, then becomes narrow, terminates in a point, and forms a kind of arcuated hook. This division is composed of the largest species of the family, some of which, when at rest, cover a circular space of from six to seven inches in diameter; they sometimes seize upon Humming-birds. They establish their domicile in the clefts of trees, under the bark, in the fissures of rocks, or on the surface of leaves of various plants. The cell of the Mygale avicularia has the form of a tube, narrowed into a point at its posterior extremity. It consists of a white web, of a close, very fine texture, semi-diaphanous, and resembling muslin. One of them, presented to me by M. Goudot, when unrolled, was about two decimetres in length, and six centimetres in breadth, mea- sured across its greatest transversal diameter, The cocoon of the same species was of the figure and size of a large walnut. Its enve- lope, consisting of the same material as that of its domicile, was formed of three layers. It appears that the young are hatched in it, and undergo their first change of tegument there. The naturalist just mentioned stated to me, that he had taken a hundred of them from a single cocoon*. This Mygale — Aranea avicularia , L. ; Kleem. Insect, XI, and XII, the male — is about an inch and a half long, blackish, and extremely hairy ; the extremity of the feet and palpi, and the in- ferior pili of the mouth reddish. The genital organ of the male is hollow at base, and terminates in an elongated and very acute point. South America and the Antilles produce other species, called by the French colonists Araignees-crabes. Their bite is reputed to be dangerous. A very large species — M. fasciata ; Seb., Mus., I, lxix, i ; Walck., Hist, of Spiders, IV, i, the female — is also found in the East Indies. A species, nearly as large as the avicularia, inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. Another of the same division — M. Valentina — was discovered in the sandy and desert districts of Moxenta, in Spain, by M. Dufour, who has described and figured it in the Ann. of the Phys. Sciences, Brus- sels, Vol. V. Walckenaer has also described a second species from that peninsula which has two prominences above its respi- ratory organs. These two latter species form a particular group, characterized by the hooks of the tarsi, which are salient or exposed f . In the following Mygales J, the superior extremity of the first * See my memoir on the habits of the Avicularia in the Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. VIII, p. 456. •f* For details concerning these and the following species, as well as for the other genera of this family, see the corresponding articles in the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., where we treat of them at length. X The genus Cteniza, Lat., Fam. Nat. du R^gne Animal. 288 ARACHNID ES. joint of the chelicerse presents a series of spines, articulated and moveable at base — according to the observations of Dufour — and forming a sort of rake. The tarsi are less pilose underneath than in the preceding division, and their hooks are always exposed. The males of one species, the only ones I have seen, have more complicated organs of generation than those of the preceding division. The principal and scaly piece incloses a peculiar, semiglobular body, terminating in a bifid point, in an inferior cavity *. These species, in the dry and mountain districts of the south of Europe and of some other countries, excavate subterraneous galle- ries, which are frequently two feet in depth, and so extremely tortu- ous, that, according to Dufour, it is frequently impossible to trace them. At the mouth, they construct a moveable operculum with earth and silk, fixed by a hinge, which, from its form, nicely adjusted to the aperture, its inclination, its weight, and the superior position of the hinge, spontaneously shuts, and completely closes the entrance of their habitation, forming a kind of trap-door, which is scarcely distinguishable from the surrounding earth. Its inner surface is lined with a layer of silk, to which the animal clings, in order to keep its door shut and prevent intruders from opening it. If it be slightly raised, it is a sure indication that the owner is within. Unearthed by laying open the gallery front of the entrance, it be- comes stupified, and allows itself to be captured without resistance. A silken tube, or the nest properly so called, lines the inside of the gallery. M. Dufour thinks that the males never excavate. Inde- pendently of his having found them under stones only, they do not seem to him so well prepared with organs adapted to such work f. Without deciding upon this point, we presume, with him, that the My gale carminans of France — Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., art. Mygale — is merely the male of the following species : Walckenaer, however, doubts it. M. ccementaria, Lat. ; Araignee magonne, Sauvag., Hist, de l’Acad. des Sc., 1758, p. 26; Araignee mineuse, Dorthes., Trans. Lin. Soc. II, 17, 8 ; Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. Ill, x ; Faun. Fran9-, Arach., 4; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys, V, lxxiii, 5. The female Mason Spider, as it is called, is about eight lines in length, of a reddish colour, verging on a brown more or less deep ; edges of the thorax paler. The chelicerse are blackish, each one furnished above, near the articulation of the hook, with five points, of which the internal is the shortest. The abdomen is of a mouse-grey, with streaks of a darker hue. The first joint of all the tarsi is furnished with small spines. The hooks of the last have a spur at their base, and a double range of acute teeth. The mammillae are but slightly prominent. * On this point I am contradicted by M. Dufour. I was compelled again to examine the fact, and have convinced myself that I was not mistaken. It is possible the specimens he examined did not present this character. •f* See his excellent memoir entitled u Observations sur quelques Arachnides Quadripulmonaires . ’ ’ PULMONARL®. 289 According to Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Phys., V. lxxiii, 4 — the supposed male, of which I have made a species. M, car dense , differs from the preceding individual in the greater length of its feet, in the hooks of the tarsi, which are twice the number of the other, but have no spurs, and in the diminished length of its mammillae. A more apparent character maybe found in the stout spine, which terminates, inferiorly, the two anterior tibiae. This Mygale is found in the southern departments of France, situated on the borders of the Mediterranean, in Spain, &c. M. fodiens, Walck., Faun. Fran^., Arach., II, 1, 2 ;M. Sau- vagesii , Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, 3 ; Aranea Sauvagesii , Ross. The female is somewhat larger than that of the preceding species, and of a light reddish-brown, without spots. The exterior fusi are long. The four anterior tarsi are alone furnished with small spines ; all have a spur at the end, and their hooks have but a single tooth, situated at their base. The chelicerse are stouter and more bent than those of the Cae- mentaria ; the teeth of the rake are rather more numerous, and there are two ranges of teeth under the first joint. The male is unknown. This species is found in Tuscany and Corsica. There is a small clod of earth in the Museum d’Hist. Nat. of Paris, in which are four of its nests, forming a regular quadrilateral figure. M. Lefevre who has made so many sacrifices to the science of Entomology, has discovered a new species of Magale in Sicily, the entire body of which is of a blackish brown. The extremity of the anterior tibise of the male does not exhibit that stout spine which appears to be peculiar to the individuals of the same sex, in the other Mygales. Another species is found in Jamaica — M. nidulans — figured, together with its nest, by Brown in his Nat. Hist, of Jamaica, pi. xliv, 3. There, the palpi are inserted into an inferior dilatation of the ex- ternal side of the jaws, and consist of but five joints. The ligula, at first very small — Atypus — lengthens, and then advances between the jaws, and this character becomes general. The last joint of the palpi, in both sexes, is elongated, and pointed near the end. There is no spur to the extremity of the anterior tibise of the males. Atypus, Lai. — Oletera, Walck. The Atypi have a very small ligula almost covered by the internal portion of the base of the jaws, and closely approximated eyes group- ed on a tubercle. Atypus Sulzeri , Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, v, 2, the male; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, Aranea picea , Sulz. ; Oletere atype, Walck., Faun. Franp., Arach., II, 3. Body entirely blackish, and about eight lines in length. The thorax is nearly square, depressed posteriorly, inflated, widened, and broadly truncated anteriorly, presenting an appearance very VOL. hi. u 290 ARACHNIDES. different from that of the same part in the Mygales- The che- licerse are very stout, and underneath the claw and at its base is a little eminence resembling a tooth. The last joint of the palpi of the male is pointed at the end. From the genital organ arises, inferiorly, a little squamous semi-diaphanous piece, widened and unequally bidendated at the end, with a small seta or cirrus at one of its extremities. This species excavates a cylindrical gallery in sloping grounds covered with grass ; in this gallery, seven or eight inches in length, horizontal at first and then inclined, it weaves a tube of white silk of the same form and dimensions. The cocoon is fastened with silk by both ends to the bottom of the gallery. It is found in the environs of Paris and Bourdeaux ; M. Basoches has observed a variety near Seez, which is always of a light brown. M. Milbert has discovered another species — Atypus rujipes — < near Philadelphia, which is entirely black, with fulvous feet. Eriodon, Lu^.—Missulena, Walck , The Eriodons differ from the Atypi in their elongated, narrow ligula, advancing between their jaws, and in their eyes, which are scattered over the anterior part of the thorax. The only species known — Eriodon occatorius , Lat. ; Missu- lena occatoria, Walck., Tabl. des Aran. pi. II, ii, 12 — is an inch long, blackish, and peculiar to New Holland, where it was dis- covered by MM Peron and Lesueur * In our second and last division of the quadripulmonary Spiders or Mygales, we find characters common to Eriodon, such as the ligula being prolonged between the jaws, and the palpi consisting of five joints; but the claws of the chelicerse are folded over their inner face, there are six fusi, their first pair of legs is the longest and not the fourth, and the third is always the shortest. Some of them have but six eyes. The number of pulmonary sacs will not allow us to remove the subgenera of this division from the preceding ones, and as they conduct us to Drassus, Clotho, and Segestria, subgenera with but two pulmonary sacs, the natural order will not permit us to pass from the Mygales to the Lycosse and other hunting or wandering Spiders. The Mygales are true tapissieres — or true spiders which line their galleries with silk — and in fact, it was in this division that the Ara- nea avicularia of Linnaeus was formerly placed. This second division comprises the two following subgenera. * In the first memoir of M. Dalman upon the Insects found in amber, that celebrated naturalist mentions (p. 25) a spider which, it appeared to him, should he made the type of a new genus (Chalinura). The eyes are placed on a very high anterior tubercle, four of them, of which the two anterior are very large and approx- imated, occupying the centre. The external fusi are much elongated. From these characters it would seem that this spider approaches Mygale or some other analo- gous genus. pulmonarle. 291 Dysdera, Lat. But six eyes arranged in the figure of a horse-shoe, the opening in front ; the chelicerse very stout and projecting ; jaws straight and dilated at the insertion of the palpi *. Filistata, Lat . Eight eyes grouped on a little eminence at the anterior extremity of the thorax ; the chelicerse small ; the jaws arcuated on the outer side, and surrounding the ligula f. We now pass to Araneides with but one pair of pulmonary sacs and as many stigmata. They all have palpi formed of five joints, inserted into the external side of the jaws near their base, and most frequently in a sinus ; a ligula extending between them, either nearly square, triangular or semicircular, and six fusi at the anus. The last joint of the palpi, in the males, is more or less ovoid, and usually encloses, in an excavation, a complicated and varied organ of copu- lation : it is rarely — Segestria — exposed. With the exception of a few species, which enter into the genus Mygale, they compose that of Aranea, Lin , Araneus, of some authors. A first division will comprehend the Arane^e Sedentarle, or seden- tary spiders. They make webs, or throw out threads to ensnare their prey, and always remain in these traps, or their vicinity, as well as near their eggs. Their eyes are approximated anteriorly and are sometimes eight in number, of which four or two are in the middle and two or three on each side, and sometimes six. Some, which, from the circumstance of their always moving for- wards,we term the RectigradjE, weave webs and are stationary ;their legs are elevated when at rest ; sometimes the two first and two last are the longest, and at others those of the two anterior pairs, or the fourth and the third. The general arrangement of the eyes does not form the segment of a circle or a crescent. They may be divided into three sections : the first, or that of the Tubitelse, has cylindrical fusi approximated into a fasciculus directed backwards ; the legs are robust, the two first or the two last, and vice versa, longest in some, and the whole eight nearly equal in others. We will commence with two subgenera, which, with respect to the jaws that describe a circle round the ligula, approach the Filis- tatse, and are removed from those that follow. Clotho, Walck. — Uroctea, Dufour. A singular subgenus. The chelicerse are very small, can separate but little — thereby approximating this subgenus to the last — and * Dysdera erythrina, Lat. ; Walck., Tab. des Aran., V, 49, 50 ; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. V. lxxiii, 7 ; Aranea rufipes, Fab. ; Dysdera parvula , Dufour, lb. f Filistata bicolor , Lat. ; Walck., Faun. Frang., Arach., VI, 1 — 3, A moder- ate size species is founded at Guadaloupe, the male of which has long and slender legs, curved palpi, with the genital organs situated nt the extremity of the last joint, and terminated by a slender and arcuated, or falciform hook, u 2 ARACHNIDES. £92 are not indented; very small hooks; the shortness of the body and length of the legs produce a resemblance to the Crab-Spiders or Thomisi. The relative length of these organs differs but little ; the fourth pair, and then the preceeding one are merely somewhat longer than the first ; the tarsi, only, are furnished with spines. The eyes are further from the anterior margin of the thorax than in the fol- lowing subgenus, and are approximated and arranged as in the genus Mygale of Walckenaer ; three on each side form a reversed triangle ; the two others form a transverse line in the space comprised between the two triangles. The jaws and the ligula are proportiona- bly smaller than those of the same subgenus ; a short projection or slight dilatation on the external side of the jaws, gives insertion to the palpi ; the jaws terminate in a point ; the ligula is triangular and not nearly oval as in Drassus. The two superior or most lateral fusi are long, but what, according to Dufour, particularly charac- terizes his Uroctese or our Clothos, is, that there are two pectiniform valves which open and shut at the will of the animal *, in place of the two intermediate fusi. But a single species is known, the Ur odea 5-maculata , Du- four, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxvi, 1 ; Cloiho Durandii , Lat. The body is five lines in length, of a fine chesnut colour; abdo- men black ; five small, round, yellowish spots above, four of which are arranged transversely in pairs, and the last or fifth posterior ; legs hairy. It is evident from the plates of the great work on Egypt, that M. Savigny found it in that country, and proposed forming a new genus with it. Count Dejean brought it from Dalmatia ; and Schreiber, director of the Imperial Museum of Vienna, has sent me specimens captured in the same coun try. M. Dufour also found it in the mountains of Narbonne, in the Pyrennees and among the rocks of Catalonia. To this latter naturalist we are indebted not only for our knowledge of the external characters of this spider, but for many curious observations relative to its habits. “ She constructs,” says he, “ a shell resembling a calotte or patella an inch in diameter, on the under surface of large stones or in the fissures of rocks. Its contour presents seven or eight emarginations, the angles of which are alone attached to the stone by silken fasciculi, the margin being free. This singular tent is admirably woven. The exterior resembles the very finest taffeta, formed, according to the age of the animal, of a greater or less number of layers. Thus, when the young Uroctea first commences her establish- ment, she merely forms twTo webs, between which she seeks for shelter. Subsequently, and I believe at each change of tegument, * I have seen, in a well preserved specimen, six fusi, of which the two superior were much the longest and terminated by an elongated joint, forming an elliptical lamina, and the other four small, the inferior ones particularly, and arranged in a square. The anus, placed under a little membranous projection resembling a cly- peus, was furnished on each side with a pencil of retractile hairs. These pencils are the parts named by Dufour pectiniform valves, and are distinct from the two intermediate fusi, which are concealed by the two inferior ones. PULMONARLE. 293 she adds a certain number of layers Finally, when the nuptial season has arrived, she lines an apartment with a softer and more downy material which is to enclose the sac of eggs and young ones. Although the exterior shell is more or less soiled by foreign bodies which serve to conceal it, the chamber of the industrious architect is always extremely neat and clean. There are four, five, or six egg pouches or sacculi in each domicil ; they are len- ticular, more than four lines in diameter, and formed of a snow- white taffeta lined with the softest down. The ova are not pro- duced till the latter end of December or the beginning of January; the young are to be protected from the rigour of winter and the incursions of enemies — all is prepared ; the recep- tacle of this precious deposit is separated from the web that adheres to the stone by soft down, and from the external calotte by the various layers I have mentioned. Some of the emar- ginations in the edge of the pavilion are completely closed by the continuity of the web, the edges of the remainder are merely laid on each other, so that by raising them up, the animal can issue from its tent or enter it, at pleasure. When the Uroctea leaves her habitation for the chase, she has nothing to fear, she only possesses the secret of the impenetrable emargination, and has the key to those which alone afford an entrance. When her offspring are able to provide for themselves, they leave their native dwelling, to establish elsewhere their individual habita- tions, while the mother returns to it and dies — it is thus her cradle and her tomb.” Drassus, Walck. The Drassi differ from Clotho in several characters. Their che- licerse are robust, projecting and dentated beneath ; their jaws are obliquely truncated at the extremity, and the ligula forms an infe- riorly truncated oval, or an elongated curvilinear triangle ; the eyes are nearer to the anterior margin of the thorax, and the line formed by the four posterior ones is longer than the anterior, or extends beyond it on the sides, There is but little difference in the propor- tions of the fusi, and we do not observe between them the two pecti- niform valves peculiar to Clotho. Finally, the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are manifestly longer than the others. The Tibiae and first joint of the tarsi are armed with spines. These Spiders live under stones, in the fissures of walls, and on leaves ; they construct their cells with an extremely fine white silk. The cocoons of some are orbicular and flattened, and consist of two valves laid one on the other. M. Walckenaer distributes the Drassi into three families, according to the direction and approximation of the lines formed by the eyes, and the greater or less dilatation of the middle of the jaws. The species which he calls viridissimus , Hist, des Aran, fascic. IV, 9, and which alone composes his third division, weaves a fine, white, transparent web on the surface of a leaf ; under this web it seeks for shelter. I have sometimes observed a similar web on the leaf of the Pear-tree, but the margin was angular 294 ARACHNIDES. and resembling a tent, like that of the Clotho, beneath which was the cocoon. It is, I presume, the work of this species of Drassus, and proves the analogy of this subgenus with the pre- ceding one. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, xcv, 1, has given a very complete discription of a species of Drassus — D . segestriformis — found by him under stones in the highest Pyrennees, and never beneath the Alpine region. It is one of the largest of this subgenus, and appears to me to be closely allied to my melanogaster , which I believe to be the D. lucifugus Walckenaer, Schaeff. I con. Cl, 7- One of the prettiest species, which is very commonly observed running along the ground in the vicinity of Paris, is the D. relucens. It is small, and almost cylindrical, with a fulvous thorax, invested with a purple silky down ; the abdomen is a mixture of blue, red, and green, with metallic reflections, and marked by two transverse and golden lines, of which the ante- rior is arcuated. Four golden dots are sometimes observed on it*. In the other Tubitelae the jaws do not surround the ligula ; their external side is dilated interiorly beneath the origin of the palpi. Some have but six eyes, four of which are anterior, and form a transverse line, and the two others posterior, situated, one on each side, behind the two lateral ones of the preceding line. Such is the essential character of the Segestria, Lat. The ligula is elongated and almost square. The first pair of legs, and then the second, is the longest; the third is the shortest. These spiders construct long, silky, cylindrical tubes in the chinks and crevices of old walls, which they inhabit; their first pairs of legs are always directed forwards, and diverging threads border the external entrance of their domicil, forming a net for ensnaring Insects. The genital organ of the S. perftda — Aranea florentina , Ross., Faun. Etrusc., XIX, 3 — a large black species with green chelicerae, which is not rare in France, is shaped like a tear, or is ovoido-conical, very acute at the end, entirely salient, and red f . The remaining Tubitelse have eight eyes. On account of the dif- ference in the site of their habitations, we may divide them into the terrestrial and the aquatic. Although the last family of the Araneides of Walckenaer (his Naiades) is composed of these latter, they are so closely allied to the other Tubitelse, that notwithstanding this disparity of habits they must be placed together. In those which are terres- trial, the ligula is almost square, or but very slightly narrowed, with a very obtuse or truncated summit ; the jaws are straight, or nearly so, and more or less dilated towards the extremity ; the two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are generally separated from each other, or at least are geminate and placed on a particular eminence like those of the aquatic Tubitelse. * For the other species see Faun. Paris., Walck., and Tabl. des Aran., Id. + Add the Seg. senoculata , Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, vii ; Aranea senoculata , L. ; Deg. PULMONARLE. 295 Clubiona, Lat. This submenus is only distinguished from the following one by the nearly equal length of the exterior fusi, and by the straightness of the line formed by the four anterior eyes. The Clubionae construct silky tubes under stones, in chinks of walls, or between leaves. Their cocoons are globular *. Aranea. The true Aranese, which we at first designated by the generic ap- pellation of Tegenaria, retained by Walckenaer, and to which we add his Angelense and Nyssi, have their two superior fusi much longer than the others, and their four anterior eyes arranged in a line pos- teriorly arcuated or forming a curve. They construct in our houses, in the angles of walls, on plants, hedges, along the roads, in the earth, and under stones, a large and nearly horizontal web, at the upper part of which is a tube where they remain motionless f . Then follow the Naiades of Walckenaer, or our aquatic Tubitelae, which form the Argyroneta, Lat. The jaws are inclined on the ligula, which is triangular. Th two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are closely approximated and placed on a particular eminence ; the four others form a quadrilateral. Argyroneta aquatica ; Aranea aquatica, L., Geoff., Deg. Blackish brown, the abdomen darker ; silky ; four depressed points on the back. It is found on the stagnant waters of Europe, where it swims with the abdomen enclosed in a bubble of air ; it forms an oval cell, filled with air, and lined with silk, from which various threads extend to the surrounding plants. Here it lies in wait for its prey, deposits its cocoons, which it carefully watches, and encloses itself to pass the winter. In the second section of the sedentary and rectigrade spiders, that of the Inequitel#:, the external papillae are nearly conical, project but little, are convergent, and form a rosette ; the legs are very slen- der. The jaws incline over the lip, and become narrower at their superior extremity, or at least do not sensibly widen. Most of them have the first pair of legs longest, and then the fourth. The abdomen is more voluminous, softer, and more coloured than in the preceding tribes. Their webs form an irregular net composed of threads which cross each other in every direction, and on several planes. They lie in wait for their prey, display much * Aranea holosericea, L. ; Dcgccr, Fab. ; Walck., Hist, dcs Aran. IV, iii, fern. ; — Aranea atrosc. Deg., Fab. : List., Aran., XXI, 21 ; Albin, Aran., X, 48, and XVII, 82. See also Tab. des Aran., and the Faun. Paris., Walckenaer. f Aranea domestica, L., Deg., Fab.; Clci’ck., Aran. Suec., pi. ii, tab. ix ; — Tegeneria civilis , Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, v ; — Aranea labyrinthica , L., Fab. ; Clerck, Aran., Suec. pi. ii, tab. viii. Sec the Tab. des Aran., Walck. 296 ARACHNIDES. anxiety for the preservation of their eggs, and never abandon them till they are hatched. They are short-lived. In some, the first pair of legs, and then the fourth, are the longest. Scytodes, Lat. But six eyes arranged in pairs. According to Dufour, the hooks of their tarsi are inserted into a supplementary joint. Two species are known, one of which, the thoracica * * * § inha- bits houses in Europe, and the other, la blonde , Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxxvi, 5, was found under calcareous debris in the mountains of Valencia. It weaves a uniform tube of a thin milk-white tissue, like that of the Dysdera erythrina. Theridion, Walck. Eight eyes disposed as follows : four in the middle forming a square, the two anterior of which are placed on a little eminence, and two on each side, also situated on a common elevation. The thorax has the figure of a reversed heart, or is nearly triangular. This sub- genus is very numerous f . Therid. malmignatte ; Aranea 13-guttata, Fab. ; Ross. Faun. Etrusc., II, ix, 10. The lateral eyes separated from each other; body black, with thirteen small, round, blood-red spots on the abdomen. Its bite is considered venomous and even mortal. From Tuscany and Corsica J. The A. mactans. Fab., a second species of Theridion inhabit- ing South America, is equally dreaded in that country. This prejudice against these animals appear to originate from their black colour, varied with sanguine spots. Episinus, Walck. Eight eyes also, but they are approximated on a common eleva- tion ; the thorax is narrow and almost cylindrical §. In the remaining Inequitelae, the first pair of legs, and then the second are the longest. Such is the Pholcus, Walck. Where the eight e}^ are placed on a tubercle, and divided into three groups ; one on each side consisting of three eyes, forming a triangle, and the third in the middle, somewhat anteriorly, and com- posed of two on a transverse line. * Scytodes thoracica , Lat., Gen. Crust, et Insect. I, v, 4 ; Walck. Hist, des Aran., I, x, and II, Suppl. f See the Tab. and Hist, des Aran., Walcken., the Ann. des Sc. Nat., and Ann. des Sc. Phys. The Aran eazbipunctata, redimita , L., and the A. albo-maculata , Deg., &c. , should be referred to this genus. X This species is the type of the genus Latrodecta, Walck., which he distinguishes from that of Theridion by the difference in the respective length of the feet ; in this, however, he appears to me to have erred. His Theridion benignum , Hist, des Aran. fasc. Y, viii, whose habits he has care- fully studied, establishes its domicil between the clusters of grapes, and defends them from the attacks of various Insects. § Episinus truncatus, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect, t. IV, p. 371. Italy, and environs of Paris. PULMONARUE. 297 Ph. phalangioides , Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. V, tab. x; Araignee domestique a longues pattes , Geoff. The body long, narrow, pale yellowish or livid, and pubescent ; abdomen nearly cylindrical, very soft, and marked above with blackish spots; very long, slender legs ; a whitish ring round the extremity of the thighs and tibiae. Common in houses, where it spins a web of a loose texture, in the angles of the walls. The female Gements her eggs into a round naked mass, which she carries between her mandibles. M. Dufour has found a second species, the Pholque d queue — Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxxvi, 2, — in the clefts of the rocks in Moxente, Valencia. Its abdomen terminates in a conical point, and thus forms a sort of tail, like that of the Epeira conica. Like the preceding species, it balances its body and feet. The genital organs of the male are very complex. In the third section of the sedentary rectigrade spiders, the Orbi- TEL.®, or Araignees Tendeuses of others, the external fusi are almost conical, slightly salient, convergent, and form a rosette ; the legs are slender, as in the preceding section, but the jaws are straight and evidently wider at their extremity. The first pair of legs, and then the second, are always the longest. There are eight eyes thus arranged : four in the middle forming a quadrilateral, and two on each side. The Orbitelee approach the Inequitelse in the size, softness, and diversity of colour of the abdomen, and in their short term of exist- ence ; but their web is a regular piece of net- work, composed of con- centric circles, intercepted by straight radii diverging from the centre, where they almost always remain, and in an inverted position, at the circumference. Some conceal themselves in a cell or cavity which they have constructed near the margin of the web, which is sometimes horizontal, and at others perpendicular. Their eggs are agglutinated, very numerous, and inclosed in a voluminous cocoon. The threads which support the web, and which can be extended one-fifth of their length, are used for the division of the micrometer. This observation was communicated to us by M. Arrago. Linyphia, Lat. The Linyphiae are well characterized by the disposition of their eyes ; four in the middle form a trapezium, the posterior side of which is widest, and is occupied by two eyes much larger and more distant ; the remaining four are grouped in pairs, one on each side, and in an oblique line. The jaws are only widened at their superior extremity. They construct on bushes a loose, thin, horizontal web, attaching to its upper surface, at different points, or irregularly, separate threads. The animal remains at its inferior portion, and in a reversed position*. * Linyphia triangularis , Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, ix, female ; Aranea resupina sylvestris, De Geer; Aranea montana, L. ; Clerck., Aran. Succ., pi. Ill, Tab. 1 ; — Aranea resupina domestica , Dc Geer. 298 ARACHNIDES. Uloborus, Lat. The four posterior eyes placed at equal intervals on a straight line, and the two lateral ones of the first line nearer to the anterior edge of the thorax than the two comprised between them, so that the line is arcuated posteriorly. Their jaws, like those of the Epeirse, begin to widen a little above their base, and terminate in the form of a palette or spatula. The tarsi of the three last pairs of legs terminate by one small nail. The first joint of the two posterior ones has a range of small setae. The body of these animals, as well as in the following subgenus, is elongated and nearly cylindrical. Placed in the centre of their web, they advance their four anterior legs in a straight line, and extend the two last in an opposite direction ; those of the third pair project laterally. These Arachnides construct webs similar to those of other Orbi- telae, but they are looser and more horizontal. They will completely envelope the body of a small coleopterous insect in less than three minutes. Their cocoon is narrow, elongated, angular at the margin, and suspended vertically to a web by one of its extremities. The other end is bifurcated or terminated by two prolonged angles, one of which is shorter than the other, and obtuse; there are two acute angles on each side. For these interesting observations I am indebted to my friend M. Leon Dufour. Uloborus Walckenaerius, Lat*. About five lines in length; reddish-yellowish ; covered with a silky down forming two series of little fasciculi on the top of the abdomen; paler rings on the legs. From the woods in the vicinity of Bourdeaux, and in various departments of the south of France. Tetragnatha, Lat. The eyes placed four by four on two nearly parallel lines, and separated by almost equal intervals; jaws long, narrow, and only widened at their superior extremity. The chelicerae are also very long, in the males especially. The web is vertical j\ Epeira, Walck. The two eyes on each side approximated by pairs, and almost con- tiguous ; the remaining four forming a quadrilateral in the middle. The jaws dilate from their base, and form a rounded palette. The cucurbitina is the only species known whose web is horizon- tal ; that of the others is vertical, or sometimes oblique. Some place themselves in its centre in a reversed position, or with their head downwards ; others construct a domicil close by it, either vaulted on all sides, or forming a silky tube composed of leaves drawn together by threads, or open above, and resembling a cup or the nest of a bird. The web of some exotic species is formed of such * Lat., Gen. Crust, et Insect., I, 109; see also second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., article Ulobore. f Tetragnatha extensa, Walck., Hist, des Aran., Y, vi ; Aranea extensa, L., Fab., De Geer ; — Aranea virescens ? Fab. ; — Aranea maxillosa, Id. See Tab. des Aran, of Walckenaer. PULMONAHL®. 299 stout materials that it will arrest small birds, and even impede the progress of a man. Their cocoon is usually globular ; that of some species, however, is a truncated oval, or very short cone. The natives of New Holland — Voyage a la recherche de la Pey- rouse, p. 239 — and those of some of the South Sea Islands, for want of other food, eat a species of Epeira, closely allied to the Aranea esuriens , Fab. M. Walckenaer, in his Tableau des Aranei'des, mentions sixty-four species of Epeirae, remarkable, in general, for the diversity of their colours, form and habits. Pie has arranged them in various small and very natural families, the study of which we have endeavoured to simplify in the second edition of the Nouv. Diet, d’Hist. Nat., article Epe'ire. Certain important considerations, such as those of the sexual organs, had been neglected or were not sufficiently attended to ; thus, for instance, the female Ep. diadema, and others, present at the part which characterizes their sex, a singular appendage, which reminds us of the apron of the Hottentot women. These species should constitute a separate division. By pursuing this examination other not less natural divisions might be established. We will content ourselves with mentioning a few of the principal species, commencing with those that are indigenous to Europe. Ep. diadema; Aranea diadema, L., Fab. ; Roes., Insect. IV, xxxv — xl. Large, reddish, velvety ; abdomen of the females extremely voluminous, particularly when about to lay their eggs, and of a deep brown or yellowish red ; a large rounded tubercle on each side of the back near its base, and a triple cross, formed of small white spots or dots ; palpi and legs spotted with black. Very common in Europe in autumn. The eggs are hatched in the spring of the ensuing year. Ep. scalaris ; Aranea scalaris , Fab.; Panz., Faun. IV, xxiv. Thorax reddish ; top of the abdomen usually white, with a black spot in the form of a reversed triangle, oblong and dentated, weaves its web along the banks of ponds, brooks, &c. Ep. cicatricosa ; Aranea cicatricosa , De Geer; A. impressa. Fab. The abdomen flattened, and of a greyish brown or obscure yellowish ; a black band, festooned or edged with grey along the middle of the back; eight or ten large impressed points in two lines. It constructs its web on walls or other bodies, and remains concealed in a nest of white silk, which it forms under some projecting object, or in some cavity in the vicinity. It only works and feeds during the night, or when the light of day is but weak. It retires under the bark of old trees or logs. Ep. sericea , Walck., op. cit., Ill, ii. Covered above with a silvery and silken down ; abdomen flattened, immaculate and with festooned margins. South of Europe and Senegal. Ep, fusca , Walck., Hist, des Aran. II, i, the female. Very common in the cellars of Angers. Its cocoon is white, almost globular, fixed by a pedicle, and composed of very fine threads ; it is soft to the touch, like wool. That of tho Ep. fasciata , Walck,, op. cit. Ill, i, the female, is about an inch 300 ARACHNIDES. long ; it resembles a little balloon, of a grey colour, with longi- tudinal black stripes, one of whose extremities is truncated and closed by a flat and silky operculum ; a fine down envelopes the eggs in its interior. This species weaves a vertical and irregular web, in the middle of which it remains, along the banks of rivu- lets, &c. Its thorax is covered with a soft and silvery down, and its abdomen is of a beautiful yellow, intersected at intervals with transverse brown, or blackish-brown lines, arcuated and slightly undulated. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. VI, pi. xcv, 5, has given a detailed description of this species, and of its habits, and was the first who ascertained the male. He has figured its sexual organ. The penis resembles a twisted seta. Ep. cucurbitina ; Aranea cucurbitina, L.; A. senoculata , Fab.; Walck. Hist, des Aran., Ill, iii. Small; abdomen ovoid and lemon-coloured, marked with black points ; a red spot on the anus. It weaves a small horizontal web between the stems and leaves of plants. Ep. conic a; Aranea conica , De Geer and Pall. ; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Aran., Ill, iii. Remarkable for its abdomen, which is gibbous anteriorly and has a conical termination ; the anus is placed in the centre of an eminence. When it has extracted the juices from an insect, it suspends it to a thread. Immediately after the conica, we may place the species called by Dufour Epeire de Vopuntia — Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 3 - — from the circumstance of its always weaving its loose and irregular web among the leaves of the Agave and Opuntia. It is black, with white hairs laid close to the body, having an appearance of scales. The abdomen has two pyramidal tuber- cles on each side, and terminates posteriorly in two others, which are obtuse, and separated by a wide emargination. The posterior face of each tubercle is marked with a beautiful snow- white spot, resembling nacre ; these spots are connected with each other, and with one or two more behind them, by white zig-zag lines. In the newly-hatched animal, these tubercles are not visible. The cocoons are oval, whitish, and formed of two coats, the interior of which is a kind of tow that envelopes the ova. Seven, eight, and even ten of these cocoons are frequently found arranged in file, or one after the other. From Catalonia and Valencia. Some of the species foreign to Europe are very remarkable. Here we observe that the abdomen is invested with an extremely firm skin, furnished with points or homy spines* ; and there the legs are provided with bundles of hairs f. * The Ar. militaris, spinosa, cancrifcrmis, hexacantha, tetracantha , geminata, forni- cata , of Fabricius. M. Yauthier, one of onr best painters of subjects of natural history, has described and figured, Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 161, a species of this division — curvicauda — which is very remarkable for its posteriorly widened abdomen, terminated by two long arcuated spines : it inhabits Java. These spinous species might form a peculiar subgenus. •f* The Ar. pilipes, clavipes, &c., of Fabricius. His Ar. maculata forms the genus Nephisa, Leach. See the Tab. and Hist. des. Aran, of Walckenaer. PULMONARLE. 301 We now come to Spiders that are sedentary, like the preceding, but which have the faculty of moving sideways, forwards, and back- wards, in a word, in all directions. They constitute our section of the Laterigrad^e. The four anterior legs are always longer than the others ; sometimes the second pair surpasses the first, and at others, they are nearly equal ; the animal extends them to the whole of their length on the plane of position. The chelicerse are usually small, and their hook is folded trans- versely, as in the four preceding tribes. Their eyes, always eight in number, are frequently very unequal, and form a segment of a circle or crescent : the two posterior or lateral ones are placed farther back than the others, or are nearer to the lateral margin of the thorax. The jaws, in most of them, are inclined on the lip. The body is usually flattened, resembling a crab ; the body is large, rounded, and triangular. These Arachnides remain motionless on plants, with their feet extended. They make no web, simply throwing out a few solitary threads to arrest their prey. Their cocoon is orbicular and flattened. They conceal it between leaves, and watch it until the young ones are hatched. Micrommata, Lai. — Sparassus, Walck , Jaws straight, parallel and rounded at the end ; eyes arranged four by four, on two transverse lines, the posterior of which is longest, and arcuated backwards. The second legs, and then the first, are the longest ; the ligula is semicircular *. Microm. smaragdula ; Ar. smaragdula, Fab. ; Ar.viridissima , De Geer ; Clerck, Aran. Suec. pi. 6, tab. iv. A medium size ; green ; the sides edged with light yellow ; abdomen greenish yellow, intersected on the middle of the back by a green line. It ties three or four leaves in a triangular bundle, lines the interior with a thick layer of silk, and places its cocoons in the middle ; the latter is round, white, and so diaphanous, that the ova can be perceived through its parietes. The eggs are not agglutinated. M. Argelas ; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, p. 306, XCV, 1 ; Walck., Hist, des Aran., IV, ii. This animal, whose specific appellation will remind the French naturalists of one of their most zealous sevans, one already recommended by me to their esteem as my protector from the horrors of the revolution, is one of the largest species indigenous to France ; M. Dufour has completed my description of it, and has observed its habits. The body is about seven or eight lines in length, of a cinereous flaxen colour, covered with down, and more or less spotted with black. The top of the abdomen, from its middle to the extre- mity, is marked with a band formed of a series of small hatchet- shaped spots, of the last mentioned colour. A black longitudinal * M. Walckenacr places this genus in that series •which is composed both of the Vagabundue and the Sedentarisc, such as the Altec or our Saltici, the Thomisi, Philo - dromt, Drassi , and Clubioiuc, and which have but two hooks to the tarsi. 302 ARACHNIDES. band, grey in the middle, runs along its under surface. The legs are annulated with black. This species was discovered by the naturalist to whom I have dedicated it, in the environs of Bourdeaux. M. Dufour has since found it in the most barren mountains of Valencia. It runs with great volocity, the feet being extended laterally. Its unguiculated palettes enable it to cling to the smoothest surface, and in every possible possition. It constructs a cocoon, which in texture resembles that of the Clotho of Durand, on the under surface of stones, to which it retires for shelter in bad weather, to escape from enemies, and to lay its eggs. It is an oval tent, nearly two inches in diameter, attached to the stone in the manner of a marine Patella. It is formed of an external envelope, consisting of a yellowish taffeta, as fine as the peel of an onion, but rigid, and of an inner lining which is more supple, softer, and open at both ends. It is from these openings, which are furnished with valves, that the animal issues. The cocoon is globular, and placed underneath its dwelling, so that it can brood over it ; it contains about sixty eggs. The same naturalist has described and figured another species, the M. a tarses spongieux — Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 6 — which he found on a tree in a garden at Barcelona. From its habits, however, and some of its characters, I presume that it belongs to the genus Philodroma of Walckenaer *. Senelops, Duf. The Senelops form the transition from the preceding genus to the following one. The jaws are straight or but slightly inclined, with- out any lateral sinus, and taper to a point obliquely truncated on the inner side. The ligula is semicircular like that of the Micrommatae, but the eyes are arranged differently. There are six before forming a transverse line ; the two others are posterior, and situated one on each side, behind each extremity of the preceding line. The legs are long ; the second pair, and then the third and fourth, are longer than the first. The type of the genus, Senelops omalosoma , Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxix, 4, was found by M. Dufour in Valencia, but it is very rare there. The body is about four lines in length and very flat, of a greyish red, with cinereous spots ; the feet are annulated with black. The posterior part of the abdomen seems to exhibit vestiges of annuli, forming on the sides an ap- pearance of teeth. It lives among rocks, and when escaping from pursuit flies with the rapidity of an arrow. It is also found in Syria — Collection of M. Labillardiere — and in Egypt. * For the other species, see the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and his Hist des Aran., fascic. IV, Sparassus roseus, X, the male ; — lb., fascic. II, viii, the male. I think we should refer to this subgenus the Aranea venatoria , L., — Sloane’s Hist, of Jam., CCXXV, 1,2; Nhamdiu, 2 ? Pison ; — and another species from India yery analo- gous to the preceding, figured on Chinese drawings and paper-hangings. PULMONARHE. 303 Other species inhabit Senegal, the Cape of Good Hope and the Isle of France. Philodromus, Walch *. The Philodromi differ from the two preceding subgenera in their jaws, w'hich are inclined on the ligula, which is also higher than it is wide. The almost equal eyes always form a crescent or semi- circle. The lateral ones are never placed on tubercles or eminences. The chalicerse are elongated and cylindrical : the four or two last legs do not materially differ in length from the others. According to Walckenaer these animals run with great swiftness, their legs extended laterally, lie in wait for their prey, throw out solitary threads to entrap it, and conceal themselves in crevices or among leaves. In some the body is broad and flat, the abdomen short and widened posteriorly, and the four intermediate legs the longest. Such is the Philodrome tigree ; Thomise tigre , Lat. ; Araneus margaritarius , Clerck, VI, iii ; Schseff., Icon., lxxi, 8; Frisch. Ins., Centur., II, xiv; Aranea levipes , L. ? It is about three lines in length. Its two anterior intermediate eyes and the four lateral ones are situated on a slight elevation, and the lat- ter, according to the same naturalist, are somewhat the largest, or at least are more apparent. The thorax is very wide, flat- tened, of a reddish fawn colour, brown laterally and posteriorly, and white anteriorly. The abdomen, which forms a kind of pentagon, is speckled by the red, brown and white hairs which cover it, and edge laterally with brown ; there are four or six impressed points on the middle of the back. The belly is whitish, and the legs are long, slender and reddish, with brown spots. This species is very common on trees, wooden partitions, walls, &c., where it remains as if glued, with the feet extended. If touched, it runs with astonishing rapidity, or falls to the ground supported by a thread. The cocoon is of a beautiful white, and contains about a hundred eggs, which are yellow and free. The female places it in hollows of trees or clefts of posts, &c., ex- posed to the north, and carefully watches it. The other Philodromi, which, according to the method of M. Walckenaer, form several small groups, have the body, and some- times the chelicerae, proportionably longer. The abdomen is some- times pyriform or ovoid, and sometimes cylindrical. The second pair of legs and then the first or the fourth are the longest. Philodromus fombiferus , Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., VI, 8, the male. Its body is three lines and a half in length and reddish; the second legs and then the two last are the longest; * In the first edition of this work, this subgenus formed our first division of the Thomisi, 304 ARACHNIDES. sides of the thorax brown; the abdomen ovoid, with a black or brown lozenge-shaped spot above, bordered with white. Philodromus oblongus , Walck., Ib., tab. ead., fig. 9, This species, as respects the relative proportion of the legs, and the disposition of the eyes, belongs to the same division ; but the abdomen is longer and almost cylindrical or forming an elon- gated cone, with three brown longitudinal streaks and points on a yellowish ground, which is also the colour of the thorax, In the middle of the latter are two brown streaks forming an elongated V. These two species inhabit the environs of Paris. For the other, see the Faune Fran^aise, from which we have extracted the preceding descriptions. Thomisus, Walck. The Thomisi differ from the Philodromi in their chelicerse, which are smaller in proportion and cuneiform, and in their four posterior legs, which are evidently and even suddenly shorter than the pre- ceding ones. The lateral eyes are frequently situated on eminences, while those of the Philodromi are always sessile. Here also the two posterior lateral ones are further behind than the two that are inter- mediate on the same line, while in the Thomisi these four eyes are nearly on a level. The species of this genus are those more particularly designated by the name of Crab-Spiders. The males frequently differ greatly from the females in colour and are much smaller. Some of them, all exotic *, have their eyes arranged four by four on two transverse and almost parallel lines, the posterior of which is the longest. In the others, and the greater number, the ensemble of these eyes represents a crescent, the convex side of which is forwards and out- wards. Thomisus globosus ; Araneaglobosa , Fab. ; Aranea irregularis , Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, fascic. LXXIV, tab. xx, female ; Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., VI, 4. Three lines long; black; abdomen globular ; red or yellowish all round the back. Thomicus cristatus ; Clerck, Aran, Suec., pi. 6, tab. vi, size of the preceding ; body grey-reddish, sometimes brown, with scattered hairs ; feet with small spines ; lateral eyes largest and placed on a tubercle ; a transverse yellowish stripe on the front of the thorax ; two others of the same colour on the back forming a V ; abdomen rounded, and a yellowish band on the middle of the back with three indentations on each side. A common species frequently observed on the ground. Thomisus citreus ; Aranea citrea, De Geer; Schseff. Icon. In- sec., tab, xix, 13. A lemon yellow, with a large abdomen wider * Thomisus Lamarck. Lat., a species allied to the Aranea nohilis, Fab. ; — T. canceridus, Walck., ejusd. T, leucosia; Aranea regia? Fab.; — -T. plagusius ; — -T. pinnotheres. PULMCNART/E. 305 behind ; two red or saffron coloured streaks or spots are fre- quently observed on the back. On flowers *. A subgenus established by M. Walckenaer, under the name of Sxo- rena, but which is yet but imperfectly known, should apparently terminate this section and lead to Oxyopes, which are as nearly allied to the Crab-Spiders as to the Citigradee. The Storenee have their jaws inclined on the ligula, which is nearly of the same length, and forms an elongated triangle ; the chelicerse are conical ; the two ante- rior legs, and then the second, longest; the two following ones longer than the last. The eyes are arranged in three transverse lines, 2, 4, 2; the posterior, with the two intermediate ones of the second lines, form a small square, and the two anterior ones are distant f. Other Aranese whose eyes, always eight in number, extend more along the length of the thorax, than across its breadth, or at least almost as much in one direction as the other, and which form either a truncated curvilinear triangle or oval, or a quadrilateral, constitute a second general division, or the Vaga bundle, which I have thus named to distinguish them from those of the first, or the Sedentarise. Two or four of their eyes are frequently much larger than the others ; the thorax is large, and the legs robust ; those of the fourth pair and then the two first, or those of the second pair, are usually the longest. They make no web, but watch for their prey and seize it, either by hunting it down, or by suddenly leaping upon it. We divide them into two sections. The first, that of the Citigrad;e, is composed of the Araignees- Loups of authors. The eyes form either a curvilinear triangle, an oval, or a quadrilateral, of which, however, the anterior side is much narrower than the widest part of the thorax. This part of the body is ovoid, narrowed before, and carinated along the middle of its length. The legs are usually only fit for running. The jaws are always straight, and rounded at the end. Most of the females remain on their cocoon, or carry it with them at the base of the abdomen, or suspended to the anus. Nothing but the most extreme necessity will induce them to abandon it, and, when the danger is over, they always return in search of it. They also take care of their young for a certain period after they are hatched. Oxyopes, Lat. — Sphasus, Walck. The eyes arranged two by two, or four transverse lines, the two extreme ones the shortest; they describe a sort of oval, truncated at each end. The ligula is elongated, narrowest at base, dilated and rounded towards the end. The first pair of legs is the longest ; the fourth and second are nearly equal; the third is the shortest J. * See the Tab. des Avan., Walck; the Faune Franc., Id., and the Ann. des Sc. Phys,, for the Spanish species described by M. Dufour, see also Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. second edition, article Thomisc. t See Tab. des Aran., Walck., IX, 85, S6. t Sphasus heterophthalmus, Walck., Hist, des Aran. fasc. Ill, tab. viii, female; Oxyopes variegatus , Lat. : Sphasus italicus, Walck., Ib., Fasc. IV, tab. viii, female • VOL. III. X 306 ARACHNIDE3. Ctenus, Walck. The eyes arranged in three transverse lines, which become gra- dually longer — 2, 4, 2-— and form a sort of curvilinear, reversed tri- angle, with a truncated apex. The ligula is square, and almost iso- metrical ; the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are the longest ; the third is the shortest. This genus was established on a large species found at Cayenne. Others have since been discovered in the same island and in Brazil, but none of them have been described. Dolomedes, Lat. The eyes, arranged in three transverse lines, 4, 2, 2, form a quad- rilateral, somewhat wider than long; the two posterior ones are placed on an elevation. The second pair of legs is as long as or longer than the first ; those of the fourth are still longer. The ligula is square and as broad as it is high, like that of a Ctenus. In some, the two lateral eyes of the anterior line are larger than the two intermediate ones ; their abdomen is an oblong oval termi- nating in a point. The females construct an infundibuliform, silky nest on the tops of trees covered with leaves, or on bushes ; there they lay their eggs, and when they go abroad to hunt or are forced to abandon their retreat, they always bear off their cocoon which is attached to the base of the abdomen. Clerck says he has seen them spring upon flies which were buzzing around them * *. They inhabit the borders of streams, run over their surface with the most surprising rapidity, and can even partly enter the water without becoming wet. The females weave a coarse irregular web, between the branches of plants, in which they place their cocoon. They watch it till the ova are hatched f. Lycosa, Lat. The eyes of the Lycosee also form a quadrilateral, but one as long ©r longer than it is wide ; the two posterior eyes are not placed on an elevation. The first pair of legs is evidently longer than the second, but shorter than the fourth, which, in this respect, surpasses all the others. The internal extremity of the jaws is obliquely truncated. The ligula is square, but longer than it is broad. Almost all the Lycosse keep on the ground, where they run with great swiftness. They inhabit holes accidentally presented to them, Oxyope s lineatus, Lat., Gener., Crust, et Insect., I, v, 5, female. See article Oxyope, in the entomological part of the Encyclop. Method., the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and the Faune Fran£aise. * Araneus mirabilis, Clerck, Aran. Suee., pi. v, tab. 10 ; Aran, rufo-fasciata , De Qeer ; Ar. obscura , Fab. See the Faune Fran£aise — Dolomedes sylvains — and the Ann. des Sc. Phys. — Dolomede spinimane, Dufour, V. lxxvi, 3. -j- Dolomedes marginatus, Walck. ; Araneus undatus, Clerck, V, tab. 1 ; De Geer. Insect. VII, xvi, fig. 13, 15; Panz., Faun., LXXI, 22; — Dolomedes fimbriatus, Walck ; De Geer, Insect. VII, xvi, 9 — 1 1 ; Araneus fimbriatus, Clerck, V, tab. ix. These species compose the division of the shore Dolomedes of Walckenaer. RULMONARLE. 307 or which they excavate, lining their parietes with silk, and enlarging them in proportion to their growth. Some establish their domicil in chinks and cavities in walls, where they form a silken tube, covered externally with particles of earth or sand. In thege retreats they change their tegument, and, as it appears, after closing the opening, pass the winter. There also the females lay their eggs. When they go abroad they carry their cocoon with them, attached to the anus by threads. On issuing from the egg the young ones cling to the body of the mother, and remain there until they are able to provide for themselves. The Lycosae are extremely voracious, and courageously defend thier dwelling. A species of this genus, the Tarentula , so called from Taren- turn, a city of Italy, in the environs of which it is common, is highly celebrated. The poisonous nature of its bite is thought to produce the most serious consequences, being frequently fol- lowed by death or Tarentism , results which can only be avoided by the aid of music and dancing. Well-informed persons, how- ever, think it more necessary in these cases to combat the terrors of the imagination than to apply an antidote to the poison ; medi- cine at all events presents other means of cure. Several curious observations on the Lycosa tarentula of the south of France have been published by M. Chabrier, Acad, de Lille, fascic. IV. This genus is very rich in species, which have not as yet, however, been well characterized. Lyc. tarentula; Aranea tarentula , L., Fab.; Albin, Aran., tab. xxxix ; Senguerd. de Tarent. An inch long ; under part of the abdomen red, crossed in the middle by a black band. The Tarentula of the south of France — Lycose narbonnaise , Walck., Faun. Franp., Aran., I, 1 — 4, is not quite so large; the under part of its abdomen is very black, and edged all round with red. A similar species is found in the environs of Paris, the Lycose owvriere , or L. fabrilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec., pi. 4, tab. ii ; Walck., Faun. Franp., Aran. II, 5. Lyc . saccata ; Aranea saccata , L. ; Araneus amentatus, Clerck, IV, tab. viii ; Lister, tit. 25, f. 25. Small; blackish; carina of the thorax, obscure reddish, with a cinereous line ; a little bundle of grey hairs at the superior base of the abdomen ; legs of a livid red, varied with blackish spots ; the cocoon flat and greenish — very common about Paris * We will terminate this section with the subgenus Myrmecia, Lat ., Which seems to lead to the following one, and whose characters we have detailed in the Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 27- The eyes form a * For the other species see the Tabl. and Hist, des Aran, of Walckenner, and the Faune Franyaise, Aran. Id. See also the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., article Lycost. x 2 308 ARACHNIDES. short and broad trapezium ; there are four before in a transverse line; two others, more internal than the two last of the preceding ones, form a second transverse line ; the last two are behind the two preceding ones. The chelicerse are stout. The jaws are rounded, and very hairy at the end. The ligula is nearly square ; somewhat longer than broad. The legs are long, and almost filiform ; those of the fourth and first pairs are the longest of all. The thorax seems to be divided into three parts, of which the anterior is much the largest and square; the two others resemble knots or humps. The abdomen is much shorter than the thorax, and is covered with a solid epidermis, from its origin to the middle. The Myr. fulva, on which I have established this genus, inha- bits Brazil ; other species, however, appear to be found in Geor- gia, United States of America. In the second section of the Vagabundee, that of the Saltigr ad.k, called by others Araignees phalanges , the eyes form a large quadrila- teral, the anterior side of which, or the line formed by the first ones, extends across the whole width of the thorax ; this part of the body is almost square or semi-ovoid, plane, or but slightly convex above, as wide anteriorly as in the rest of its extent, and descending suddenly on the sides. The legs are fitted for running and leaping. The thighs of the two fore legs are remarkable for their size. The Araignee a chevrons blancs of Geoffroy, a species of Sal- ticus very common in summer on walls or windows exposed to the sun, moves by jerks, stops short after a few steps, and raises itself on its fore legs. If it discover a fly, or particularly a mus- quito, it approaches softly, and then darts upon the victim with a single bound. It leaps fearlessly and perpendicularly on a wall, being always attached to it by a thread, which lengthens as it advances. This same filament also supports it in the air, enables it to ascend to its point of departure, and allows it to be wafted by the wind from one place to another. Such, generally, are the habits of the species that belong to this division. Several construct nests of silk resembling oval sacs open at both ends, between leaves, under stones, &c. Thither they retire to change their tegument and to seek shelter in bad weather. If danger menaces them there, they leave it at once and escape with speed. The females construct a sort of tent, which becomes the cradle of their posterity, and in which the young ones, for a time, live in common with the mother. Certain species, resembling Ants, elevate their anterior legs and make them vibrate with great rapidity. Singular combats sometimes ensue between the males, but no fatal issue occurs. A subgenus established by M. Rafinesque, that of Tessarops, Appears to us to approximate closely to the following one in most of its characters and habits, but to be widely removed from it, if there PULMONARLfh 309 be no mistake, in the number of the eyes, which is but four. See Ann. Gener. des Sc. Phys., VIII, p. 88. A second subgenus, which also is only known to us by description, is the Palpimanus, Duf.y Described by M. Dufour in the Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 5, and which appears to him to be intermediate between Eresus and Salticus. The disposition of the eyes is about the same as in the first of these two subgenera. The ligula is similarly triangular and pointed, and the jaws are still dilated and rounded at the end ; but, according to M. Dufour, they are inclined and not straight like those of the Eresi. The terminal joint of the anterior tarsi is inserted laterally, and has no hcoks. He describes one species, the Palpimane bossu. It never jumps, walks slowly, and is found under stones in Valencia, where, however, it is extremely rare. A new species has been discovered by M. Lefevre in Sicily, which appears to me to belong to this genus. In the two following subgenera there are always eight eyes ; the jaws are straight. Eresus, Walck. Four eyes forming a small trapezium near the middle of the ante- rior extremity of the thorax, the other four on its sides forming a similar but much larger figure. The ligula is triangular and pointed. The tarsi are terminated by three hooks*. Salticus, Lai . — Attus, Walck. Four eyes, the two intermediate of which are the largest, on the anterior part of the thofax in a transverse line, and the other near its lateral edges, two on each side ; they also form a large square open behind, or a parabola. The ligula is very obtuse or truncated on the summit. There are but two hooks to the extremity of the tarsi. Several of the males have very large chelicerse. The thorax of some are very thick and sloping, (en talus) and much inclined at base. Salt. Sloanei ; Aranea sanguinolenta, L. Black; a white line formed by down on each side of the thorax ; the abdomen of a cinnabar-red, with an elongated black spot on the middle of the back. South of France, on stones f. * Eresus cinnaberinus, Walck. ; Aranea quatuor -guttata, Ross., Faun. Etrusc., II, 1, 8, 9; Coqucb., Illust. Icon. Insect., dec. Ill, xxvii, 12; — Aranea nigra, Petag., Specirn. Insect. Calab. M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., has described two Spanish species ; one of them ; the Eresus acanthophilus — VI, xcv, 3, 4 — is my Erese rape of the Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. ; the other, Eresus imperialis — V, lxix, 2 — is closely allied to the Aranea niyra, Petagna, above quoted. These two species are figured in the Faunc Franyaise, Avan., pi. IV, 3, 4, 5. See also on same plate, fig. 7, the Eriise cinabre. -f- This division comprises the following Atti of Walckenacr : bicolory chalybeus , niger , cuprcus, muscorum , the Aranea gossipcs, Do Geer. 310 ARACHNIDES. The thorax of the others is much flattened, insensibly sloping at its base. Sometimes their body is simply oval, and furnished with hairs or thick down ; the legs short and robust. Saltique chevronne ; Aranea scenica, L. ; Araignee a chev- rons, Geoff. ;■ Araignee a bandes blanches , De Geer, Insect., VII, xvii, 8, 9. About two lines and a half long ; above, black ; margin of the thorax, and three lines en chevron on the top of the abdomen, white. Very common *. Sometimes the body is narrow, elongated, almost cylindrical and shorn ; the legs long and slender. Salt, formicarius ; Aranea formicaria , De Geer, Insect., VII, xviii, 1,2- Atte fourmi , Walck., Faun. Fran£., Aran., V, 1 — 3. Reddish ; fore part of the thorax black; black band and two white spots on the abdomen f FAMILY II. PEDIPALPI. In the second family of the Arachnides Pulmonarise, we find very large palpi, resembling projecting arms, terminated by a forceps or a claw ; didactyle chelicerse, one finger of w’hich is moveable ; an abdomen composed of very distinct segments, without fusi at the extremity ; and the sexual organs placed at the base of the abdomen. The whole body is invested with a firm tegument ; the thorax con- sists of a single piece, and exhibits three or two simple eyes, approximated or grouped, near the anterior angles; and near the middle of its anterior extremity, or posteriorly, but in the median line, two others equally simple and approximated. There are four or eight pulmonary sacs. Those which form the genus Tarantula, Fab.} Have their abdomen attached to their thorax by a pedicle, or por- tion of their transverse diameter ; it has no pectinated laminae at its base, nor sting at its extremity. Their stigmata, four in number, are situated near the origin of the venter, and are covered with a plate. Their chelicerae (mandibles) are simply terminated by a * Add, Attus tardigradus, Walck., Hist, des Aran. V, iv, female. See his Tabl. des Aran. f For the remaining species of this subgenus, see the Aran, of the Faune Fran- chise. M. Walckenaer, author of that portion of the work, in his Tabl.. des Aran., mentions a species enclosed in amber. PULMONARLE. 311 moveable hook. Their ligula is elongated, very narrow, and con- cealed. They have but two jaws, which are formed by the first joint of their palpi. They all have eight eyes, of which three, on each side and near the anterior angles, form a triangle ; and two near the middle at the anterior margin are placed on a comman tubercle or little elevation, one on each side. The palpi are spinous. The tarsi of the two anterior legs differ from the others, being formed of numerous seta- ceous or filiform joints, and without a terminal tail. They are confined to the hottest portions of Asia and America. Their habits are unknown to us. They now constitute two subge- nera. Phrynus, Oliv. Palpi terminating in a claw ; the body much flattened ; thorax broad, and almost in the form of a crescent; abdomen ecaudate, and the two anterior tarsi very long and slender, resembling setaceous antennae *. Thelyphonus, Lat . The Thelyphoni are distinguished from the preceding subgenus by their shorter, thicker palpi, terminated by a forceps, or by two united fingers ; by their long body with its oval thorax, and the extremity of the abdomen furnished with an articulated seta forming a tail. Their anterior tarsi are short, of a uniform appearance, and composed of few articulations f . The others have their abdomen intimately united to the thorax throughout its entire width, presenting, at its inferior base, two moveable pectiniform laminae, and terminated by a knotted tail armed with a terminal sting. Their stigmata, eight in number, are exposed and arranged four by four along the belly ; their chelicerae are ter- minated by two fingers, of which the exterior is moveable. They form the genus Scorpio, Lin. Fab. Scorpions have an elongated body, suddenly terminated by a long slender tail formed of six joints, the last of which terminates in an arcuated and excessively acute point or sting, which affords issue to a venomous fluid contained in an internal reservoir, forming a long square, and usually marked in the middle by a longitudinal sulcus, presenting on each side, and near its anterior extremity, three or two * Phalungium reniforme, L. ; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 5, 6 ; Herbst. Monog. Phal., Ill ; East Indies, the Sechelles ; Herbst., Ib., IV, 1, South America; Tarantula reniformis, Fab. ; Pall. Spic. Zool., IX, iii, 3, 4 ; Herbst. lb. V, 1 ; ejusd. IV, 2, var. ? the Antilles. ■f* Phalungium caudatum , L. ; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 1, 2, from Java. South America produces another species described and figured in the Jour, de Pliys. et d’Hist. Nat., 1 777 ; the inhabitants of Martinque call it the Vinaigrier, A third species, smaller than the preceding ones, and with fulvous feet., inhabits the penin- sula beyond the Ganges. 312 ARACHNIDES. simple eyes, forming a curved line, and near the middle of the back two others, also simple, which are approximated. The palpi are very large, with a forceps at the extremity resembling a hand; their first joint forms a concave and rounded jaw. There is a triangular appendage at the origin of each of the four anterior legs, which (appendages) by their approximation have the appearance of a qua- dripartite lip ; the two lateral divisions, however, may be considered as a kind of jaws, the remaining two forming the ligula. The abdo- men is composed of twelve annuli, those of the tail included ; the first is divided into two parts, of which the anterior bears the sexual organs, and the other the two combs. These appendages are com- posed of a principal, narrow, elongated, and articulated piece, moveable at base, and furnished along its inner side with a suite of little hollow laminae, united to it by an articulation, that are narrow, elongated, parallel, and similar to the teeth of a comb; their num- ber is more or less considerable according to the species ; it varies to a certain extent, and perhaps with age, in the same species. No positive experiment has yet determined the use of these appendages. The four following annuli have each a pair of pulmonary sacs and stigmata. Directly after the sixth, the abdomen becomes suddenly narrowed, and the remaining six, under the form of joints, compose the tail. All the tarsi are alike, and consist of three joints, with two hooks at the end of the last. The four last legs have a common base, and the first joint of the hip is soldered ; the two last are even partly fixed against the abdomen. The two nervous cords, proceeding from the brain, unite at inter- vals and form seven ganglions, the last of which belong to the tail. In all other Arachnides, there are never more than three. The eight stigmata open into os many white bursae, each contain- ing a great number of very slender, small laminae, between which it is probable that the air passes. A muscular vessel extends along the back, and communicates with each bursa by two branches*; it also distributes vessels to every part of the animal, The intestinal canal is straight and slender. The liver is composed of four pairs of glandular clusters, which pour their humour into the intestine at four points. The male has two copulating organs arising near the combs, and the female has two vulvse. The latter open into a matrix consisting of several inter-communicating canals, which in the proper period are found filled with living young ones ; the testes are also formed of some anastomosing vessels f. These Arachnides inhabit the hot countries of both hemispheres, live on the ground, conceal their selves under stones and other bo- dies, most commonly in ruins, dark and cool places, and even in houses. They run with considerable swiftness, curving their tail over their back. They can turn it in every direction, and use it for the purposes of attack and defence. With their forceps they seize Onisci and various insects, Caribici, Orthoptera, &c., on which they * See our preceding remarks on the circulation of the Arachnides Pulmonarise. t For the anatomy of the Scorpion, see Treviranus, Marcel de Serres, and Leon Dufour, Journ. de Phys., June 1817. PULMONARI/E. 313 feed, pierce them with their sting by directing it forwards, and then pass their prey through their chelicerae and jaws. They are particu- larly fond of the eggs of Spiders and of Insects. The wound occasioned by the sting of the europceus is not usually dangerous. That of the Scorpion of Souvignargues, of Maupertius, of the species which I have named Roussatre (occitanus), and which is larger than the preceding one, according to the experiments of Dr. Maccary courageously tried upon himself, produces serious and alarming symptoms ; the older the animal the more active seems to be the poison. The remedy employed is the volatile alkali, used externally and internally. Some naturalists have asserted that the European species produce two generations in the year. That which appears to me to be the most unequivocally ascertained occurs in August. The female in coitu is laid on her back. According to Maccary she changes her teguments previous to the production of her young. The male ex- periences a similar alteration at the same epoch. The young are produced at various intervals. The mother carries them on her back for several days, during which time she never leaves her retreat, and watches over them for a month, when they are strong enough to establish themselves elsewhere, and provide for their subsistence. Two years are required to qualify them for con- tinuing their species. Some have eight eyes ; they form the genus Buthus of Leach. S. afer, L., Fab.; African Scorpion, Roes., Insect., 3, lxv; Herbst., Monog. Scorp., 1. Five or six inches long, and of a blackish brown ; forceps large, cordate, rough and somewhat hairy; anterior edge of the thorax deeply emarginate; thirteen teeth to each comb. From the East Indies, Ceylon. S. roussatre ; S. occitanus , Amor. ; S. tunetanus , Herbst. Monog. Scorp. Ill, 3 ; Buthus occitanus , Leach, Zool. Miscell., cxliii. Yellowish or reddish; tail rather longer than the body, with elevated and finely crenulated lines. Upwards of twenty- eight teeth — fifty-two to sixtv-five, Maccary — to each comb. From the south of Europe, Barbary, &c. — Very common in Spain. The others have but six eyes ; they compose the genus Scorpio , properly so called, of the same naturalist. S. europceus , L., Fab.; Herbst. Monog. Scorp., Ill, 1, 2. Brown, more or less dark ; legs and last joint of the tail paler or yellowish ; forceps cordate and angular ; nine teeth to each comb. From the extreme southern and eastern departments of France. ORDER II. TRAC H EARLE. The Arachnides which compose this order differ from those of the preceding one in their organs of respiration, which consist of radi- 314 ARACHNIDES. ated or ramified trachese *, that only receive air through two stigmata ; in the absence of an organ of circulation!; and in the number of their eyes, which is but from two to four The want of sufficiently general anatomical observations, has prevented the limits of this order from being rigorously determined. Some of these Arachnides, the Pycnogonides for instance, exhibit no stigmata ; their mode of respiration is unknown. The Trachearise are very naturally divided into those which are furnished with chelicerae, terminated by two fingers, one of which is moveable, or by one that is equally so ; and into those where these organs are replaced by simple laminae, or lancets, which with the * The tracheae are vessels which receive the aerial fluid and distribute it to every part of the interior of the body, and thus remedy the want of circulation. They are of two kinds. Those that are tubular or elastic are formed of three membranes, the intermediate of which is composed of a cartilaginous elastic filament spirally con- torted ; the two others are cellular. The vesicular tracheae consist of hut two mem- branes of the latter description. They are a kind of pneumatic pouches susceptible of being inflated and depressed. Aquatic Insects, and others that are aerial, are deprived of them. They communicate with each other by tubular tracheae. In several of the Orthoptera, where they are well developed, cartilaginous arches, formed by appendages of the inferior semi-annuli of the abdomen, give points of attachment to the muscles which form them. The branchiae are divided into two principal trunks which extend longitudinally throughout the body, one on each side, receiving air through lateral openings or stigmata, and then throwing off numerous branches and twigs which distribute it. In several Insects, however, there are two other trunks more or less long, situated between the two preceding ones, and com- municating with them. M. Marcel de Serres distinguishes them by the term pulmo- nary trachea : the others he calls arterial trachea. He also distinguishes two sorts of stigmata : one kind, or the ordinary stigmata, simple, and consisting of two membranous lips, furnished with transverse striae or fibres, and opening merely by Contraction ; the others, which he calls tremaeres, are formed of one or two (usually two) horny, moveable pieces, opening and closing like shutters. De Geer — Descript., Gryllus migratorius — compares them to eye-lids. They are peculiar to certain Orthoptera, and their position shows them to be the stigmata of the mesothorax. M. Leon Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Nat., May 1826 — has given excellent figures of these various kinds of stigmata, but without employing the names of the preceding authors. It would appear from his description of the abdominal stigmata, that they have the characters of the tr^ma^res, while those which he afterwards describes as different, are the ordinary stigmata. Our own opinion is that these differences are mere simple modifications of the lips. Reaumur, Mem., I, iv, 16, has figured a stigma of this latter kind, where the lips have an internal border, which, from all appearances, must be corneous. By supposing them to be almost entirely of this nature, we have the tr^maere of M. de Serres. Certain aquatic larvae have a pecu- liar respiratory apparatus, of which we shall speak hereafter. f The presence of tracheae excludes a complete circulation, that is to say, the distribution of the blood to the different parts of the body, and its return from the organs of respiration to the heart. Thus, although some vessels have recently been discovered in certain Insects — Phasmae — and, although they may possibly exist in various Arachnides Tracheariae, it does not exclude them from the general system. M. M. de Serres has observed that the intestinal tube of the Phalangium gives off numerous caeca or vermiform appendages,, which seem to have some analogy with the hepatic vessels, and that the tracheae ramify over them ad infinitum. X According to Muller the Hydrachna umbrata has six eyes : but may this not have arisen from an optical illusion or some mistake? TRACHJSARLE. 315 ligula constitute a sucker. Most of these animals, however, being very small, great difficulties necessarily accompany these investi- gations, and it is readily perceived that such characters should only be resorted to when it is impossible to avoid it. FAMILY I. PSEUDO-SCORPIONES. In this family we find the thorax articulated, its first segment much the largest, and resembling a corselet ; the abdomen is very distinct and annulated, and the palpi very large and in the form of legs or claws. There are eight legs in each sex, with two equal hooks at the extremity of the tarsi, the two anterior ones, at most, excepted, and two apparent chelicerse terminated by two fingers and two toes, formed by the first joint of the palpi. They are all terrestrial, and have an oval or oblong body. This family comprehends but two genera. Galeodes,0/A'. — Solpuga, Licht., Fab. Two very large cheliceree, with strongly dentated vertical fingers, one superior, fixed, and frequently furnished at its base with a slender, elongated, pointed appendage*, and the other moveable; large pro-: jecting palpi in the form of feet or antennae, terminated by a short, vesicular joint, resembling a button without a terminal hook ; the two anterior feet of an almost similar figure, equally unarmed, but smaller ; the others terminated by a tarsus, the last joint of which is furnished at the end with two little pellets, and two long toes termi- nated by a hook ; five semi-infundibuliform pediculated scales on each posterior leg, arranged in one series along their first joints : and two eyes closely approximated on an eminence anterior to the first tho- racic segment, which represents a large head bearing the two anterior feet, as well as the parts of the mouth. Their body is oblong, generally soft, and bristled with long hairs. The last joint, of the palpi according to M. Dufour, contains a parti- cular organ formed like a disk, of a nacre-white, and which never protrudes unless the animal is irritated. The two anterior feet may be considered as second palpi. The labrum has the form of a little, strongly compressed, recurved rostrum, pointed and hairy at the end. The ligula is small, shaped like a keel, and is terminated by two divergent, bearded setae, each posted on a little joint. The other pairs of legs are annexed to as many segments, I have perceived a large stigma on each side of the body, between the first and second pair of legs, as well as a slit at the base of the inferior part of the abdomen. The abdomen is oval, and composed of nine annuli. do not think it is peculiar to either sex. 316 ARACHNIDES. It is supposed that the ancients designated these animals by the names of Phalangium, Solifuga Tetragnotha, c^-c. M. Poe dis- covered a species in the environs of Havanna, but the others are pecu- lar to the hot and sandy countries of the eastern continent (a). They run with great celerity, erect their head when surprised, and show signs of resistance ; they are considered venemous *. Chelifer, Geoff. — Obisium, Illig. The palpi elongated, in the form of an arm, with a hand terminated by a didactyle forceps ; all the legs equal, terminated by two hooks ; the eyes placed on the sides of the thorax. These animals resemble small Scorpions destitute of a tail. Their body is flattened, and the thorax nearly square, with one or two eyes on each side. They run swiftly, and frequently retrograde or move sideways like Crabs. Roesel saw one female lay her eggs and collect them into a heap. Hermann , Sen., says that she carries them under her abdomen, united in a pellet. He is even of the opinion that these Arachnides can spin. Hermann, Jun. — Mem. Apter. — divides this genus into two sec- tions. In some — Chelifer, Leach — the first segment of the trunk or thorax is divided by an impressed transverse line ; the tarsi consist of a single joint; there is a kind of stylet at the extremity of the moveable finger of the cheliceree, and the hairs of the body are shaped like a spatula. Ch. cancroides ; P halangium cancroides, L. ; Scorpio cart- er oides, Fab.; Roes., Insect. Ill, Supp. LXIV, vulgo Book-Scor- pion. Found in herbaria, old books, &c., where it feeds on the small insects that destroy them. Ch. cimicoides ; Scorpio cimicoides , Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter., VII, 9. Inhabits under bark of trees, stones, &c. In others — Obisium , Leach — the thorax is entire, the chelicerae are destitute of a stylet, and the hairs on the body are setaceous t- A more important character however is found in the number of eyes. In Obisium it is four, and but two in Chelifer properly so called J. * Solpuga fatalis, Fab.; Herbst., Monog., Solp. I, i, Bengal; — S. chelicornis, Fab., Herbst. Ib. II, 1; — Phalangium araneoides , Pall., Spicil. Zool., fascic. IX, iii, 7, 8, 9. See also the Monog. of this genus by Herbst., and the Voy. of Pallas and Olivier. •f~ Herm., Mem. Apter., V, 6 ; YI, 14. + See Leach, Monog. of the Scorpions, Zool. Miscell. Ill, tab. 141, 142 ; and a memoir on the Insects found in copal by M. Dalman, where he describes and figures a species under the name of eucarpus, and mentions several others. {£j ^(a) Our author does not seem aware of the fact that twro species of this genus havebeen discoveredby Mr. Say near the Rocky Mountains :they are, 1 .Gal. pallipes1 Say. Hairy ; chelicerse horizontal ; fingers arcuated ; abdomen sub -depressed, livid. 2. Gal subulata, Id. Hairy ; chelicerse horizonal; thumb nearly rectilinear and destitute of teeth ; resembles the pallipes in form, size and colour, but the superior finger of the chelicerse is unarmed and rectilinear, and the inferior arcuated with about two stout teeth. Long’s Expedition, IT, p. 3. — Eng. Ed. TRACH EARLE. 317 FAMILY II. PYCNOGONIDES. The trunk, in this family, is composed of four segments, occupying nearly the whole length of the body and terminated at each extremity by a tubular joint, the anterior of which is the largest, sometimes simple, and sometimes accompanied by chelicerae and palpi, or only one kind of these organs, that constitutes the mouth *. There are eight legs in both sexes, formed for running, but the female is furnished with two additional false ones, placed near the two ante- rior and solely destined to carry her eggs, The Pycnogonides are marine animals f , analogous either to the Cyami and the Caprellae, or to the Arachnides of the genus Phalan- gium, where Linnaeus placed them. Their body is commonly linear, with very long legs, composed of eight or nine joints, terminated by two unequal hooks which appear to form but one, and the smallest of which is cleft. The first segment of the body, which replaces the head and mouth, forms a projecting tube, cylindrical or in the form of a truncated cone, with a triangular aperture at its extremity. The chelicerae and palpi are placed at its base. The former are cylindrical or linear, simply prehensile, and composed of two joints, the last of which is a forceps, the inferior finger, or the one that is fixed, being sometimes shorter than the other. The palpi are filiform, and consist of five or nine joints, with a terminal hook. Each of the following segments, the last excepted, bears a pair of legs + ; but the first, or the one articulated with the mouth, has a tubercle on the back, on which are placed two eyes on each side, and beneath, in the females only, two additional small folded legs, bearing the eggs which are collected around them in one or two pellets. The last segment is small, cylin- drical, and perforated by a little orifice at the extremity. No vestige of stigmata can be perceived. * On the siphon of a large species of Phoxichilus brought from the Cape of Good Hope by the late M. Delalande, I observed longitudinal sutures, so that it appears to me to be composed of the labrum, ligula, and two jaws, all soldered together. In this case the palpi belong to the jaws. •f* According to Savigny they form the transition from the Arachnides to the Crus- tacea. We place them here, but with some hesitation. J M. Milne Edwards, who has investigated the anatomy of these animals on the living subject, has told me that in the interior of these organs he observed lateral ex- pansions of the intestinal canal, or caeca. I have, in fact, observed traces of them under the form of blackish vessels, in various Nymphones. This induces me to believe that these animals respire by the skin, a character by which we might form them into a particular order, and one perhaps intermediate between the Arachnides and Apterous Insects of the order of the Parasita. 318 ARACHNIDES. They are found among marine plants, sometimes under stones near the beach, and occasionally also on the Cetacea. Pycnogonum,, Brun. , Mull., Fab. The chelicerse and palpi wanting ; length of the feet hardly greater than that of the body, which is proportionably thicker and shorter than in the following genera. They live on the Cetacea * * * §. Phoxichilus, Lat. The palpi wanting, as in the Pycnogoni ; but the legs are very long, and there are two chelicerse f. Nymphon, Fab. The Nymphones resemble the Phoxichili in the narrow and oblong form of their body, the length of their legs, and in the presence of chelicerse ; but they have, besides, two palpi J. FAMILY III. HOLETRA§. The trunk and abdomen are here united in one mass, under a com- mon epidermis, or, at most, the thorax is divided by a strangulation, and the abdomen, in some, merely exhibits an appearance of annuli, formed by the plicae of the abdomen. The anterior extremity of their body frequently projects in the form of a snout or rostrum : most of them have eight legs, and the remainder six ||. This family consists of two tribes. In the first or the Phalangita, Lat., we observe very apparent chelicerae which either project in * Mull. Zool. Dan., CXIX, 10 — 12, the female. Found on our coast by MM. Surirey and D’Orbigny. "t Refer to this genus the Pycnogonnm spinipes of Othon Fabricius, his variety of the P. grossipes, without antennae ; the Phalangium aculeatum ; the spinosum, Montag., Lin. Trans. ; the Nymphon femoratum of the Acts of the Soc. of Nat. Hist, of Copen- hag., 1797 ; the Nymphon hirtum, Fab., which perhaps does not differ from the Phal. spinipes and spinosum above quoted. X Pycnogonum grossipes , Oth. Fab. ; Miill., Zool. Dan., CXIX, 5 — 9, the female; to compare with the Nymph, gracile and femoratum, Leach, Zool. Miscell., XIX, 1, 2. His genus Ammothea A. carolinensis, lb. — differs from Nymphon in the che- licerse, which are much shorter than the month, the first segment or radical joint being very small. The palpi consist of nine joints, while those of the Nymphones have but five. In this genus, as well as in Phoxichilus and Pycnogonum , the second joint of the tarsi is very short. The tubercle on which the eyes are placed is some- times situated on an elevation, which projects above the base of the anterior segment, or the mouth. § Holetra, Hermann. || The Trombidium longipes, Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter, pi. I, 8, is represented with ten legs, the two first very long. He allows but eight in the text, TRACHEARL®. 319 front of the trunk, or are inferior, and always terminating in a di- dactyle forceps, preceded by one or two joints. They have two filiform palpi, composed of five joints, the last of which is terminated by a small nail; two distinct eves; two jaws formed by the prolongation of the radical joint of the palpi, and fre- quently four more *, which are also a mere dilatation of the hip of the two first pairs of legs. The body is oval or rounded, and covered, the trunk at least, with a firmer skin ; there is also an appearance of annuli or plicae on the abdomen. The legs, of which there are always eight, are long, and distinctly divided, like those of insects f. At the origin of the two posterior legs, at least in several — Phalangium — are two stigmata, one on each side, but hidden by their hips. Most of them live on the ground, at the foot of trees, and on plants, and are very active ; others conceal themselves under stones and in moss. Their sexual organs are internal, and placed under the mouth. Phalangium, Lin., Fab. The chelicerae projecting, much shorter than the body ; eyes placed on a common tubercle. Their legs are very long and slender, and when detached from the body show signs of irritability for a few moments. The two sexes in coitu are placed opposite to each other ; this occurs at the latter end of summer. The penis of the male is formed like a dart, and has a demi-sagittal termination. The female has a filiform, flexible, annulated and membranous oviduct, The tracheae are tubular. P/i. cornutum, L,, the male ; Opilio , Id., the female ; Herbst., Monog. Phal., I, 3, the male; lb., 1, the female. Body oval, reddish or cinereous above ; black beneath ; palpi long ; two ranges of small spines on the ocular tubercles, and spines on the thighs ; corneous chelicerae in the males ; a blackish band with a festooned margin on the back of the female ^ A celebrated English entomologist, M. Kirby, under the name of Gonoleptes, has formed a particular genus of the species with spi- nous palpi, the two last joints of which are nearly equal, sub-oval, and terminated by a stout nail, and in which the hips of the two posterior * Tf we suppose that the two superior jaws, with their palpi, represent the mandi- bles of the Crustacea Decapoda, the other four will also represent the jaws of the same animals, and the two jaws and inferior lip of the triturating ( Broyeurs ) Insects. From M. Marcel de Serres we learn that the ganglion which immediately follows the brain is opposite to the third pair of legs, which, according to these approximations, are analogous to the first pair in Insects; now, there also we find the same ganglion in the latter. See Myriapoda. 'f' The hips, thighs, tibiae, and tarsi are the same as in the preceding families. But the legs of the Arachnides Tiacheariae are composed of short joints, whose rela- tive proportions differ very gradually, so that these distinctions of parts are less apparent. X See the Monograph of this genus, published by Latreille at tbe end of the His- toire des Fourmis, and those of Herbst., and Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter. 320 ARACHNIDES. legs are very large, soldered, and form a plate under the body. These legs are separated from the others and placed behind*. In Phalan- gium properly so called, the palpi are filiform, spineless, and termi- nated by a joint much longer than the preceding one, with a little terminal hook. All the legs are approximated, with similar coxae contiguous at their origin. Such are all the species indigenous to Europe. Siro, Lat . Projecting chelicerae nearly as long as the body ; eyes separated and placed on different insulated tubercles f. Macrocheles, Lat. Extremely salient and very long chelicerae ; but the eyes null or ses- sile; the two anterior legs very long and antenniform; the top of the body forming a plate or scale without distinct annuli. To this genus I refer the Acarus marginatus and the Ac. testudi- narius, of Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter., p. 76, pi. vi, fig. 6, and p. 80, pi. ix, fig. 1. Trogulus, Lat. Anterior extremity of the body projecting like a clypeus, and re- ceiving the chelicerae and other parts of the mouth into an inferior cavity, The body is flat and covered with a very firm skin J. In the second tribe of the Holetra, that of the Acarides, we some- times find chelicerae, but they are simply formed of a single forceps, either didactyle or monodactyle, and are hidden in a sternal lip; some- times there is a sucker formed of united lancets ; or finally, the mouth consists of a simple cavity without any apparent appendages. This tribe is composed of the genus Acarus, Lin. Most of these animals are very small or nearly microscopical. They are observed everywhere. Some of them are errant, and of these some are found under stones, leaves, the bark of trees, in the earth, in water, dried meat, old cheese, and putrescent animal matters. Others are parasitical, living on the skin or in the flesh of various animals, which they often, by their excessive multiplication, reduce to a state of great debility. The origin of certain diseases, such as the itch, is attributed to particular species. The experiments of Dr. Galet prove that if the Acari of the human psora be placed on the body of a perfectly healthy person, they will inoculate him with the virus of that disorder. Various species of Acari are also found on * Gonoleptes horridus, Lin. Trans., XII, xxii, 16; from Brazil. ■f* Siro rubens, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 2 ; — Acarus crassipes, Herm., Mem. Apter., Ill, 6, and IX, Q,. N. X Trogulus nep&formis , Lat. Gener. Crust, and Insect., T, vi, 1 ; Phalangium tricarinatum, L. — South of France, Spain. TRACK EARLE. 321 Insects, and some of the Coleoptera that feed on cadaverous or excre- mentitious substances are frequently covered with them. They have even been observed in the brain and eye of man. The Acari, or Mites as they are vulgarly termed, are oviparous, and excessively prolific. Several of them at first have but six legs, the remaining two being developed shortly after. Their tarsi ter- minate in various ways according to their habits. Some — Acarides, Lat. — or the Acari proper, have eight legs, solely destined for walking, and chelicerae. Trombidium, Fab . The chelicerse menodactyle, or terminated by a movable hook ; salient palpi, pointed at the end, with a moveable appendage or spe- cies of finger under their extremity; two eyes, each placed on a little immoveable pedicle. The body is divided into two parts, the first of which, or the anterior, is very small, and bears the two first pair of legs, together with the eyes and mouth. Tromb. holosericeum , Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter., pi. 1, 2, and II, 1. Very common in gardens in the spring ; blood-red; ab- domen nearly square, posteriorly narrowed, with an emargina- tion ; the back loaded with papillae, hairy at base, and globular at the extremity. Tromb. tinctorium, Fab. ; Herm. Apter.; 1,1. Three or four times the size of the preceding ; it furnishes a red dye. The East Indies *. Erythrjeus, Lat. The chelicerse and palpi of Trombidium; but the eyes are not placed on pedicles, neither is the body divided f. Gamasus, Lat. Fab . Didactyle ehelicerae; very distinct or projecting filiform palpi. The superior surface of the body, in some, is either wholly or partially invested with a scaly skin J. The body is entirely soft in the remainder. Several species of this division live on Birds and Quadrupeds. Some are known ; such as the Gam. telarius ; Ac. telarius , Fab.; which form extremely fine webs on the leaves of several plants, particularly of the Elm, and * T. fuliginosum, Herm. Mem. Apt. I, 3 ; — T. bicolor , lb. II, 2 ; — T. assimile, lb., 3; T. curtipes, lb., 4; — T. trigonum, lb. 5 ; — T. trimaculatum , lb., 6. f Erytlirccus phalangioides , Lat. ; Trombidium phalangioides, Herm., Ib., I, 10 ; — Trombidium quisquilliarum, Ib., 9 ; — Tromb. parietinum, Ib., 12; — T. pusillum, Ib., 11,4 ; — T. murorum, Ib., 5. X Gamasus marginatus , Lat. ; Acarus marginatus, Herm., Mem. Apter., VI, 6, found on the corpus callosum of the human brain; — Trombidium longipes , Herm., Ib., 1, 8; — Acarus coleoptratorum , Fab.; De Geer, Mem. Insect., VII, vi, 5; — Acanw hirundinis, Herm., Ib., 1,13 ; — Ac. vespertilionis, Ib. 14 ; Trombidium bipustulatum, Ib., II, 10; — Tromb. socium, Ib., II, 13 ; — Tromb. tiliarium , Ib., 12; — Tromb. telarium, Ib., 15 : these three species live in society on leaves, covering them with extremely fine and silky filaments; — Tromb, celer, Ib., 14 ; — Acarus gaVinte, De Geer, Insect, VII, vi, 13. VOL, in. Y 322 ARACHNIDES. are very injurious to them. These particular species is reddish, with a blackish spot on each side of the abdomen. Cheyletus, Lat. Didactyle chelicerae ; but the palpi are thick, resemble arms, and have a falciform termination * * * § Oribata, Lat. Notaspis, Herm. The chelicerae are also didactyle in the Oribatae, but their palpi are very short or concealed ; their body is invested by a firm, cori- aceous or scaly skin resembling a shield, and their legs are long or moderate. The anterior part of the body projects into a snout, and an ap- pearance of a thorax is often observable. The tarsi, in some, are terminated by a single hook, and in others by two or three, without any vesicular pellet. They are found on stones, trees, and in moss ; their gait is slow j\ Uropoda, Lat. Judging from analogy, we presume that the Uropodae are fur- nished with forceps-like chelicerae. Their palpi are not apparent ; their body, still covered with a scaly skin, has but very short legs, and a filament at the anus, by means of which they attach them- selves to certain coleopterous Insects, suspending themselves in the air Acarus, Fab. Lat. — Sarcoptes, Lat. Two didactyle chelicerae, and very short or concealed palpi, as in the preceding ; but the body very soft or without a scaly crust. The tarsi have a vesicular pellet at their extremity. Several spe- cies live on the food of Man, and others are found in his psoraic ulcers, and in those of the Horse, Dog, and Cat §. Others, called Ticks — Ricini#:, Lat. — also have eight legs, solely adapted for running, but are destitute of chelicerae, properly so called; they are replaced, however, by two lancet-like blades, which, with the ligula, form a sucker. Sometimes they have distinct eyes, and salient, filiform, free palpi-; a sucker composed of membranous parts, and entire ; and a very soft body. They are errant animals. Bdella, Lat. Fab. — Scirus, Herm. Elongated palpi, bent into an elbow, with setae or hairs at the ex- * Acarus eruditus, Schrank., Eimm. Insect. Aust., No. 1058, Tab. II, 1; ejusd., peciculus musculi, lb., No. 1024, I, 5. f See Hermann, Mem. Apter., genus Notaspis; and Olivier, Encyc. Method., Insect., article Oribate. + Acarus vegetans , De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 15. The Acarus spinitarsus, Herm. Mem. Apter. VI, vi, 5, perhaps forms a genus intermediate between this and the preceding one. § Acarus domesticus, De Geer, lb., V, 1 — 4; — Acarus siro, Fab. ; — Ac. scabiei, lb., 12, 13. Seethe dissert, of Dr. Galet ; — Ac.farince , lb., 15 ; — Ac. avicularum, lb., VI, 9 ; — Ac. passerinus , lb., 12, remarkable for the size of its third pair of legs ; — Ac. dimidiatus, Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 4 ; — Trombidvum expalpe , lb., II, 8. trachearle 323 tremity ; four eyes ; the posterior legs longest ; sucker projecting in the form of a conical or subulate rostrum. Found under stones, bark of trees, and in moss. Bd. longicornis ; Acarus longicornis, L. ; La Pince rouge. Geoff. ; Scirus vulgaris , Herm., Mem. Apter., Ill, 9 ; IX, S. Hardly half a line in length ; scarlet ; the feet paler ; sucker in the form of an elongated and pointed rostrum; quadriarticu- lated palpi, the first and last joint of which are the longest ; the latter somewhat the shortest of the two, and terminated by two setae. Common in the environs of Paris ; under stones *. Smaridia, Lat. Distinguished from Bdella by the palpi, which are hardly longer than the sucker, straight and without terminal setae ; by the eight eyes, and by the two anterior legs, which are longer than the others f- Sometimes these Ticks, with eight legs and without chelicerae, have no eyes that are perceptible ; their palpi are either anterior and projecting, but in the form of valvulse, widened or dilated near the extremity, serving as a sheath to the sucker — or inferior ; the parts composing the sucker are horny, very hard and dentated ; the body is invested with a coriaceous skin, or has at least, anteriorly, a scaly plate, These animals are parasitical, gorge themselves with the blood of several of the Vertebrata, and from being extremely flat, acquire by suction a great volume and a vesicular form. They are round or oval. Ixodes, Lat. Fab. — Cynorh^estes, Herm. The palpi forming a sheath to the sucker, and with it constituting a projecting and short rostrum, truncated and slightly dilated at the extremity. The Ixodes are found in thick woods abounding in bushes, briars, &c. ; they hook themselves to low plants by the hind legs, keeping the others extended, and fasten on Dogs, Oxen, Horses, and other Quadrupeds, and even on the Tortoise, burying their sucker so com- pletely in their flesh, that they can only be detached by force, and by tearing out the portion that adheres to it, They lay a prodigious quantity of eggs, which, according to M. Chabrier, are protruded from their mouth. They sometimes increase to such an enormous extent on the Ox and Horse, that they perish from the exhaustion. Their tarsi are terminated by two hooks inserted in a palette, or united at base on a common pedicle, The ancients designated these Arachnides by the term Ricinus. * Scirus longirostris , Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 2; — 5. latirosti'is, lb., II, III; — S. setirostris , lb., Ill, 12; IX, T. f Acarus sambuci, Schrank, and perhaps the following Troinbidia of Hermann; Tr. miniatum , 1, 7; — TV. papillosum, II, 6; — Tr. squammaium , lb., 7- The second is even closely allied to the species which serves as a type to the genus. Y 2 324 ARACHNIDES. Huntsmen in France call the species which attaches itself to the Dog, Louvette. It is the Ixodes ricinus ; Acarus ricinus, L.; Acarus reduvius , DeGeer, Insect., VII, vi, 1,2. A deep blood-red; the sealy, anterior plate still darker; sides of the body turned up, and slightly hairy ; palpi forming a sheath to the sucker. Ixodes reticulatus, Lat. Fab.; Acarus reduvius , Schrank, Enum. Insect., Aust., No. 1043, iii, 1,2: Cynorhcestes pictus, Herm. Cinerous, with small reddish-brown spots, and little annular lines of the same colour ; edges of the abdomen striate ; palpi nearly oval. It infests Oxen, and when tumefied, is six lines in length. The species of this genus have not been sufficiently studied *. Argas, Lat . — Rhynchoprion, Herm. Distinguished from Ixodes by the inferior situation of the mouth, and by the palpi which do not encase the sucker, have a conical form, and are composed of four joints, and not of three, as in the preceding genus. % Argas reflexus ; Ixodes reflexus, Fah. ; Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 3, Herm. Mem. Apt. IV, 10, 11. Pale yellow, wdth dark blood- coloured, or obscure and anastomosing lines. — ■ On Pigeons. Argas persicus ; Malleh de Mianeh. This species, described by travellers under the name of Punaise venimeuse de Miana , with other Ixodes, constitutes the subject of some curious obser- vations published by M. Gotthef Fischer de Waldheim. Others again — Hydrachnellae, Lat. — have also eight legs, but they are ciliated and adapted to natation. They form the Genus Hydrachna of Muller f or that of Athax Fab., and are wholly aquatic. Their body is generally oval or nearly globular, and very soft. That of some males is narrowed posteriorly, so as to resemble a kind of tail, their genital organs being placed at its extremity ; in the female, they are on the inferior surface of the abdomen. The number of eyes varies from two to four, or, accord- ing to Muller, even to six. The mouth of those species, I have been able to study, offered the three following modifications, which have served as a base to three generic divisions, but to which it is almost impossible to refer all Muller’s species of Hydrachnse, that naturalist not having described them with sufficient minuteness. * Acarus cegyptius, L. ; Herm. Mem. Apter., IV, 9 ; L. IV, 13 ; — Acarus rhino- cerotis , De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxviii, 5. 6; — Acarus americanus, L. ; — Ac. nigua, De Geer, lb., XXVII, 9, 13. See the genus Ixodes of Fabricius, and the work of Leach on the apterous Insects of Linnaeus — Trans. Lin. Soc., XI. ■f- Hydrachna, Herm. TRACHEARLE. 325 Eylais, Lat. Chelicerae terminated by a moveable hook* * * §. Hydrachna, Lat. The mouth composed of laminae, forming a projecting sucker; a moveable appendage under the extremity of the palpi f . Limnochares, Lat. The sucker mouth of the Hydrachnae, but the palpi are simple];. Others, — Microphthira, Lat. — are removed from all the rest of the Arachnides by the number of their legs, which only amounts to six. They are all parasitical. Caris, Lat. A sucker and apparent palpi ; the body rounded, flat, and covered with a scaly skin§. Leptus, Lat. A sucker and palpi as in Caris, but the body very soft and ovoid. Leptus autumnalis ; Acarus autumnalis , Shaw, Zool. Miscell., II, pi. xlii. A very common species, in autumn, on grasses and other plants. Having reached the person of the passenger, it climbs up, insinuates itself into his skin at the root of the hairs, and occasions an itching as intolerable as that produced by a regular itch. It is called the Rouget in France, and in fact it is of a reddish colour and very small. The remaining species are found on different Insects, and belong to the division of the Trombidia hexapoda, Hermann ||. Aclysia, Aud . The body shaped like a bagpipe, and furnished with a siphon, without distinct palpi, situated beneath its anterior extremity, which is narrowed, curved and obtuse; very small legs. The Aclysiae live on the Dytisci. But a single species — Ac. dytisci , Mem. de la Soc., d’Hist. Nat., I, p. 98, pi. v, fig. 2 — was at first known, the one on which M. Victor Audouin esta- blished the subgenus. Count Manheiren, a Russian naturalist, to whom the science is much indebted for his entomological essays, and his readiness to second the efforts of those who study it, has, as it appears, discovered another. * Alax extendens, Fab. ; Mull., IX, 4. f Atax geographicus, Fab. ; Mull., VIII, 3, 5 ; At globator , Fab. ; Mull., IX, I. t Acarus aquaticus, L. ; — Acarus aquaticus holosericeus , De Geer, Insect., VII ; ix, 15, 20 ; — Trombidium aquaticum, Herin., Mem. Apter. I, ii. § Carts vespertilionis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 161. || Trombidium insectorum, Herm., Mem. Apter. 1, 16; Ge Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 5; — Tromb. latirostre, Herm., Ib., 15 ; — Tromb. cornutum , lb., IT, ii ; Tromb. aphid is, lb.; De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 14; — Tromb. libellulee , Herm. Ib. ; De Geer, lb., VII, 9; — Tromb. culicis , Herm. Ib. ; De Geer, Ib., VII, 12; — Tromb. lapidum , Ilerm., Ib., VII, 7- 326 ARACHNIDES. Atoma, Lat. Neither sucker nor palpi visible, the mouth merely consisting of a small orifice on the chest. The body is oval and soft, the legs very short *. The Ocypete, Leach , Belongs to this tribe by the number of legs ; but, according to him, these animals are furnished with mandibles f . * Acarus parasiticus, De Geer, VII, vii, 7 ; — Trombidium parasiticum, Hermann, f Ocypete rubra, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI, 396. On the Tipulse. THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (continued.) CLASS III. INSECTA. Insects, which form the third class of articulated animals provided with articulated legs, have, besides, a dorsal vessel analogous to the vestige of a heart, but totally destitute of any branch for the circula- tion*. They respire by means of two principal tracheae, extending, * Anatomists are greatly divided with respect to the nature of this organ ; some consider it as a true heart ; others, among whom is the Baron Cuvier, deny it this quality, an opinion which appears to us to be fully confirmed by the admirable re- searches of M. Marcel de Serres — “ Memoire Sur le Vaisseau Dorsal des Insectes ” — published in the Mdm. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. According to the latter it secretes fat, which is subsequently elaborated in the adipose tissue which surrounds it. Lyonet says that it contains a gummy substance of an orange colour. Some very recent observations appear to establish the existence of certain very small vessels ; but in addition to the fact that this circulation must be very partial. Insects would still greatly differ, in this respect, from the Crustacea, inasmuch as the blood does not return to the heart. M. Straus in his report — Bullet. Univers., de M. le Baron de Fdrussac — on a Memoir of M. Hdrold on this subject, has inti- mated his own opinion on the matter as deduced from his anatomical investigations of the Melolontha. “The dorsal vessel,” says that gentleman, “is the true heart of Insects, being, as in the higher animals, the locomotive organ of the blood, which, instead of being contained in vessels, is diffused throughout the general cavity of the body. This heart occupies all the length of the back of the abdomen, and terminates anteriorly by a single non-ramified artery which carries the blood into the head where it diffuses it, and whence it returns into the abdomen in consequence of its accumulation in the head, to again enter the heart; to this all the circulation in Insects is reduced, they having merely a single artery without branches and no veins. The alae of the heart are not muscular as is asserted by II droid they are merely fibrous ligaments which keep the dorsal vessel in its place. The heart, that is to say the abdominal part of the vessel (in the Melolontha vulgaris) is divided, internally, into eight chambers, separated from each other by two con- verging valvulae, which allow the transmission of the blood from behind forwards, and from one chamber to another, into the artery which runs to the head, but which prevent it from retrograding. At the lateral and anterior part of each chamber are 328 INSECTS. parallel to each other, throughout the whole length of the body, having centres, at intervals, from which proceed numerous branches, corresponding to external openings or stigmata*, which admit air. two transverse fissures which communicate with the abdominal cavity and through which the blood contained in the latter enters the heart. Each of these apertures is pro- vided, internally, with a little semi-circular valve which presses on it during the systole of the heart. From this short description it will be seen, that when the posterior cham- ber dilates, the blood contained in the abdominal cavity penetrates into it by the transverse fissures of which we have spoken, and which we call auriculo-ventriculcaries. When the chamber contracts, the blood finding no exit into the abdominal cavity forces the inter-ventricular valve, passes into the second chamber which dilates to receive it, and wrhich, at the same time, receives a certain quantity of blood by the true auriculo-veutricular apertures. When the second chamber receives the contract- ing impression, the blood passes into the third, which also receives a portion of it through the lateral openings, and thus the blood is forced from one chamber to another into the artery. It is these successive centractions of the chambers of the heart that we perceive through the skin of caterpillars.” The heart of the Crustacea Decapoda, Squilli, Limulse, Aranese, & c., as I have been assured by the same profound observer, also contains similar valvulse. It is enclosed in a sort of sac or pericar- dium, which, according to him, acts in lieu of an auricle. These divisions or chambers of the dorsal vessel are what Lyonet terms ailes or wings, he also saw that the dorsal vessel extended to the head, and terminated there in the manner already described : but he did not see the orifices and valvulse mentioned by Straus. The definition of the dorsal vessel given by this naturalist, evidently proves, that, what- ever be its internal formation, it is not a true heart. Besides, these observations do not teach us the true nature of the liquid it contains, nor how it becomes diffused throughout the other parts of the body to effect their nutrition. It is however certain, from the observations of Lyonet, that all the parts of the body communicate with the corps graisseux by means of fibrilli. The tracheae give off branches which extend to the extremities of the various appendages of the body. The action of the air may occasion the ascension of the nutritive juices in the interstices, forming a sort of capillary tubes. * The number of segments in the body of the Myriapoda being undetermined, that of their stigmata is the same, and frequently extends to above twenty. In the Hexa- poda. it is frequently eighteen, nine on each side. This computation, however, is rather true with respect to the animal as a larva than in its perfect state. Cater- pillars, the larvae of the Coleoptera and those of various other Insects, have one pair of stigmata on the first segment, or the one that bears the first pair of legs ; the second and the third are destitute of them, owing, I presume, to the developement of the wings which occurs in these rings, and renders the presence of respiratory apertures useless in that particular place. The fourth and each of the seven follow- ing annuli exhibit a pair : but in coleopterous Insects in their pex-fect state, besides the two anterior stigmata concealed in the cavity of the pro-thorax, which had not been perceived, we observe two others, situated between the origin of the elytra and that of the wings : they belong to the mesothorax. There are none in the metatho- rax, unless we consider the two of the first abdominal segments, as supplementary to the thorax, a consideration founded on what occurs in the Diptera and Hymenop- terous Insects with a pediculated abdomen, where these two stigmata, with the semi-segment in which they are placed, make part of the thorax. Thus, generally speaking, the hexapoda have eight pairs of abdominal stigmata, the two last of which, however, are frequently obliterated. In Acrydium, Truxalis, and Libellula, each side of the mesothorax presents a stig- ma, or those which Marcel de Serres calls tremaeres. In these latter Insects, as well as in others with naked wings, or without elytra, the two first thoracic stigmata are placed above, between the prothorax and the mesothorax. With the exception of the Libellulse, the thorax proper offers no other distinct stigmata — I say thorax proper, because, as we have already observed, the two first of the abdomen, in several, are referable to the posterior extremity of the thorax. The metathorax of the Pentatomse, and Scutellerse is provided inferiorly with a pair of stigmata. In the apterous Spec- INS-ECTA. 329 They all have two antennae and a distinct head. The nervous sys- tem of most Insects — the Hexapoda — is generally composed of a brain formed of two opposing ganglions, united at base, giving off eight pairs of nerves and two single ones, and of twelve ganglions*, all inferior. The two first are situated near the junction of the head with the thorax, and are longitudinally contiguous ; the anterior sends nerves to the lower lip and adjacent parts ; the second, third and fourth belong to each of the three first segments, or those which form the thorax in the Hexapoda ; the remaining ganglions belong to the abdomen, so that the last or the twelfth corresponds to its seventh ring, and is immediately followed by those which compose the organs of generation ; each of these ganglions transmits nerves to the parts of its respective segments. The two last, which are closely approximated, also send some to the terminal annuli of the body. The frontal region exhibits three particular ganglions called frontal by Lyonet, from the first of which arises posteriorly a great nerve with enlargements, the longest of all, that he denominates the recurrent. The first ordinary or sub-cesophagean ganglion, gives off, according to him, four pairs of nerves, and each of the following ones, two ; so that by counting the eight pairs of the brain, and the ten spinal bridles, which may also be considered as so many pairs of nerves, we shall have in all forty-five pairs, exclusive of the two solitary nerves above-mentioned, or from twelve to fourteen more than are found in the human subject. The two nervous cords which form the ganglions by their union, are tubular and composed of two tunicks, in the exterior of which we observe trachese ; a medullary substance fills the central canal. The admirable work of M. Herold on the anatomy of the larva of the great Papilio brassicce , L., studied throughout its various degrees of developement, and to the period of its transformation into a chrysalis, shows us that the ner- vous system and that of the digestive organs experience remarkable changes ; that in the beginning, the nervous cords are longer and further apart, an observation which strengthens the opinion of one of the greatest zootomists of the age, Doctor Serres, on the origin and developement of the nervous system. In our general remarks on points common to the three classes of articulated animals provided with articulated feet, we mentioned the various opinions of pliysi- tra, there is none in the second segment or mesothorax ; but in the following one or the metathorax, there are two pairs, one anterior, which being situated near the articulation of this segment with the preceding, may be considered as belonging to the latter, and the other smaller, and placed close to that of the first abdominal segment. * Several of the Lamcllicornes in a perfect state form exceptions. 330 INSECTA. ologists with respect to the seat of the sense of hearing and of smell. We will merely add, in regard to the former, that the little nervous frontal ganglions of which he have spoken, seem to confirm the opinion of those who, like Scarpa, place it in the origin of the an- tennse. I have detected two small orifices near the eyes of certain Lepidoptera, which, perhaps, are auditory canals. If, in several Insects, particularly those furnished with filiform, or long, setaceous antennae, they (the antennae) are organs of touch, it seems to us difficult to account for the extraordinary developement they acquire in certain families, and more particularly in the males, if we refuse to admit that they are then the seat of smell. The palpi also, in some cases, as when they are greatly dilated at the extremity, may possibly be the principal organs of smell, part of which sense may also perhaps belong to the ligula. The digestive system consists of a preparatory or buccal apparatus, intestinal canal, biliary vessels, also called hepatic vessels , those styled salivary , but which are less general, free and floating vessels called excrementitious, the epiploon or corps graisseux , and probably of the dorsal vessel. This system is singularly modified according to the difference of the aliment, or forms a great number of particular types, of which we shall speak when treating of families. We will merely say a word with respect to the buccal apparatus and the prin- cipal divisions of the intestinal canal, beginning with the latter. In those where it is the most complicated, as in the carnivorous Coleop- tera, we observe a pharynx, oesophagus, crop, gizzard, stomach or chylific ventricle, and intestines which are divided into the small in- testines, great intestine or caecum, and the rectum. In those Insects where the tongue, properly so called, is laid on the anterior or inter- nal face of the lip, or is not free, the pharynx is situated on that same face and this is most commonly the case *. We will also add, that a naturalist who first furnished us with correct observations on the respiratory organs of the Mygales, M. Gaede, professor of natural history at Liege, does not consider the biliary vessels as secreting organs — this opinion, however, does not appear to be sufficiently well founded, and the observations of M. Leon Dufour f . even seem to destroy it. * See what we have stated respecting the ligula, in our general remarks on the three classes. -f~ This latter naturalist, whom I shall have frequent occasion to mention, has published, with the most minute detail, every thing relative to the digestive system of Insects, in a series of admirable Memoirs, which have enriched the Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Well arranged resumd of the whole by M. Victor Audouinmay he found in the Diet. Class. d’Hist. Nat., article Insectes. INSECT A. 331 Some few, and always apterous Insectes, such as the Myriapoda, approximate to several of the Crustacea, either in the number of the annuli of their body and in their legs, or in some points of analogy in the conformation of the parts of the mouth ; but> all the others never have more than six legs, and their body, the number of whose segments never extends beyond twelve, is always divided into three principal parts, the head, trunk , and abdomen. Among the latter Insects, some are found without wings, that always preserve their natal form, and merely increase in size and change their skin * In this respect they bear some analogy to the animals of the preceding classes. Nearly all the remaining Hexapoda have wings ; but these organs, and even frequently the feet, do not make their appearance at first, but are only developed after a series of changes, more or less remarkable, styled metamorphoses, of which we shall soon have to speak. The head f bears the antennce , eyes , and mouth. The composi tion and form of the antennae are much more various than in the Crustacea, and are frequently more developed or longer in the males than in the females. The eyes are either compound or simple ; the first, according to the baron Cuvier, Marcel de Serres and others, are formed : 1, of a cornea, divided into numerous little facets, which is so much the more convex, as the insect is more carnivorous ; its internal surface is covered with an opaque, and variously coloured, but slightly fluid substance, usually, however, of a black or deep violet hue : 2, of a choroides, fixed by its contour and edges to the cornea, covered with a black varnish, exhibiting numerous air vessels, arising from tolera- bly large trunks of tracheae in the head, whose branches form a cir- cular trachea round the eye : it is frequently wanting, however, as well as the choroides, in various nocturnal insects ; 3, of nerves aris- ing from a large trunk, proceeding directly from the brain, which then opens, forming a reversed cone, the base of which is next to the eye, and each of whose rays or threads traversing the choroides and lining matter of the cornea, terminates in one of its facets : there is no crystalline nor vitreous humour. Several, besides these compound eyes, have simple ones, the cor- * My Hornotencs (similar to the end) or the Ametobolia of Leach. f Its surface is divided into several little regions or arcae called the clypeus (nose of Kirby), the face , the front , the vertex or summit , and the cheeks. The term clypeus being equivocal, I have substituted for it that of epistoma or overmouth. It gives insertion to the labrum or upper lip. 332 INSECT A. nea of which is smooth. They are usually three in number, and are disposed in a triangle on the top of the head. In most of the Aptera, and in the larvse of those that are winged, they replace the former, and are frequently united in a group; those of the Arachnides seem to indicate that they are fitted for the purposes of vision. The mouth of hexapodous insects is generally composed of six principal parts, four of which are lateral, are disposed in pairs, and move transversely ; the other two, opposed to each other in a contrary direction, occupy the space comprised between the former : one is placed above the superior pair, and the other beneath the inferior. In the triturating insects (broyeurs), or those which feed on solid matters, the four lateral parts perform the office of jaws, the other two being considered as lips ; but, as we have already observed, the two superior jaws have been distinguished by the peculiar appellation of mandibles , the others alone bearing that of maxillae or jaivs ; the latter are also furnished with one or two articulated filaments called palpi , a character never exhibited, in this class, by the man- dibles. Their extremity is often terminated by two divisions or lobes, the exterior of which, in the Orthoptera, is called the galea. We have already said that the upper lip was called the labrum. The other, or the labium, properly so styled, is formed of two parts ; the one, inferior and solid, is the mentum or chin ; the other, which is usually provided with two palpi, is the ligula *. In the Suctoria, or those that live by the suction of fluid aliament these various organs of manducation present themselves under two kinds of general modifications. In the first, the mandibles and the jaws are replaced by little laminae in the form of setae or lancets, forming, by their union, a sort of sucker, which is received into a sheath, supplying the place of a labium, and is either cylindrical or conical, and articulated in the form of a rostrum , or fleshy or mem- branous, inarticulated, and terminated by two lips constituting a * With respect to this, see what is stated in the general remarks which precede the particular exposition of each class. The inferior lip appears to us to be a mere modification of the second jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, combined with their ligula. The changes gradually effected in these parts in the Crustacea, Archnides, and Myriapoda, seem to authorize this idea. According to this hypothesis, the six thoracic legs are analogous to the foot-jaws, a fact already recognized with regard to the Crustacea of the genus Apus. The five first abdominal segments of the Hex- apoda will then represent those, which, in the Crustacea Decapoda, bear the legs properly so called, or the third and four following pairs of the Amphipoda and Iso- poda. All the observations that have been published on the thorax of Insects, al- though otherwise useful, will necessarily be liable to continual changes, when that part of the body is compared in the three classes of articulated animals provided with articulated feet. In this respect our nomenclature is far from being fixed. INSECTA. 333 proboscis. The labrum is triangular and arched, and covers the base of the sucker. In the second modification, the labrum and mandibles are nearly obliterated, or are extremely small : the labium is no longer free, and is only distinguishable by the presence of two palpi, to which it gives insertion : the jaws have acquired a most extraordinary length, and are transformed into tubular filaments, which, being united at their edges, compose a sort of spiral proboscis called the tongue , but which, to avoid all equivocation, it would be better to call spirigna- tha ; its interior exhibits three canals, the intermediate of which is the duct of the alimentary juices. At the base of each of these fila- ments is a palpus, usually very small, and but slightly apparent. The Myriapoda are the only insects in which the mouth presents another mode of organization — it will be explained in treating of that order. The trunk * of insects, or that intermediate portion of their body which bears the legs, is generally designated by the term thorax , or corselet by the French. It is composed of three segments, not well distinguished at first, the relative proportions of which vary consider- ably. Sometimes, as in the Coleoptera the anterior, much the largest, separated from the following one by an articulation, moveable, and alone exposed, appears at the first glance to constitute the entire trunk, and is called the thorax or corselet ; sometimes, as in the Hy- menoptera, Lepidoptera, &c., it is much shorter than the ensuing one, has the appearance of a collar, and, with the two others, forms a common body, attached to the abdomen by a pedicle, or adhering closely to it across its whole posterior width, and is also called thorax. These distinctions were insufficient, and frequently ambiguous, inas- much as they were not based on a ternary division, distinctly an- nounced by me in the first edition of this work, as a character pro- per to the Hexapod a. M. Kirby having already employed the deno- mination of metathorax , to designate the after-thorax f, that of * This term, here, is synonymous with that of thorax. In order to avoid confusion, I think it would be better to restrict the application of the former to the Linnaean Aptera with more than six legs, and where those organs are borne by particular seg- ments, that is, where the head is distinct from the trunk. With respect to the Crustacea in which these parts of the body are confounded, the thorax might be called thoracida ; and cephalo-thorax in the Arachnides, animals presenting the same character, but in which the trunk or thorax is more simple and provided with fewer appendages. The Entomostraca, in this respect, approach the latter, but as they belong to another class, the term thoracida should still be applied to them ; that of thorax would then be exclusively appropriated to the Hexapoda. f This segment should not be restricted, in the Hymcnoptcra, to this superior, very short, and transverse division of the thorax, on the sides of which the second 334 1NSECTA. prothorax and mesothorax , the ternary division once established, naturally presented itself to the mind, and the celebrated professor Nitzsch was the first to employ it. Some naturalists have since desig- nated the prothorax or anterior segment, that which bears the two first feet, by the term collar, collare. Wishing to retain the deno- mination of corselet, but to restrain its application within proper limits, we will employ that term in all those cases where this seg- ment is much larger than the others, and where these latter are join- ed to the abdomen, and seem to constitute an integral part of it — a dis- position proper to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and several of the Hemiptera. When the prothorax is short, and forms with the suc- ceeding segments a common and exposed mass, the trunk composed of the three will retain the name of thorax. We will also continue to style pectus the inferior surface of the trunk, dividing it according to the segments, into three arese, the ante-pectus , medio- pectus , and post-pectus. The median line will also constitute the sternum, which we divide into three parts : the ante-sternum, medio-sternum, and post-sternum . The teguments of the thoracic segments, as well as of those of the abdomen, are usually divided into two annuli or semi-annuli, the one dorsal or superior, the other inferior, laterally united by a soft and flexible membrane, which, however, is but a portion of the same tegument that in many Insects, the Coleoptera particularly, is less firm. At the point of junction between these annuli we observe a little space of a more solid texture, or of the consistence of the annulus itself, which bears a stigma, so that the sides of the abdomen present a longitudinal series of small pieces, or each segment seems to be quadripartite. Other equally corneous pieces occupy the inferior sides of the mesothorax and metathorax and immediately under the origin of the elytra and wings, which are supported by another longi- tudinal piece. The relations of these parts, the size and form of the first joint of the coxae, the manner in which they are articulated with wings are inserted. It is also formed of that portion of the thorax which extends backwards to the origin of the abdomen, a circumstance which evidently demonstrates the position of the two last stigmata of the trunk, they being placed on the sides of this extremity, behind the wings, and above the last pair of legs. I am even of the opinion that this observation will apply to all winged Insects. Their metathorax should be divided, at least above, into two parts or semi-segments, one, in the Tetraptera, bearing the second wings and destitute of stigmata, and the other fur- nished with them ; sometimes this latter portion, as in nearly all Insects, the Hyme- uoptera with a pediculated abdomen, the Rhipiptera and Diptela excepted, appears to belong to abdomen sometimes it is incorporated with the trunk or thorax and closes it posteriorly, as in those last mentioned. In the Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepi- doptera and Diptera, the two anterior or thoracic segments are placed between the prothorax and the mesothorax. The abdomen will then consist of nine complete seg- ments, the three last of which compose the organs of generation. INSECTA. 335 the semi-annulus to which they belong, the extent and direction of that semi-annulus varying, furnish the thorax, thus considered, with a combination of characters, which in a systematic point of view are of great importance. Some naturalists, Knoch in particular, had already employed them, but on no fixed principle, and under arbitrary denominations. A necessary preliminary step was the careful and comparative study of the thorax, as it exists in all the orders of the class of Insects. This was undertaken at my request, by the late Lachat. His friend, M. Victor Audouin, has prosecuted his re- searches and presented to the Academic des Sciences an excellent memoir on the subject. All that is yet known of it, however, is from the general sketch given by the Baron Cuvier in his report *, * The exposition of the parts of the thorax, and a fixed nomenclature created for them, says the Baron in his report, should naturally be placed at the head of the work. The trunk of Insects is always divisible into three annuli, each of which bears a pair of legs, called by M. Audouin, from their position, the prothorax, the mesothorax, and the metathorax. Besides these legs, the mesothorax bears the first pair of wings, and the metathorax the second. Each of these three segments is composed of four parts: one inferior, two lateral (forming the pectus), and a fourth superior, which constitutes the back : the inferior is called the sternum ; the lateral portion, or the flank, is divided into three principal parts, one which is attached to the sternum, called episternum, another behind the first, and to which the coxa is articulated, the epimera (dpimere). A little moveable piece, hitherto unknown, which serves to unite the epimera and the coxa, is named trochantinus, (trochantin) by way of distinguishing it from trochanter. The third piece of the flank, which in the mesothorax and metathorax is situated before the episternum and under the wing, is called the hypothera. Sometimes there is also a small cor- neous piece round the stigma, styled the peritrema. The superior portion of each segment, which the author calls tergum, is divided into four pieces, named, from their position in each ring, prcescutum, scutum, and postscutellum. The first is fre- quently, and the fourth almost always, concealed in the interior. Naturalists have seldom distinguished any other part of the mesothorax but the scutellum, which is frequently remarkable for its large size and its configuration, although an analogous piece is found in the three segments. Thus the trunk of Insects may be divided into thirty-three principal parts, and, if we count the hypothera, the number will amount to forty-three, more or less visible in the interior. From these pieces, besides, arise various internal productions, which, on account of their uses and im- portance, require to be named : thus, from the posterior portion of the sternum of each segment, a vertical apophysis arises internally, sometimes shaped like a Y, called by M. Audouin the entothorax. It furnishes insertions to muscles and pro- tects the medullary cord ; an analogous one is seen in the head and sometimes in the first annuli of the abdomen. Other internal prominences result from the pro- longation of the external neighbouring pieces that are soldered together. M. Au- douin names them apodema (apoddmes). Some of them give insertion to muscles, others to the wings : — finally, there are other small moveable pieces either internally and between the muscles, or at the base of the wings, which our author styles the (dpiddmes) epidema. We have stated that the principal pieces, or vestiges of them, are always to be found, but they are frequently far from being separable. In par- ticular genera, or in certain orders, many are only to be distinguished by traces of sutures. M. Audouin — Diet. Class. d’Hist. Nat., art. Insectes — has since substi- tuted the name of paraptera for that of hypoptera. That of entothorax will also be changed, in some situations, into entocephala, relative to the head — and into ento- gaster, as respects the abdomen. He remarks that the head of Insects is composed of several segments. We have also observed, that the rostrum of the Cicadae, repre- senting the lower lip, is not attnehed to the head but to the membrane which 336 INSECTA. and by the extract published by the author in the article Insect es of the Diet. Class. d’Histoire Naturelle. Before we can adopt his nomenclature, and apply it generally, we must wait until his work and the figures which accompany it are published ; for all practical purposes, however, the denominations already introduced may suffice. A second production relative to the same subject, which both justice and friendship here compel me to notice, is that of M. Chabrier on the flight of insects. It forms part of the Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., but is sold separately. The figures are executed on a great scale, as are also those of a Memoir of Jurine, Sen. on the wings of the Hymenoptera, a work, like the preceding one, which is the result of infinite patience. As Insects inhabit all kinds of dwellings, they are provided with all sorts of locomotive organs, wings and feet, which in several, act as fins. The wings are membranous, dry, elastic organs, usually diapha- nous, and attached to the sides of the back of the thorax : the first, when there are four, or when they are unique, on those of its second segment, and the second on those of the following or of the meta- thorax. They are composed of two membranes laid one on the other, and are traversed in various directions by more or less numerous nervures, which are so many tracheal tubes, now forming a network, and then simple veins. A celebrated naturalist, Jurine, Sen., has taken advantage of the disposition and decussation of these nervures * in a systematic point of view. The Libellulae, Apes, Vespse, Papiliones, &c., have four wings ; but those of the latter are covered with small scales, which at the first glance resemble dust, and give them the magnificent colours in which they are drest. They are easily removed with the finger, and that portion of the wing becomes transparent. By the aid of glasses we discover that these scales are of various figures, and implanted in the wing by means of a pedicle, arranged gradually and in series, like tiles on a roof. Before the superior wings of these Insects are two species of epaulettes — -jptery- goda — which extend posteriorly along a portion of the back on which they are laid. The wings of some Insects remain straight, or are unites it with the thorax, and thus also we find that the two medullary cords form two contiguous ganglions under the mouth. In accordance with these views, we consider the first segment of the body of the Scolopendrae, that which bears the two hooks, as an analogous division of the head. It seems that Knoch had distin- guished the epimera by the names of scapulae, and parapleurae, the post-pectus by that of acetabulum, while the mediopectus was his peristcethium . The first joint of the four posterior coxae, in most of the Coleoptera, forms a transverse plate, enclosed in the flanks, and is the piece, as far as I can judge, that he calls the mcerium. * See general observations on the Hymenoptera. INSECTA. 337 doubled transversely. Those of others are folded or plaited longi- tudinally like a fan. Sometimes they are horizontal, and sometimes inclined in the manner of a roof : in several they cross on the back, and in others they are distant *. Directly under them, in the Diptera are two small moveable threads with a claviform termination, which, according to the general opinion f, seem to replace the two wings that are wanting. They are called (balanciers) halter es. Other two- winged and more extraordinary Insects have also two halteres, but situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax, which to distin- guish from the others we will call prohalter es. Above these append- ages is a little membranous scale formed of two pieces united by one of their edges and resembling a bivalve shell — it is the alula or cueilleron. The same appendage is also observed under the elytra (at their base) of some aquatic Coleoptera. Many Insects, such as the Melolonthse, Cantharides, &c., in lieu of the two superior or anterior wings, are furnished with two species of scales, more or less solid and opaque, which open and close, and be- neath which, when at rest, the wings are transversely folded. These scales or wing cases are called elytra J. The Insects provided with them are named Coleoptera , and in such they are never absent, though this is sometimes the case with respect to the wings. In other Insects the extremity of the scale is completely membranous, or like the wing : they are styled Hemiptera. The scutel or scutellum is usually a small triangular piece, situated on the back of the mesothorax, and between the insertions of the elytra or of the wings. Sometimes it is very large, and then it covers the greater part of the superior portion of the abdomen. In various Hymenoptera, behind the scutellum and on the meta- thorax, we find a little space called the post-scutellum. The ambulatory organs of locomotion consist of a coxa formed of two pieces, a femur , an uniarticulated tibia, and of a tarsus , which is divided into several phalanges. The number of its articulations varies from three to five, a difference which greatly depends upon the proportional changes experienced by the first and penultimate * The Insect is supposed to be at rest. The rapid vibration of these organs appears to us to be one of the principal causes of the humming produced by these animals. The explanations hitherto given of it are not satisfactory. + They are, in my opinion,- appendages of the tracheae of the first abdominal segment, and correspond to that space, perforated with a small hole, adjacent to the anterior side of an opening, with a membranous and internal diaphragm, that is seen on each side in the same segment in several species of Acrydium. See my Mem. sur les Append. Artie, des Insect., in the Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. + For their chemicai composition, see Odier, Mem. cit. in the Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. ; and the article Insectcs of the same work. VOL. I. z 338 INSECTA. joints. Although their supputation may sometimes prove embarrass- ing, and this numerical series may not always be in exact accordance with the natural order, it furnishes a good character for the distinc- tion of genera. The last joint is usually terminated by two hooks. The form of the tarsi is subject to some modifications, according to the habits of the animal. Those of aquatic species are usually strongly ciliated and flattened, and resemble oars *. The abdomen, which forms the third and last part of the body, is confounded in the Myriapoda, with the thorax : but in all other Insects, or those which have but six feet, it is distinct. It contains the viscera and the sexual organs, presenting nine or ten segments or annuli, some of which, however, are frequently concealed or con- siderably reduced. The organs of generation are situated at the posterior extremity and issue through the anus. The Iuli and Libellulse alone constitute exceptions. The last annuli of the abdo- men, in several females, form a retractile or always projecting ovipositor — oviscapte of Marcel de Serres — more or less complicated, which act as an auger. A sting is substituted for it in many of the female Hymenoptera. The fecundating organ of the male is almost provided with hooks or a forceps j\ The sexes usually copulate but once, and this junction in certain genera is even sufficient for the fecundation of several successive generations. The male places himself on the back of his mate, and remains there for some time. The latter soon lays her eggs J, and deposits them in the way best adapted for their preservation, and in such a manner that the moment the larvae make their appearance, suitable aliment is always within their reach. Frequently she collects provisions for them. This maternal solicitude often excites our surprise, and more particularly unveils the instinct of Insects. In the numerous societies of several of these animals, such as the Ant, Termes, Wasp, Bee, &c., those * M. Kirby, in his Monograph of the Bees of England, designates the two anterior tarsi by the name of hands. The first joint is the palm, — palma. This gentleman, in conjunction with M. Spence, has published a very complete and detailed work on the elements of Entomology. f The generating organs of the male consists of an apparatas for the elabora- tion of the semen, and of the parts proper to copulation. The preparatory ap- paratus is composed of testes, vasa deferentia, and vesiculse seminales. The copu- lating instrument is a penis provided with an armature consisting of surrounding parts, of various forms, acting like pincers or forceps, with which the male seizes the posterior extremity of the body of the female. The sexual apparatus of the latter is composed of an ovary, the receptacle or calyx formed by its base and the oviduct. For more minute details, see the memoirs of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., and the Dissertation of Hegetschweiler, Zurich, 1820. + M. Audouin supposes, that, in a great number of Insects, the ova are fecun- dated, as they descend, in a sac situated near the anus ; but this idea requires to be confirmed by experiment, and one of those naturalists who have most closely studied the anatomy of these animals, M. Dufour, is of a different opinion. 1NSECTA. 339 individuals which form the greater portion of the community, and by whose labour and vigilance the whole community are maintained, have been considered as being of neither sex. They have also been designated by the terms of labourers and mules. It is now known, however, that they are females, whose sexual organs or ovaries have not been fully developed, and that if an amelioration of their diet perfect those organs at a particular epoch while they are young they become fruitful. The ova are sometimes hatched in the abdomen of the mother ; she is then viviparous. The number of generations in a year depends on the duration of each of them. Most commonly there is but one or two. A species, all things being equal, is so much the more com- mon, as one generation succeeds more rapidly to another, and as the female is more prolific. A female Papilio or Butterfly, post coitum, lays her eggs, from which are hatched, not Butterflies, but animals with an elongated body, divided into rings, and a head furnished with jaws and several small eyes, having very short feet, six of which are anterior, scaly, and pointed, the rest varying in number and membranous, being attached to the posterior annuli. These animals, caterpillars , live in this state for a certain period, and repeatedly change their skin. An epoch, however, arrives, when from this skin of a caterpillar issues a totally different being, of an oblong form and without distinct limbs, which soon ceases to move and remains a long time apparently desic- cated and dead under the name of a chrysalis . By close examination we may discover on the external surface of this chrysalis, lineaments which represent all the parts of the Butterfly, but under proportions differing from those they are one day to possess. After a longer or shorter period, the skin of the chrysalis splits, and the Butterfly, humid and soft, with flabby short wings, issues from it — a few mo- ments, however, and it is dry, the wings enlarge and become firm, and the perfect animal is ready for flight. It has six long legs, an- tennae, a spiral proboscis, and compound eyes — in a word, it has no resemblance whatever to the caterpillar, from which it has originated, for it is ascertained that these various changes are nothing more than the successive development of parts contained one within the other. This is what is styled the metamorphosis of Insects. In their first condition they are called larvce, in their second pupce or nymphs, and in the third perfect insects. It is only in the last state that they are capable of reproduction. All insects do not pass through these three states. Those which z 2 340 INSECTA. are apterous issue from the ovum with the form they are always to preserve*: they are said to he without a metamorphosis . Of those that have wings, many experience no other change than that of receiving them : these are said to undergo a denii-metamorphosis. Their larva resembles the perfect insect, with the single exception of the wings, which are totally wanting. The nymph only differs from the larva in possessing stumps or rudiments of wings, which are developed at its final change of tegument, and render the animal per- fect. Such are the Cymeces, Grylli, &c. Finally, the remaining Insects provided with wings, that are said to undergo a complete meta- morphosis, are at first larvce, resembling caterpillars or Worms, and then become motionless nymphs , but presenting in that state all the parts of the perfect insect contracted, and as if wrapped in a bandage. In thenjunphof the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, &c., these parts, though closely approximated and in contact with the body, are free ; but they are not so in that of the Lepidoptera aild of many Diptera. An elastic or solid skin is moulded over the body and its external parts, forming a kind of case for it. That of the chrysalides of the Lepidoptera merely consisting of a simple pellicle applied to the external organs, following their contour in every direction, and forming, for each of them, so many moulds, like the envelope of a mummy, allows us to recognise and distinguish them f; but those of Flies and Syrphi, formed of the dried skin of the larva, resemble an egg-like shell. It is a species of capsule or case in which the animal is shut up J. Many larvae, before they pass into their pupa state, prepare a cocoon in which they enclose themselves, either with silk which they draw from the interior of their bodies by means of the spinning apparatus of their lip, or other materials which they collect. The perfect Insect issues from the nymph through a fissure or slit which opens on the back of the thorax. In the pupae of Flies one of the extremities is detached, like a cap, to allow the egress of the animal. The larvae and pupae of those Insects which experience a demi- metamorphosis only differ from the same in a perfect state, in the absence of wings. The other external organs are precisely alike. But in such as undergo a complete metamorphosis, the form of the body of the larva has no constant relation with that it is to possess in its perfect state. It is usually more elongated ; the head is frequently * The Pulex, the female Mutillce, the Working Ants, and some few other Insects excepted. f* Pupa obtectaf L. t Pupa coarctata, L. INSECTA. 341 very different, as well in its consistence as in its figure, having mere rudiments of antennae, or perhaps none at all ; there are never any compound eyes. There is also a great disparity in the organs of manducation, as may be easily seen by comparing the mouth of a caterpillar with that of the Butterfly, or the mouth of the larva of a Fly with that of the perfect Insect. Several of these larvae are destitute of feet ; others, such as the caterpillars, have many, all the six first excepted, membranous, and without terminal hooks. Some Insects, such as the Ephemerae, exhibit a singular anomaly in their metamorphosis — the animal arrived at its perfect state undergoes another change of tegument (a). The Insects which constitute our three first orders preserve for life their natal form. The Myriapoda, however, exhibit a kind of metamorphosis. At first they have but six legs, or, according to Savi, are altogether destitute of them; the others, as well as the seg- ments on which they depend, are developed by age. But few vegetable substances are protected from the voracity of Insects ; and as those which are necessary or useful to Man are not spared by them more than others, they become very injurious, parti- cularly during seasons which favour their multiplication. Their destruction greatly depends upon our vigilance and knowledge of their habits. Some of them are omnivorous — such are the Termites, Ants, &c., whose ravages are but too well known. Several of those which are carnivorous, and all the species which feed on dead animal and excrementitious matters, are a benefit conferred on us by the Author of Nature, and somewhat compensate for the inconvenience and injury we experience from the others. Some are employed in medicine, the arts, and our domestic economy. They have numerous enemies : Fishes destroy many of the aquatic species; Birds, Bats, Lizards, &c., deliver us from a part of those which inhabit the air or earth. Most of them endeavour to escape by flight or running from the dangers that surround them, but some have recourse to stratagem or arms. Having undergone their ultimate transformation, and being pos- sessed of all their faculties, they hasten to propagate their species : — this aim once accomplished, they soon cease to exist. Thus, each of tl Se depouillent encore de lcurs ailes,” is the unguarded expression of our author. It is not the wings alone, but the entire animal, after attaining its perfect condition, that is thus divested of its external pellicle, even to the slender, setaceous appendages which terminate the posterior extremity of the body. It is the common May- fly of America. — Eng. Ed. 342 INSECTA. the three finer seasons of the year produces species peculiar to it. The females and males of those which live in societies, however, enjoy a longer term of life. Individuals hatched in autumn shelter them- selves from the rigours of winter, and reappear in spring. The species, like those of plants, are circumscribed within geogra- phical limits. Those of the western continent for instance, a very few, and all from the north, excepted, are strictly peculiar to it ; such also is the case with several genera. The eastern continent, in turn, possesses others which are unknown in the western. The Insects of the south of Europe and north of Africa, and of the western and southern countries of Asia, have a strong mutual resemblance. The same may be said of those which inhabit the Moluccas, and more eastern islands, those of the Southern Ocean included. Several northern species are found in the mountains of southern countries. Those of Africa differ greatly from the opposite portions of America. The Insects of Southern Asia, from the Indies on the Sind eastward, to the confines of .China, are very much alike. The intertropical regions, covered with immense and well- watered forests, are the richest in Insects of any on the globe; Brazil and Guiana are particularly so. All general systems or methods relative to Insects are reduced essentially to three. Swammerdam based his on their metamor- phoses ; that of Linnaeus was founded on the presence or absence of wings, their number, consistence, superposition, the nature of their surface, and on the deficiency or presence of a sting. Fabricius had recourse to the parts of the mouth alone. In all these arrangements the Crustacea and Arachnides are placed among the Insects, and in that of Linnaeus, the one generally adopted, they are even the last. Brisson, however, had separated them, and his class of the Crustacea, which he places before that of Insects, comprises all of those animals which have more than six feet, or the Insectes Apiropodes of M. Savigny. Although this order is more natural than that of Linnaeus, it was not followed ; and it is only in modern times, that anatomical observations and their rigorously exact application have brought us to the natural method *. I divide this class into twelve orders: the three first of which, composed of apterous Insects, undergoing no essential change of form or habits, merely subject to simple changes of tegument, or to a * Cuv., Tabl. Eldm. de 1’Hist. Nat. des Anim., and Legons d’Anat. Compar. ; Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Verteb. ; Latr., Precis des Caract. Gdner. des Insect., and Gen. Crnst. et Insect. For more minute details, see also the excellent elemen- tary work of Kirby and Spence. INSECTA. 343 kind of a metamorphosis, which increases the number of legs, and that of the annuli of the body, correspond to the order of the Arach- nides antennistes of Lamarck. The organ of sight in these animals is usually a mere (more or less considerable) assemblage of simple eyes resembling granules. The following orders compose the class of Insects of the same author. That of the Suctoria, which only comprises the genus Pulex, from its natural relations should appa- rently terminate the class, but as I place those Insects which are apterous at the beginning, this order, for the sake of regularity in the system, should immediately follow that of the Parasita. Certain English naturalists have formed new orders, based upon the wings ; I see no necessity, however, for admitting them, that of the Stresiptera excepted, the name of which appears to me to be erroneous* * * §, and which I will call Rhipiptera f. In the first order, or the Myriapod a, there are more than six feet — twenty-four and upwards — arranged along the whole length of the body, on a suite of annuli, each of which bears one or two pairs, and of which the first, and in several even the second, seem to form a part of the mouth. They are apterous J. In the second, or the Thysanoura, there are six legs, and the abdo- men is furnished on its sides with moveable parts, in the form of false feet, or terminated by appendages fitted for leaping. In the third, or the Parasita, we find six legs, no wings, and no other organs of sight than ocelli ; the mouth, in a great measure, is internal, and consists of a snout containing a retractile sucker, or in a slit between two lips, with two hooked mandibles. In the fourth, or the Suctoria, there are six legs, but no wings § ; the mouth is composed of a sucker inclosed in a cylindrical sheath, formed of two articulated portions. In the fifth, or the Coleoptera, there are six legs, and four wings, the two superior of which have the form of cases, and mandibles, and maxillee ( a ) for mastication : the inferior wings are simply folded cross- * Twisted wings. The parts taken for elytra are not so. See this order. f Wings folded like a fan. X Destitute of wings and scutellum. § They undergo metamorphoses and acquire organs of locomotion which they did not possess at first. This character is common to the following orders, but in the latter the metamorphosis developes another sort of locomotive organs — the wings. {£^=»(a) The maxillce of coleopterous Insects^ in Conjunction with the mandibles, usu- ally have this triturating function assigned to them. M. Hentz, a distinguished Ame- rican entomologist, Trans.' Phil. Soc., Ill, part ii, p. 458, is of the opinion that in many cases the maxillae must be considered as mere appendages to the tongue, and that their office is to assist in deglutition, seldom serving to grind or lacerate, except in the Meloiont/ndre , Rufclidtc , and some others, where there seems to be a departure from their primary use. In corroboration of this idea he adduces the configuration 344 INSECTA. wise, and the cases, always horizontal, are crustaceous. They ex- perience a complete metamorphosis. In the sixth or the Orthqptera there are six legs; four wings, the two superior in the form of cases, and mandibles and jaws for mastication, covered at the extremity by a galea ; the inferior wings are folded in two directions, or simply in their length, and the inner margins of the cases, usually coriaceous, are crossed. They only experience a semi-metamorphosis. In the seventh or the Hemiptera, there are six legs and four wings, the two superior in the form of crustaceous cases, with membranous extremities, or similar to the inferior, but larger and firmer ; the mandibles and jaws are replaced by setse forming a sucker, enclosed in a sheath composed of one articulated, cylindrical or conical piece, in the form of a rostrum. In the eighth or the Neuroptera, there are six legs, four mem- branous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastification ; the wings are finely reticulated, and the inferior are usually as large as the superior, or more extended in one of their diameters. In the ninth or the Hymenoptera, there are six feet, and four membranous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastica- tion ; the inferior wings are smaller than the others, and the abdo- men of the female is almost always terminated by a terebra or sting. Inathe tenth or the Lepidoptera, there are six legs, four mem- branous wings, covered with small coloured scales resembling dust ; a horny production in the form of an epaulette, and directed back- wards, is inserted before each upper wing, and the jaws are replaced by two united tubular filaments, forming a kind of spirally convo- luted tongue j\ of the maxillae of several Insects, in which he has been fortunate enough to detect a retractile appendage hitherto unknown. The first is the Cantharis mcirginata, Fab., whose maxillae, when dried, offer but one bifid lobe ; if, however, the abdomen and thorax of the recent animal be gi’adually compressed, a soft, elastic, sub-conic body is protruded from the cleft of that lobe, more than half its length, and extending beyond the palpi ; a second appendage of the same kind, and about half its length, projects, at right angles from the base of the first, which is directed forwards, both are covered with hairs. The second is the Canth. bimaculata, Fab., in whidh this appendage is still more sensibly and easily displayed, protruding by pressure from each maxilla in the form of a tapering filament covered with fine hairs, susceptible of considerable extension, reaching beyond the middle of the antennse, and consequently more than double the length of the maxilla itself. T have verified these facts in this last species. The use of these organs in collectiong nourishment from flowers is evident. See Trans. Phil. Soc. ut sup. pi. XV, f. i, e, and f. ii, e. — Eng. Ed. * De Geer established this order under the name of Dermaptera, improperly changed by Olivier to that of Orthoptera. We preserve the latter, however, as na- turalists have generally adopted it. 'b Spiritrompe. See our general observations on the class. The thorax of the Lepidoptera has more analogy with that of the Neuroptera than with that of the Hymenoptera, the segment which I have called the mediate appearing to form INSECTA. 345 In the eleventh or the Rhipiptera, there are six legs, two mem- branous wings folded like a fan, and two crustaceous moveable bodies, resembling little elytra * *, situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax ; the organs of manducation are simple, setaceous jaws with two palpi. In the twelfth or the Diptera, there are six legs, two membranous extended wings, accompanied, in most of them, by two moveable bodies or halteres, placed behind them ; the organs of manducation are a sucker composed of a variable number of setae, inclosed in an inarticulated sheath, most frequently in the form of a proboscis terminated by two lips. ORDER I. MYRIAPODA f. The Myriapoda commonly called Centipedes, are the only animals of this class which have more than six feet in their perfect state, and whose abdomen is not distinct from the trunk. Their body, destitute of wings, is composed of a (usually) numerous suite of annuli, most commonly equal, each of which, a few of the first excepted, bears two pairs of feet mostly terminated by a single hook ; these annuli are either entire or divided into two demi-segments, each bearing a pair of those organs, and one of them only exhibiting two stigmata J. The Myriapoda in general resemble little Serpents or Nereides, their feet being closely approximated to each other throughout the whole extent of the body. The form of these organs even extends to the parts of the mouth. The mandibles are bi-articulated and immediately followed by a quadrifid piece in the form of a lip with articulated divisions, resembling little feet, which, from its position, corresponds to the ligula of the Crustacea : next come two pairs of part of the abdomen, while in the latter and in the Diptera it is incorporated with the thorax. * Formed, as we presume, by pieces analogous to the epaulette or ptcrygoda of the Lepidoptera. *f* The Mitosata , Fab. J The annuli of the body of Insects are usually provided with two stigmata. If those of the Scolopendne, particularly the larger species, those which have twenty- one pairs of feet, be thus considered, it will be found that they are alternately desti- tute of, and provided with, two stigmata, and that thus, compared with these latter animals, they are in fact but semi-annuli. Each complete segment will then have two pairs of feet, one of which is supernumerary, since, in other Insects, the annuli furnished with feet have but two. 346 INSECTA, little feet, the second of which, in several, resemble large hooks, that appear to replace the four jaws of the last-mentioned animals, or the two jaws as well as the lower lip of Insects : they are a sort of buccal feet. The antennae, two in number, are short, somewhat thicker towards the extremity, or nearly filiform and composed of seven joints in some ; in others they are numerous and setaceous. Their visular organs are usually composed of a union of ocelli, and if in others they present a cornea with facets, the lenses are still larger, rounder, and more distinct, in proportion, than those of the eyes of Insects. The stigmata are frequently very small, and their number, owing to that of the annuli, is usually greater than in the latter, where it never exceeds eighteen or twenty. The number of these annuli and that of the feet increases with age, a character which also distinguishes the Myriapoda from Insects, the latter ab ovo always having the number of segments peculiar to them, and all their legs with hooks, or true legs, being developed at once, either at the same epoch, or when they pass into their pupa state. M. Savi, professor of Mineralogy at Pisa, who has paid particular attention to the Iuli, has observed, that on leaving the egg they are destitute of these organs : they experience then a true metamorphosis. In some, the male organs of generation are placed immediately after the seventh pair of feet, on the sixth or seventh segment of the body, and those of the female near the origin of the second feet : in the others the two sorts of organs are situated, as usual, at the posterior extremity of the body. The position of the male organs of the first compared with that in which they are placed in the Crustacea and Arachnides, would seem to indicate the separation of the trunk and abdomen : with respect to these in which these organs are posterior, we observe that an inversion of the successive order of the stigmata takes place in an analogous portion of the body of certain species, which appears to announce a similar distinction. The Myriapoda live and increase in size longer than other Insects, and, according to Savi, two years are required to render the genital organs of some (the Iuli) of them apparent. From this ensemble of facts, we may conclude, that these animals approach the Crustacea and Arachnides on the one hand, and the Insects on the other ; but that as respects the presence, form and direction of the bracheaS, they belong to the latter. We divide them into two families, perfectly distinct both in their organization and habits, and forming two genera according to the system of Linnaeus. MIRIA.PODA. 347 FAMILY I. CHILOGNATHA* The body generally crustaceous and frequently cylindrical ; the antennae somewhat thicker near the end or nearly equal, and com- posed of seven joints ; two thick mandibles without palpi, very dis- tinctly divided into two portions by a median articulation with imbri- cated teeth, implanted in a cavity of its superior extremity ; a species of lip — ligulaf — situated immediately above, that covers them, is crustaceous, plane, and divided on its exterior surface by longitudinal sutures and emarginations, into four principal areae, tuberculated on the superior margin, the two intermediate of which, narrower and shorter, are placed at the superior extremity of another areae, serving as a common base : the feet very short, and always terminated by a single hook ; four feet, situated immediately under the preceding part, of the form of the following ones, but more closely appro xi^ mated at base, with the radical joint proportion ably longer ; most of the other attached in double pairs to a single annulus. The male or- gans of generation are situated immediately after the seventh pair of feet, and those of the female behind the second. The stigmata are placed alternately, outside of the origin of each pair of feet, and are very small. The Chilognatha move very slowly, or slide along, as it were, and roll themselves spirally or into a ball. The first segment of the body, and in some the following one, is the largest, and has the form of a corselet or little shield. It is only at the fourth in some, and at the fifth or sixth in others, that the duplication of the feet commences ; the first two or four feet are even entirely free to their origin, where they merely adhere to their respective segments by a median or sternal line. The last two or three rings are without feet. A series of pores is observed on each side of the body, which were considered as stigmata, but, according to Savi, they are simply designed to afford a passage to an acid fluid of an extremely disagreeable odour, which appears to serve as a means of defence ; the respiratory aper- tures, for whose discovery we are indebted to him, are situated on * Cm lo gnat a, Lat. or the genus I ulus, Lin. f The lower lip composed of the two pairs of jaws of the Crustacea, according to Savigny. 348 INSECTA. the sternal part of each segment, and communicate internally with a double series of pneumatic sacs strung together like a rosary, extend- ing along the body, from which proceed tracheal branches that ra- mify over the other organs. According to an observation of Straus, the sacs or vesicular trachea are not, as usual, connected with each other by a principal trachea. In the environs of Pisa, where M. Savi collected the preceding facts, the nuptial season of the common lulus commences near the end of December, and terminates about the middle of May. The male organs of copulation, in this species, are situated under the sixth segment, but they do not appear in this form till the individual has attained the one-third of its full size ; until this epoch, that place is occupied by a pair of feet (the fifteenth), which is always found there in the females ; in the latter, the orifice of the sexual organs is between the first and second segment. Some female Glomeres and Iuli, behind the origin of the second pair of feet, exhibit two convex mammillae, which appear to characterize this sex; that of the males also consists of two mammillae, but each of them is terminated by a scaly and twisted hook. These insects, in coitu, erect the anterior extremities of their bodies, and place them in contact, face to face, twining round each other inferiorly. The body of the new-born ani- mal is reniform, perfectly smooth, and destitute of appendages. Eighteen days after, it undergoes its first change, and then for the first time assumes the form of the adult, still, however, having but twenty-two segments; the total number of feet also amounts to twenty- six pairs. Savi appears to contradict the assertion of De Geer, who says that he only found three pairs and eight annuli in the young animal — but it is certain that this change of which Savi speaks is really the first ; and should we not, on the contrary, rather presume that these young individuals do not suddenly pass from a state in which they exhibit no locomotive appendages to one where we find them possessed of twenty-six pairs, or, in a word, that previous changes of tegument, which have escaped the notice of Savi, have taken place and successively developed this number of feet ? Do not the obser- vations of the Swedish Reaumur confirm these gradual transitions ? Be this as it may, the first eighteen pairs of feet, according to Savi, alone serve for locomotion ; at the second change we observe thirty-six pairs, and at the third, forty-three ; the body then consists of thirty segments. Finally, in the adult state, the male has thirty- nine, and the female sixty-four ; two years afterwards they again experience a change, and then only do the genital organs make their appearance. From the moment of their birth, which occurs in March, MYRIAPODA. 349 until November, at which time M. Savi terminated his observations, these changes take place about once a month. In their exuviae, we find even the lining membrane of the alimentary canal and tracheae. The organs of the mouth were the only parts that Savi could not discover *. These Insects feed on dead and decomposed animal and vegetable matters; they deposit in the ground a large number of eggs. Ac- cording to the system of Linnaeus they form but one genus, that of Iulus, Lin. Which we divide as follows : Some have a crustaceous body without terminal appendages, and antennae enlarged near the end . Glomeris, Lai. Resembling Onisci; oval, and rolling into a ball; the body convex above, and concave underneath, with a range of little scales analo- gous to the lateral divisions of the Trilobites along each of its in- ferior sides. It is composed, exclusive of the head, of but twelve segments, the first and narrowest of which forms a sort of semicir- cular transverse collar; the following and the last are the largest of all; the latter is arched and rounded at the end. There are thirty- four feet in the female, and thirty-two in the male, his sexual organs replacing the pair that is deficient. These animals are terrestrial, and live under stones in hilly places f. I ulus, Lin. The body of the true Iuli is cylindrical and very long, and has no ridge or trenchant edge on the sides of the annuli ; they roll them- selves up spirally. The larger species live on land, particularly in the woods and sandy places, and diffuse a very disagreeable odour. The smallest ones feed on fruit, or the roots and leaves of esculent vegetables. Others are found under the bark of trees, in moss, &c. I. maximus, L. ; Marcgr., Bras., p. 2 55. Peculiar to South America, and is seven inches long. /. sabulossus, L.; Schseff. Elem. Entom., lxxiii; I. fasciatus, De Geer, Insect. VII, xxxvi, 9, 10; Leach, Zool. Miscell., cxxxiii. About sixteen lines in length, of a blackish-brown, * See Bullet. Gdner. et Univers. of the Baron F^russac, Decemb., 1823. The observations of Savi, an extract of which is contained in this work, were published in a memoir, intitled “ Osservazioni per servire alia storia di una specie di Julus communissima” Bologna, 1817. The same savant published another in 1819 on the Julus fcetidissimus . t lulus ovalis, L. ; Gronov., Zooph., pi. XVII, 4, 5 ; — Oniscus zonafus, Pan z. Fam. Insect. Germ., IX, xxiii; Glomeris marginata , Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXXXII ; — Omuiscus pustulalus, Fab.; Pans., lb., XXII. 350 INSECTA. with two reddish lines along the hack; fifty-four segments, the penultimate terminated by a stout point with a horny and hairy extremity. Inhabits Europe, I. terrestris, L. ; Geoff., Insect. II, xxii, 5. A fourth smaller; bluish-cinereous, picked in with light yellowish ; forty-two to forty seven segments. Inhabits Europe with the sabulosus * * * §. PoLYDESMUS, Lat. The Polydesmi resemble the Iuli in the linear form of their body, and the spiral manner in which they roll up their body; but the seg ments are compressed on the inferior sides, and have a projecting ridge above, They are found on stones, and most' commonly in wet places f. The species with apparent eyes form the genus Craspedosoma of Leach J. The others have a very soft, membranous body, terminated by pencils of little scales. Their antennas are equal. Such is the PoLLYXENUS, Lat., Which as yet comprises but a single species, placed among the Scolopendrae — Sc. lagura,L ., — by Linnaeus, Geoffroy and Fabricius. It is the lule d queue en pinceau of De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxvi, 1, 2, 3,; Zool. Miscel., cxxxv, B. Very small, oblong, with bunches of little scales on the sides, and a white pencil at the posterior extremity of the body. It has twelve pairs of feet placed on as many semi-annuli. Inhabits cracks in walls, and under pieces of bark §. FAMILY II. CHILOPODA ||. The antennae of the Chilopoda are more slender towards the extre- mity, and consist of fourteen joints and upwards ; their mouth is * See the two memoirs of Savi already quoted, and Leach, Zool. Miscell., Ill, for an account of these two species and some others that inhabit England. Add lulus indus, L. ; De Geer, VII, xliii, 7; Seb., Mus. II, xxiv, 4, 5; — Seb., Mus. I, lxxxi, 5; — Schset., Abhandl, I, iii, 7. [Add of the American species the/, impres- sus, punctatus, annulatus, lactarius, marginatus, and pusillus.'] L The Iuli cumplanatus (Zool. Miscell. CXXXV, A), depressa, stigma, tridentatus, Fab. ; his Scolopendrse ? dorsalis and clypeata. [Amer. species, P. serratus granula- tus, Say, and the lulus virginiensis, Drury.] X The species, unknown before Leach, appear to be proper to England. See pi. cxxxiv of his Zoological Miscellany, vol. III. § There is a second species, P. fasciculatus, Say, that inhabits the southern section of the United States. See Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. of Phil. II, part I, p. 108. || Chilopoda, Lat. or the genus Scolopendra , Lin. &c. MYRIAPOD A. 351, composed of two mandibles furnished with a little palpiform appen- dage, which seemed to have been soldered in the middle, and ter- minated like the bowl of a spoon with dentated edges; of a quadrifid lip *, of which the two lateral divisions are the largest, and trans- versely annulated, resembling the membranous feet of caterpillars; of two palpi or little feet, united at base and unguiculated at the extre- mity, and of a second lip f formed by a second pair of feet, dilated and united at base, and terminated by a stout moveable hook, whose inferior extremity is perforated by a hole which affords an issue to a venomous fluid. The body is depressed and membranous. Each of its rings is covered with a coriaceous or cartilaginous plate, and most generally bears but a single pair of feet J ; the last is usually thrown backwards, and elongated into a kind of tail. The organs of respiration are wholly or partly composed of tubular tracheae. These animals run very fast, are carnivorous, avoid the light, and conceal themselves under stones, logs, in the ground, &c. They are much dreaded by the inhabitants of hot climates, where they are very large, and where their venom is possibly more active. The Scolo- pendra morsitans is styled in the Antilles the malfaisante . Some of them exhibit phosphorescent properties. The organs of generation are internal, and placed at the posterior extremity of the body, as in most of the following Insects. The stigmata are lateral or dorsal, and more apparent than in the preced- ing family. The Chilopoda, which, in the system of Leach, form the order Syngnatha , from these last characters, the nature of the respiratory organs and the feet, may be thus divided : * A part analogous to the lower lip of the Chilognatha, representing, in my opinion, the tongue of the Crustacea, but also capable of fulfilling the function of jaws; Savigny calls it the first auxiliary lip. f The second auxiliary lip of the same naturalist. It is not annexed to the head,- but to the anterior extremity of the first semi-segment. The two hooked feet, by the union and dilatation of their first joint, form a plate resembling a mentum and lip. The same segment bears the two first ordinary feet. In the Scolopendrse proper of Leach, the two first stigmata are situated under the third half-segment, the first not counted; the second and following one will compose the first complete ring, and then the two first stigmata are found, as in other Insects, placed on a space corresponding to the prothorax. This second auxiliary lip may thus represent the inferior lip of the grinding Hexapoda. But here the pharynx is placed before that lip, whereas in the Myriapoda it is situated before the first auxiliary lip. It is from these considerations and affinities, and from others furnished by the Entomostraca and Arachnidcs, that I consider the feet of the Hexapoda as analogous to the six foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda. X In this case they are but semi-annuli. See our general observations on the order. 352 INSECTA. Some have but fifteen pairs of feet *, and their body viewed from above presents fewer segments than when seen from beneath. Scutigera, Lam.— Cermatia, Illig. The body covered with eight scutelliform plates, under each of which M. Marcel de Serres has observed two pneumatic sacs or vesi- cular tracheae, wThich receive air and communicate with lateral and inferior tubular tracheae. The under part of the body is divided into fifteen semi-annuli, each bearing a pair of feet, terminated by a very long slender multi-articulated tarsus ; the last pairs are more elonga- ted ; the eyes large and compound. Their antennae are slender and tolerably long ; the two palpi sali- ent and furnished with small spines. The body is shorter than in the other genera of the same family, and the joints of their feet are proportionably longer. The Scutigerae, which by these characters form the passage from the preceding family to the present one, are extremely agile animals, and frequently part with some of their feet when seized. The species found in France f conceals itself between the beams and rafters of houses. Lithobius, Leach. The stigmata lateral ; body divided above and beneath into a simi- lar number of segments, each bearing a pair of feet; the superior plates alternately longer and shorter, and overlapping each other close to the extremity. L. forficatus ; Scolopendra forjicata, L. ; Fab., De Geer; Geoff., Hist, des Insect., II, xxii, 3; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L., xiii ; Leach, Zool. Miscei., cxxxvii The others have a least twenty-one pairs of feet, and the segments both above and underneath are equal in size and number. Scolopendra, Lin. Those which form the two feet that immediately follow the two hooks forming the exterior lip, presented but twenty-one pairs, and whose antennae have seventeen joints, constituting the genera Scolo- pendra and Crytops of Leach. There are eight distinct eyes, four on each side in the first, and that in which the largest species are found ; in the second, they are null or but very slightly visible. The most southern departments of France and other countries of the south of Europe, produce a species- — Scolopendra cingu - * Dr. Leach makes two pairs more by including the palpi and the hook-like feet of the head. f The Scolopendre a vingt-huit pattes of Geoffroy which appears to differ from the the S. coleoptrata, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L, xii, and from that ofLinneeus; — lulus araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., IX, iv, 16; — Scolopendra longicornis, Fab., of Tranquebar. See also Leach, Zool. Miscell., Cermatia livida, CXXXVI, and Lin. Trans. XIV. X L. variegatus, Icevilabrum, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI. See also vol. III. of his Zoological Miscellany. THYSANOURA. 353 lata , Lat. ; Sc. morsitans , Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 17, 18 — which is nearly as large as the common species of the Antilles, but has a more flattened body *. Those which form the genus Crytops, Leach, have a rougher an- tennae than the Scolopendrae, and their two posterior feet are more slender. Leach mentions two species found in the environs of Lon- don f. In such as form the genus Geophilus, Id., the number of feet is more than forty-two, and often considerably so. The antennae con- sist of but fourteen joints, and their extremity is less tapering ; the body is proportionably narrower and longer. The eyes are but slightly apparent. Some of the species are electrical J. ORDER IL THYSANOURA. This order consists of apterous Insects, supported by six feet, that experience no metamorphosis, and have, in addition, particular organs of motion either on the sides or the extremity of the abdomen. FAMILY I. LEPISMENiE, Lat. Setiform antennae divided from their origin into very numerous and small joints ; mouth furnished with very distinct and salient palpi ; each side of the under part of the abdomen provided with a range of moveable appendages, in the form of false feet ; abdomen terminated by articulated setae, three of which are the most remark- able ; body always covered with small shining scales. It comprises but one genus, the Lepisma, Lin. The body of these animals is elongated and covered with small scales, frequently silvery and brilliant, from which circumstance the most * S colopendr a morsitans, L. ; Dc Geer, Insect., VII, xliii, 1. For the other spe- cies, see Zool. Misccll., Ill; the Scolopendra gigantea, L., Brown, Jam., XLII, 4, and other large but perfectly described species. f Crytops hortensis, Zool. Miscell. ; CXXXIX; Id., Ib., Crytops Savignii. J S. elcctrica , L. ; Erisch., Insect., XI, viii, I; — T. occidental^, L. ; list. Itin. vi ; — • S . phosphorea , L. — it fell from the clouds on the decks of a vessel one hundred miles from the continent. See Zool. Miscell., Ill, Geophilus maritimus ; CXL, 1, 2; — G. Longicornis, tab. ead., 3 — 6, and some other species. VOL. III. A A 354 INSECT!. common species has been compared to a little Fish. The antennae are setaceous and usually very long-. The mouth is composed of a labrum, of two almost membranous mandibles, of two bipartite jaws, with a palpus consisting of five or six joints, and of a quadri-emar- ginated lip bearing two quadri-articulated palpi. The thorax is formed of three pieces ; the abdomen, which is somewhat narrowed at its posterior extremity, is furnished along each side of the venter with a range of small appendages, supported by a short joint, and ter- minating in silky points, the last of which are the longest ; a sort of scaly compressed stylet, composed of two pieces, issues from the anus ; then come the three articulated setae, which are extended beyond the extremity of the body. The feet are short and frequently have very large strongly compressed coxae resembling scales. Several species conceal themselves in the cracks in the frame work of windows, under damp boards, in wardrobes, &c. Others retire under stones. These Insects run with great velocity ; some of them by means of their caudal appendages are enabled to leap. They are divided into two subgenera. Machilis, Lat. — Petrobius, Leach. Eyes very compound, almost contiguous, and occupying the greater part of the head ; body convex and arcuated above ; abdomen termi- nated by small threads for saltation, of which the middle one, placed above the two others, is much the longest. The maxillary palpi are very large, and have the form of small feet. The thorax is strangulated, the first segment smaller than the second and arched. These Insects leap well, and frequent stony and enclosed places. All the species known belong to Europe *. Lepisma, Lin. — Forbicina, Geoff., Leach. Eyes very small, widely separated, and composed of a small num- ber of granules; body flattened, and terminated by three threads of equal length, inserted on the same line, and of no use in leaping. Their coxae are very large. Most of the species inhabit the inte- rior of houses. L. saccharina; For bicine plate, Geoff., Insect., II, xx, 3; Schaeff., Elem. Entom., lxxv. Four lines in length ; of a silvery and somewhat leaden hue, and immaculate ; originally, it is said, from America, now very common in houses in Europe. L. vittata, Fab. Body cinereous, dotted with blackish : four streaks of the same colour along the back of the abdomen. Other species are found under stones. * Lepisma polypoda , L, ; L. saccharina, Vill., Entom. Lin., IV, xi, I; Roem. Gener. Insect., XXIX, 1 ; Forbicine cylindrique, Geoff. ; — Lepisma thezeana, Fab. ; — Petrobius maritimus, Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXLV. THYSANOURA. 355 FAMILY II. PODURELLiE, Lat. Antennae quadri-articulated ; no distinct or salient palpi ; abdomen terminated by a forked tail folded under the venter when at rest, and used for leaping. The Podurellae form but one genus in the Lin- naean system. Podura, Lin. These Insects are very small, soft and elongated, with an oval head and two eyes, each composed of eight granules. Their legs have but four distinct joints. The tail is soft, flexible, and formed of an inferior piece, moveable at base, to the extremity of which are articulated two appendages susceptible of being approximated, sepa- rated, or crossed — they are the teeth of the fork. They have the faculty of elevating their tail, and then forcing it suddenly against the plane of position, as if they let go a spring, thus raising them- selves into the air, and even leaping like the Pulices but to a less height. They usually fall on their back, with their tail extended posteriorly. The middle of the venter exhibits a raised oval portion divided by a slit. Some keep on trees and plants, under old pieces of bark, or stones ; others on the surface of stagnant waters, and sometimes on that of snow during a thaw. Several unite in numerous societies on the ground, and at a distance resemble little heaps of gunpowder. Some species appear to propagate in winter. Podura, Lat. Antennae equal, and without annuli or little joints to the last seg- ment ; body nearly linear or cylindrical ; trunk distinctly articulated ; abdomen narrow and oblong *. Smynthurus, Lat. Antennae slenderer near the extremity, and terminated by an annulated piece, or composed of little joints ; trunk and abdomen united in a globular or oval mass f. * Podura arborea , L. ; De Geer, Insect. VII, ii, 1 — 7 ; — P. nivalis, L. ; De Geer, lb., 8—10 P. aquatica, L. ; De Geer, lb., ii, 17 P. plumbea, L. ; De Geer’ lb., iii, 1—4 ;— P. ambulans, L. ; De Geer, lb., 5— 6;— P. aquatica grisea, De Geer lb., ii, 18, 21. The Pod. vaga , villosa, clncta, annulata, pusilla, lignorum, fimetaria, Fab. f Podura aira, L. ; De Geer, lb., iii, 7— 14 ; the Pod. viridis , polppoda, minuta, and signata, Fab. 356 INSECT Ad ORDER III. PARASITA * The Parasita, so called from their parasitical habits, have but six legs, and are apterous, like the Thysanoura ; but their abdomen is destitute of articulated and moveable appendages. Their organs of vision consist of but four or two simple eyes ; a great portion of their mouth is internal, exhibiting externally either a snout or pro- jecting mammilla containing a retractile sucker, or two membranous and approximated lips with two hooked mandibles. According to Linnaeus, they form but one genus, that of PediculuSj Lin. Their body is flattened, nearly diaphanous, and divided into twelve or eleven distinct segments, three of which belong to the trunk, each bearing one pair of legs. The first of these segments frequently forms a sort of thorax. The stigmata are very distinct. The antennae are short, equal, composed of five joints, and frequently inserted in a notch. There are one or two small ocelli on each side of the head. The legs are short, and terminated by a very stout nails, or two opposing hooks, which enable these animals to cling with great facility to the hairs of Quadrupeds, or to the feathers of Birds, whose blood they suck, and on whose body they propagate and pass their lives. They attach their ova to these cutaneous ap- pendages. They multiply excessively, and one generation succeeds to another with great rapidity. Particular and unknown causes facilitate their increase to an astonishing degree in the P. humanus, producing in Man what has been termed the morbus pediculosus , and even in children. These Insects always live on the same Quadrupeds and on the same Birds, or at least on animals of these classes, which have analogous characters and habits. Two species frequently live on the same Bird. Their gait in general is very slow. Some of them —Pediculea, Leach — such as the Pediculu-s, Deg ., Or true Lice, have a mouth consisting of a very small tubular mammilla situated at the anterior extremity of the head, in the form of a snout, containing a sucker when at rest. Their tarsi are com- posed of a joint almost equal in size to the tibia, terminated by a very stout nail, folding over a projection, and with this point fulfilling the function of a forceps. Those which I have examined presented but two simple eyes, one on each side. * Parasita , Lat.—Anoplura, Leach. PARASITA. 357 Three species live on Man ; their ova are termed nits. In the two following species, the thorax is very distinct from the abdomen, is about the same wTidth and of a moderate length. They constitute the genus Pediculus properly so called of Leach*. P. humanus corporis , De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 7* Dirty white ; immaculate ; emarginations of the abdomen less salient than in the following species. It is exclusively confined to the body of Man, and increases to a frightful extent in the morbus pediculosus. P. humanus capitis , De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 6. Cinereous; the spaces in which the stigmata are placed, brown or blackish ; lobes of the abdomen rounded. On the head of Man, and of children particularly. The males of this and the preceding species, at the posterior extremity of the abdomen, have a small scaly and conical ap- pendage, resembling a string, which is probably the organ of generation. Hottentots, Negroes, and various Monkeys, eat these Pediculi, or are Phthiropagi. Oviedo pretends that these animals abandon the Spanish mariners on their way to India as soon as they have reached the tropics, but that on their return, when they arrive at the same point, they find them in possession of their old quarters. It is also said that in India, however filthy be the individual, they are never found except on the head. At one period the P. humanus was employed by the physicians for the removal of ischuria — they introduced it into the urethra. Dr. Leach forms a particular genus, Phthirus , of the P. pubis , L.; Red., Exp., XIX, 1, which has a wide rounded body, a very short thorax almost confounded with the abdomen, and the four posterior feet very stout f. It is commonly called Morpion. It attaches itself to the hairs of the genital organs and eye-brows. Its bite is very severe. Redi has rudely figured several other species found on different Quadrupeds. That which lives on the Hog has a very narrow thorax with a very wide abdomen, and forms the genus Hcematopinus , Leach | ; the Pou du Buffle, figured by De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 12, presents more important characters. The others — Nirmidia , Leach — such as the Ricinus, De Geer. — Nirmus, Herm. Leach , Have the mouth inferior, and composed externally of two lips and two mandibles, resembling hooks. Their tarsi are very distinct, arti- culated, and terminated by two equal hooks. One single species excepted, that of the Dog, they are all exclu- * Zool. Misecll., III. t For those species which live on Man, see the splendid work of Alibert on the diseases of the skin. X Zool. Misccll., CXLVI ; P.suis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LI, xvi, 1. The P. cervi, Panz., lb. , xv, belongs to the genus Mdophagus, of the Diptera. 358 INSECTA. sively confined to Birds. Their head is usually large, sometimes triangular, and at others forming a semicircle or crescent, and fre- quently presenting angular projections. It sometimes differs, like the antennse, in the two sexes. I have perceived, in several, two simple approximated eyes, on each side of the head. According to the obser- vations of M. Savigny, communicated to me by himself, these animals are provided with jaws, each of which has a very small palpus, hidden by the lower lip, which has also two organs of the same description. They have moreover a kind of tongue. M. Leclerc de Laval informs me that he has found parcels of fea- thers in their stomach — he thinks that they constitute their only food. De Geer, however, assures us that he has found the Pediculus of the Fringilla coelebs filled with recently imbibed blood. It is well known that these Insects survive but a short time on dead birds. When thus situated, they are observed to wander over their plumes with much anxiety, those of the head and the vicinity of the beak espe- cially. Redi has also represented a great number of species of this sub- genus. The mouth of some is situated near the anterior extremity of the head. The antennse are very small, inserted laterally, and at a dis- tance from the eyes *. In the others, the mouth is nearly central ; the antennse are placed close to the eyes, and their length about equals half that of the head f . The celebrated professor Nitzsch has profoundedly studied the in- ternal as well as external organization of these animals, as may be seen by referring to his paper on the Epizoic Insects, in the Magasin der Entomologie of M. Germar. The genus Pediculus, properly so called, or that whose species are provided with a sucker, is arranged by him with the Epizoic Hemiptera. The Ricini of De Geer and others, or the Nirmi of Hermann, Jun., that is to say, the species fur- nished with mandibles and jaws, are referred to the Orthoptera, and collectively designated by the term Mallophaga. Two genera of this division approach the preceding ones in the circumstances of living on the Mammalia — such are Trichodectes and Gyropus. In the first the maxillary palpi are null or indistinct, and the antennse fili- form, and composed of three joints. The species of this genus are found on the Dog, Badger, &c, In the second the maxillary palpi are apparent, and the antennse, thicker towards the end, consist of four joints. The mandibles have no teeth ; there are no labial palpi, and the four posterior tarsi have but a single terminal hook. These last characters distinguish it from another genus, also furnished with * Pediculus sterna hirundinis, L. ; De Geer, Insect., VII, iv, 12 ; — Fed. corvicora- cis, L. ; De Geer, Ib., ii ; — Ricinus fringilla , De Geer, lb., 5, 6, 7 ; — Ped. tinnun- culi , Panz., Ib., xvii. f Ricinus gallina, De Geer, Ib., 15 — on the Cock, Partridge, and Pheasant; — R. emberiza, De Geer, Ib., 9 ; — R . mergi , De Geer, Ib., 13, 14 ; — R. canis, De Geer, Ib., 16 ; — Pediculus pavonis, Panz., Ib. xix ; Lat., Hist. Nat. des Fourm., 3S9, xii, 5. See also Panz., Ib.. pi. xxv — xxiv. His Pediculus ardeaf XVIII, appears to be the same as the Ricin du plongeon, De Geer, IV, 13. SUCTORIA. 359 visible maxillary palpi, quadriar-ticulated antennae thicker near the extremity, and an anterior mouth, that of Liotheum. Here the man- dibles are bidentate, the labial palpi distinct, and all the tarsi termi- nated by two hooks. The species are found on various Birds, whereas the Gyropi live on the Guinea-pig. A fourth and last genus, the species of which are exclusively confined to Birds, is that of Phjlo- pterus. The antennae consist of five joints, the third of which, in the male, frequently presents a branch that forms a forceps with the first; these organs are filiform. The maxillary palpi are invisible. The tarsi have two hooks at their extremity, but they do not diverge like those of the Liothea. Besides this, the males here have six testes, three on each side, and their four biliary vessels are thickened near, the middle of their length. Those of the Trichodectes and Philopteri do not exhibit this enlargement, and they have but four testes, two on each side. In these two genera there are also ten ovaries, five on each side; in such of the female Liothea as this sevant could find them, he saw but six, three on each side. He has no positive knowledge of the number of these in the female Gyropi, nor of that of the testes in the males. In all these genera the thorax is bipartite, that is, the prothorax and the mesothorax compose the apparent trunk, and the third division, or the metathorax, is united to the abdomen and confounded with it. M. Kirby was the first, I think, who thus designated this segment; but Nitzsch, on the other hand, seems to have first employed the others*. The limits of this work interdict any exposition of the subgenera he has established. We will merely remark that the one he calls Goniodes , the fourth subgenus of Philopterus, is exclusively proper to the Gallinacese. In the col- lection of memoirs which terminates our Histoire des Fourmis, we have minutely described a species of Ricinus — Philopterus, Nitzsch. M. Leon Dufour, with the P. melitece of Kirby, previously well observed by De Geer, who considered it as the larva of the Meloe proscarab ceus, as well as by that celebrated entomologist, has formed a new genus — Triongulin des andrenettes — the characters of which he has figured and published in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, 9, B. If this Insect be not the larva of that Meloe, as in the opinion of M. Kirby, there is no doubt but that it forms a peculiar subgenus in the order of the Parasita ; but according to the researches of MM. Le- peletier and Servile, the idea of De Geer is confirmed. ORDER IV. SUCTORIA f. The Suctoria, which constitute the last order of the Aptera, have a mouth composed of three J pieces, enclosed between two articulated * See our general observation^ on the class of Insects. ■f* Siphonaptera, Lat. X Roesel represents but two ; Kirby and Straus, however, have observed one more. According to the latter, the two scales which cover the base of the rostrufri are palpi. INSECTA. 360 laminae, which, when united, form a cylindrical or conical proboscis or rostrum, the base of which is covered by two scales. These cha- racters exclusively distinguish this order from all others, and even from that of the Hemiptera, to which, in these respects, it approxi- mates the most closely, and in which these Insects were placed by Fabricius. The Suctoria, besides, undergo true metamorphoses, analogous to those of several Diptera, such as the Tipulee. This order consists of a single genus, that of Pulex, Lin. / The body of the Flea is oval, compressed, invested by a firm skin, and divided into twelve segments, three of which compose the trunk, that is short, and the others the abdomen. The head is small, strongly compressed, rounded above, and truncated and ciliated before ; it is furnished on each side with a small rounded eye, behind which is a fossula, in which we discover a little moveable body furnished with small spines. At the anterior margin, near the origin of the ros- trum, are inserted the pieces considered as the antennae : they are scarcely the length of the head, and are composed of four almost cylindrical joints. The sheath or rostrum is divided into three seg- ments. The abdomen is very large, each of its annuli being divided into or forming two laminae, one superior and the other inferior. The legs are strong, the last ones particularly, fitted for leaping, spinous, the coxa and femur large, the tarsi composed of five joints, the last terminating in two elongated hooks, the two anterior legs are inserted almost under the head, the rostrum being placed midway between them. The male, in coitu, is placed under the female, so that they face each other. The latter lays a dozen of white and slightly viscid eggs; the larvae have no feet, are much elongated, resemble little worms, and are extremely lively, rolling themselves into a circle or spirally, and crawl with a serpentine motion ; they are first white and then reddish. Their body is composed of a scaly head, without eyes, bearing two very small antennae, and of thirteen segments, with little tufts of hairs, the last one terminated by two kinds of hooks. Some small moveable pieces are observed in the mouth, by which these larvae push themselves forwards. After remaining twelve days under this form, they enclose themselves in a little silky cocoon in which they become pupae, and from which, in about the same time, they issue in their perfect state. Pulex irritans, L. ; Roes., Insect., II, ii, iv, The common Flea feeds on the blood of Man, the Dog, Cat, &c. ; the larvae live in the dirt that is collected under the nails of filthy indi- viduals of the human family, in the nests of Birds, particularly of Pigeons, where they fasten to the neck of their young, and suck their blood to such a degree as to become perfectly red. Pul. penetrans. L. ; Catesb., Carol. Ill, x,3 *. Their species, * M. Dum^ril has given an excellent figure of this animal in his work, Consul, Gen. sur la Classe des Insectes, and in the Diet, des Sc. Naturelles. COLEOPTERA. 361 called the Chique or Chigre in America, most probably forms a particular genus, It insinuates itself under the nails of the toes and the skin of the heel, where, by the speedy developement of the ova contained in a membranous sac under the venter, it soon acquires a size equal to that of a pea. The numerous family, to which it gives birth, produces a ma- lignant ulcer, that is cured with difficulty, and which sometimes proves mortal. These difficulties are generally avoided by rub- bing the feet with bruised tobacco leaves and other bitter and acrid plants. The Negroes extract the animal from its domicil with much address. Various Quadrupeds and Birds are infested with Fleas, which appear to differ specifically from these two. ORDER V. COLEOPTERA *. Coleopterous Insects have four wings, the two superior of which resemble horizontal scales, joining in a straight line along the inner margin ; the inferior wings are merely folded transversely and covered with others, which form cases or covers for them, usually denomi- nated the elytra f . Of all Insects, these are the most numerous and the best known. The singular form and brilliant colouring of many species, the volume of their bodies, the greater solidity of their teguments, which facilitates their preservation, the numerous advantages which the study derives from the various forms of their external organs, & c., have secured to them the particular attention of naturalists. Their head presents antennee of various forms, and almost always composed of eleven joints ; two compound eyes, but none simple J; and a mouth consisting of a labrum, two mandibles, usually of a scaly substance, two jaws, each furnished with one or two palpi, and of a labium formed of two pieces, the mentum and the ligula, and accom- panied by two palpi, commonly inserted into the latter. Those of the jaws, or when they have two, the exterior ones never consist of more than four joints ; those of the lip usually have three. * The Eleutherata, Fab. t For the anatomical characters of the Coleoptera, see Ann. des Sc. Nat. VIII, p. 36, where the resuind is given by M. Dumeril. X In some of the Brachdlytra two small yellowish points have been observed, that have been taken for ocelli ; but without, as I imagine, any careful examination, particularly as the Forficulae, a genus of the Orthoptcra that is nearest to the Coleoptera, exhibit none. 362 INSECTA. The anterior segment of the trunk, or that which is before the wings, usually called the corselet , bears the first pair of legs, and is much larger than the two other segments* * * §. The latter are inti- mately united with the base of the abdomen, and their inferior por- tion or pectus gives insertion to the second and third pairs of legs f . The second, on which the scutellum is placed, is narrowed before, and forms a short pedicle which fits into the interior of the first, and serves as a pivot, on which it moves. The elytra and wings arise from the lateral and superior edges of the metathorax. The elytra are crustaceous, and, when at rest, join along their internal margin, and always horizontally. They almost always conceal the wings, which are wide and traversely folded. Several species are apterous, but the elytra still exist. The abdomen is sessile or united to the trunk in its greatest width. It is com- posed externally of six or seven annuli, membranous above, or less solid than underneath. The number of joints in the tarsi varies from three J to five. The Coleoptera undergo a complete metamorphosis. The larva resembles a Worm, having a scaly head, a mouth analogous to that of the perfect Insect in the number of its parts, and usually six feet. Some few species are destitute of them, or have merely simple mam- millse. The pupa is inactive and takes no nourishment. The habitations, mode of life, and other habits of these Insects, in both states, greatly vary. I divide this order into four sections, according to the number of joints in the tarsi. The first comprises the Pentamera, or those in which all the tarsi consist of five joints, and is composed of six families, the two first of which are distinguished from the others by a double excremental apparatus §. * The internal membrane, on each side, behind presents a stigma, a character which I believe had not yet been observed, although it was presumed to exist. f The mesothorax is always short and narrow, and the metathorax frequently spacious, and longitudinally sulcated in the middle. + If we may judge from analogy, the Coleoptera, termed Monomera, have probably three joints in the tarsi, the two first of which escape observation ; this section and that of the Dimer a have been suppressed. § According to M. Dufour the Silphce, a genus of our fourth family, also present one ; it is unique, however, or but on one side. COLEOPTERA. 363 FAMILY I. CARNIVORA* Two palpi to each maxilla, or six in all ; antennae almost always filiform or setaceous, and simple. The maxillae are terminated by a scaly hook or claw, and the in- terior side is furnished with cilia or little spines. The ligula is fixed in an emargination of the mentum. The two anterior legs are in- serted on the sides of a compressed sternum, and placed on a large patella ; the two posterior have a stout trochanter at their origin ; their first joint is large, appears to be confounded with the post- pectus, and forms a curvilinear triangle with the exterior side excavated. These Insects pursue and devour others. Several have no wings under their elytra. The anterior tarsi in most of the males are dilated or widened. The larvae also are very carnivorous. Their body is usually cylin- drical, elongated, and composed of twelve rings ; the head, which is not included in this supputation, is large, squamous, armed with two stout mandibles, recurved at the point, and presents two short and conical antennae, two maxillae divided into two branches, one of which is formed by a palpus, a ligula bearing two palpi, shorter than the others, and six small simple eyes on each side. The first annulus is covered by a squamous plate ; the others are soft, or have but little firmness. Each of the three first bears a pair of legs, the extremity of which curves forwards. These larvae differ according to the genus. In those of the Cicin- delae and of the Aristus bucephalus, the top of the head is very con- cave in the middle, whilst its inferior portion is convex. They have two small simple eyes, on each side, much larger, and similar to those of the Lycosae. The superior plate of the first segment is large, and forms a semicircular shield. There are two hooked mammillae on the back of the eight annulus ; the last has no remarkable appendage. In the other larvae of this family which are known to us, those of Omophron excepted, the head is weaker and more equal. The sim- ple eyes are very small and similar. The squamous piece of the first * Carnassiers, Cuv. — Adephage, Clairv. This family, which is one of the largest of the Coleoptera, already illustrated by the labours of Weber, Clairvillc, and Bouelli, with respect to the method, will finally be reduced to order, as regards the species, if Count Dejean continue his “ Species des Col£opt(Nres,” four volumes of which are now published, a work remarkable for the exactness of its descriptions. 364 INSECTA. ring is square, and does not project from the body. There are no mammillae on the eighth ; and the last is terminated by two conical appendages, exclusive of a membranous tube formed by the prolon- gation of that part of the body which contains the anus. These appendages, in the larvae of Calosoma and Carabus, are horny and dentated. In those of Harpalus and Licinus, they are fleshy, arti- culated and longer. The body of the larva of a Harpalus is some- what shorter, and the head a little larger. The mandibles of both approach the form of those of the perfect Insect. The larva of the Omophron borde, according to the observations of Desmarest, has a conical form, a large head, with two very stout mandibles, and but two eyes ; the posterior extremity of the body, which is somewhat narrowed, terminates by a quadri-articulated appendage. I could find but two in that of the larvae of Licinus and Harpalus. In this family, we always observe a first, short and fleshy stomach ; a second, elongated, and, from the number of small vessels with which it is covered externally, apparently hairy ; and a short and slender intestine. The hepatic vessels, four in number, are inserted near the pylorus. Some are aquatic, others terrestrial. The latter have legs exclusively adapted for running, the four pos- terior of which are inserted at equal distances ; mandibles completely exposed ; the terminal piece of the maxillae straight inferiorly, and only curved at its extremity ; and most frequently an oblong body with projecting eyes. All their tracheae are tubular or elastic. Their intestine terminates in a widened cloaca, furnished with two small sacs, which separate an acrid humour *. * M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., VIII, p. 36, gives the following resume of the anatomical characters of the Insects of this division : — “ The Carabici are hunters and carnivorous. The length of their alimentary canal is not more than twice that of the body. The oesophagus is short ; it is followed by a musculo-membranous, very dilatable, well-developed crop > then comes an oval or rounded gizzard with cellular and elastic parietes, armed internally with moveable horny appendages fitted for grinding, and furnished with a valve at each orifice. The chilific ventricle which succeeds 'to it is of a soft expansile texture, always studded with larger or smaller papillae, and narrowed behind. The small intestine is short. The caecum has the form of a crop. The rectum is short in both sexes. The hepatic vessels, but two in number, describe various arcs in their flexures, and are implanted by four separate insertions, around the termination of the chylific ventricle. The testes are (each formed by the agglomerated circumvolutions of a single spermatic ves- sel, sometimes almost naked, and at others invested by an adipose layer, a sort of tunica vaginalis. The vasa deferentia are often folded into an epididymus. The vesi- culce seminales, only two in number, are filiform. The ductus jaculans is short, the penis slender and elongated, and the copulating armature more or less complicated. The ovaries have but from seven to twelve ovigercus sheaths to each, multilocular, and united in a single conoid fasciculus. The oviduct is short. The sebaceous gland is composed of a secreting vessel, sometimes filiform, and at others enlarged at the COLEOPTERA 365 They are divided into two tribes. The first or the CiciNDELETiE, Lat., comprises the genus Cicindela, Lin In which the extremity of the maxillae is provided with a little nail articulated with it by its base. The head is large, with great eyes, and very projecting and den- tated mandibles ; the very short ligula is concealed behind the men- tum. The labial palpi are distinctly composed of four joints, and generally pilose, as well as those of the maxillae. The greater num- ber of the species are foreign to France. Some have a tooth in the middle of the emargination in the men- tum; the labial palpi separated at base, the first joint almost cylin- drical and without an angular prolongation at the extremity; and the exterior maxillary palpi manifestly projecting beyond the la- bium. Here, the tarsi are similar, and have cylindrical joints, in both sexes; the abdomen is wide, almost cordate, and completely clasped by soldered elytra, whose exterior margin forms a carina. Manticora, Fab. The only two species known * * are peculiar to Caffraria ; they are the largest of the genus. One of them — Manticora 'pallida , Fab., — is hesitatingly referred by M. William Mac-Leay to a new genus which he calls Platychile ; but which to us only seems to differ from the Manticorae in the elytra, which are not soldered f . There, the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi are evidently more dilated or wider in the males than in the females. Sometimes the body is simply oval or oblong, the thorax almost square, sub-isometric, or broader than it is long, and neither globu- lar nor in the form of a knot. The third joint of the anterior tarsi of the males does not incline inwards, and the following one is in- serted on its extremity. Of these latter, those species whose labial palpi are evidently longer than the external maxillary palpi, and with the penultimate joint longer than the last, form two subgenera. extremity, and of a reservoir. The vulva is provided with two retractile hooks. The ova form oblong ovals. The presence of a secreting excremental apparatus is one of the most striking characters in the anatomy of all the Carabici. It consists of one or several clusters of secreting utriculi, the form of which varies according to the genus ; of a long vas efferens ; of a bladder or contractile reservoir ; of an excretory duct, in which the mode of excretion varies ; and of an excreted liquid which possesses ammoniacal properties. The respiratory organ has stigmata or bivalve buttons and trachea;, all of which are tubular. The nervous system does not differ from that of the Coleoptera in general.” * Manticora maxillosa, Fab. ; Oliv., Col. Ill, 37, 1,2; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. I, l, 1; Manticora pallida. Fab. •f* Aunulosa Javanica, I, p. 9. 366 INSECTA. Megacephala, Lat. Labrum very short and transversal; first joint of the labial palpi much longer than the second, and projecting beyond the men- turn *. Oxycheila, Dej. The labrum forming an elongated triangle, first joint of the labial palpi not much longer than the second, and not extending beyond the emargination of the mentum f. In the following species the labial palpi are at most about the length of the external maxillary palpi, the last joint is longer than the penultimate. They also form two subgenera. Euprosopus, Lat. Dej. The third joint of the labial palpi thicker than the last ; the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males somewhat elongated, flattened, carinated beneath, and equally ciliated on both sides ; very large eyes. They keep on trees J. Cicindela, Lat. The true Cicindelae only differ from the Euprosopi in the third joint of the labial palpi, which is not much thicker than the fourth ; and in their anterior tarsi, whose three first joints, in the males, are much elongated, more strongly ciliated on the internal side than the external, and are destitute of a carina beneath. Their body is usually of a darker or lighter green, mixed with various brilliant metallic tints; the elytra are marked with white spots. They prefer dry, warm situations, run with considerable swiftness, take wing the moment they are approached, but alight at a short distance. If pursued, they have recourse to the same means of escape. The larvae of the two species indigenous to France, the only ones that have been observed, excavate in the earth a deep cylindrical hole, an operation which they effect with their mandibles and feet. To empty it, they place the detached particles on their head, turn about, climb up the ascent little by little, resting at intervals, and clinging to the walls of their domicile by means of their two dorsal mammillae ; when they arrive at the mouth of the aperture they throw down their burden. While in ambuscade, the plate of their head exactly closes the entrance of their cell, and is on a level with the ground. They seize their prey with their mandibles, and even dart * Cicindela megalocephala, Fab. ; Oliv., II, 33, 11,12; C. Carolina, Qliv. Ib., xi, 2 ; — Megacephala euphratica, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., I, 1, 2. For the other species, see Dejean, Species des Coleopt&res, I, p. 6, et seq. In the United States, Meg. Carolina and Meg. virginica, both beautiful species. f Cicindela tristis, Fab. ; Oliv., Coleopt., II, 33, iii, 35 ; Oxycheila tristis, Dej., Species Gener. des Coleop. I, p. 16 ; — Cicindela bipustulata, Lat. ; Voy- de Humb. et Bonpl. ; Obser. d’Anat. et de Zool., No. XIII, xvi, 1, 2. X Cicindela 4- notata , Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Europ., I, i, 6 ; Euprosophus 4-no- tatus, Dej., Spec. Gener. des Coleopt. I, p. 151. COLEOPTERA, 367 upon it, and by a see-saw motion of their head precipitate it to the bottom of the hole. Thither also they quickly retreat on the least intimation of danger. If they are too confined, or the soil is not of a proper nature, they construct a new habitation elsewhere. Such is their voracity that they devour other larvae of the same species, which have taken up their abode in their vicinity. When about to change their tegument or to become pupae, they close the opening of their cell. Part of these observations were communicated to me by the late M. Miger, who had carefully studied many larvae of Coleoptera, and discovered several which had escaped the researches of naturalists. C. campestris , L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ. LXXXV, iii. About six lines in length ; grass-green above ; labrum white, slightly unidentated in the middle ; five white points on each elytra. Very common in Europe in the spring. C. hybrida, L. ; Panz., Ib., iv. Two crescent-shaped spots, and a white band on each elytron ; one of the spots at the exte- rior base and the other at the end ; suture cupreous. In sand- pits, never mixing with the campestris * (aj. The C . permanica and some other species have a narrower and more elongated form, and seem to constitute a particular sec- tion. The germanica, unlike the preceding, does not fly when about to be seized but escapes by running, which it does with great speed. M. Fischer, in his Entomography of Russia, has placed a Brazilian species ( T. marginatus ) in the subgenus Therates. All these species are winged; but some apterous ones are known whose abdomen is also narrower and more oval, and in which the tooth of the emargination of the mentum is very small and hardly sensible. Such is the one figured in our Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Europe, I, i, 5, under the name of coarctata. Count Dejean, Spec. Gen. des Coleop., II, p. 434, has formed a new genus with them, that of Dromica (v). Sometimes the body is long and narrow, the thorax elongated, in the form of a knot, narrowed before ; the third joint of the two anterior tarsi of the males pallet-shaped, and projecting internally; the fourth is inserted exteriorly near its base. Ctenostoma, King. — Caris, Fisch. This subgenus appears to be peculiar to the intertropical regions of * Add, Cicindela sylvatica, L. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II., xxiv., A ; — C. simata, Fab. ; Clairv., Ib., B, b ; — C. germanica, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. VI, v. For these and other European species, the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. of Lat. and Dej., fascic. I, p. 3T, et seq. — and in general the Species Gener. of Count Dejean; see also the work of Curtis on English Insects. 0^ (a) Add the C. unicolor, 6 -guttata, rugifrons, patruela, concentanea, signata, blanda and the C. lepida, Le C., nov. spec. ined. ; the C. obliquata, repanda, albo - hirta, laticincta, formosa, marginuta, variegata, unipunctatu, marginipennis, abdominalis, 12-yuttata, fiexuosa , obscvtra, pusilla, punctata, pulchra, and the C. denticulata hcemor* rhoidulis and splendidu , new species of Hentz. — Eng. Ed 368 INSECTA. South America. The head is large, with almost setaceous antennae nearly as long as the body ; the external palpi are very salient, and terminated by a thicker joint elongated and pyriform ; the penulti- mate joint of the external maxillary palpi shorter than the following one ; the two first joints of the labial palpi very short, and the ter- minal lobe of the jaws without any apparent unguiculus at the ex- tremity. The abdomen is oval, strangulated at base and pediculated. The legs are long and slender. The Ctenostomse approach the Megacephalm in the size of their palpi, and in other respects approximate to the Tricondylee and Therates *. The others have no tooth in the middle of the emargination of the mentum. The labial palpi are contiguous at their origin, with the first joint obconical or in the form of a reversed pyramid, and di- lated or prolonged interiorly in the manner of an angle or tooth ; the exterior maxillary palpi hardly extended beyond the labrum. These species have been distributed into three subgenera. Therates, Lat. — Eurychile, Bonel. ? The Therates in their general form resemble the true Cicindelse, but are distinguished from them, as well as from all other analogous subgenera, by their internal maxillary palpi, which are very small and acicular. The tarsi are similar in both sexes, with the penulti- mate joint cordate, unemarginate, and simply excavated above for the insertion of the last. These Insects are exclusively proper to the most eastern islands of Asia, as Java, those of Sunda, and such as are to the north of New Holland f. In the two following subgenera, both proper to the East Indies, or the remotest of the Oriental islands, the body is narrow and elon- gated, and the thorax almost cylindrical, or in the form of a knot. The third and fourth joint of the tarsi is prolonged interiorly in the manner of a lobe. Colliuris, Lat. — Collyris, Fab. Furnished with wings; antennae thickest near the end; last joint of the labial palpi almost securiform, and the penultimate frequently curved ; thorax nearly cylindrical, narrowed and strangulated before, with the anterior margin widened ; abdomen almost cylindrical, widened and enlarged posteriorly ; tarsi similar in both sexes, the penultimate joint prolonged obliquely on the inner side, as large as the preceding one ; the latter in the form of a reversed triangle with acute angles J. * See the Entomologise Brazilianse Specimen of Klug ; the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. of Count Dejean, I, p. 152, et seq., and the Supp. to vol. II of the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. I, p. 35 ; the Entom. Imp. Russ, of M. Gotthelf Fischer, I ; Gener. Insect, p. 98. t See Lat., Dej. Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. I, p. 63 ; the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. Dej., I, 57, and the Supp. to vol. II; and particularly the memoir of Bouelli on this genus. X See the works just quoted. The species which I have described and figured under the name of longicollis is distinct from the Fabrician species of the same ap- pellation ; it is the Colliuris emarginata, Dej., Spec. Gener., I, p. 165. COLEOFTERA. 369 Tricondyla, Lat. Destitute of wings; antennee filiform; penultimate joint of the labial palpi longest and thickest ; thorax in the form of a knot, sub- ovoid, strangulated, truncated, and turned up at both ends ; abdomen oval, oblong, narrowed towards the base, and slightly gibbous pos- teriorly; three first joints of the anterior tarsi dilated in the males, the third obliquely prolonged on the inner side of the manner of a lobe ; the fourth nearly similar, but much smaller and less prolonged *. The second tribe, or the Carabici, Lat comprehends the genus Car abus, Lin. Where the maxillae simply terminate in a point or hook, without an articulated extremity. Their head is usually narrower than the thorax, or, at most, of the same width; their mandibles, those of a few excepted, have no den- tations, or but very few ; the ligula usually projects, and the labial palpi exhibit but three free joints f. Many of them are destitute of wings, only having elytra. They frequently diffuse a fetid odour, and eject an acrid and caustic liquid from the anus. Geoffroy be- lieved that the ancients designated Carabici under the name of Buprestes , Insects which they considered as highly poisonous, par- ticularly to Oxen ;f. The Carabici conceal themselves in the ground, under stones, chips, bark of old trees, &c„ and are mostly very active. Their larvae have the same habits. This tribe is very numerous, and forms a most difficult study. We will compose a first general subdivision with those, the termi- nation of whose exterior palpi is not subulate ; their last joint is not united with the preceding one, to form either an oval body acutely pointed at the end, or a conoid terminated by a slender and acicular point. These Carabici may be subdivided into those whose two anterior tibiae have a deep notch on the inner side, separating the two spines which are usually placed near each other at the extremity of this side, and into those where these tibiae present no emargination, or if any, a mere oblique, linear canal, which does not reach their anterior side. Of this subdivision we will make several sections : 1. The Truncatipennes, so called because the posterior extremity of their elytra is almost always truncated. The head and thorax are narrower than the abdomen. The ligula is most commonly oval or square, and is rarely accompanied on the sides by salient divisions. The hooks of the tarsi, in some, are simple or not dentated, but arranged like the teeth of a comb. * Idem. t- In Cicindcla the radical joint is free, and it is on this account that the palpi con- sist of four ; but here it is entirely adherent and forms but one base which is net counted. J See the genus Meloi1. VOL. III. B b 370 INSECTA. We will commence with those in which the head is not abruptly narrowed at its posterior extremity, and is not attached to the tho- rax by a sort of suddenly formed neck, or by a species of patella. The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The exterior palpi are never terminated by a much larger and securiform joint. The two anterior tarsi of the males are not dilated, or if so, hut very slightly ; the penultimate joint of these and the other tarsi is never deeply bilobate. The three following subgenera have a common negative character : that of being destitute of wings. Anthia, Web. Fab. An oval, horny ligula, advancing between the palpi nearly to their extremity. The labrum frequently large and dentated or angular. The exterior palpi filiform; the last joint almost cylindrical or forming a reversed and elongated cone. No tooth in the emargina- tion of the mentum. The abdomen oval, and most frequently con- vex; elytra almost entire, or but slightly truncated. These Insects, as well as those of the ensuing subgenus, have a black body spotted with white, a colour formed by down ; they inha- bit the deserts and similar localities of Africa * and some parts of Asia. According to the late M, Leschenault de Latour, the Anthise, when irritated; discharge a caustic fluid from the anus. The species generally are large, and in the males of some the thorax is more or less dilated posteriorly and terminates by two lobes f. Graphipterus, Lat. — -Anthia, Fab. The Graphipteri were formerly confounded with the Anthise, but differ from them in their ligula, which, the middle part excepted, is entirely membranous; and in their compressed antennae, whose third joint is much longer than the others. Besides this, their abdomen is always flattened and orbicular, and one of the two spines terminating the posterior tibiae is always laminiform and much longer than the other. The species of this subgenus are exclusively proper to Africa, and smaller than the preceding j. Aptinus, Bon. — Brachinus, Web. Fab. The last joint of the exterior palpi somewhat thicker, that of the labials particularly ; a tooth in the middle of the emargination of the * Although several Insects of the north of Africa have been discovered in the south of Spain and Italy, not a solitary species of Anthia or Graphipterus has ever been found there. f See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II ; the Species des Coleop., Dej., I ; the excellent Synonymia Insectorum of Schoenherr ; and the zoological portion of the Yoy. de Caillaud, where I have described and figured the Insects collected by him in Africa. X See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II, and the Species des Coleop., I, Dej. The Anthia exclamationis, Fab., is a Graphipterus, figured Diet. d’Hist. Nat. X, E, 2, 7, under the name of trilinie . COLEOPTERA. 371 mentum. The ligula is similar to that of the Graphipteri, but the lateral divisions form a small pointed projection. What particularly distinguishes this, as well as the following subgenus, is the fact, that the oval and thick abdomen contains organs which secrete a caustic liquor of a penetrating odour, that issues from the anus with a cre- pitus and instantly evaporates. This fluid produces a discoloration of the skin similar to that caused by nitric acid, and if the species be large, a burn, accompanied with pain. M. Leon Dufour has described the organs which secrete it *. These Insects are frequently found in society, at least in the spring, under stones. They employ the above mentioned mode of defence to terrify their enemies, and can repeat the discharge a number of times. The larger species inhabit tropical and other hot climates to the limits of the temperate zone. Apt. balista , Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 1; Brachinus displosor, Duft. From five to eight lines in length ; black, with a fulvous thorax and sulcated elytra. Navarre and various parts of Spain and Portugal. Apt. pyrenceus , Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 3. From three to four lines in length ; deep black ; antennae and palpi fulvous ; feet of a russet yellow f. The elytra are sul- cated. It was discovered by Count Dejean in the department of the Pyrennees-Orientales. Brachinus, Web. Fab. The Brachini only differ from the Aptini in being furnished with wings, and in the circumstance of the emargination of their mentum having no tooth. Some, generally the largest and mostly foreign to Europe, have their elytra very sensibly sulcated or ribbed. Of this number is a species common to the Antilles and Cayenne, the Brack, complanatus , Fab.; Car abus planus, Oliv. Ill, vi, 63. From six to eight lines in length; russet yellow; the elytra black, no humeral point, a sinuous band traversing their middle, and a russet yellow spot at their extremity ; their external mar- gin of the same colour ; posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into a point. The elytra of the others are smooth or but slightly sulcated. In the environs of Paris the following species are usually to be found. Brack, crepitans , Fab. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 6; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XX, 5. Average length four lines; fulvous; elytra sometimes deep blue, at others bluish- green, and slightly sulcated ; antennse fulvous, but the third and fourth joints blackish ; the pectus, its middle excepted, and the abdomen, black. This species has been confounded with the * M£m. sur le Brachine tirailleur , Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. XVII, 70, 5, and the Ann. des Sc. Nat. VI, p. 320. f See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., and the Species des Coleop., Dej., l. b b 2 372 INSECTA. explodens of Duftschmid — Hist, Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 7 — which is also very common. It is but half the size of the crepitus, with blue and almost smooth elytra. The glabratus, Bonelli, only differs from it in the absence of the spots on the antennae. Brack, sclopeia , Fab. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, ix, 3. Very similar to the last, but distinguished from it as well as from the preceding ones by the suture of the elytra, which is fulvous-red from the base to the middle. The body also is wider in proportion, and of the same colour above and beneath. Brack, bombarda, Illig. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, ix, 2. This species is intermediate between the last and the first. A fulvous sprout surrounds the scutellum, but does not extend along the suture. Brack, exhalans , with elytra of an obscure blue, and four yel- lowish spots, and Brack, causticus , all fulvous, with a hand along the suture and posterior spot blackish — are found in the depart- ment of Herault*. In the. Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., we placed the genus Catas copus a{ Kirby next to Brachinus. A more recent examination leads ms to think that it rather belongs to the Simplicimani. The posterior extremity of the elytra, it is true, does offer a deep emargi- nation, but it terminates in a point towards the suture, and is not truncated. Several species of this division also present the same sinus, though less deep and acute. Between the Brachini and the Catascopi, Count Dejean — Species I, p. 226 — places the genus Corsyra of Steven, the type of which is the Cymindis fusida of the Russ. Entomog., of Fischer, I, xii, 3. It differs from the latter in its tarsi, the hooks of which are simple. The body also is flattened, as in the preceding and other neighbouring subgenera, tolerably broad, with filiform palpi, unidentated mentum and transverse labrum ; the thorax is wider than the head, and nearly semi-orbicular. But one species is known. The other Carabici of the same division with equally simple hooks are removed from the preceding by the form of their head, which is suddenly narrowed immediately after its origin, presenting the ap- pearance of a neck or rotula. First come those in which the tarsi of both sexes are identical, sub- cylindrical or linear, and whose penultimate joint, at most, is deeply notched or bilobate. Sometimes the exterior palpi are filiform or but slightly enlarged at the end, with the last joint verging to an oval; the head has the same form and becomes gradually narrowed behind the eyes. The first joint of the antennae is always short or but slightly elongated. The thorax is always narrow and elongated. The body is thick. * See op. cit. ut sup. Add of American species Brach. alternans, quadripennis , fumans , cephalotes. COLEOPTERA, 373 The emarginaticn of the mentum has a central tooth. The ligula is almost square, and its paraglossas are salient and pointed. Casnonia, Lat. — Opiiioncea, Klilg. The thorax almost like a truncated cone, or a cylinder narrowed anteriorly * * * §. Leptotrachelus, Lat. Thorax cylindrical, and without any sensible contraction ante- riorly ; elytra entire or not truncated ; penultimate joint of the tarsi bilobate f. Odacantha, Payk. Fab. The same kind of thorax, but the elytra are truncated and the joints of the tarsi entire. Odac. melanura , Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, v; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, x, 6. The type of the genus; three lines in length; greenish-blue; elytra, the extremities excepted, rus- set-yellow; base of the antennae, pectus, and a greater portion of the feet of the same colour; ends of the elytra blackish-blue, it frequents the neighbourhood of water, and is more particu- larly found in the north of France, Germany and Sweden Sometimes the exterior palpi are terminated by a thicker triangu- lar joint, or one resembling a reversed cone ; the head, directly behind the eyes, is suddenly narrowed, and has a triangular form, or that of a heart. Some in which the body is flattened, placed by Fabricius among his Galeritae, have all the joints of the tarsi entire, the thorax cord- ate and posteriorly truncated, and the mandibles as well as the max- illae of an ordinary length or but slightly salient. The first joint of the antennae forms a reversed and elongated cone. The ligula is square, and its paraglossae are usually as long as itself ; the middle of the emargination of the mentum is furnished with a tooth, These Carabici, of which the species indigenous to Europe are found under stones, bark, and most commonly in the vicinity of water, form the three following subgenera. Zuphium, Lat. First joint of the antennae at least as long as the head ; exterior maxillary palpi much elongated §. * See Entom. Brazil., of Klug ; the Spec. Gener., of Dej., I, p. 170; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II, vii, 6. The species figured — C. cyanocephala — from the penultimate joint of the tarsi forms a particular division. It is found in Bengal. All the others, the principal of which is the Attel'abus pensylvanicus, L., belong to America, and have all the joints of the tarsi entire. American species, C. pcnsylvanica , rufipes. f Odacantha dorsalis, Fab. X The Odacantha tripuslulata, Fab., is a species of Notoxus. § Galerita olens, Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv. II, xvii, A, a; Hist. Nat. des Co- leop. d’Eur., fasc. II, x, 3. 374 INSECTA. Polistichus, Bon. First joint of the antennae, as in the following subgenus, shorter than the head; maxillary palpi of the ordinary length; second, third and fourth joints of the tarsi; those of the two anterior legs particu- larly, short and nearly orbicular; the ligula terminated superiorly by a straight margin, its paraglossae salient, and resembling narrow, arcuated and pointed auriculae *. Helluo, Bon. This subgenus is only distinguished from Polistichus by the en- tirely corneous ligula, which is rounded at the superior extremity, and without any distinct paraglossae. The species are all foreign to Europe f , The others, which with those that immediately follow, appear to approximate to the Brachini J, have the penultimate joint of all the tarsi strongly bilobate ; the mandibles and maxillae long, narrow, and projecting; the body thick; the head in the form of a narrow and elongated triangle ; the thorax almost cylindrical, and slightly nar- rowed posteriorly. The first joint of the antennae is long and narrowed at base. The mentum is nearly lunate, and is destitute of a tooth in the middle of the emargination. The ligula is salient, narrow, almost linear, and terminated by three stout spines ; it has two small paraglossae. The under part of the tarsi is covered with down. Such are the charac- ters of Drypta, Lat. Fab. All the species known belong to the eastern continent and to New Holland. Two inhabit Europe, and are always found on the ground. The most common is the Drypta emarginata , Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv. II, xvii; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fasc, II, x. 1. It is about four lines in length, and of a beautiful azure- blue ; the antennae, mouth and legs, fulvous : extremity of the first joint of the antennae and the middle of the third, blackish ; elytra with punctate striae. More common in the south of France than the north. M. Blondel Jun., however was found it in abundance in a locality near Versailles §. * Galerita fasciolata, Fab. ; Clairv., Ib., B, b ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. Ib., 4; — Polistichus discoideus, Ib. 5. See the Spec, des Coleop., Dej. I, p. 194. •f* Helluo costatus, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II, vi, 5 ; — Galerita hirta, Fab. See the Species Gener. Dej. I, p. 283. An undescribed species from Brazil appears to me to form a new subgenus by its filiform palpi, of which the last joint is cylindrical. X The Dryptse are also allied to Cychrus, and seem to connect the Cicindelitse with the Carabici Grandipalpi. Several sections of this family seem to connect themselves with the Cicindelse like so many branches. Most of the other families of Insects are similarly situated, or form ramified trunks — in a word, continuous series do not exist in nature. ;_] § For the other species, see Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II, x, 2 ; and the Species Gener. des Coleop. Dej. I, 182. COLEOPTEUA. 375 We now come to the Carabici, very analogous to the preceding ones in their divisional characters, but removed from them by the form of their tarsi. The four first joints, or at least those of the anterior tarsi of the males, are greatly dilated and bifid; the penul- timate of all, and in both sexes, is always emarginated or dilated. The exterior palpi and the first joint of the antennae always long. Trichognatha, Lat. Ultimate joint of the exterior palpi in the form of a reversed cone, and elongated : a hairy triangular projection on the exterior side of the maxillae. ; very long palpi ; labrum bicrenate, with three obtuse teeth ; summit of the ligula armed with three spines ; the four poste rior tarsi not dilated, at least in the females. The type of the genus* ( T. marginipennis ) was brought from Brazil by the celebrated bo- tanist M. de Saint Hilaire. Galerita, Fab. The Galeritae differ from the preceding subgenera in their exte rior palpi, of which the last joint is triangular or securiform, and the non-dilatation of the exterior side of the maxillae. The two anterior tarsi of the males are widened ; the emargina tions of the four first joints are acute, and their internal divisions are larger and more prolonged than the external. The summit of the ligula is tridentate, and its paraglossee are very distinct. The emargination of the mentum is unidentate. Some species, such as the Galerita occidentalism Dej. ; G. afri- cana , Id., by their oval head, and narrower and more elongated thorax, form a particular division. Most of them belong to America *. Cordistes, Latr. — Calopikena, King, — Odocantha, Fab. The exterior palpi filiform and terminated by an oval and pointed joint. The four first joints of all the tarsi dilated, and the first in the form of a reversed and elongated cone ; lobes of the two following ones equal, straight, and pointed ; the fourth in the form of a heart or reversed triangle, and unemarginate : its superior face is excavated for the reception of the next. The head is nearly oval f . We will terminate this section with those in which the hooks of the tarsi are dentated beneath in the manner of a comb, and com- mence with such as have their oval or ovoid head separated from the thorax by a sudden and marked strangulation forming a sort of knot or patella. The penultimate joint of their tarsi is always di- vided down to its base into two lobes ; the preceding ones are broad, and in the form of a heart or reversed triangle. The first joint of * See the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. ; and Spec. Gencr. des Coleop. Dej., I. t Seethe Hist. Nat. des Col. d’Eur., fascic. II. ; Spec, des Coleop., Dej., I. ; and chiefly the Entom. Brasil. Specim., of Kliig. All the known species belong to South America. INSECTA. 376 fyie antennae is but slightly elongated, the western world. All the species known belong Ctenodactyla Dej, Exterior palpi filiform, the last joint oval ; body but slightly elon- gated and flattened ; thorax almost cordiform, elongated, and trun- cated posteriorly ( a ). Agra, Fab , Exterior maxillary palpi filiform ; labial palpi terminated by a large triangular or securiform joint ; the body long and narrow ; tho- rax forming an elongated cone narrowed anteriorly. The mentum is suborbicular with a tooth in the middle of the emargination ; the ligula nearly cylindrical, without very distinct paraglossse * * * §. Now the head is separated from the thorax by a very abrupt stran- gulation, in the form of a knot or patella f. The joints of the tarsi are entire in several, and the first are rarely dilated. The body is always flattened. The paraglossse are never salient, simply forming a membranous margin, rounded or obtuse at the end. Here the thorax is isometric, or longer than it is wide, cordiform, and truncated posteriorly. The body is elongated. Such are Cymindis, Lat. — Cymindis, Anomceus, Fisch.— Tartjs, Clairv. Carabus, Fab. Exterior maxillary palpi filiform, or hardly thicker at the extre- mity, with the last joint cylindrical ; the same of the labials, larger, almost securiform, or like a reversed triangle, at least in the males ; the head not narrowed posteriorly ; all the joints of the tarsi entire and nearly cylindrical J. Calleida, Dej . Entirely similar to Cymindis, with the exception of the tarsi, the penultimate joint of which is bifid ; in the preceding it is triangular. Peculiar to America. Demetrias, Bon. Analogous to Calleida in the tarsi, but having an oval head nar- rowed posteriorly, and all the exterior palpi nearly filiform, with the last joint almost ovoid or sub-cylindrical. This subgenus, as well as the next, is composed of very small species, which usually frequent wet places. They are, nearly all, European §. * See Kliig’s excellent Monograph of this genus: also the Hist. Nat. Col. d’Eur., and the Spec, des Coleop., Dej., I. All the species belong to intratropical America. f Somewhat narrowed posteriorly in Demetrias and Dromius, but not fixed to the thorax by a patella. X See Hist. Nat. Col. d’Eur., fascic. II, and III, and Seec. Gen. des Coleop. I. § See op, cit. {^(a) Ctenodactyla Chevrolatii , Dej. Spec. I, p. 22?. The only species known and type of the genus. From Caynne. — Eng. Ed. COLEOPTERA. 377 Dromias, Bon. Generally apterous ; joints of the tarsi entire * otherwise similar to Demetrias. There, the thorax is evidently wider than it is long, forms the seg- ment of a circle, or resembles a heart, widely and transversely trun- cated posteriorly. In some, the middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is ex- tended backwards. Such is Lebia, Lat. — Lebia Lamprias, Bon. Exterior palpi terminating in a little larger and nearly cylindrical or oval joint, truncated at the end ; four first joints of the tarsi almost triangular, and the fourth more or less bifid or bilobate. One of the most common in Europe is L. cyanocephala ; Carabus cyanocephalus , L., Fab.; Bupreste bleu a, corselet rouge, Geoff. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXV, 5 ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. Ill, xii, 7- From two to two lines and a half long ; blue or green and very lucent above ; first joint of the antennae, the feet and thorax fulvous- red ; extremity of the femur black ■, elytra marked with slight punctuated striae. L. hcemorrhoidalis ; Carabus licemorrhoidalis , Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. Ill, xiii, 8. Not above two lines in length ; body fulvous with black elytra, terminated by a yel- lowish-fulvous spot ; elytra slightly striate, the striae punctuate, with two more deeply impressed puncta near the third, com- mencing from the suture *. In the following, the thorax terminates posteriorly in a straight line without any central projection. Plochionus, Dej. The antennae almost granose ; last joint of the labial palpi large, nearly securiform; four first joints of the tarsi short, in the form of a reversed heart, the fourth bilobate f. Orthogonius, Dej. Similar tarsi ; but the antennae are filiform, and the external palpi terminated by an almost cylindrical joint f. Coptodera, Dej. The palpi of the preceding; antennae more or less granose ; three first joints of the anterior tarsi short and wide ; the same of the four * See op. cit. Add of American species, the Leb. analis, vittnta , quadnvittata fuscata, inaginir collis, viridis, and the L. borea, solea , and grandis, of Ilentz, new species, f Op. cit. X Dejean. Spec. I, p. 279: all the species foreign to Europe. Near this sub- genus may perhaps be placed that of the Hcxagonia, Kirby, Lin. Trans., XIV. INSECTA, 378 posterior tarsi, almost filiform ; the penultimate joint of all bifid, bu ot bilobate. All the species quoted by Count Dejean are foreign to Europe, and belong, generally, to America*. 2. The second section, that of the Bipartiti, — Scaritides , Dej. — ■ which in relation to their habits might also be be styled Fossores , is composed of Carabici with elytra either entire or slightly sinuated at their posterior extremity ; having frequently granose and geni- culate antennae ; a broad head, large thorax, usually shaped like a cup or almost semi-orbicular, and separated from the abdomen by an interval which causes the latter to appear pediculated ; the legs gene- rally but slightly elongated, their tarsi usually short, and similar in the two sexes, or nearly so, without any brush beneath, and simply furnished with ordinary hairs or cilia. The two anterior tibise are dentated, and in several palmated or digitated ; the mandibles fre- quently strong and dentated. There is a tooth in the emargination of the mentum. They all keep on the ground, conceal themselves either in holes which they excavate, or under stones, and frequently only leave their retreat at night. They are usually of a uniform black. The larvae of the Ditomus bucephalus, the only one that has been observed, has the form and mode of life of the larvae of the Cicindelse. They are more particularly proper to hot countries. The three first subgenera, on account of their labial palpi, which are terminated by a larger, securiform or triangular joint, form a particular group; the last of these subgenera leads us to Scarites, whilst the first, which, as respects the absence of the emargination in the internal side of the two anterior tibiae, constitutes an exception, seems to connect itself with the first subgenera of the family, They all have stout and dentated mandibles. The external maxillary palpi terminate in a rather larger joint; the thorax has the form of a cup or truncated heart ; the abdomen is pediculated. Two of the subgenera of this group form a special subdivision. Their anterior tibiae are not palmated. Their antennae consist of cylindrical joints, or such as resemble reversed cones. The mentum covers the whole under part of the head as far as the labrum, and fre- quently exhibits no transverse suture at its base. The body is much flattened, and is apterous in several. They all belong to the eastern continent or to New Holland. Enceladus, Bon. The inner side of the anterior legs unemarginate ; first joint of the antennae but little elongated, and almost cylindrical, the third shorter than the second ; middle of the superior margin of the ligula pro- jecting in the manner of an angle or tooth ; thorax almost in the form of a broadly truncated heart, the posterior angles slightly dilated and pointed ; labrum emarginate or nearly bilobate. Encel. gigas , Bon., Mem. of the Acad, of Sc. of Tur. The only species described. From the coast of Angola. Siagona, Lat. — Cucujtjs, Galerita, Fab. A very decided emargination on the internal side of the two ante- {^(a) In the United States : C. signata, and C. arata, Dej. — Eng. Ed. COLEOPTERA, 379 rior tibiae ; the first joint of the antennae elongated, forming a re- versed cone, and the second shorter than the third; summit of the ligula straight, without any projection ; thorax almost in the shape of a cup, nearly as long as it is broad, and without posterior projections- the labrum dentated. ’ Some are apterous and have an oval abdomen*. The latter is oval in others, and truncated at base ; these are furnished with wings. A new species has been discovered in Sicily by M. Lefevre. All the others, both of this and the preceding division, inhabit northern Africa or the East Indies f. The third subgenus, in its moniliform antennae, the teeth on the exterior side of the two first tibiae and in the ordinary proportions of the mentum, evidently approximates to Scarites. Carenum, Bon. Straight maxillae without a terminal hook ; summit of the ligula rounded; ultimate joint of the exterior maxillary palpi enlarged and double the length of the preceding one. The only species known — Scarites cyaneus, Fab. — inhabits New Holland. None of the other Carabici of this section exhibits labial palpi ter- minated by a larger and securiform joint : the last is in the form of a reversed and elongated cone, or almost cylindrical and smaller at base; the same joint of the exterior maxillary palpi is also nearly cylindrical ; all these palpi are about the same thickness throughout, or sometimes attenuated at the extremity. A first very natural subdivision, which comprises the Scarites of Fabricius, the cyaneus excepted, consists of bipartite Carabici, whose anterior legs are palmated, or at least digitated at the end, that is to say, terminated exteriorly by a long point in the form of a spine, opposite to a very stout internal spur. Their antennae are granose ; the second joint as long as the following one, and frequently longer. The mandibles, those of a small number excepted, are stout, project- ing, and angular, or dentated on the internal side. The labrum is very short, transversal, and crustaceous. The ligula is most fre- quently entirely corneous, bristled with hairs or cilia, broadly emar- ginate or widened at the summit, and with projecting lateral angles. Some have very strong, projecting, and usually dentated mandi- bles; the anterior margin of the crustaceous labrum very dentate, the ligula short, not extending beyond the mentum, entirely horny or crustaceous, bristled with hairs, and widened at the superior mar- gin. Their anterior tibiae are always palmate. The species gene- rally are large. One of these subgenera, * Siagona rufipes , Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I., vii, 9 ; Cucujus rujipes, Fab. ; — Siagona f us cipes, Dej., Spec. I, p. 359. -(- The Stag, atrata , depressa ( Qalerita depressa, Fab.), Fcjus, ( Galeritia flejus , Fab.) Schupelii , Dej., Ib. ; — Scarites, Icevigalus, Herbst. Col. CLXXV, 6. 380 INSECTA. Pasimachus, Bon. Approximates to the last in the jaws, which are straight, and des- titute of a terminal hook. The antennae are of equal thickness. The body is much flattened and oval, thorax cordiform, broadly truncated behind, almost as wide at its posterior margin as before and as the base of the elytra ; this margin almost straight, and merely somewhat concave in the middle. This subgenus is peculiar to America * ( a ). According to Count Dejean — Spec., II, p, 471 — after the Pasi- machi, should come his genus Scapterus, formed with a species from the East Indies, sent to him by one of the most zealous of the French entomologists, M. Guerin, to whom it is dedicated. Whether the maxillae resemble those of the preceding subgenus I do not know, but the body is differently proportioned, being elongated and cylin- drical. The antennae are shorter in proportion than usual ; the second joint is square, somewhat thicker than the others, which are short, almost square, and become gradually stouter. In the following the maxillae are arcuated and hooked at the end, The antennae become sensibly thicker towards the extremity. The thorax is always separated posteriorly from the base of the elytra by a well marked space or angle. Here the exterior palpi are terminated by an almost cylindrical joint, not narrowed into a point at the end. Acanthoscelis, Lat. This subgenus is remarkable for the four posterior tibiae, which are short, broad, arcuated, plane and slightly concave on their internal face, convex, and covered with granules or little spines on the opposite one, with the superior edge dentated, and the posterior teeth large and compressed ; the trochanter of the two posterior thighs is very large. The body is short, wide, convex above ; the thorax transversal, round- ed laterally, and its posterior margin sinuous ; spurs of the anterior tibiae very long, and the others almost laminiform, The only species known — Scarites rujicornis , Fab. — inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. Scarites, Bab. The four posterior tibiae narrow, generally smooth, and merely fur- nished with little spines on their ridges, and intermediaries have at most one or two teeth on the exterior side ; the trochanter of the pos- terior thighs much smaller than the thighs themselves. The mandi- bles form elongated triangles, and are strongly dentated at base. The * Refer to this subgenus the Scarites depressus, and Sc. marginatus, Fab. and Oliv. See the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. I, p. 405 : the Entomological Observations of Bonelli : and the work of Palisot de Beauvois on the Insects collected by him in America and Africa. (a) All the Pasimachi hitherto discovered are peculiar to North America. But four species are known, the P. depressus, marginatus, sublcsvis, and the P. suhsulcatus, Say. — Eng. Ed. COLEOPTERA. 38 1 second and third joints of the antennae resemble reversed cones, almost of the same thickness ; the following ones are granulous. Some have two teeth on the exterior side of the intermediate tibiae. Sc. pyracmon, Bonel.; Dej., Spec. I, p. 367 ; Sc. gigas, Oliv., Col. Ill, No. 36, I, 1 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv, II, ix, a. About an inch long; apterous; flattened; of a shining black ; the elytra somewhat widened j^osteriorly, finely striate, and the striae lightly punctate ; in the third, near the extremity, two more dis- tinct and deeper puncta. The head, according to Count Dejean, is much larger in the male than in the female ; the front of the latter presents twro impressions and some little rugae. The thorax, on each side, exhibits a tooth posteriorly. There are three on the anterior tibiae. It is found on the borders of the Mediterranean, in the south of France, and the eastern part of Spain. M. Lefevre de Cerisy, a distinguished naval officer and excellent entomologist, has published some observations on its habits. Sc. terricola, Bonel. ; Dej., Spec. I, p. 398. Body furnished with wings ; from eight to nine lines in length ; black ; anterior tibiae with three stout teeth, followed by three very small ones ; external side of the two following tibiae with but one; elytra elongated, striate, and slightly rugose ; two deep points near the third stria. Found with the pyracmon. Sc. salulosus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 1, 8 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, ix, 6 ; Scar, lavigatus, Fab., Dej. Very similar to the ter- ricola, but somewhat smaller and more depressed ; it is apterous and the elytra slightly striate ; but two indentations on the an- terior tibiae after the three ordinary teeth. It inhabits the same localities as the pyracmon, and is also found in Sicily («). OxYGNATHUS, Dej. The Oxygnathi, as to their antennae and palpi, are essentially simi- lar to the preceding Insects, but having, as well as the two following subgenera, long, narrow, edentated mandibles which cross each other in the manner of a forceps. Their body is narrow, elongated, and cy- lindrical ; their antennae shorter than the head and mandibles united ; the labrum rather indistinct, and the thorax almost square. The type of this subgenus — Scarites elongatas, Wiedem. ; Oxygnathus elongatus, Dej. Spec. II, p. 474 — is from the East Indies. There, the four exterior palpi, or at least those of the labrum, ter- {X^=* («) The Sc. subterraneus, Fab. Syst. El. I, p. 124, No. 8, usually consi- dered as the only species of Scarites, — inhabits the United States. The very great disparity of size, however, between it and a congener from Georgia, combined with a certain difference of aspect would seem to warrant the supposition that the latter is a distinct species. Although, after the most careful comparison of the two, I confess my inability to point out any truly specific difference, I am still inclined to believe they are distinct. 382 INSECTA. minate by a fusiform joint ending in a point. The body is elongated and cylindrical, and the mandibles are long, narrow, and without any remarkable teeth, like those of the Oxygnathi. Oxystomus, Lat. The labial palpi almost as long as the exterior ones of the maxillae, recurved, the first joint salient and cylindrical, the second but slightly elongated, and the last fusiform, long and acutely pointed at the end ; the antennae completely moniliform from the middle of their length, with the first joint as long as the three following ones united * * * §. Camptodontus, Dej. The labial palpi evidently shorter than the external ones of the maxillae, not recurved, and terminated as well as the latter by a fusi- form joint ; a greater part of the joints of the antennae resembling in- verted cones ; the length of the first hardly surpassing that of the two following ones taken together f . The others, whose anterior tibiae are not dentated externally, but simply didactyle at the end, have short mandibles, projecting but lit- tle beyond the labrum ; the labrum coriaceous and entire ; the ligula advancing beyond the emargination of the mentum, glabrous, or but slightly pilose, with separate, salient, and membranous paraglossae ; the exterior palpi are terminated by an oval joint, acuminated at the extremity. They are small, frequent humid places, and are not strangers in northern countries. Clivina, Lat. Three stout teeth on the external side of the two anterior tibiee, and one on that of the next twof. Dyschirius, Bon. — Clivina, Dej. Nothing but dentations or very indistinct and small spines on the external side of the two anterior tibiee, and where the extremity of this side is usually extended into a long point in the form of. a spine, and opposed to another consisting of a stout spur on the internal side. The last joint of the labial palpi is thicker in proportion than that of the Clivinse, and almost clavato-securiform. The thorax is usually globular §. Our second and last subdivision of the Bipartiti will comprise those whose anterior tibiae are neither dentated externally, nor bidigitated at the extremity, and where the second joint of the antennae is evi- dently shorter than the third. They closely approximate to the two last subgenera in the organs of manducation, and have been confounded * Oxyistomus cylindricus, Dej. Spec. I, p. 410. Brazil. •f* Camptodontus cayennensis, lb. II, p. 477. + Tenebrio fossor, L. ; Scarites armarius , Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv., II., viii, A, a. The Clivinse of Count Dejean, Spec. 1, 411, 1 — 7. § Clivinse, 8 — 21, of Count Dejean; but the eighth, or the arctica , seems to present the characters of a Cephalotus. COLEOPTERA. 383 by some authors with the Scarites, which, in fact, they very much re- semble, both in appearance and habits. Some have a narrrow elongated body, almost forming a parallelo- piped, with a nearly square thorax ; the antennae either entirely or partly granose : the last joint of the exterior palpi almost cylindrical, and the same of those of the labium, nearly in the form of a reversed cone, or securiform. They are all exotic. Morio, hat. Antennae equal in size throughout ; labrum profoundly emarginate > exterior palpi filiform ; thighs oval, with triangular tibiae * * * §. OZASNA, OUv. Antennae thicker or inflated at their extremity ; labrum entire ; labial palpi terminating by a larger and almost securiform or trian- gular joint ; thighs and tibiae narrow and elongated j\ The others have an oval or oblong body, and the thorax either nearly in the shape of a cup or heart, or almost orbicular ; the an- tennae are filiform, and consist mostly of cylindrical joints, the last particularly ; the others narrowed at base and nearly in the form of a reversed cone ; the last joint of the exterior palpi is almost oval or fusiform. The labrum is emarginate. They are peculiar to the hot and sandy districts of the western countries of the eastern continent, Ditomus, Bon. — Carabus, Calosoma, Scaurus, Fab. Palpi shorter than the head; thorax cordiform, or like a cup; tarsi short. Some species, those to which Ziegler has restored the generic ap- pellation of Ditomus , have a more elongated body of equal width ; the h eo/i separated from each side of the thorax by a re-entering an- gle, and usually armed in the males, with one or two horns +. The others, or those which compose the genus Aristus, Zieg., have the body shorter, and wider before ; the head almost cotinuous with the thorax, and buried in it up to the eyes ; its anterior angles are pointed §. Aptomus, Hoff. — Scarites, Ross. The anterior palpi very long; thorax orbicular; tarsi filiform and elongated ; exterior maxillary palpi much longer than the head, and * Harpalus monilicornis, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 206 ; Morio monilicornis, Dej.. Spec. I, p. 430 ; Scarites Georgice, Palis, de Beauv. VII, xv, 5 ; — Morio brasiliensis, Dej. Ib. ; — Morio orientalis, Id., Ib. Ozana dentipes, Oliv., Encyclop. Method. ; — Ozana Rogerii , Dej., Spec. p. 434 ; — Ozawa brunnea, Id, Ib. ; — Ozcena Gyllhenalii, Id. Ib. + Dejean, Spec. I, p. 439, first division of Ditomus. The Carabus calydonius of Fabricius, according to a label affixed by him to a specimen taken from the collection of M. Dcsfontaines, forms a species very distinct from the Ditomus cah/do- nius of Dejcan. The mandibles of the male are forked or divided, as it were, into two horns ; the middle horn terminates in a point or rather is hastate at tho ex- tremity. The Calosoma longicornis of Fabricius is probably the female of this species or of another that is closely allied to it. § Second division of Ditomus of Count Dejean, Ib., p. 444. 384 INSECTA. terminated by an ovoido-cylindrical joint ; the same joint of those of the labium elongated and fusiform. I have not perceived a tooth in the emargination of the mentum * * * §. 3. Our third section of the Carabici, that of the Quadrimani, — Harpalicus, Dej. f, includes those, otherwise similar to the last in the pointed termination of the posterior extremity of their elytra, in the males of which the four anterior tarsi are dilated ; the three or four first joints are in the form of a reversed heart or triangular, and nearly all terminated by acute angles; they are usually furnished underneath (the Ophoni excepted) with two ranges of papillae or scales, with an intermediate linear space. The body is always winged, and generally oval and arcuated or convex above ; the thorax is wider than it is long, or at most nearly isometrical, square or trapezoidal. The head is never suddenly con- tracted posteriority, and the antennae are equal throughout, or slightly and insensibly thickened near the extremity. The mandibles are never very strong. The exterior palpi are terminated by an oval or fusiform joint, longer than the preceding one. The tooth of the emargination of the mentum is always entire, and in some is want- ing J. The legs are robust, the tibiae spiny, and the hooks of the tarsi simple. The intermediate tarsi, even in the females, are short, and, with the exception of the dilatation, nearly formed like the an- terior, These Carabici prefer sandy and hot localities. This section is composed of the genus Harpalus , as limited by Bo- nelli in his tabular view of the general distribution ef the Carabici. New sections have still more diminished its extent. They are all subordinate to the three following divisions. The characters of the first are : the emargination of the mentum unidentate§; labrum emarginate ; head and anterior extremity of the thorax as wide as the abdomen or wider ||. It comprises three subgenera. Acinopus,, Zieg. Dej. Filiform antennae, composed of short but cylindrical joints ; tho- rax insensibly narrowed from before backwards, with the posterior angels very obtuse or rounded ; mandibles destitute of teeth; tooth of the emargination of the mentum widely truncated ^f, * Scarites rufus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 11, 13, a, b ; Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. I, iv, 3 ; Apotomus rufus, Dej,, Spec. I, p. 450 ; — Apoiomus testaceus, Id., Ib., p. 451. -j- This appellation harmonizes with those of the two following sections, and is founded on an exclusive character : it therefore seems to me to be preferable to that of Harpalici, employed by Bonelli. + The ligula, as in the two following sections, is always remarkably salient, obtuse or truncated at the end, and accompanied by two distinct, membranous paraglossae in the form of auricles. § If the Cyclosomi have the four anterior tarsi dilated, they will form a fourth division on account of the two teeth in the emargination of the mentum. || The head large ; paraglossse rather broad in comparison with the true ligula, and rounded at the end ; second joint of the antennse somewhat shorter than the third ; intermediate tarsi of the males rather less dilated than the anterior. Harpalus megacephalus, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 206 ; Cardbus megacephalus, Fab. ; Ross. Faun. Etrusc., Append., tab. Ill, H ; Acinopus megace- phalus , Dej. Catal. COLEOPTERA. 385 Daptus, Fisck. — Achinopus, Dej. The antennee, from the fifth joint, moniliform ; thorax suddenly narrowed towards its posterior angles, which terminate in a point ; one of the mandibles projecting and very pointed ; the four anterior tibiae, those of the males particularly, covered with very small spines *. Near Daptus should apparently be placed the genus Pangus of M. Megerle, mentioned by count Dejean in his catalogue. In examining one of the two species (the pensy Ivanicusj, referred by the latter to this genus, I could discover no character which should distinguish the section in question from the preceding one. The second division consists of Harpali, in which the emargina- tion of the ventum is also unidentate, but where the more or less oval or ovoid body is narrowed before, and the labrum entire, or simply somewhat concave. They form the Harpalus, Dej. Or the true Harpali. One of the most common in all Europe is H. ceneus ; Carabus ceneus , Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXV, 3, 4. Body about four lines in length, and of a shining black; antennae and legs fulvous ; thorax and elytra most com- monly green, or cupreous and brilliant, sometimes of a bluish black. The thorax is transversal, narrowed posteriorly, and the lateral and posterior margins delicately reflected, with a punc- tated depression on each side near the posterior angles. The elytra are striated, with an incisure near the extremity, and little depressed puncta between the exterior striae. This insect has also been called the Proteus, on account of the variety of its colours f. The total absence of a tooth in the emargination of the mentum distinguishes the Carabici of the third and last division of this sec- tion, which, by the form of the body and the labrum, resemble those of the preceding division. Ophonus, Zieg. Dej. The four anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated, or evidently wider, and generally furnished beneath with numerous and compact hairs, forming a continuous brush; the penultimate joint is not bilo- bate. The last joint of the exterior palpi truncated, or very obtuse. The body is very finely punctated above, and the thorax most fre- quently cordiform, and truncated posteriorly J. * Acinopus maculipennis , Dej. ; Dactus picfus, Fisch., Entom. Russ. II, xxvi, 2, xlvi, 2 ; D.vittatus, Id. Ib., 7, var. ? Ditoma vittiyer, Germ. ; D. chloroticus , Id. Ib. f For the other species, sec the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, genus Ilurpalus f p. 14, and for their synonymes Scliocnberr’s Synonymia lnseetorum, and the Faun. Aust. of Duftsehmid.Fabricius has described but few of them, of which we will men. tion those he calls culiynosus, ruficornis, binotutus, tardus, hcros, analis, Jlavilabris, and the Spec. Dej., II, p. 257, et seq. D D 2 404 INSECTA. or of a reversed cone ; one of the two spurs of the internal extremity of the two anterior tibiae is inserted higher than the other, with a notch between them. The four or three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are in general but slightly dilated. The palpi are never elongated. They are shore Insects, and peculiar to Europe and Siberia. Sometimes the labrum is very short, transversal, and terminated by a straight line. The last joint of the exterior palpi is almost obco- nical, thicker and truncated at the extremity. The mandibles ad- vance considerably beyond the labrum. The anterior tarsi of the males are sensibly dilated. Elaphrus, Fab. — Elaphrus, Blethisa, Pelophila, Dej. In some of them, and the lasgest — Blethisa , Bonelli — the thorax is wider than it is long, plane, bordered laterally, almost square and slightly narrowed towards the posterior angles. Here, the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are strongly dilated and cordiform. They are the Pelophilce of De- jean *. There, the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are slightly dilated — they form the Blethisa , Dejean f . In the others, the thorax is at least as long as it is wide, convex, cordiform and truncated. The body is proportionably more convex than in the preceding subgenera. The four first joints of the ante- rior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. These latter alone com- pose his genus Elaphrus. E. uliginosus ; C. uliginosus , Fab. ; Elaphrus riparius , Oliv., Col. II, 34, I, 1, A — E. About four lines in length, of a black- ish bronze, with numerous puncta; little depressions or fossulee on the front and thorax, and others with a violent bottom and elevated contour joined to each other on the elytra ; tarsi bluish- black ; tibiae sometimes of the latter colour and sometimes rus- set. These latter individuals have been considered as a distinct species — cupreus — by M M. Megerle and Dejean. It is rare in the environs of Paris, but common in other parts of France, and in Germany, Sweden, & c. E. riparius , Fab., Clairv., Entom., Helv., II, xxv, A, a; Ci- cindela riparia , L. ; Elaphrus paludosus^ Oliv., Col. 11,34, 1, 4, b; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, xx, 1. About a third less than the uliginosus; above, very finely dotted with dead-cupreous, mixed with green ; circular green impressions with papillated centres arranged in four lines, and a polished, shining cupreous spot on each elytron near the suture. Common in the environs of Paris J. Sometimes the labrum is almost semicircular and rounded ante- * Cardbus borealis , Fab. ; Nebria borealis, Gyllenh. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXV, 8. f Carabus multipunctatus, Fab. ; Panz. Ib. XI, 5. J For the other species, see Dej. Spec. II, p. 268, et seq. OOLEOPTERA. 405 riorly; the exterior palpi terminate by a sub-oval joint, narrowed into a point at the extremity. The mandibles project but little beyond the labrum. Tarsi identical in both sexes. The anterior extremity of the head forms a small snout. The body is plane above, and the thorax trapezoidal, almost as wide as the head, and slightly narrowed posteriorly. Notiophilus Dumer. — Elaphrus, Fab. Oliv .* Our second general division of this tribe, or that of the Subulifalpi, is distinguished from the preceding one by the form of the exterior palpi, of which the penultimate and obconical joint is united to the following, forming with it a common oval or fusiform body, termi- nated, either insensibly or suddenly, in a point, or in the manner of an awl. The internal side of the two anterior tibiae is always emarginated. These Insects, both as respects their form and mode of living, are very similar to the preceding ones. Bembidion, Lat. — Bembidium, Gyll. Dej. Penultimate joint of the exterior palpi large, inflated, and turbi- nated; the last much more slender, very short or acicular ; first joint of the two anterior tarsi dilated in the males. Messrs. Ziegler and Megerle have divided this subgenus into several others f, but without giving their character or depending as it would appear, on the changes in the form of the thorax. * Cicindela aquatica, L. ; Elaphrus aquaticus, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XX, 3; — Elaphrus biguttatus, Fab., and to which Count Dejean refers his C. semi- punctatus. See Spec. II, p. 276, et seq. This division, in a natural series, should probably be placed directly after that of the Carabici Quadrumani. In the genus Masoreus, Dejean, (p. 420), the two anterior tarsi of the males resemble those of Harpali ; the emargination of the mentum is destitute of a tooth as in Stenolophus, Acupalpus, &c. ; but the maxillary palpi terminate nearly as in Bembidion ; the two last joints are united and form one body, the penultimate merely being rather shorter than the last and obconical, and the latter, cylindrical and truncated. The genera Pogonus and Cardiaderus of Count Dejean appear to us to be connected with the Amara of Bonelli, notwithstanding the difference in their tarsi. From what we observe in the Cicindeletse and the Carabici Grandipalpi, evidently natural divisions, it may be seen that the tarsi vary according to the sex, and that if we ehiefly depend on characters drawn from these parts, we may form sections, method- ical it is true, but which are in direct opposition to the natural order. •f* This subgenus may be thus divided. In some the thorax is less depressed, is at least as long as it is wide, much narrower posteriorly than before, cordiform and truncated, with the posterior angles very short or but slightly elongated. Those in which this part of the body presents no decided impression at its poste- rior angles, and whose eyes are very large, and cause the head to appear wider than the thorax, form the genus Tachypus of Megerle. Those whose eyes, as in all the following divisions, are less prominent, so that the thorax is not wider than the head, but otherwise presenting similar characters, constitute the Bembidium properly so called of Dejean. The Count, with Megerle, places in the genus Lopha those in which the thorax, having the same form and proportions, presents at each posterior angle a marked impression, so that these angles arc well bordered. The others have a flatter body, the thorax wider than it is long, and proportiou- ably less narrowed posteriorly ; its posterior angles always exhibit a strong impres- sion, and a little oblique carina. 406 INSECTA. The following species is placed by Count Dejean among his Tachypi. B.flavipes ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XX, 2; Cicindela Jlavipes , L. Very similar to the Elaphrus riparius; two lines in length; thorax rather narrower than the head, cordiform, trun- cated, and as long as it is wide ; eyes large ; the body blackish- green above, bronzed beneath and mottled with cupreous-red; two large impressed puncta on each elytron near the suture ; base of the antennse, palpi and legs yellowish. Very common in the environs of Paris * *. Trechus, Clairv. The last joint of the exterior palpi, from its thickest part to its origin, as long as the preceding or longer, so that the two united make a fusiform body f . The Pentamerous Aquatic Carnivora form a third tribe, that of the Hydrocanthari, Lat. The feet of these Insects are fitted for natation ; the four last are compressed, ciliated or laminiform, and the two last at a distance from the others; the mandibles are almost Certain species, whose thorax, although narrowed near the posterior angles, is less than in the others, so that the posterior margin is scarcely narrower than the anterior, compose the genus Notaphus , Dej. and Megerle. Among those in which the thorax is considerably narrowed behind, its length is sometimes only a little greater than its width, and it has the form of a truncated heart : such are the Peryphus of these naturalists. Sometimes much shorter in proportion, its form approaches that of a cup or of a heart with a very broad base ; in some it is even rounded at the posterior angles. They form the genus Leja of the same. The Tachypi, on account of the extraordinary protuberance of their eyes, and other relations to the Elaphri, are sufficiently distinct ; but such is far from being the case with the other genera ; it is impossible to mark them by rigor- ous characters. Those which might be drawn from the respective and comparative length of the second and third joint of the antennse, appear to me to be also uncer- tain. See the Catal. de la Coll, des Coleop., of Dejean. * Add Carabus tricolor , Fab.; — C. modestus ; — cursor ; — biguttatus ; — 4 -guttatus ; — guttula, Id. ; — C. minutus, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XXXVIII, 10 ; — C. pygmceus, Fab.; — Panz. Ib. 11 ; — C. articulatus, Panz. Ib. XXX, 21 ; — Cicindela quadrimaculata , L; — Carabus pulchellus, Panz. Ib. XXXVIII, 8; XL, 5 ; — C. dor is, Panz. Ib. 9 ; — Elaphrus rupestris, Fab. ; Panz. Ib. XL, 6 ; — C. decorus, Pan z. Ib. LXXIII, 4; — C. ustulatus , L. ; — Panz. Ib. XL, 7, 9; — C. bipunctatus, L. ; Oliv. Col. Ill, 35, xiv, 163; — Elaphrus ruficollis, Panz. Ib. XXXVIII, 21; — Elaphrus impressus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XL, 8 ; — Elaphrus paludosus, Ib. XX, 4. 't' Trechus rubens, Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, ii, B, b. The Carabus meridianus , which he figures in the same plate, A, a, is a Stenolophus. — Carabus micros , Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XL, 4. — The genus Masoreus of Ziegler and Dejean appears to me to approach that of Trechus . The species on which it is founded is closely allied to the Harpalus collaris of Gyllenhal. The maxillary palpi, as in Trechus, have a fusiform termination, the penultimate joint merely being a little shorter than the last. The anterior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. This Insect seems to connect Trechus with various small species of the Stenolophus of Dejean. The Blemi of these same savans are a kind of narrower and more elongated Trechi with a guhisometrical thorax, in the form of a reversed and truncated trian- gle, with much larger mandibles that project beyond the labrum. They are found along the sea-coast of France, under stones, and even in the sea. C0LE0PTERA. 407 entirely covered ; the body is always oval, the eyes but slightly pro- minent, and the thorax much wider than long. The terminal hook of the maxillae is arcuated from its base ; those at the extremity of the tarsi are often unequal. They compose the genera Dytiscus and Gyrinus of Geoffroy. They pass their first and last stage of existence in the fresh and placid waters of lakes, marshes, ponds, &c. They are good swimmers, and rises occasionally to the surface of their liquid abodes in order to respire ; this they easily effect by keeping their head motionless, and permitting themselves to float. Their body being reversed, they elevate its posterior extremity a little above the water, raise the ex- tremity of their elytra, or depress the end of the abdomen, in order that air may enter the stigmata, which are covered by them, whence it finds its way to the tracheae. They are excessively voracious, and feed on small animals inhabiting the same element, which they never leave excepting during the night, or at its approach, When taken from the water they diffuse a nauseating odour. They are frequently attracted into houses by the light of candles, &c. Their larvae have a long and narrow body composed of twelve rings, the first of which is the largest; a stout head, provided with two powerful mandibles, curved into an arc, and perforated near the point ; small antennae, palpi, and six simple approximated eyes on each side. They have six tolerably long legs, frequently fringed with hairs, and terminated by two small nails. They are active, carnivorous, and respire either by the anus or by a kind of fins re- sembling branchiae. When about to enter into their pupa state they leave the water. This tribe consists of two principal genera Dytiscus, Geoff. The Dytisci have a filiform antennae longer than the head, two eyes, the anterior legs shorter than the following ones, and the last most commonly terminated by a compressed tarsus ending in a point*. By means of their legs fringed with long hairs, the two last particu- larly, they are enabled to swim with great velocity. They dart upon other Insects, aquatic Worms, &c. In most of the males the three first joints of the four anterior tarsi are widened and spongy * According to M. Leon Dufour, their crop is terminated behind by an annular roll (bourrelet) a character not found in the preceding tribe. Their caecum forms a natatory bladder. Their pectus contains two pneumatic sacs, while the tracheae of the other parts are tubular. The adipose splanchnic tissue possesses the characters of a true epiploon or mesentery. Their stigmata also differ from those of the Terrestrial Carnivora. 408 INSECTA. underneath ; those of the first pair particularly are very remarkable in the larger species, these three joints forming there a large palette, the inferior surface of which is covered by little bodies, some in the form of papillae, and others, larger, in that of cups or suckers, &e. Some of the females are distinguished from their males by their sulcated elytra. The body of the larva is composed of from eleven to twelve annuli, and covered with a squamous plate ; this larva is long, ventricose in the middle, and slender at each end, particu- larly behind, where the last annuli form an elongated cone furnished on the sides with a fringe of floating hairs, with which the animal acts on the water, and propels its body forwards ; the latter is usually terminated by two conical, bearded and moveable filaments. Between them are two small cylindrical bodies, perforated at their extremity by a hole, which are so many air-ducts, and in which the two tracheae terminate ; stigmata, however, are observed on the sides of the abdomen. The head is large, oval, attached to the thorax by a neck, and furnished with strongly arcuated mandibles, under the extremity of which Be Geer perceived a longitudinal slit, so that, in this respect, these organs resemble the mandibles of the larva of the Myrmeleon, and serve as suckers ; the mouth, however, is provided with maxillae and a labium with palpi. Each of the three first annuli bears a pair of tolerably long legs, the tibiae and tarsi of which are bordered with hairs, which afford them additional aid in swimming. The first ring is the largest or longest, and is defended above as well as underneath by a squamous plate. These larvae suspend themselves on the surface of the water by means of two lateral appendages at the extremity of their body, which they keep above it. When they wish to change their position, they communicate a sudden vermicular motion to their body, and strike the water with their tail, They feed more particularly on the larvae of the Libellulae, and those of the Culices and Aselli. When the period of their metamorphosis has arrived, they issue from the water, and having gained the shore penetrate into the earth, which must, however, be constantly moistened, or very humid. They then excavate an oval cavity, and shut themselves up in it. According to Rossel, the eggs of the D. marginalis are hatched from ten to twelve days after they are laid. In four or five days after this epoch, the larva is already five lines in length, and under- goes its first change of tegument. The second ensues at the expi- ration of a similar period, and the animal is then double its former size. Its final length is two inches. They have been observed, in summer, to enter into their pupa state at the end of fifteen days, and to become perfect Insects in fifteen or twenty more. Besides the cloaca of the Insects of this family, the Dytisci have a tolerably long caecum, which is perceptible even in the larva. This great genus is subdivided as follows : Some have antennae composed of eleven distinct joints, the exte- rior palpi filiform or somewhat larger at the extremity, and the base of their posterior feet as well as that of the others exposed. Sometimes the thickness of the antennae gradually diminishes from COLEOPTERA. 409 their origin to the extremity ; the last joint of the labial palpi is simply obtuse at the end and unemarginate. Such is Dytiscus, proper. Where all the tarsi are composed of five very distinct joints, of which the three first of the two anterior ones are very wide, forming, collectively, a palette, either oval and transverse, or orbicular. D. latissimus , L. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXVI, 1. About an inch and a half long, and easily distinguished by the compressed and trenchant dilatation of the exterior margin of the elytra, the border of which is yellowish ; thorax margined all round with the same colour ; elytra sulcated and carinated in the female. From the department of Vosges in the north of Europe and from Germany. D. marginalise L. ; Panz. Ib. 3. About a fourth smaller; a yellowish border all round the thorax, and a line of the same colour on the exterior and non- dilated margin of the elytra; those of the female sulcated from their base to about two-thirds of their length. Fabricius says that if laid on its back, it soon regains its natural position by jumping. Esper preserved a D. marginaiis for three years and a half, in perfect health, in a large glass jar. Every week, and sometimes oftener, he threw into the vessel a piece of raw beef about the size of a filbert, on which it darted with great avidity, and then completely exhausted its blood by suction. It can go without food for at least four weeks. It kills the Hydrophilus piceus. although double its own size, by piercing it between the head and thorax, the only part of the body that is unarmed. Accord- ing to Esper, it is affected by atmospheric changes, and indicates them by the height at which it remains in the jar. D. Jkceselii, Fab. ; Roes., Insect., II, Aquat., Class I, ii. Nar- rower, or more oval and more depressed than the preceding ones ; exterior margin of the thorax and elytra yellowish ; the latter finely striated in the female. Environs of Paris, and Ger- many. D. serricornis , Payk., Nov. Acad. Sc. Stock., XX, i, 3. Re- markable for the anomalous form of the antennae of the male, the four last joints of which form a compressed and serrated mass *. * Doctor Leach has established his genus Agabus — Zool. Miscel. Ill, p. 69 and and 72 — on this character. Certain slight differences in the form and relative pro- portions of the joints of the exterior maxillary palpi have also induced him to esta- blish some others, such as Hydaticus (D. Hybneri , transversalis, stagnalis, A-vit ta- lus) : Acinus (D. sulcatus) : and Trogus ( D . lateralis). The last is the only one that can be retained on account of some other characters. The tibiae of the pos- terior legs arc short and very wide, and the tarsi are only terminated by a single hook. To the species above quoted add D. sulcatus, Fab. ; Clair., Entom. Helv., II, xx ; — J). costaliSf Oliv. Col. Ill, 40, 1, 7 ; — D. punctatus, Ib. I, 6, b and I, e; — D. 410 INSECTA. COLYMBETES, ClaiTV. All the tarsi composed of five very distinct joints ; but the four anterior, in the males, have the three first equally dilated, constitut- ing, collectively, a small palette forming a long square ; the antennae, at least the length of the head and thorax. The body is perfectly oval, and wider than it is high; the eyes are not protuberant, or but very slightly so * * (a). Hygrobia, Lat. — Hydrachna, Fab. Clairv. — Pcelobius, Sohoenh. The tarsi also composed of five distinct joints, the four anterior of which are almost equally dilated at base, in the males, into a little palette forming a long square ; but the antennae are shorter than the head and thorax ; the body is ovoid and very thick in the middle ; eyes prominent f . Hydroporus, Clairv. — Hyphydrus, Schosnh. The four anterior tarsi nearly similar, and spongy underneath, in both sexes, composed of but four distinct joints, the fifth being deficient or very small and concealed, as well as a part of the last, in a deep cleft in the third. These Insects have no apparent scutellum J ( h). aciculatus, lb. Ill, 30 ; — B. Icevigatus, lb. 23 ; — D. tripunctatus, lb. 24 ; — B. ruficol- Us, lb., II, 20 ; — B. vittatus, lb., I, 5 ; — B. griseus, Ib., II, 12 ; — B. sticlicus, lb., 11,11; — B. circumflexus, Fab. Of American species the B. fimbriolatus, verticalis , mediatus, tceniolis, &c. * B. fuscus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXVI, 5; — B. cinereus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., XXXI, 2 ; — B. zonatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XXXVIII, 3 ; — B. bipuncta- tus , Fab.; Panz., Ib., XCI, 6 ; — B. fenestratus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XXXVIII, 16 ; B. chalconatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., 17 ; — B. ater, Fab. ; Panz. Ib., 15 ; — B. guttatus, Payk. ; Panz., Ib., XC, 1 ; — B. fuliginosus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XXXVIII, 14 ;— B. bipustulatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., Cl, 2 ; — B. stagnalis, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XCI, 7 ; — B. transversalis, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., LXXXVI, 6 ; — B. abbreviatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XIV, 1 ; — B. maculatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., 7 ; — B. agilis, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XC, 2 ; — B. adspersus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., XXXVIII, 18 ; — B. minutus, Fab. ; Panz., XXVI, 3, 5 ; — B. Leander, Oliv., Ib., Ill, 25 ; — B. varius, Qliv., Ib., II, 17 ; — B. bimaculatus, Oliv., Ib., 18. See Clairv., Entom. Helvet. II, genus Colymbetes. Certain small species without any distinct scutellum, and in which the anterior tarsi of the males are but slightly dilated, compose the genus Lacophilus of Leach, who cites the following : — B. liyalinus , Marsh ; — B. interruptus , Panz. ? — B. minutus, L. ; — B. mgrmoreus, Oliv. See his Zool. Miscell. Ill, p. 72. f Hydrachna Hermanni, Fab. ; Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 5 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xxvii, A, a ; — H. uliginosa, Clairv., Ib., B, b. These Insects with the Halipli, in the system of Leach — Zool. Miscell. p. 68 — form a particular group, the characters of which are : a scutellum ; all the legs adapted for walking, with five joints to all the tarsi and two terminal hooks to the last. The Hygrobiae have their exterior palpi somewhat enlarged at the end ; two stout and approximated spurs at the extremity of the tibiae, and their anterior tarsi sus- ceptible of being doubled under the tibiae to which they are annexed. X In the preceding divisions, some small species excepted, it is very apparent. (a) Add to the species of Colymbetes the C. erythropterus, fenestralis, ambi - guus, seriatus, nitidus, bicarinatus, venustus, glyphicus, obtusatus, &c. Of the G. La- cophilus the L. maculosus and proximus. — Eng. Ed. (6) Add of American species the Hydrop. undulatus , oppositus, niger, catascopium, lacustris, paralldus, undulatus, &c, — Eng. Ed, COLEOPTERA. 411 We might separate from them some species * * * § in which the body is almost globular, and where the last joint of the four anterior tarsi is very small and projects but little beyond the preceding one— Hyphydrus , Lat. — The body of the rest is oval, and not so thick f. Sometimes the antennae are slightly dilated and wider in the middle of their length ; the last joint of the labial palpi is emarginate, and appears forked. Noterus, Clairv. No scutel ; tarsi consisting of five distinct joints, and the two first of the four anterior dilated in the males, forming an elongated palette ; first joint of the two anterior tarsi covered by a broad lamini- form spur, the part of the pectus bearing the last legs with a deep groove on each side J. The others have but ten distinct joints in their antennae; their exterior palpi are fusiform, or have a more slender termination taper- ing to a point, and the base of the posterior legs is covered with a large shield. The body is convex and ovoid underneath, as in Hygrobia ; but there is no scutel, and all the tarsi are filiform, composed of five almost cylindrical joints, and have nearly the same form in both sexes. They are the Haliplus, Lat. — Hoplitus, Clair. — Cnemidotus, Illig. § The second genus of the Hydrocanthari, or the Gyrinus, Lin. Comprises those in which the antennse are clavate and shorter than the head ; the two first legs are long and project like arms ; the remaining four are compressed, wide, and pinnate. There are four eyes. The body is oval and usually very glossy. The second joint of the antennae, which are inserted in a cavity before the eyes, is pro- longed exteriorly in the form of an auricle, and the following joints || are very short, crowded, and united in one almost fusiform and slightly curved mass. The head is sunk in the thorax almost to the eyes, which are large, and divided by a border, in such a way that two are above and two underneath, The labrum is rounded and strongly ciliated before. The palpi are very small, and the * The Hyd. gibba, ovalis, scripta, Fab. ; Hyphydrus lyratus, Schoenh., Synon. Insect., II, iv, 1. f The Dytisci inaqualis, reticulatus, confiuens , picipes, piclus, geminus, lineatus , ha- lensis, duodecim-pustulatus , dorsalis , sex-pustulatus, palusiris, depressus, lituratus, planus, erythrocephalus, nigrita, granularis , Fab. See Schoenherr, Synon. Insect. II, genus Hyphydrus; — Panz., Index Entom., genus Hydroporus ; — and Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, the same genus. X Dytiscus crassicornis, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xxxii. § The Dytisci fulvus, imprcssus and obliquus, Fab. See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 234 ; Clairv., Entom. Ilelv., II, genus Hoplitus , XXXI ; Panz., Ind. Entoih., genus id., and Schoenherr, Synonym. Insect. II, genus Cnemidotus. || But seven are distinctly visible, the first and last of which are the longest. 412 INSECTA. interior of those attached to the maxillae are wanting, or are not developed in several, and particularly the larger species. The thorax is short and transversal. The elytra are obtuse and truncated at their posterior extremity, leaving the anus exposed, which ends in a point. The two anterior legs are long, slender, folded in two, and when contracted, almost at a right angle with the body: they are terminated by a very short, strongly compressed tarsus, the inferior surface of which, in the males, is furnished with a fine compact brush. The four others are broad and extremely thin, the joints of their tarsi forming little leaflets arranged like a flounce. The Gyrini are usually small, or of a moderate size. They are to be found from the very beginning of spring until the end of autumn, on the surface of stagnant waters, and even on that of the Ocean, where, frequently collected in troops, they appear like brilliant points, swimming and wheeling with great agility in all sorts of curves, and in every direction, whence the name of Puce aquatique and Tourniquet given to them by authors. Sometimes they remain motionless, but the instant any one approaches, they escape by swimming, and dive with great celerity. Their four last legs serve them as oars, and the two before for seizing their prey. Placed on water, the superior surface of their body is always dry, and when they dive, a little bubble of air, resembling a silvery globule, remains fixed to its posterior extremity. When . seized, a lacteous fluid oozes from their body which spreads over it, and which, perhaps, produces that disagreeable and penetrating odour they then diffuse, and which remains attached to the fingers for a long time. They copulate on the surface of the water. Sometimes they remain at the bottom clinging to plants : there, also, it is probable they secrete themselves to pass the winter *. G. natator , L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. Ill, 5; De Geer, Insect., IV, xiii, 4, 19. Three lines in length; oval, glabrous, very glossy ; bronze-black above ; black beneath ; legs fulvous ; scutel triangular, very pointed, somewhat longer than wide; elytra rounded at the extremity, and marked with small impressed puncta in regular and longitudinal lines. The female lays her eggs on aquatic plants. They are very small, and form little yellowish white cylinders. The body of the larva is long, tapering, linear, and consists of thirteen annuli, each of the three first bearing a pair of legs. The head is large, of an elongated oval shape, and much flattened, pre- senting the same parts as that of the larva of a Dytiscus ; but here the fourth and seven following annuli are furnished on each side with a conical, membranous, flexible filament with bearded edges. The twelfth ring has four similar, but much longer ones, directed more posteriorly. Two very slender tracheae traverse the whole length of the body, and receive an air vessel * M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Oct. 1821, has published some anatomical observations on these Insects. The small intestine is remarkable for its length. The caecum is not lateral as in Dysticus. The genital organs of the males diifer from those of the other Carniyora. COLEOPTERA. 413 from each filament. The last ring is very small, and is termi- nated by four long and parallel hooks. This larva inhabits the water, from which it issues in the beginning of August to become a chrysalis. It encloses itself in a little oval cocoon, pointed at the ends, formed of a material drawn from its body resembling grey paper, which it fixes to the reeds. Very common in Europe* (a ). FAMILY II. BRACHELYTRA. In the second family of the Pentamerous Coleoptera we find but one palpus to the maxillae, or four in all ; the antennae, sometimes of equal thickness, and at others slightly enlarged at the end, are usually composed of lenticular or graniform joints ; the elytra are much shorter than the body, which is narrow and elongated, and the coxae of the two anterior legs are very large ; near the anus are two vesicles which the animal protrudes at will. These Coleoptera compose the genus Staphylinus, Lin. The Staphylini have been considered as forming the passage from the Coleoptera to the Forjiculce , the first genus of the following order. They also approximate, in some respects, to the Insects of the pre- ceding family, and to the Silphse and Necrophori, (genera of the fourth), in many others. They commonly have a large, flattened head, stout mandibles, short antennae, a thorax as wide as the abdo- men, and the elytra truncated at the extremity, but still covering the wings, which preserve their usual extent. The semi-annuli of the top of the abdomen are as scaly as those of the venter, The vesicles of the anus consist in two conical and pilose points, which are pro- truded and retracted at the will of the animal ; a subtile vapour escapes from them, which, in some species, has a strong odour of sulphuric ether. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat. VIII, p. 16, has described the apparatus which produces it. The last segment of the abdomen, that which contains the anus, is prolonged and termi- nates in a point. * For the other species see Oliv., Col. Ill, No. 41, and Schcenh., Synon. Insect., II, No. 55. The Gyr. minutus and bicolor , Fab., are also found in the vicinity of Paris. The largest of the species, all of which are foreign to Europe, have no ap- parent scutel and but four palpi. M. Mac-Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan. I, p. 30 — forms a particular genus, Dineu- tes, with those in which the labrum is not ciliate, the palpi are clavate, the ante- rior legs the length of the body, and the termination of the antennae is partly pointed, lie quotes but a single species, the D. politus. (a) Add to species of Gyrinus, the Gyr. americanus, cmarginatus , ana l is and limbatus. — Eng. Ed. 414 INSECTA. These Insects, when touched, or while they run, elevate the ex- tremity of their abdomen and flex it in every direction. They also use it to push their wings under the elytra. The tarsi of their two anterior legs are frequently broad and dilated, and their coxae as well as those of the intermediate legs are very large. They are usually found in earth, dung, and excrementitious matters ; some live in mushrooms, rotten wood, or under stones ; others are only met with in aquatic localities. Some very small ones keep on flowers. They are all voracious, run with great swiftness, and take wing very promptly. The larva bears a close resemblance to the perfect Insect : it has the figure of an elongated cone, the base of which is occupied by the very large head ; the last ring is prolonged into a tube, and is accompanied by two conical and hairy appendages. It feeds on the same matters as the perfect Insect. The first stomach of the Staphylini is small and without plicae ; the second is very long and pilose ; the intestine is extremely short *. It is a very extensive genus, which we will divide into five sections. In the first, or that of the Fissilabra, the head is completely ex- posed and separated from the thorax, which is sometimes square or semi-oval, and at others rounded, or cordiform and truncated, by a neck or sensible strangulation.. The labrum is profoundly cleft and forms two lobes. Such is the Oxyporus, Fab. Where the maxillary palpi are filiform, and those attached to the labium are terminated by a very large and lunate joint. The an- tennae are large, perfoliate and compressed ; the anterior tarsi are not dilated ; the last joint and then the second are the longest. They inhabit the Boleti and Agarici. O.rufus ; Staphylmus rufus, L.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., XVI, 19. About three lines in length ; fulvous; head, pectus, extremity and interior margin of the elytra, as well as the anus, black f. Astrap^eus, Grav. The four palpi terminated by a larger and nearly triangular joint ; anterior tarsi greatly dilated, the first and last joints the longest J. In the * According to M. Dufour, the only essential difference between their alimentary canal and that of the carnivorous Coleoptera consists in the absence of the crop. Their biliary vessels are inserted at the same lateral point, and, at least in some species, present near the middle a knot or vesicle, not observed in any other Insects. Their sexual apparatus differs greatly from that of the carnivorous Coleoptera. See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1825. 'f' Add O. maxillosus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib., 20. The remaining Oxypori of Fabricius belong to subgenera of our fourth section. See Oliv. Encyc. Mdthod., genus Gxypore , and the Coleoptera Microptera, Cravenhorst. X Staphylinus ulmi, Oliv. ; Ross., Faun. Etrusc., I, v, 6 ; Panz., Ib., LXXXVIII, 4 ; Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 284. COLEOPTERA, 415 Staphylinus, lab. Or the true Staphylini, all the palpi are filiform, and the antennae are inserted between the eyes, above the labrum and mandibles. Some, particularly the males, have the anterior tarsi greatly dilated, and the antennae separated at base ; the length of the first joint of the latter is equal, at most, to that of a fourth of the whole number. The head is but slightly elongated. In some systems, those species alone which present the above characters, constitute the genus Staphy- linus. The S. dilatatus , Fab., Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ., VI, 14, has even been separated from it, to compose another, on account of its antennae, which form an elongated serrated club. According to the observations of M. Chevrolat, a zealous entomologist, this Insect feeds on caterpillars which it searches for on trees. S. hirtus , L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., IV, 19. Ten lines in length; black; very hairy; superior surface of the head* thorax, and last abdominal annuli covered with thick hairs of a glossy golden-yellow ; elytra cinereous-grey, with a black base ; under part of the body bluish-black. North of Europe, France, and Germany. S. olens. Fab., Panz. ib., XXVII, 1. An inch long; dead black ; head wider than the body ; wings reddish. Its ova are remarkably large. Very common in the environs of Paris, under stones. S. maxillosus, L. ; Panz. ib. 2. About eight lines in length ; black ; glossy ; head wider than the thorax ; great part of the abdomen and elytra cinereous grey, dotted and spotted with black. In earth, dung, &c. S. murinus, Fab. ; Panz., ib., LXVI, 16. From four to six lines long ; head, thorax and elytra deep bronze, glossy, with dusky spots ; scutel yellowish, marked with two atrous spots ; abdomen black ; greater part of the antennae reddish. Found with the preceding, S. erythr op terns, L. ; Panz., XXVIII, 4. From six to ten lines in length ; black ; elytra, base of the antennae, and legs fulvous *. The others, which are linear, with a head and thorax elongated in the form of a long square, have their antennae approximated at base, and strongly geniculate and granose ; their anterior tarsi are usually not at all or but very slightly dilated. The anterior tibiae are spin- ous, with a stout spine at the extremity. The labrum is small. They form the genus Xanth olinus of some entomologists f . * See the Monograph of this family — Coleoptera Microptera — by Gravenhorst ; Panz., Index, Entoin., pars 1, p. 208, et seq. ; Lat. ib., 1, 285. Refer to this genus the following species of Olivier : aureus , aneus, hatuorrhoidalis , oculutus , erythr ocepha- lus, similis, cyaneus , pubcsccns , cupreiis , stercorarius , brunnipes, pilosus, politus , amanus, csides those above described. 4 The Staphylini fulyulus, fulndneus, pyropterus, elegans, clongafus , ochrueus, alter - nans , melanoccphalus, Gnwcnhorst. 416 INSECTA. Pinophilus, Grav . Palpi filiform ; but the antennae inserted before the eyes, outside of the labrum, and near the exterior base of the mandibles Lathrobium, Grav. — P^derus, Fab. Palpi suddenly terminated by a pointed and frequently indistinct joint, much smaller than the penultimate ; those of the maxillae much longer than the labials ; the antennae inserted as in Pinophilus ; anterior tarsi strongly dilated in both sexes ; length of the last joint of the four posterior tarsi almost equal to that of the four preceding ones taken together f . In the second section, that of the Longipalpi, where the head is also completely exposed, but the labrum entire, the maxillary palpi are nearly as long as the head, and have a clavate termination formed by the third joint, with the fourth concealed or but slightly visible, and in the figure of a small point, terminating the club when appa- rent ; the preceding joint considerably enlarged. These Insects live along the shores of rivers, &c, PasDERUs, Fab. The antennae inserted before the eyes, either filiform or gradually increasing in thickness, and longer than the head ; body long and narrow; mandibles dentated on the internal side, and terminating in a simple joint. In some of them, P^ederus, Lat. — the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bifid J. P. riparius ; Staphylinus riparius , Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ, IX, 2. About three lines in length ; very narrow and elongated ; fulvous ; head, pectus, superior extremity of the abdomen and knees, black ; elytra blue. Very common in wet sand, under stones, among the roots of trees, &c. In the others, Stilici, Lat. — all the joints of the tarsi are entire §. * Pinophilus latipes, Grav., North. America. In his Mantissa it is united to the following genus. j- See Gravenhorst, Coleop., Microp., and Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 289. The L. elongatum ( S . elongatus, L.) is figured by Panz., Ib. IX, 12; — Staphylinus linearis, Qliv., Col. Ill, 2, iv. 38. See also Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, pars I, p. 363, et seq., and the Catalogue of Count Dejean, p. 24. J M. Lefevre has brought an Insect from Sicily allied to Paederus, but evidently forming a new genus. The fourth and last joint of the maxillary palpi is here very distinct, and gives them a clavate termination. The last joint of the antennae is ovoido-conical and larger than the penultimate. The head is connected with the thorax by an elongated pedicle, on a level with the former at its origin. The thorax is nai* * * §row and elongated. The two anterior tarsi are greatly dilated ; the first joint of the others is very long, and their penultimate appeared to me emarginated or bifid. I will distinguish the genus by the name of Procirkus, and this species shall be dedicated to the zealous naturalist who discovered it. § See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 290, et seq. ; and Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 312. COLEOPTERA. 417 Evaisthetus, Grav. The antennae also inserted before the eyes, but hardly longer than the head, and almost entirely moniliform ; the body but slightly elongated, and the head as wide as the thorax * * * §. Stenus, Lat. The antennse inserted near the internal margin of the eyes, and terminated in a triarticulated club ; extremity of the mandibles forked ; large eyes. S. 2-guttatus ; Staphylinus 2-guttatus, L. ; Panz. Faun, Insect. Germ., XI, 18. About two lines in length; all black, with a reddish dot on each elytron f. The third section — Denticrura, Lat. — differs from the second in the maxillary palpi, which are much shorter than the head, and always consist of four distinct joints ; the anterior tibiae, at least, are dentated or spinous along their exterior side. The last joint of the tarsi, which in most of them are bent under the tibiae, is as long as all the preceding ones together, or longer; the first, or two first, are usually so small or so concealed that the whole number does not appear to exceed two or three. The fore-part of the head, and even the thorax, is armed with horns in several males. The antennae are inserted before the eyes. Some, whose palpi have a fusiform termination, whose antennae are mostly granose and gradually enlarge towards the extremity, present but three distinct joints in the tarsi J. Oxytelus, Grav. § The others have filiform palpi, and at least four very distinct joints in the tarsi. Osorius, Leach , Dej. The body cylindrical ; all the tibiae widened and dentated ; the head as long as it is wide ; thorax almost cordiform, narrowed and trun- cated posteriorly ; the greater part of the antennae granose, insensibly enlarging towards the extremity, and shorter than the head and thorax ; mandibles much shorter than the head, crossing considerably, and terminating in a simple point ; mentum large and scutiform, But a small number of species are known, which are not yet described. From Guiana and Brazil. * Evcesthetus sealer, Grav. ; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VII, 13 ; Gyll., Ib., p. 461 . A new species has been discovered by M. Blondel, Jun. in the vicinity of Ver- sailles. •f Add Staphylinus Juno, Paylc. ; — Pcederus proboscideus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 44, I, 5 ; — Staph, clavicornis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXVII, 2. See Gravenhorst, Coleop. Microp. ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., genus Stenus, and Gyll., Ibid., p. 463. J With the exception of the Tacliini, the anterior tarsi are no longer remarkably dilated. § See Encyc. Method., article Oxytele ; the Monog. cit. of Gravenhorst, and the Insect. Suec., Gyll., I, pars II, p. 444. VOL. nr. E if 418 INSECTA. Zyrophorus, Dalm.— Leptochirus, Germ. — Iren^us, Leach, — Oxytelus, Oliv. — Piestus, Grav. The body depressed; anterior legs only, wider than the rest, den- tated exteriorly ; head transverse ; thorax square ; antennae equal throughout, at least as long as the head and thorax, and composed mostly of oval or cylindrical joints rounded at both ends ; mandibles as long as the head, and dentated at the extremity * * * §. Prognatha, Lat. Blond. — Siagonum, Kirby. The Prognathee scarcely differ from the Zyrophori except in their filiform antennae, composed of elongated joints f. Coprophilus, Lat.- — Omalium, Grav. Oliv. Gyll. The body still flattened, but all the tibiae dentated or spinous ex- teriorly ; antennae much longer than the head, granose, insensibly enlarging towards the end ; mandibles almost lunate, arcuated exte- riorly, not sensibly dentated, and their extremity but slightly pro- longed J. In the fourth section, that of the Depressa, we find a free head, an entire labrum, and short maxillary palpi of four distinct joints ; but the tibiae are simple, or without teeth or spines exteriorly, and the tarsi evidently consist of five joints. Here the palpi are filiform. Omalium, Grav. The thorax as wide as the elytra, wider than the head, and almost forming a transverse square ; the angles, or at least those before, rounded, and frequently with a raised lateral margin ; the antennae enlarging towards their extremity §. Lesteva, Lat. — Anthophagus, Grav. Thorax cordiform, narrowed, and truncated posteriorly, almost isometrical, as wide as the head, and narrower than the elytra ; the antennae usually filiform, with elongated joints ||. There the palpi are subulate. Micropeplus, Lat. Antennae terminating in a solid club, and lodged in fossulae of the thorax * See Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 23 ; his Z. fronticornis , IV, f. 1, appears to be the Oxytelus bicornis, Oliv., Encyc. Method. The one he calls penicillatus, lb. f. 2, appears to be closely allied to the Piestus sulcatus, Gravenhorst. The Leptochirus scoriaceus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 1, is a very distinct species. f Siagonum quadricorne, Kirby and Spence, Introd. to Entom. I, 1,5; Blondel, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Avril 1817, XVII, 14—17. + Omalium rugosum, Gravenhorst, and other species with short elytra. § See Gravenhorst, Encyc- Method., art. Omalie, and Gyll., Ib., p. 198. || See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 296, 297 ; Gravenhorst and Gyllenhal genus Anthophagus. See Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 377 ; Omalium porcatum, Gyll., Insect. Suec., I, pars II, p. 211 ; Micropeplus porcatus, Charp., Horse Entom., VIII, 9 ; — O. staphylinoides , Gyll., Ib. p. 213. COLEOPTERA. 419 Proteinus, Lat. Antennae granose, somewhat perfoliaceous, and larger at the end, but clavate, always exposed, and inserted before the eyes ; thorax short ; elytra covering the greater part of the abdomen * * * §. Aleochara, Grav. The antennae inserted between the eyes or near their inferior mar- gin and exposed at base, with the three first joints evidently longer than the following ones, which are perfoliate, the last elongated and conical ; thorax nearly oval, or a square rounded at the angles f . In the fifth section — Microcephala — the head is plunged poste- riorly into the thorax, nearly up to the eyes ; it is neither separated by a neck, nor by a visible strangulation ; the thorax forms a trape- zium, and is widened from before backwards. The body is less elongated than in the preceding section, and ap- proaches more to an ellipsis ; the head is much narrower, contracted and projected forwards, and the mandibles are of a moderate size, edentated, and simply arcuated at the point. The elytra, in several, cover rather more than the half of the length of the top of the ab- domen. Some live on flowers and mushrooms, and others in dung. Fabricius placed several species among the Oxypori. Lomechusa, Aleochara, Grav. No spines on the tibiae ; the antennae, from the fourth joint, form- ing a perfoliaceous mass, or elongated and fusiform ; palpi subulate ; antennae frequently shorter than the head and thorax f. Tachinus, Grav. Tibise spinous ; antennae composed of pyriform joints, and insen- sibly enlarging ; palpi filiform §. * See Lat., Ib. I, p. 298, and the Omal. ovatum and macropterum of Gravenhorst. f Staphylinus canaliculatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib. XXVII, 13 ; — Staphylinus im- pressus, Oliv., Col., Ib., v, 41 ; — S. boleti, L. ; Oliv., Col., Ib., iii, 25 ; — S. collaris, ejusd., Ib. vi, 53 ; — S. socia'lis, ejusd., Ib., iii, 25, and generally the three first fami- lies of the genus Aleochara , of Gravenhorst, Col. Mic., II. See also Gyllenhal, Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 377. We should remark, however, that neither this author nor Gravenhorst has assigned clear and rigorous characters to the Aleocharee and Lomechusae ; both these genera demand revision. X In some, the thorax is smooth and without an elevated margin ; such are the Aleocharae bipunctata , lanuginosa, nitida ( Staphylinus bipustulatus, L. ; Oliv., Col., Ill, 42, v, 44), fumata, nana , Gravenh., or his families III — VI, Col. Microp., II. The margin of the thorax is turned up in the others forming his genus Lomechusa ; L.paradoxa; Staphylinus emarginalus, Oliv., Ib., ii, 12 ; — L. dentata, Grav.; Sta- phylinus strumosus , Payk,, V. § Oxyporus subterraneus, Fab. ; — O. bipustulatus , ejusd., Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XVI, 21; — O. marginellus, Panz., Ib., IX, 13; Staphylinus fuscipes, Ib., XXVII, 12; — Oxyporus suturalis, Ib., XVIII, 20 ; — O. pygmceus, Ib. 27; — O. lunu- latus, Ibid., XXII, 19, 15 ; — Staphylinus atricapillus, F. ; — Oxyporus tnerdarius , Panz., Ibid., XXVI, 18; — Staphylinus striatus, Oliv., Ib., v, 47; S. lunatus, L. See also for this, as well as the following subgenus, the Insect. Suec., Gyll., I, pars I. Some excellent remarks will there be found respecting the sexual dif- ferences of several species, the application of which may be rendered highly useful. Those Tachini in which, as in the atricapillus, the thorax is nearly as long as it E fi 2 420 INSECT A. Tachyporus, Grav. Similar to Tachinus in the tibiae and antennae, but the termination of the palpi is subulate The genus Callicerus, Gravenhorst, is unknown to me. The Stenosthetus of Megerle, mentioned [in the Catalogue, & c. of Dejean, presents all the characters of a true Pselaphus, and must be suppressed — such also is now the opinion of this last named natu- ralist. FAMILY III. SERRICORNES. In the third family f of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the preced- ing and following families of the same order, we find but four palpi. The elytra cover the abdomen, which, with some other characters, distinguish the Insects which compose it from the Brachelytra just mentioned. The antennoe, with some exceptions, are equal through- out, or smaller at the extremity, dentated, either like a saw or a comb, or even like a fan, and in this respect are most developed in the males. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is frequently bilobate or bifid. These characters are rarely found in the following family, that of the Clavicornes, to which we arrive by such insensible gra- dations, that to define its limits rigorously becomes a very difficult matter. Some, in which the body is always firm and solid, and most com- monly oval or elliptical, with partly contractile legs, have the head plunged vertically into the thorax up to the eyes ; and the prsester- num, or median portion of that thorax, elongated, dilated or reach- ing to beneath the mouth, usually distinguished on each by a groove is -wide, the muzzle advances, the four posterior tarsi are evidently longer than their respective tibiae, appear to form a particular division. * Oxyporus rujipes , Fab., Panz., Ib., XXVII, 20 ; — O. marginatus, F. ; Panz., Ib., 17 ; — O. chrysomelinus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., IX, 14; — O. analis, Fab.; Panz., Ib., XXII, 16 ; — O. abdominalis, Fab. f The Silphce are the only pentamerous Coleoptera in which, as in the preceding ones, we find an excrementitious apparatus ; but it is not binary as in the latter, and the exterior canal opens directly into the rectum, like the urethra of birds. From these considerations then it would seem that the Silphse, as well as other Clavicornes, should come directly after the Brachelytra. Other considerations had led me to a similar approximation. — See preface to my Consid. Gendr. sur l’Ordre Nat. des Crust., & c. — Accox-ding to M. Leon Dufour, who has furnished me with these anatomical remarks, the hepatic ducts of the Buprestides and Enterides, or of my Sternoxi, in number, length, and mode of insertion, resemble those of the Carabici. The Lampyrides and Melyrides, also, have but two hepatic vessels, but there are four in Telephoi* *us, Lycus, and Ptinus. Of all the insects of this (Serri- corne) family, whose organization he has investigated, he finds the longest alimentai’y canal in Malachius, Drilus, and Anobium. COLEOPTERA. 421 in which the antennae — always short — are lodged, and prolonged posteriorly into a point, which is received into a depression of the an- terior extremity of the mesosternum. These anterior legs are at a distance from the anterior extremity of the thorax. They form our first section or that of the Sternoxi. Others, whose head is enclosed posteriorly by the thorax, or at least covered by it at base, but in which the prsesternum is not dilated, and does not project anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth, nor is usually* terminated posteriorly in a point received into a cavity in the mesosternum, and in which the body is most commonly either entirely or partially soft and flexible, constitute our second section, that of the Malacodermi. A third and last, that of the Xylotrogi, will comprise those Serricornes, in which the posterior extremity of the prsesternum is not similarly prolonged, but whose head is completely exposed and separated from the thorax by a strangulation or species of neck. We will divide the Sternoxi into two tribes. In the first or that of the Bxjprestides, the posterior projection of the prsesternum is flattened, and not terminated in a laterally compressed point, that is simply received into a depression or emargination of the mesos- ternum. The mandibles frequently terminate in an entire point, with- out any fissure or emargination. The posterior angles of the thorax are either but very slightly or not at all prolonged. The last joint of the palpi is most commonly nearly cylindrical, hardly thicker than the preceding; the others are globular or ovoid. Most of the tarsial segments are generally wide or dilated, and furnished beneath with pellets. These Insects ’never leap, a character which eminently distinguishes them from those of the following tribe f : they compose the genus Buprestis, Lin. The generic appellation of Richard , given to these Coleoptera by Geoffroy, intimates the richness of their livery. Several of the European species, and many that are foreign to this country, besides their size, are remarkable for a brilliant polished gold colour on an emerald ground ; in others, an azure blue glistens over the gold, or * The Cebriones are an exception, and approximate, in this respect, to the Ela- terides ; but the inferior extremity of the praesternum does not advance under the head. The mandibles project, are arcuated and simple; the palpi filiform ; the legs non-i'etractile, and the two anterior ones somewhat removed, at base, from the ante- rior extremity of the thorax, and closely approximated. f The Insects of this tribe also differ from all others of the family in their tra- cheae which are vesicular — in the rest they are tubular. See Obs. Anatom., of M. Leon Dufour. 422 INSECTA. there is a union of several other metallic colours. Their body, in general, is oval, somewhat wider and obtuse, or truncated before, and narrowed behind from the base of the abdomen, which occupies the greater part of its length. The eyes are oval, and the thorax is short and wide. The scutel small or null. The extremity of the elytra is more or less dentated in many. The legs are short. They walk very slowly, but fly well in hot and dry weather. When about to be seized, they let themselves fall to the ground. At the posterior extremity of the abdomen of the females is a coriaceous, laminiform, conical appendage, composed of three parts, the last annuli of the abdomen ; it is properly an instrument with which they deposit their ova in dry wood, the habitat of their larvae. Several small species are met with on leaves and flowers ; most of the others, however, are found in forests, and wood-yards : they sometimes ap- pear in houses, where they have been transported, in wood, imthe state of a larva or chrysalis. Sometimes the antennae are at most dentated like a saw. The intermediate joints of the tarsi are in the form of a reversed heart, and the penultimate, at least, is bifid. The palpi are filiform or very little thicker at the end. The jaws are bilobate. Buprestis, Lin. In the true Buprestis, the antennae are of equal thickness through- out, and serrated from the third or fourth joint. Some have no scutel. B. fasiculata , L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 32, IV, 38. About an inch long; ovoid, convex; densely punctured and wrinkled; of a golden or cupreous-green, sometimes dusky, with little tufts of yellowish or reddish hairs; elytra entire. From the Cape of Good Hope, where it is often found in such abundance on the same shrub, that the plant seems loaded with flowers. B. sternicornis , L. ; Oliv., Col., Ib., VI, 52, a. Somewhat larger, and of the same form; green, slightly gilded, and very brilliant ; large punctures, ornamented at bottom with whitish scales on the elytra ; three teeth at their extremity ; poststernum projecting in the form of a horn. The East Indies. B . chrysis , Fab. ; Oliv., lb., II., 8, VI, 52, 6. Differing from the sternicornis in the elytra, which are chesnut-brown, and without whitish spots. B. vittata , Fab. ; Oliv,, Ib. Ill, 17- Nearly an inch and a half long ; narrower and more elongated than the preceding species ; depressed ; bluish-green ; four elevated lines, and a cupreous and golden band on each elytron, the end of which is bidentate. East Indies. B. ocellata, Fab. ; Oliv., Ib. I, 3. Almost similar to the pre- ceding in form and size ; a large, yellow, phosphoric spot be- tween two golden ones, on each elytron, which is tridentate at the extremity. The others are furnished with a scutel. B. gigas , L. ; Oliv., Ib. I, 1. Two inches long; thorax cu- preous, mixed with brilliant green, and two large smooth spots COLEOPTERA. 423 of burnished steel ; elytra tridentate at the extremity, cupreous in the middle, bronze-green on the margin, with impressed puncta, and elevated lines and rugae. Cayenne. B. affinis , Fab. ; B. chrysostigma, Oliv., Ib., VI, 54. Bronze above, brilliant cupreous beneath ; elytra serrated at the point, with three elevated longitudinal lines, and two golden impres- sions on each. France. B. viridis , L. ; Oliv,, Ib., XI, 127- About two lines and a half long ; linear ; bronze-green ; elytra entire and dotted. On the trees in France (a). Fabricius has separated from the true Buprestides those in which the body is shorter, wider in proportion, and almost triangular ,• the front concave, thorax transversal and lobate posteriorly ; where the tarsi are very short and the pellets broad. The five last joints only of the antennae here form the teeth of the saw, the preceding ones, with the exception of the two first, being small, almost granose, or obconical ; the two first are much stouter. These species compose the genus Trachys *, one of which is B. minuta , L. ; Oliv., Ib., II. 14. Black underneath; cupre- ous-brown above ; middle of the front indented ; posterior margin of the thorax sinuous; undulated whitish streaks, formed by transverse hairs, on the elytra. Common on the Hazel, on the leaves of which it feeds. Aphanisticus, Lat. The antennae suddenly terminated by a clavate, oblong, compressed, and slightly serrated club, formed by the four last joints ; last joint of the palpi somewhat thicker and almost oval ; space between the eyes excavated as in Trachys. Two or three species are known, all linear, and very small f. Sometimes the antennae are strongly pectinated, on one side, in the males, and deeply securiform in the females ; the joints of the tarsi are almost cylindrical and entire, the antennae terminated by one much thicker than those that precede it, and nearly globular. The jaws terminate in a single lobe. Melasis, Oliv. The body cylindrical, and the posterior angle of the thorax pro- longed into an acute tooth, characters, which, in those drawn from * See the other species quoted by Fabricius, Syst. Eleut., II, 218; and as to the divisions that are to be established in the genus, see Schoenlierr, Insect. Synon. f Bupresiis cmarginata, Fab.; Oliv., Ib. X, 116; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ., Ill, 9; — Bup. lineola, ejusd., Ib., 10. (c) Add of this beautiful and numerous genus the B. conjluenta , lateralis, atro- purpurcus , G-guttata, gibbicollis, granulata , viridicornis, geminata, divaricata , longipes , cyanipcs , campestris , &c. &c., for the descriptions of which, see Say’s paper on Coleopterous Insects, &c. ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, p. 159, etseq. — Eng. Ed. 424 INSECTA. the tarsi and palpi, announce that these Insects form the passage from this tribe to the second. * Or that of the Elaterides, which only differs essentially from the first in the posterior stylet of the praesternum. which terminates in a laterally compressed point, frequently somewhat arcuated and uni- dentate, that sinks at the will of the animal into a cavity in the pectus, situated immediately above the origin of the second pair of legs ; and in the circumstance, that these Insects when placed on their back have the faculty of regaining their original position by bounding upwards. Most of them have mandibles emarginated or cleft at the end, palpi terminated by a triangular or securiform joint, much larger than those which precede it, and the joints of the tarsi entire. This tribe only comprises the genus E later, Lin. The body is usually narrower and more elongated than that of the Buprestides, and the posterior angles of the thorax are prolonged into a sharp point, in the form of a spine. The common French name of these Insects is Scarabees dressort , and their Latin one, Notopeda , Elater. When placed on their back, finding it impossible to regain their natural position on account of the shortness of their legs, they bound perpendicular upwards until they fall on their feet. To execute this motion, they press the latter close to the body, lower their head and thorax, which has a free downward motion, then approximating this last to the postpectus, they forcibly press the point of the praesternum against the margin of the hole situated before the mesosternum, into which it sinks suddenly, as if by a spring. The thorax and its lateral points, the head and elytra, being violently propelled against the plane of posi- tion, particularly if it be solid and smooth, concur by their elasticity in causing the body to bound upwards. The sides of the praestennum are distinguished by a groove, where the antennae, which are pecti- nated or bearded in several males, are partly lodged. The females have a species of elongated ovipositor, with two lateral pieces pointed at the end, between which is the true oviduct. The Elaterides are found on flowers, plants, and even on the ground ; they lower their head in walking, and if any one approaches let themselves fall, pressing their legs against their body, De Geer has described the larva of a species (undulatus ) of this genus.. It is long, almost cylindrical, and provided with small antennae, palpi, and six feet ; it consists of twelve annuli, covered with a scaly skin, that of the posterior extremity forming a plate with an elevated and angular margin, with two blunt points curved inwards ; underneath is a large fleshy and retractile mammilla, which performs the duty of a foot. It inhabits the debris of rotten wood, * Melasis baprestoides , Oliv., II, 30, I, 1 ; — Melasis elateroides , Illig., differing, according to him, from the Elater buprestoides, Lin. COLEOPTERA. 425 and is also found in the earth. It even appears that the larvae of the E. striaius , Fab., attack the roots of the Wheat, and, where they exist in great numbers, do much injury to it. The stomach of the Elaterides is long, transversely rugose, and its posterior portion sometimes inflated ; their intestine is moderate. The various subgenera of this tribe may be referred to two prin- cipal divisions. Those where the antennae can be entirely received into the inferior cavities of the thorax constitute the first. Sometimes they are received, on each side, into a longitudinal groove, situated directly under the lateral edges of the thorax, and are always filiform and simply serrated. The joints of the tarsi are always entire, without prolongations, and in the form of a palette underneath, The thorax is convex or arched, at least on the sides, and dilates at the posterior angles in the manner of a lobe, pointed or triangular. These Insects approach the Buprestides. Galba, Lat. Mandibles terminating in a simple point; maxillae unilobulate last joint of the palpi globular ; the body almost cylindrical *. Eucnemis, Arh. Mandibles bifid ; maxillae bilobate ; last joint of the palpi nearly securiform, and the body almost elliptical f . At other times the antennae, occasionally clavate, are received, at least partially, either into the longitudinal grooves of the lateral borders of the praesternum, or into fossulae situated under the pos- terior angles of the thorax. The tarsi are frequently provided with little palettes formed by the prolongation of the inferior pellets, or the penultimate joint is bifid. Some, with filiform antennae, have the joints of the tarsi entire and without palettes underneath ; the anterior legs, when contracted, are received into lateral cavities in the inferior surface of the thorax. Such is the Adelocera, Lat\> Others, with antennae also of equal thickness throughout, have the joints of the tarsi entire, but the inferior pellets prolonged or projecting in the manner of little palettes or lobes. Their head is exposed. They form the * I have seen three species, all from Brazil. One of them has many points of re- semblance to the Melasis tuberculata, Dalman — Anal. Entom. The maxillae termi- nate in a very small and pointed lobe. f Count Mannerheim has published a splendid Monograph of this subgenus, an extract from which, with the plates, is found in the third volume of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, accompanied by some observations from myself on the too great extent given to the subgenus by that author. The species he calls the capvcinus is in my opinion the only one that belongs to it, and such was the original idea of him who established it. || Elater ovalis , Germ. ; — Elater fuscus , Fab., and some others from the East Indies, collected there by M. de Labillardi6re. 426 INSECTA. Lissomus, Dalm.— Lissodes, Lat. — Drapetes,.M<9<7. Dej. *. Others again have equally filiform antennse, but their second and third joints are flattened, larger than the following ones, and are alone received into the sternal grooves : the tarsi are similar to those of Lissomus ; the head is concealed underneath, and as if covered by a semicircular thorax, into which it is plunged. Such is the Chelonarium, Fab. The antennae, when at rest, extend parallel to each other along the pectus ; the first and the fourth joint are the smallest of all ; the seven following ones are of the same size, and, with the exception of the last, which is ovoid, almost in the form of a reversed cone, and equal. The body is ovoid, and the anterior tibiae are wider than the others, All the species known are from South America f. The last subgenus of this first division, or Throscus, Lat. — Trixagus, Kugl. Gyll. — Elater, Lin. Is distinguished from all others of this tribe by the antennae, which terminate in a triarticulated club, and are lodged in a lateral and inferior cavity of the thorax. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is bifid, and the point of the mandibles entire J. Our second division of this tribe will include all the Elaterides whose antennae are exterior or exposed. We will separate, in the first place, those in which the last joint of the palpi, of the maxillaries particularly, is much larger than the preceding ones, and almost securiform. A single subgenus, the * Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824. His Lissomus punctulatus is closely allied to the Drapetes castaneus of Count Dejean, and the Elater Icevigatus of Fabricius. One species of this subgenus is found in Europe, the Elater equestris, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXI, 21. N. B. Messrs. Lepelletier and Serville — Encyclop. Method., Insect., X, 594 — have formed a little group, with various species of Elater, composed of three genera, and characterized by the presence of the elongated and lobe-like pellets with which the inferior surface of the four first joints of the tarsi are furnished. The first of these genera, Lissode, or the Lissomus, Dalm., is distinguished from the two others by the antennae which are closely approximated at base ; in the others they are remote. Those of the genus Tetralobus are flabelliform in the males. In the third or Pericallus, they are simply serrated in both sexes. The Elater flabellicornis, Fab., belongs to the first, and consequently this genus is a division of that which I have named Hemirhipus. The Elaterides ligneus, suturalis, furcatus , & c., Fab., belong to Pericallus , which will then comprise all the species of my Ctenicera, whose tarsi present the general character above mentioned. t Fab., Syst. Eleut., I, 101 ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 7, and II, 44 ; Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824, p. 29. This genus is also found in the southern section of North America, where however it is very rare. X Elater dermestoides, L.; E. clavicornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 31, VIII, 85, a, h; Der- mestes adsirictor, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXV, 15. Its larva inhabits oak wood. COLEOPTERA. 427 Cerophytum, Lat., Is removed from the others by the tarsi, of which the four first joints are short and triangular, and the penultimate is bifid. The antennae of the males are ramous on the inner side, the base of the third joint and of the following ones being extended into a widened branch rounded at the extremity ; those of the females are serrated *. In all the other subgenera the joints of the tarsi are almost cylin- drical and entire. Sometimes the head is plunged into the thorax up to the eyes ; the anterior extremity of the prsesternum projects under the head, and its margin is arcuated. In some, the labrum and mandibles are concealed by the anterior extremity of the prsesternum, the clypeus or epistoma being widened and laid over it. Such is the Cryptostoma, Dej.— Elater, Fab. In which the internal angle of the summit of the third joint of the antennae, and of the seven following ones, is prolonged into a tooth ; the second and fourth joints are shorter, the last is long and narrow, and there is a straight linear branch on the inner side of the third, near its origin. The mandibles are unidentated under the point. The maxillae present but a single lobe, and are small and membranous, as is also the ligula. The palpi are very short. The tarsi are small, thin, and almost setaceous. The only species known, the Elate r denticornis, Fab., is found in Cayenne, whence it was sent to the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. of Paris by M. Banon. Nematodes, Lat. First joint of the antennae elongated, and the five following ones forming reversed cones, equal, the first or second of this number excepted, which is somewhat shorter, and the five last thicker and almost perfoliate ; terminal joint ovoid. The body is almost linear f. Now the mandibles and labrum are exposed. Here the antennae of the males have a flabelliform termination. They form the Hemirhipus, Lat. Of which all the species are foreign to Europe J. There, these organs, in the same sex, are longitudinally pectinated. Stenicera, Lat.§ In the following subgenus or * Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 375. The Malasis sphondyloides, Germ., Faun. Insect. Eur., XI, 5, is closely allied to the female of the species which is the type of the subgenus. The Melasis piceci, Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr., et d’Amer., VII, l, has also some analogy to the Cerophyta. t Eunemis filum , Manner. I Elater Mabclliconiis, Fab. ; — E. fascicularis, Id., &c. § The Elat, pectinicornis, cup reus, hamatodcs , Fab. ; — the Taupin double croix , Cuv., R&gn. Anim. IV, xiv, 3. 428 INSECTA. Elater, properly so called , The antennae of the males are simply serrated *. E. noctilucus ,L.; Taupin cucujo, Oliv., Col., II, 2, 31, 11, 14, a. Rather more than an inch long ; dusky-brown, with a cinere- ous down ; a convex, yellow, round, shining spot on each side of the thorax near its posterior angles ; elytra marked with lines of small punctures. From South America. During the night, the thoracic spots diffuse a very strong light, sufficiently bright to enable one to read the smallest cha- racter, particularly if several of the Insects be placed in the same vase. By it also the women of the country pursue their work, and Ladies even use it as an ornament, placing it in their hair during the evening paseo. The Indians fix them to their feet to light them in their nocturnal journeys. Brown pretends that all the internal parts of the Insect are luminous, and that it has the power of suspending, ad libitum, its phosphoric pro- perty j\ The French colonists call it Mouche lumineuse, and the Indians, Cucuyos , Coyouyou , whence the Spanish term Cu- cujo. An individual of this species, accidently transported to Paris in some wood, in its larva or pupa state, completed its metamorphosis there, and greatly astonished the inhabitants of the faubourg Saint-Antoine by its, to them, extraordinary light. E. ceneus, L. ; Oliv., Col., Ib., viii, 83. Six lines long, bronze green ; glossy ; elytra striated; legs fulvous. Germany and the North of Europe. E. germanus , L, ; Oliv., Ib., 11, 12. Very common in the vicinity of Paris, and only differing from the seneus in the colour of its feet, which are black. E. cruciatus, Oliv., Ib. IV, 40. A pretty European species, with the appearance of the aeneus, but smaller ; black ; two lon- gitudinal red bands on the thorax, near the lateral margin ; elytra yellowish-red, with a black line near the anterior angles of their base, and two bands of the same colour forming a cross on the suture. Rare near Paris. E. castaneus, L. ; Oliv., Ib. Ill, 25; v, 51. Black; thorax covered with a reddish down; elytra yellowish with a black ex- tremity; antennae of the male pectiniform. Europe. E. ruficollis, L. ; Oliv., Ib., VI, 61, a, b. Three lines in length, and of a shining black; posterior half of the thorax red. North of Europe. * The anterior extremity of the head is sometimes on a level with the labrum, or on the same horizontal plane ; at others it is more elevated, and terminated sud- denly ; but these differences, frequently imperceptible, cannot be used to establish generic sections — my genus Ludia requires a re-examination. f M.de la Cordaire who has examined the living Insect informs me than the prin- cipal reservoir of the phosphoric matter is situated interiorly near the junction of the thorax with the abdomen. COLEOPTERA. 429 E. ferrugineus, L. ; Oliv., Ib., Ill, 35. Ten lines in length ; black; the thorax, its posterior margin excepted, and the elytra deep blood-red. On the Willow. The largest species in Eu- rope *. Sometimes the head is free posteriorly, or is not sunk to the eyes, which are protuberant and globular. The antennae are inserted under the edge of a frontal projection, depressed and arcuated anteriorly. The body is long and narrow, or nearly linear. Such are those which form the subgenus Campylus, Fisch. — Exophthalmus, Lat. — Hammionus, Milhfeld f . Elaterides with filiform palpi and antennae, pectinated from the fourth joint, will compose a last subgenus, that of Phyllocerus J. (a) Our second section, or that of the Malacodermi is divided into five tribes. In the first, or the Cebrionites, so named from the genus Cebrio of Olivier, on which all the others depend, the mandi- bles terminate in a simple or entire point, the palpi are of equal thickness or more slender at the extremity, the body is rounded and convex in some, oval or oblong, but arcuated above, and inclined anteriorly in others. It is usually soft and flexible ; the thorax is transversal, widest at base, and its lateral angles acute, or in several even prolonged into spines. The antennae are generally longer than the head and thorax. The legs are not contractile. Their habits are unknown. Many of them are found on plants in aquatic localities. They may all be united in one genus, that of Cebrio, Oliv. Fab. Some which establish a connection between this and the preceding * For the remaining species, see Oliv., Ib. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Gei-m., and his Ind. Entom. ; Herbst., Col., and Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr. et d’Amdr. The genus of Dima of M. Ziegler, a species of which, called elateroides, has been figured by M. Charpentier in his Horse Entomol., VI, 8, presents no character by which I can clearly distinguish it from the preceding one. f See Fischer, Entom. Russ., II, p. 153. This subgenus comprises the Elater linearis, L., of which his mesomelas is a mere variety ; the E. borealis, Gyll., and his E. cinctus. X Count Dejean having collected but a single specimen, I could not dissect it, and therefore was unable to study its characters in detail. Two Insects from Java pre- sent a similar appearance, only here, and probably in the females, the antennae are simply serrated. The mandibles appeared to me to terminate in an entire or edcn- tated point. The last joint of the palpi is somewhat larger and almost obcouical. If the mandibles of the Phylloceri be similar, these exotic species must be their con- geners. {j^=» (a) Of the numerous and beautiful species of Elaterides, we will add the E. areolatus, dorsalis, bellus, recticollis, obesns, erytropus , oculatus, myops, convexa, triangu- laris, mancus, basilaris, auripilis, abbreviata, bisectus, rubricollis , tkc., &c., &c. See Say’s paper on Coleop. Insects, &c. Jour. Ac, Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, p. 167,- et seq. — Eng. Ed. 430 INSECTA. tribe, which are even of as firm and solid a consistence as the Ster- noxi, whose legs are never fitted for leaping, and whose body is ge- nerally an oblong oval, with the antennae of the males either pectinat- ed, flabellated, or serrated, the palpi filiform or somewhat longer at the extremity, and the posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into an acute point, present mandibles projecting beyond the labrum, narrow, and highly arcuated or in the form of hooks. The labrum is usually very short, and emarginated or bilobate. There, as in the Elaterides, the praesternum terminates posteriorly in a point, received into a cavity in the mesosternum. The antennae, which in the males of some species are long, are composed of eleven pectinated or serrated joints. The last joint of the palpi is almost cylindrical or forms a reversed cone. Physodactylus, Fisch. An orbicular membranous pellet (sole on planta) on the inferior surface of the three intermediate joints of the tarsi; the posterior thighs enlarged; the antennae, at least in one of the sexes, very short, serrated, and insensibly diminished towards the extremity. This subgenus has been established by the celebrated author of the Entomographia Imperii Russici, on an Insect from North Ame- rica, the P. Henningii , Letter on the Physodactylus, Moscow, 1824, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Dec. 1824, XXVII, B. Cebrio, Oliv. Fab. In Cebrio proper, all the joints of the tarsi are entire and without pellets, and the posterior thighs are not larger than the others. The species peculiar to Europe appear in great numbers after heavy rains. The female * of the best known species — C.gigas , Fab.; C . longicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 1, a, b, c; Taupin, I, 1, a, b, c, — differs greatly from the male; the antennae are hardly longer than the head, and the first joint is much longer than the others; the fourth and following ones united from a little oblong and almost perfoliaceous mass. The wings are partly abortive. The legs are shorter, but stouter in proportion, than those of the male. The larva probably lives in the earth. The C. bicolor , Fab. f, and some other American species, in which the body is elongated, less arcuated above or almost straight, and with shorter antennae, appear to Dr. Leach to constitute a new generic section J. * Cebrio brevicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, his, I, 2, a, h, c ; Tenebrio dubius, Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. I, 1, 2. This female, on account of her antennae, appeared to me to form a new genus, which I accordingly established under the name of Hammonia. A species is found at the Cape of Good Hope, each joint of whose antennae throws out a long and linear branch from the base of its internal side, and whose palpi termi- nate in an ovoid joint, and not in the form of a reversed cone, as in the other species. This latter may be separated from them. f Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr. et d’Am., I, 1, 2, a, b. X The Ceb. fuscus and ruficollis, Fab., have the form of the species he calls the gigas. The second was brought from Sicily by M. Eefevre. The Cebrio femo - ratus, of Germar, does not belong to the genus Anelastes of Kirby, as I once sup- posed. COLEOPTERA. 431 Here the prae sternum is not prolonged into a point, and there is no anterior cavity in the mesosternum. Sometimes all the joints of the tarsi are entire, and without a pro- jecting membranous palette underneath. Anelastes, Kirby. The antennae remote at base, short, almost granose, with the last joint* nearly crescent-shaped; last joint of the palpi almost in the form of a reversed cone. A. Drurii , Kirb., Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 2. The only species quoted. Calltrhipis, Lat. The antennae closely approximated at the base, inserted on an emi- nence, and from the third joint, in the males, forming a large fan ; the last of the palpi ovoid, the same of the tarsi almost as long as all the others taken together, and presenting between its crotchets a little silky and linear appendage. The species which is the type of the subgenus — C. Dejeanii — - is found in Java, and was sent to the Museum of Paris by M. Diard and the late M. Duvaucel. The antennae consist of but eleven joints, and in that differ from those of the Rhipicerae, which have the same form, but are composed of more joints in individuals of the same sex or the males. Sometimes the inferior surface of the tarsi is furnished with mem- braneous palettes, or their penultimate joint is profoundly bilobate. In the two following subgenera, the inferior surface of each of the four first joints of the tarsi presents two membranous and projecting lobes ; the last is long, and terminated between the crotchets by a little silky appendage. The antennae of some are composed of more than eleven joints, and are flabelliform ; those of the others consist of eleven, and are serrated, the four last larger, and forming a club. Sandalus, Knock. The antennae, at least those of the females, only a little longer than the head and consisting of eleven joints, the third, and with the exception of the last, the following ones serriform, the four last somewhat more dilated, forming a club ; the terminal joint almost ovoid or rounded, or very obtuse at the end f. Rhipicera, Lat. Kirby. — Ptyocerus, Hoff. — Polytomus, Dalm. The antennae flabelliform in both sexes, and composed of numer- ous joints (from twenty to forty), but fewer in the females. * The third is longer than the preceding and following one, whilst in Cebrio, this joint and the second are shorter than the fourth and following ones. These organs, like those of the Elaterides, seem to be composed of twelve joints, the eleventh being suddenly contracted near the extremity, and terminated by a point having the appearance of a little conical or triangular joint. t Sandalus pctropliy a, Knoch, N. 13eyt., I, p, 131, v. 5, — S. niger, Id. Ib. 432 INSECTA. This subgenus consists of five or six species, two of which are from New Holland, and the remainder from America* * * §. The three first joints of the tarsi in the two following suhgenera are in the form of a reversed heart, and have no membranous pro- longation underneath; the fourth is deeply bilobate; the last, but slightly elongated, exhibits no projecting and silky appendage be- tween its crotchets. The antennae are filiform, simple, or at most pectinated, and never consist of more than eleven joints. Ptilodactyla, I Mg. — Pyrochroa, De Geer. Distinguished by the semi-pectinated, or serrated antennae of the males. The species of this subgenus are peculiar to America f. Dascillus, Lat. — Atopa, Fab. Only differs from Ptilodactyla in the antennae, which are simple in both sexes J. The remaining Cebrionities have small mandibles which project hut little, or not at all, beyond the labrum, a generally soft and al- most hemispherical or ovoid body, and palpi terminating in a point. The antennae are simple, or but slightly dentated. The posterior legs of several are fitted for leaping. They live on aquatic plants. In these, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate. The second and third of the antennae are shorter than the fourth. Elodes, Lat.— Cyphon, Fab. Dej. The posterior thighs differing but little in thickness from those of the preceding subgenus §. Scyrtes, Lat. — Cyphon, Fab , Thighs of the posterior legs are very large, and the tibiae terminated by two stout spurs, one of which is very long, a circumstance which enables these Insects to leap. The labial palpi are forked, and the first joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as all the others taken together ||. In those, all the joints of the tarsi are entire. Nycteus, Lat. — Hamaxobium, Zieg. — Eucynetus, Schilp. The third joint of the antennae very small, and much shorter than the second and following one, the last almost granose ; the four tibiae * Rhipicera marginata, Lat., Cuv., R£gn. Anim. Ill; Kirby, Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 3 ; — Polytomus marginatus, Dalm., Anal. Entom. p. 22 ; — P . femoratus, Id. Ib. 21 ; — P. mystacinus, Id.Tb. 22 ; Hispa mystacina , Fab. ; Drur. Ins. Ill, viii, 7. I have seen another species in the collection of Count Dejean, entirely fulvous, sent to him from America by Major Le Conte. •f Ptylodactyla elaterina, Illig. ; Pyrochroa nitida, De Geer, Ins., V, xiii, 6 — 17. X Atopa cervina, Fab. : A. cinerea, var., Id. ; Ptinus testaceo-villosus, De Geer, IV, ix, 8 ; Cistela cervina, Oliv., Col., Ill, 54, 1, 2, a. § The first division of Cyphon, Fab. || The second division of Cyphon, Fab. See the Catalogue, &e. of Dejean. C0LE0PTERA. 433 terminated by two very distinct spurs ; the tarsi long, and more slender towards the extremity *. Eubria, Zieg. Dej. The antennae slightly serrated, the second joint very small, the two following ones largest of all, and the last somewhat emarginate at the end, and tapering to a point ; spurs of the tibiae very small, or nearly null ; tarsi filiform j* . The second tribe of the Malacodermi, or that of the Lampyrides, is distinguished from the first by the enlarged termination of the palpi, or at least those of the maxillae, by their always soft, straight, depressed, or but slightly convex body, and by the thorax, sometimes semicircular, and at others nearly square or trapezoidal, that projects over the head, which it either entirely or partially covers. The mandibles are usually small, and terminate in a slender, arcuated, very acute point, that is generally entire. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is always bilobate, and the crotchets of the last have neither dentations nor appendages. The females of some are apterous, or have but very short elytra. When seized, these Insects press their feet and antennse against their body, and remain as motionless as if they were dead. Several, thus situated, curve their abdomen underneath. They comprise the genus Lampyris, Lin. Antennae closely approximated at base, the head either exposed and prolonged anteriorly in the manner of a snout, or for the greater part, or entirely, concealed under the thorax; eyes of the males large and globular ; mouth small. Such are the characters of a first division of this tribe, which we will subdivide into those in which neither sex is phosphorescent, and those in which the females at least are possessed of that faculty. Both sexes of the former are provided with wings, have their head exposed, and frequently narrower and extended anteriorly, or in the form of a snout, and the thorax widened posteriorly with pointed lateral angles. The two or three ultimate annuli of their abdomen are destitute of that pale yellowish or whitish tint that is always found on this part of the body in the true Lampy- rides, and which announces their phosphorescence. The elytra, in several, widen behind, and are sometimes strongly dilated and rounded posteriorly, in the females particularly. They are densely punctured, and frequently reticulated. Lycus, Fab . Oliv. — Cantharis, Lin. We restrict this subgenus to those species of Fabricius, in which the snout is as long as the portion of the head that precedes it, or * Eucynetus hcetnorrhoidalis , Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. V, ii. See Catal., &c., Dej. t Cyphon pahistris, Germ., Ib. IV, 3. VOL. III. f F 434 INSECTA. longer, and the antennae are serrated. The elytra are most commonly dilated, either laterally, or at their posterior extremity, the two sexes differing greatly in this respect, particularly of certain species peculiar to Africa *. Other species of the same author, but with very short snouts, and whose compressed antennae, sometimes simple, and at others serrated or pectinated, have their third joint longer than the preceding one, and in which the intermediate joints of the tarsi have the form of a reversed heart, compose a second subgenus, the Dictyoptera, Lat. In some of the woods in the vicinity of Paris, on the flowers of the Yarrow, and of other plants, we frequently observe the Lycus sanguineus ; Lampyris sanguinea , L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XLI, 9. About three lines in length; black; sides of the thorax and the eltyra blood-red ; elytra silky and slightly striated. The larva lives under the bark of the Oak. It is linear, flattened, and black, the last ring red, resembling a plate with two kinds of horns, cylindrical, and, as it were, annulated or articulated, and arcuated inwards. It has six small feet. Lycus minutus , Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 2. Smaller; all black, the extremity of the elytra excepted, which is red, and the end of the antennae, which is reddish. Also found in France, but in forests of the Mountain Fir f. Omalisus, Geoff. Oliv. Fab. No apparent snout; joints of the antennae almost cylindrical, slightly reduced at base, and the second and third much shorter than the following ones ; penultimate joint of the tarsi alone in the form of a reversed heart ; the others elongated and cylindrical ; elytra tolerably solid and firm. O. suturalis , Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 24, 1, 2. Rather more than two lines in length, black, elytra blood-red, the suture excepted. Found in the woods in the vicinity of Paris, and in the forest of Saint Germain particularly, on the Oaks, in spring J. The other Lampyrides of our first division are distinguished from the preceding ones, not only by the want of a snout, by their head, which, in the males almost entirely occupied by the eyes, is entirely or for the greater part concealed under a semicircular or square thorax, but also by a very remarkable character, either common to both sexes, or peculiar to the females, that of being phosphorescent, whence the names of glow-worms, fire-flies, &c., given to these Insects. Their body is extremely soft, the abdomen particularly, which has * The Lyc. latissimus, rostratus, proboscideus, &c., of Fabricius. For the other species, see Schoenherr, Synon. Ins., I, pars III, App., where several are described and figured. 'h The Lyc. reticulatus , bicolor , serraticornis, fasciatus, aurora , &c. X See Encyc. Method., article Omalise , COLEOPTERA. 435 the appearance of being plaited. The luminous matter occupies the inferior part of the last two or three annuli, which differ in colour from the rest, and are usually yellowish or whitish. The light they diffuse is more or less vivid, and greenish or whitish, like that of the different kinds of phosphorus. It seems that they can vary its action at pleasure, a fact particularly observable when they are seized or held in the hand. They live a long time in vacuum and in different gases, the nitrous acid, muriatic and sulphurous gases excepted, in which they soon expire. Placed in hydrogen gas, they, sometimes at least, detonate. They continue to live after the excision of this luminous portion of their abdomen, and the part thus separated pre- serves its luminous property for some time, whether it be submitted to the action of various gases, be placed in vacuum, or left exposed to the air. The phosphorescence depends on the softness of the matter, rather than on the life of the animal. When apparently extinct it may be reproduced by softening the matter with water. The Lampy- rides emit a brilliant light when immersed in warm water, but in cold water it becomes extinguished : this fluid seems to be the only dis- solving agent of the phosphoric matter *. They are nocturnal Insects ; the males, like Phalenae of the same sex, are frequently observed circling round the blaze of candles, &c., from which we may conclude that this phosphoric light, which is chiefly given out by the females, is intended to attract the former to the latter : and if, as De Geer asserts, the larvae and pupae of the species found in France are luminous, we are only to conclude that the phosphoric matter is developed at the earliest period of their existence. It has been said that some males were destitute of this luminous property — but they still possess it though in a very small degree. As nearly all the Lampyrides of hot climates, males as well as females, are provided with wings and are extremely nu- merous, they present to their inhabitants at night an interesting spec- tacle, a continued illumination, proceeding from the myriads of luminous points which like little wandering stars traverse the air in every direction. According to M. Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 225 — the alimentary canal of the female of the common European Lampyris, the splendidula , is about twice the length of the body. The oeso- phagus is extremely short and immediately dilated into an abbre- viated crop separated from the chylific ventricle by a valvular stran- gulation. The latter is very long, smooth, turgid, and cylindrical for two thirds of its length, then intestiniform. The small intestine is very short and flexuous, presenting an enlargement (perhaps not constant) representing a caecum, and terminated in an elongated rectum. . Certain Brazilian species, in which the antennae of the males con- sist of more than eleven joints formed like the laminae of a feather, * Besides the experiments detailed in the Ann. de Chimie, see the Ann. G£n£r. des Sc. Phys., of Messrs. Bory de Saint-Vincent, Drapiez et Van Mons. VIII, p. 31, where will be found the researches of M. Grotthuss on the phosphorescence of the Lampyris italica. F F 2 436 INSECTAj have been separated from the genus Lampyris of Linnaeus. They constitute the Amydetes, Hoff., Germ *. Others, also peculiar to South America, whose antennae are com- posed of but eleven joints, present particular characters which have entitled them to the same generic distinction, under the name of Phengodes, Hoff. The third joint of these organs and the follow- ing ones give off, from the inner side, too long ciliated filaments, which appear to he articulated and convoluted round themselves. The elytra are suddenly narrowed into a point. The wings are ex- tended throughout their entire length, and simply folded longitudi- nally. The maxillary palpi are very salient and almost filiform. The thorax is transversal. The tarsi are filiform, and their penultimate joint is very short and scarcely bilobate. The body is narrow and elongated, with the head exposed j- . The other species now form the genus Lampyris, properly so called. Which, from the form of the antennae, the presence or absence of the elytra, wings, &c., is susceptible of several divisions. L. noctiluca, Ij.; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XLI, 7- The male about four lines in length ; blackish ; antennae simple ; tho- rax semicircular, receiving the entire head, with two transparent lunate spots ; venter black ; ultimate annuli pale-yellowish. S. splendidula, L. ; Panz., Ib., 8. Closely allied to the pre- ceding, but somewhat larger ; thorax yellowish, with a blackish disk and two transparent spots before ; elytra blackish ; under part of the body and legs livid-yellowish; first annuli of the venter sometimes of this latter colour, and at others dusky. The female is destitute of elytra and wings ; blackish above ; circumference of the thorax and last ring yellowish; lateral angles of the second and third annuli flesh-colour; under part of the body yellowish, with the three last annuli of the colour of sulphur. These latter individuals are more particularly called glow- worms, or vers luisants. They are found every where about the country, along the roads, in hedges, meadows, &c. in the months of June, July, and August. They lay a great number of lemon- coloured eggs, which are large and spherical, in the ground or on plants, where they are fixed by means of a viscid matter with which they are covered. The larva bears a great resemblance to the female, but is black, with a reddish spot on the posterior angles of the annuli ; its antennee and legs are shorter. Its gait is very slow, and it has the faculty of elongating and shortening its body, and of bending it underneath. It is probably carnivorous. L. italica , L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 28, 11, 12; the Lucciola of the Italians. The thorax does not cover the whole head, is trans- * Lampyris plumicornis , Lat., Yoy. de MM. Humboldt and Bonpl., Zool. XYI, 4; Amydetes apicalis, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., p. 67. f Illig., Mag., VI, p. 342. COLEOPTERA. 437 versal, and as "well as the scutel, pectus and one pair of legs red- dish; head, elytra and abdomen black; the two last annuli of the body yellowish ; wings to both sexes *. In our second division of the Lampyrides, the antennee are very remote at base ; the head is neither prolonged nor narrowed ante- riorly in the form of a snout, and the eyes are of an ordinary size in both sexes. Drilus, Oliv.' — Ptilinus, Geoff. Fab. The males are winged, and the inner side of the antennae, from the fourth joint, is prolonged like the tooth of a comb. Those of the females are shorter, somewhat perfoliaceous and slightly ser- rated. The maxillary palpi in both sexes are thicker towards the end, and terminate in a point. The inner side of the mandibles pre- sents a tooth. The female of the species, which is the type of the genus, and whose male is tolerably common, remained unknown until lately, as well as the metamorphoses of both sexes. Certain observations made at Geneva, by Count Mielzinsky, on the larva of this Insect and the perfect female, excited the attention of two able French na- turalists, MM. Desmarest and Victor Audouin. The latter had received from the author of the discovery several living larvae, which were found in the shell of a Helix nemoralis of Linnaeus, and which together with the perfect female, the only sex he had obtained in that state, were described by him. But he was mistaken in con- sidering as pupae, larvae which had attained their full growth, and which pass the winter in the interior of these shells. In this state, these Insects are tolerably similar to the larvae of the Euro- pean Lampyrides, but there are a range of conical mammillae on each side of their abdomen, and two series of hairy tufts on other elevations of the same nature. The posterior extremity of the body is forked, and the anus is used by the animal as a means of progres- sion. It soon devours the legitimate owner of the shell, whence the generic appellation of Cochleoctonus, given to this Insect by the naturalist above mentioned. M. Desmarest presuming that as these larvae were common in the neighbourhood of Geneva, they might also be found in the vicinity of Paris, by the aid of his pupils soon procured a number of them, which enabled him to give a com- plete history of the Insect, and to ascertain that the individuals in their perfect state, described by Mielzinsky, were the females of the Drile jaundtre or the Panache jaune, Geoff., I, 3,2; Oliv., Col. II, 23, 1,1, the body of which is about three lines long, black, with yellowish elytra. The female is nearly thrice as large, is of an orange or reddish yellow, and resembles that of a Lampyris, but without its phosphorescence. M. Audouin has published its ana- tomy, and observed that the exuviae of the larva exactly close the aperture of the shell, forming a sort of operculum. While the ani- mal is in its larva state, it remains at the bottom of its domicil, and so placed, that the posterior extremity of its body faces the opening ; * See Fabricius, and Olivier, Col. II, No. 28. 438 INSECTA. when it has passed into that of a pupa its position is inverted. For this observation we are indebted to M. Desmarest*. M. Dufour has also published some anatomical observations on the male of this species. A second, the D. ater , Dej., all black, with the antennse less pectinated, is found in Germany. It is figured, as well as a third, the ruficollis , discovered by Count Dejean in Dalmatia, in a Memoir of M. Audouin — Ann. des Sc. Nat., Aout 1824 — which, under the title of “ Recherches anatomiques sur la femelle du Drile Jaunatre et sur le male de cette espece,” forms a com- plete Monograph of the genus, enriched with excellent figures. Both sexes of the remaining Lampyrides of this second division are winged, and their maxillary palpi are not much longer than those of the labium. They embrace a great part of the genus Can - tharis , Lin., or that of Cicindela , Geoff. Telephorus, Schceff. — Cantharis, Lin. The palpi terminated by a securiform joint ; thorax destitute of lateral emarginations. They are carnivorous Insects and run over plants. Their stomach is long and transversely rugose ; the intestine very short. T. fuscus ; Cantharis fusca , L. ; Oliv., Col, II, 26, i, i. From five to six lines in length, posterior part of the head, elytra, pectus and the greater portion of the legs of a slate-black ; the other parts yellowish-red ; a black spot on the thorax. Is fre- quently met with in Europe during the spring. The larva is almost cylindrical, elongated, soft, of a dead velvet-black, the antennae, palpi, and feet yellowish-rufous. The head is squam- ous and furnished with stout mandibles. There is a mammilla under the twelfth and last annulus, which it uses in crawling. It is carnivorous and inhabits moist earth. During the winter of certain years in Sweden, and even in the mountainous parts of France, these larvae and various other species of living Insects have been observed among the snow in such abundance as to cover a considerable space. It has been very rationally supposed that they had been swept away and deposited there by those violent gusts of wind which uproot and destroy great numbers of trees, particularly Pines and Firs. Such is the origin of what is termed a shower of in- sects. The species then met with are probably such as appear early in the spring. T. lividus ; Cantharis livida , L. ; Oliv., Ib., II, 28. Size and form of the preceding ; thorax fuscous and immaculate ; elytra yellowish ; extremity of the posterior thighs black. On flowers f . * See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Juillet et Aout 1824, and Bullet, de la Soc. Philom., Avril 1824. f For the other species, see Schcenherr, Synou. Insect., II, p. 60, and Panz.; Ind. Entom., p. 91. COLEOPTERA. 439 Silis, Meg. Dej, Charp. This subgenus only differs from Telephorus in the thorax, which is emarginated posteriorly on each side, and has underneath — at least in the S. spinicollis — a little coriaceous appendage terminated by a club, whose extremity, probably more membranous, in the dried specimen has the appearance of a joint. A species, the rubricollis , is figured by M. Toussaint de Charpentier in his Hor. Entom., p. 194, 195, vi. 7- Malthinus, Lat. Schcen. — Necydalis, Geoff. The palpi terminated by an ovoid joint; head narrow behind; elytra, in several, shorter than the abdomen. On flowers, and par- ticularly on trees *. In the third tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Melyrides, we find the palpi most commonly short and filiform ; mandibles emarginated at the point ; the body usually narrow and elongated ; the head only covered at base by a flat or but slightly convex thorax, generally square, or elongated and quadrilateral ; joints of the tarsi entire, and the hooks of the last one unidentated or bordered with a membrane. The antennae are usually serrated, and, in the males of some species, even pectinated. Most of them are very active, and are found on flowers and leaves. This tribe, which is a mere division of the genera Cantharis and Dermestes of Linnseus, will form the genus Melyris, Fab . In some, the palpi are of equal thickness throughout. Here, under each anterior angle of the thorax, and on each side of the base of the abdomen, we observe a retractile, dilatable vesicle in the form of a cockade, which is protruded by the animal when alarmed, and whose use is unknown. The body is shorter in pro- portion than in the following subgenus, wider and more depressed ; the thorax wider than it is long. Under each crotchet, at the end of the tarsi, is a membranous appendage resembling a tooth. Malachius, Fab. Oliv. — Cantharis, Lin. One of the sexes, in each species, furnished with an appendage in the form of a hook, at the extremity of each elytron, which is seized from behind by an individual of the opposite sex, with its mandibles, in order to arrest the former when it attempts to escape, or moves too rapidly. The first joints of the antennae are frequently dilated and irregular in the males. They are all prettily coloured. M. ceneus; Cantharis cenea, L.; Panz., Ib. ; X, 2. Three lines in length ; glossy green ; margin of the elytra red ; head, yellow anteriorly. * Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect. I, 261 ; Schoenh., Id. II, p. 73 ; Panz., Id., p. 73. The Teleph. biguttatus and minimus of Olivier belong to this genus. 440 INSECTA, M. bipustulatus ; Cantharis bipustulata , L.; Panz. Ib., 3. Rather smaller, and of a glossy green; extremity of the elytra red* Among the following Melyrides with filiform palpi, and whose thorax and abdomen are destitute of retractile vesicles, we will first place those the length of whose antennae at least equals that of the head and thorax, in which the body is generally straight, elongated, and sometimes linear, and the hooks of the tarsi are usually, as in Malachius, bordered inferiorly by a membranous appendage. Dasytes, Payk. Fab . — Dermestes, Lin. D. cceruleus , Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCVI, 10. Three lines in length ; elongated ; green or bluish ; glossy and pilose. Very common near Paris on flowers in the fields. D. tres noir , Oliv., Col. II, 21, ii, 28; Dermestes hirtus^L. Somewhat larger and less oblong ; all black and densely pilose ; a much stouter and strongly hooked spine at the base of the anterior tarsi in one of the two sexes. On the Grasses f. Others, the crotchets of whose tarsi are unidentated, like those of Dasytes, to which they are closely allied, and with which Olivier con- founds them, are removed from that subgenus by the antennae being shorter than the head and thorax, and having the third joint at least double the length of the second. Their body is less elongated, and is more solid ; the head is slightly prolonged and narrowed before, and the thorax semiorbicular and truncated anteriorly. They have a certain degree of resemblance to the Silphse of Linnaeus. Such are those which form the Zygia, Fab. In which the fourth and following joints of the antennae almost form an elongated, compressed, and serrated club ; most of the joints transversal; thorax very convex. Z. oblong a, Fab. Found in Spain and Egypt, in the interior of houses, and more particularly, according to Count Dejean, in granaries. It is also sometimes found in France in the depart- ments of the Pyrenees Orientales. A second species has been discovered in Nubia. Melyris, Fab. In Melyris, properly so called, the antennae insensibly enlarge, but without forming a club ; their joints are less dilated laterally and are almost isometrical. The thorax is less convex J. * See op. cit. and Schoenh., Synon. Insect., II, p. 67. f For the other species, see Fabricius ; the Melyres of Olivier, 6 — 17; Panz., Ind. Entom. p. 143 ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 264 ; Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. Brazil produces tolerably large ones, some of which form a particular divi- sion. X M. viridis , Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 21, i, i ; — M. abdominalis , Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., I, 7 ; Opatrum granulation , Fab, ; Coqueb., Illust. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 7. COLEOPTERA. 441 In the remaining Melyrides the maxillary palpi are terminated by a larger and securiform joint. This character, together with the shortness of the first joint of the tarsi, and some other considerations, seems to approximate them to the Insects of our next tribe. They form the Pelocophorus, Dej ., Who arranges them with the tetramerous Coleoptera *. The fourth tribe of the Malacodermi, that of the Clerii, is distin- guished by the ensemble of the following characters. Two of their palpi at least project and are clavate. The mandibles are dentated. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate, and the first is very short or but slightly visible in several. The antennae are sometimes nearly filiform and serrated, and at others insensibly enlarged near the ex- tremity. The body is usually cylindrical, the head and thorax nar- rower than the abdomen, and the eyes emarginated. Most of these Insects are found on flowers, the remainder on the trunks of old trees or in dry wood. Such of the larvae as are known are carnivorous. This tribe will comprise the genus CleruSj Geoff. The tarsi of some, viewed from above and underneath, distinctly exhibit five joints. The greater part of their antennae is always serrated. Of these, some have the maxillary palpi filiform, or slightly en- larged near the extremity. Cylidrtjs, Lat. Mandibles long and much crossed, terminating in a simple point, with two teeth on the internal side ; four first joints of the antennae cylindrical and elongated ; the six following ones formed like the teeth of a saw, and the last oblong; the palpi terminated by an elon- gated joint; that of those attached to the maxillae cylindrical, and the same of the labial palpi, rather thicker and forming a reversed cone ; penultimate joint of the tarsi distinctly bilobate. The head is elongated. The only species known — Trichodes cyaneus , Fab.— inhabits the Isle of France. * Catalogue, &c., Dej., p. 115; Notoxus Illigeri, Schcen., Synon. Insect., I, 2, p. 53, IV, 7, a. I refer to the same division of Melyrides, a new subgenus which I will call Diglobicerus. The antennae consist of but ten distinct joints, of which the two last are larger and globular. It is founded on an insect sent to me by M. Lefdbure de Cdrisy. 442 INSECTA, Tillus, Oliv ., Fab * Mandibles moderate, cleft or bidentated at the extremity ; antennae sometimes serrated from the fourth joint to the tenth inclusively, with the last ovoid, and at others suddenly terminating, from the sixth, in a serrated club. The last joint of the labial palpi is very large and securiform ; head short and rounded ; third and fourth joints of the tarsi dilated in the form of a reversed triangle. Found in old wood or on trunks of trees. In the remaining Insects of this tribe, which are always distinctly pentamerous, the four palpi terminate in a club ; the last joint of the labials is almost always securiform. Here, the four first joints of the tarsi are provided underneath with membranous pellets, projecting in the form of lobes. The thorax is elongated and almost cylindrical. Priocera, Kirb. The body convex ; thorax narrowed posteriorly ; last joint of the maxillary palpi less dilated than that of the labials and in the form of a reversed and oblong triangle ; the labrum emarginated. But a single species is known, the Priocera variegata, Kirb., Lin. Trans. XII, p. 389, 390, xxi, 7- Axina, Kirb . The body depressed ; last joint of the four palpi very large and securiform. But a single species has yet been described, the Axina analis , Kirb., Ib., fig. 6. From Brazil. There, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is alone distinctly bilobate. The thorax is square. The body is depressed as in Axina, and the palpi terminate as in the same subgenus. Such is Eurypus, Kirb. E. rubens , Kirb., Ib., 5, also from Brazil. I have seen a second species of the same country in the splendid collection of M. de la Cordaire. We now come to species in which the tarsi, when viewed from above, appear to consist of but four joints, the first of the usual five being very short and concealed under the second f . * Tillus dong at us i Oliv., Col. II, 22, 1, 1 ; Chrysomela elongata, L. ; — Clems unifasdatus, Fab. ; Oliv., IV. 76, ii, 21. The antennse of the first are serrated from the fourth joint, and the thorax is cylindrical. In the second, the antennse from the sixth joint terminate in a serrated club. The thorax is narrowed posteriorly. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is longer, in proportion, than that of the first species, and is compressed. f The insects of this subdivision compose the genus Clairon, properly so called, of Geoffroy ; M. Dufour admits that the posterior tarsi consist of five joints, the first of which is very short ; the same joint is rudimental in the intermediate tarsi, and wantingin the two that are an terior. COLEOPTERA, 443 Sometimes the antennse insensibly enlarge towards the extremity, or gradually terminate in a club ; the intermediate joints, from the third, are nearly in the form of a reversed cone ; the two or four penultimate joints form reversed triangles, and. the last is ovoid. Thanasimus, Lat. — Clerus, Fab. The maxillary palpi filiform ; last joint of those attached to the labium large and securiform *. Opilo, Lat . — Notoxus, Fab. The four palpi terminated by a large securiform joint f. Sometimes the three last joints of the antennae are much wider than the preceding ones, suddenly forming a club, either simple and in the form of a reversed triangle, or serrated. Those, in which this club is simple or not serrated, form two sub- genera. Clerus, Geoff.— Trichodes, Fab. The maxillary palpi of these Cleri, properly so called, are termi- nated by a compressed joint in the form of a reversed triangle ; the last of those that belong to the labium, which are larger than the others, is securiform. The antennal club is hardly longer than wide, and is composed of crowded joints ; the third is longer than the se- cond. The maxillae terminate in a projecting and fringed lobe. The thorax is depressed anteriorly. These Insects are found on flowers ; their larvae devour those of certain Bees. Their stomach is widest anteriorly, and without plicae ; their in- testine is short, with two enlargements behind. According to M. Dufour, their crop is so short that it is almost entirely concealed in the head }. C. apiarius ; Attelabus apiarius, L.; Trichodes apiarius , Fab. ; Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1,4. Blue; elytra red, traversed by three bands of deep blue, the last of which occupies the extremity. The larva devours that of our domestic Bee, and does much injury to hives, C. alvearius ; Trichodes alvearius , Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., 1, 5, a, b; Reaum., Insect., VI, viii, 8 — 10. Almost like the preceding, but with a bluish-black spot on the scutel. It inhabits the nests of the Mason Bees — Osmia — of Reaumur, and feeds on their larvae. Necrobia, Lat. — Corynetes, Fab. The four palpi terminated by an elongated, compressed, triangu- * Attelabus formicarius, L. ; Clerus formicarius, Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1, 13; — Clerus mutillarius, Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., I, 12. 4" Attelabus mollis, L. ; Clerus mollis, Oliv., Ib., I. 10. X The genital organ of the male is much more complicated than that of the Mely- rides, Lampyrides, and other Malacodcrmi. The last abdominal annulus is widely emarginated. They and the Pelfes of Fabricius are the only Coleoptcra which have six biliary vessels — they are inserted into the caecum. 444 INSECTA. lar joint of the same size ; the second and third joints of the antennae nearly equal, and the terminal club elongated, with loose joints ; no depression in the thorax anteriorly. N. violacea, Oliv., Col., Ib.,76, bis, 1, 1 ; Dermestes violaceus, L. Small ; violet-blue or greenish, with similarly coloured legs ; elytra, with longitudinal series of punctures. Very common in houses in the spring ; it is also found in carrion * We will terminate this tribe with a subgenus in which the two penultimate joints’ of the antennae, more or less dilated internally in the form of teeth, compose with the last, which is oval, a serrated or semipectinated club. The palpi are terminated by a larger joint, either in the form of an elongated or compressed triangle, or secu- riform. Such are those which form the Enoplium, Lat. — Tillus, Oliv. Fab. — Corynetes, Fab. f The type of the fifth tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Ptinio- res, consists of the genus Plinus of Linnaeus, and of some other genera depending on, or which most closely approach it. The body of these Insects is of a tolerably firm consistence, sometimes almost ovoid or oval, and at others nearly cylindrical, but generally short and rounded at the two extremities. The head is nearly globular or orbicular, and almost entirely received into a strongly arched or vaulted thorax, resembling a hood. The antennae of some are filiform, or diminished towards the end, and are either simple, flabel- liform, pectinated, or serrated; those of others terminate suddenly by three larger and much longer joints. The mandibles are short, thick, and dentated under the point. The palpi are very short and termi- nated by a larger and almost ovoid joint, or like a reversed triangle. The tibiae are not dentated, and the spurs at the extremities are very small. There is but little variety in their colours, which are always dark. They are very small. When touched they counterfeit death, lower their heads, incline their antennae, and contract their feet ; in this apparent state of lethargy they remain for some time. Their motions are generally slow, and those that are winged rarely take to flight to escape. Their larvae are very noxious to us, and bear a great resemblance to those of the Scarabaeides. Their body, frequently curved into an arc, is soft and whitish ; the head and feet are brown and squamous. Their mandibles are strong. With fragments of various substances, which they detach by gnawing, they construct a shell in which they become nymphs. Other species establish their * See Olivier, genus Necrobie and Schoenh., Synon. Insect. I, 2, p. 50. •f Tillus serraticornis,] Oliv., Coll. II, 22, 1, 2 ; — T. Weberi, Fab. ; — T. damicornis, Id. ; — T. dermestoides, Scheff., Elem. Entom., 138 ; — Corynetes sanguinicollis , Fab. See Scboenh., Synon. Insect., I, 2, p. 46. COLEOPTERA. 445 domicil in the country, in old wood, and under stones; their habits are the same. Such are the characters of the genus Ptinus, Lin. In some, the head and thorax, or the anterior half of the body, is narrower than the abdomen ; the antennae are always terminated in the same manner, simple or but slightly serrated, and at least almost as long as the body. Ptinus, Lin., Fab , — Bruchus, Geoff. The antennae of the true Ptini are inserted between the eyes, which are protuberant or convex. Their body is oblong. They are generally found in houses, and chiefly in granaries and inhabited places. Their larvae destroy our herbaria and desiccated specimens of animals. The antennae of the males are longer than those of the females, and, in several species, these latter are apterous. P. fur , L., Fab. ; P. latro, striatus , F. ; Oliv. Col. II, 17, i. ] , 3; ii, 9, var. of the male. One line and a half in length; light brown ; antennae as long as the body ; a pointed projection on each side of the thorax, and between them two others, rounded and covered with a yellowish down : two transverse, greyish bands on the elytra, formed by hairs. According to De Geer, it feeds on Flies and other dead In- sects that fall in its way. The larvae are very injurious to her- baria and other collections of natural history. P. imperialis, Fab.; Oliv., Ib., 1,4. Remarkable for two spots on the elytra, which, together, form a rude figure of a two-headed Eagle. On old wood *. I have frequently found on fecal matters, the P. germain , Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 279, which is closely allied to the P. fur \. Gibbium, Scop. — Ptinus, Fab. Oliv. The antennae inserted before the eyes, which are flattened and very small ; scutellum wanting or indistinct ; the body short ; abdomen very large, turgid, almost globular and semidiaphanous ; the antennae smaller at the extremity, and the elytra soldered. These Insects also reside in our herbaria, &c. J. In the others, the body is oval, ovoid, or nearly cylindrical ; the * It appears to me that this species belongs to the genus Hedobia of the Catalogue of Dejean. It differs from Ptinus in the antennae, which are more remote from each other, and slightly serrated, and particularly in the tarsi which are short and composed of wide and almost cordiform joints, the last one particularly ; the hooks of the latter are almost always concealed. In Ptinus these tarsi are straight ; and their last joint resembles a l’eversed cone. The antennae are approxi- mated at base. + For the synonymes of the species of this genus, see Schoenh., Synon. Insect. II, 106. X Ptinus scotias , Fab. ; Oliv., Col. Ib. I, 2 ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., V, s ; — P. sulcatus , Fab. * 446 INSECTA. thorax the width of the abdomen, at least at base; the antennae either uniform and serrated or pectinated, or terminated by three joints much larger than the preceding ones ; they are shorter than the body. Ptilinus, Geoff. Oliv. — Ptinus, Lin. The antennae from the third joint strongly pectinated or plumose (en panache) in the males, and serrated in the females. They inhabit dry wood, which they pierce with small holes. There also they copulate, one of the sexes being without and suspended in air *. In the Xyletinus, Lat.— Ptilinus, Fab. To which we will unite the Ochina of Ziegler and Dejean, the antennae are simply serrated in both sexes j* . Dorcatoma, Herbst ., Fab. The antennae consisting of but nine joints, terminating suddenly in three larger ones; the two penultimate joints resembling the teeth of a saw j. Anobium, Fab., Oliv. Ptinus, Lin. — Byrrhus, Geoff. The antennae also terminated by three larger or longer joints, but the two penultimates are in the form of a reversed and elongated cone, and that of the end is oval or nearly cylindrical ; they consist of eleven joints. Several species of this genus inhabit the interior of our houses, where, in their larva state, they are very noxious, attacking the tim- bers, furniture, books, &c., and piercing little round holes in them similar to those made by a very small gimblet. Their excrements form those little pulverulent piles of wood-dust which are frequently observed on floors. The larvae of other species of Anobium attack flour, wafers, cabinets of Birds, Insects, &c. Both sexes, in the nuptial season, frequently summon each other by reiterated and rapid strokes of their mandibles against the wood they inhabit, and mutually answering the signal. Such is the cause of that noise, resembling the accelerated tick of a watch, which is so often heard, and which is superstitiously called the death-watch. A. tesselatum. Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 16, i. 1. Three lines in length; dead dusky brown, with yellowish spots formed by hairs ; thorax smooth ; elytra not striated. A. pertinax ; Ptinus pertinax , L. ; A. striatum , Fab. ; Oliv. Ib I, 4. Blackish ; thorax with a yellowish spot at each poste- rior angle, and near the middle of its base a compressed eminence * Ptilinus pectinicornis, Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 17, bis, 1, 1 ; — P. pectinatus, Fab.; . — P. serratus, Id. ; Ptinus denticornis, var. ; Panz., Ib. VI, 9 ; XXXV, 9. •f* Ptilinus pallens, Germ. ; — Ptinus serricornis, Fab, In the 'Ochina hcderce , the antennae are somewhat larger than those of the Xyletini, rather less serrated, the second and third joints almost equal in length. I have not examined the other species of Ochinse mentioned by Count Dejean in his Catalogue; X Dorcatoma, drcsdensis , Herbst., Col. IV. xxxix, 8. COLEOPTERA. 447 divided anteriorly by a depression ; elytra with punctured striae. According to De Geer, it will permit itself to be roasted to death by a slow fire, rather than exhibit the least sign of life when it is seized. A. striatum , Oliv.; Anobium pertinax, Fab.; Panz., Ib. LXVI, 5. Very similar to the preceding, but smaller, and destitute of the yellow spots at the posterior angles of the thorax — very common in houses. M. Dufour has observed a number of ap- pendages round its pylorus which form a kind of strawberry. A. paniceum , Fab; A. minutum, Id. ; Oliv. Ib. II, 9. Very small; fulvous; thorax smooth ; elytra striated. It gnaws fari- naceous substances, and devastates our cabinets of Insects, if left undisturbed. It also establishes its domicil in cork*. The third and last section of the Serricornes, forming also a last tribe, that of the Xylotrogi, is distinguished from the two pre- ceding ones, as we have already stated, by the entire freedom of the head, and consists of the genus Lymexylon, Fab., Which we will divide as follows. In some, the maxillary palpi are much larger than those of the labium, pendent, pectiniform or tufted in the males, and terminated by a large ovoid joint in the females. The antennae are short, slightly widened in the middle, and narrowed at the extremity. The tarsi are filiform, and all the joints entire ; the four posterior long and very slender. Those, whose elytra are very short, and in the form of a little scale, constitute the genus Atractocerus, Palis, de Beauv. — Necydalis, Lin. — - Lymexylon, Fab. The antennae compressed and almost fusiform; thorax square; abdomen depressed. A. necydaloides, Palis, de Beauv., Magaz. Encyclop.; Necy- dalis brevicornis , L. ; Lymexylon abbreviatum. Fab.; Macro - gaster abbreviatus , Thunb. This Insect is found in Guinea, and appears to differ but little from another species that inhabits Brazil. There is a second much smaller and perfectly distinct, enclosed in amber, that belongs to the Museum. A third is met with in Java. Those, in which the elytra are as long as the abdomen, or not much shorter, form two subgenera. Here, the antennae are compressed and serrated, the joints trans- versal ; thorax almost square. Such is the * See Schoenh., Synon. Insect., I, 2, p. 101. Some of the species of Fabricius belong to the genus Cis. 448 INSECTA, Hyleccettjs, Lat. — Meloe, Cantharis, Lin. — Lymexylon, Fab. H. dermestoides ; Meloe Marci, L., the male; Lymexylon morio , Fab. ; L. proboscideum, Id.; Cantharis dermestoides , L., the female; H. dermestoides. Fab., Id.; Oliv., Col., 11,25; I, 1, 2, It. The female is six lines in length ; pale-fulvous ; pectus and eyes black. The male is black ; the elytra sometimes blackish, and sometimes reddish, with a black extremity. Ger- many, England, and the north of Europe. There, the antennae are simple, slightly or not at all compressed, and almost moniliform. The thorax is nearly cylindrical. Lymexylon, Fab. — Cantharis, Lin. — Elateroides, Schceff. L. navale, Fab., the female ; L. flavipes, Id., the male; Oliv., Ib., 1 , 4. Length of the preceding, but narrower ; pale-fulvous ; the head, exterior margin, and extremity of the elytra, black ; the latter colour rather more predominant in the male. This Insect is very common in the Oak forests of the north of Europe, but rare in the vicinity of Paris; its larva is very long and slender, almost resembling a Filaria. It multiplied so excessively in the dock yards at Toulon some years ago, as to destroy great quantities of timber*. In the others the palpi are very short, and similar in both sexes f. The antennae are always simple and of equal thickness throughout. The tarsi are short, and the penultimate joint in some is bilobate. The body is of a firm consistence, the top of the head unequal or sulcated, and the thorax nearly square or suborbicular. Cupes, Fab. Joints of the antennae almost cylindrical; penultimate joint of the tarsi bifid, mandibles unidentated under the point ; palpi, maxillae, and ligula exposed, the latter bilobate; mentum nearly semi-or- bicular. Two species are known, both proper to North America J. Physodes, Lat. Dalm. The antennae granose and all the joints of the tarsi entire. The mandibles appear to me to be narrowed and almost tricuspidate at the end ; the mentum is corneous, very large, clypeiform and termi- nated superiorly by three teeth or points ; the palpi are very short. * The Lymexylon proboscideum of Olivier, from which he took his description, and which is now in the cabinet of Count de Jousselin of Versailles, should form a separate genus. See also the Lymexylon flabellicorne of Panzer, Faun. Insect. Germ., XI, 10. f The last joint, at least that of the maxillary palpi, is somewhat thicker and almost ovoid. X Cupes Capitata, Fab. ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 2 ; Coqueb., Illust. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 1. COLEOPTERA. 449 Notwithstanding the number of tarsial joints, this genus seems to approach that of Cucujus and even certain Brenti, with a short pro- boscis in both sexes. The habits of these Insects are the same as those of the Xylophagi *. FAMILY IV. CLAVICORNES. In the fourth family of the pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the third, we find four palpi, and elytra covering the superior surface of the abdomen, or its greater portion ; but it differs in the antennae, which are almost always thicker at the extremity, that even fre- quently forms a perfoliaceous or solid club ; they are longer than the maxillary palpi, and their base is exposed, or barely covered. The legs are not natatory, and the joints of the tarsi, at least those of the posterior ones, are usually entire. In their larva state, at least, they feed on animal matters. We will divide this family into two sections : the common charac- ters of the first of which are, antennae always composed of eleven joints, longer than the head, not forming from the third a fusiform or nearly cylindrical club, and their second joint not dilated in the form of an auricle ; last joint of the tarsi, as well as its hooks, of a moderate length, or small. These Clavicornes are terrestrial, while those of our second section are aquatic or shore Insects, thus leading to the Palpicornes, most of which inhabit water, and whose antennae never consist of more than nine joints. The first section will comprise several small tribes. The first, that of the Palpatores, in a natural series, should be placed near the Pselaphii and Brachelytra j\ Their antennae, which are, at least, as long as the head and thorax, slightly enlarge towards the extremity, or are nearly filiform ; their two first joints are longer than the following ones. The head is distinguished from the thorax by an ovoid strangulation. The maxillary palpi project, are long and inflated at the extre- mity. The abdomen is large, oval or ovoid, and embraced laterally by the elytra. The legs are elongated, thighs clavate, and tarsial joints entire. * Rhysodes exarutus, Dalm., Analect. Entom., p. 93. This species has lately been discovered by M. L£on Dufour in the Pyrenees. t An approximation which appears to us to result from the organs of manduca- tion and the habits. VOL. HI. G G 450 INSECTA. These Insects remain on the ground, under stones and other bodies. Some — the Scydmseni — frequent wet places. We will unite them in a single genus, that of Mastigus. Mastigus, Hoff. — Ptinus, Fab . Joints of the antennae nearly in the form of a reversed cone, the first very long and the last ones hardly thicker than the others ; the two last joints of the maxillary palpi forming an oval club ; thorax almost ovoid ; abdomen oval *. Scydboenus, Lat. Gyll. — Pselaphus, Illig. Payk. — Anthicus, Fab. Antennae granose, sensibly inflated towards the extremity, and but slightly geniculate ; maxillary palpi terminated by a very small and pointed joint; thorax nearly globular; the almost ovoid abdomen shorter in proportion than in Mastigus j\ In all the following Clavicornes the head is generally sunk in the thorax, and the maxillary palpi are never at the same time so much projected and clavate; the ensemble of their physiognomy also exhibits other differences. The genus Hister forms our second tribe, which, with Baron Paykull, who has so profoundly studied it, we will name the Histe- roides. Here the four posterior legs are more remote from each other at base than the two anterior, a character alone that distin- guishes this tribe from all others of the same family. The legs are contractile, and the outer side of the tibioe is dentated or spinous. The antennae are always geniculate, and terminated by a solid club composed of crowded joints. The body is extremely firm, and usually forms a square or parallelopiped ; the prsesternum is frequently dilated anteriorly, and the elytra are as often truncated. The mandibles project, are strong, and frequently unequal as to size. The palpi are almost filiform, or slightly enlarged near the end, and terminated by an oval or ovoid joint. In habits, the dentations of their tibiae, and some other characters, these Insects seem to approach the Coprophagi Lamellicornes, but * Mastigus palpalis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., i, 281 ; viii, 5. See Schcenh. Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 59, and Kliig, Entom. Monog., p. 163. -f* Scydmcenus Helwigii, Fab. ; Notoxus minutus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXIII, 5;— S. Godarti, Lat., I, viii, 6 S. hirticollis? Gyll. S. minutus, Id.; Anthicus minutus , Fab. See Schoenherr, Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 57. M. Duros, of tbe King’s body-guard, who is peculiarly fortunate in discovering small species, has detected the S. clavatus, Gyll., in an Ant-hill near Paris. This fact, with some others, confirms me in my opinion that these Insects, with the Pselaphii, imme- diately follow the Brachelytra. COLEOPTERA. 451 from other considerations, founded on their anatomy, they approxi- mate to the Silphae — such also is the opinion of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1824. The alimentary canal of the species he dissected — the sinuatus — is from four to five times the length of the body. The oesophagus is very short ; the oblong enlargement that immediately follows exhibits through its parietes certain brownish lines, which seem to indicate the existence of internal triturating appendages; if this he the case, the enlargement is entitled to the appellation of gizzard ; the chylific ventricle is very long, flexed, and studded with pointed and very salient papillae. The hepatic vessels have six distinct insertions round the chylific ventricle — Ibid. July, 1825. Randohr reduces their number to three, so that each of them would have two insertions : but such a disposition of their vessels is doubtful. These animals feed on cadaverous or stercoraceous matters and decomposing vegetable substances, such as dung, old mushrooms, &c.: some establish their domicil under the bark of trees. Their gait is slow, and their colour a brilliant black or bronze. Such of their larvae as have been observed — those of the merdarius , cadaverinus — feed on the same substances as the perfect Insect. Their body is glabrous, soft, and of a yellowish white, the head and first segment excepted, the dermis of which is brown or reddish; it is provided with six short legs, and is terminated posteriorly by two articulated appendages, and an anal and tubular prolongation; the squamous plate of the first segment is longitudinally canaliculated. This tribe, as we have already stated, will consist exclusively of the genus Hister, Lin. Baron Paykull restricted his division of this genus to the separation of certain strongly flattened species, with which he formed that of Hololepta, but Doctor Leach has established four more *. In some, the tibiae, at least the anterior ones, are triangular, den- tated exteriorly, and the antennae always free and exposed ; the body is generally square, but slightly or not at all inflated. They may be divided into two subgenera. In the first or Hololepta, Payk. The body is strongly flattened, the praesternum does not project over the mouth, and the four posterior tibiae have but a single range of spines; the terminal lobe of the maxillae is prolonged; the mentum is deeply emarginated, and the palpi, proportionally more advanced, are formed of almost cylindrical joints. * Zool, Miscell., Ill, p. *6. G G 2 452 INSECTAj They live under the bark of trees. The animal figured by Paykull, as the larva of a species of this subgenus, is that of a species of Syr- phus, or Fly* * * §. The other Histeroides, in which the prsesternum projects over the mouth, the maxillae are terminated by a short lobe, with but slightly projecting palpi composed of joints which, the last excepted, are rather in the form of a reversed cone than cylindrical, and finally, in which the mentum is slightly emarginated, will re-enter the subgenus Hister, properly so called. Some species in which, as in the Hololeptse, the four posterior tibiae have but a single range of small spines, and that also live under the bark of trees, constitute the genera Platysoma and Dendrophilus of Leach. The first f only differs from the second + in the flattening of the body above, and in the shortening of the thorax, which is also narrowed anteriorly. A species of the same division, H. probosci- deus , Payk., Monog., VIII, 4, has a peculiar form. The body is long and narrow, and the thorax more than half as long again as it is wide. The remaining Histeroides have two ranges of spines on the four posterior tibiae. They are the only ones which Dr. Leach retains in the genus Hister. H. unicolor , L.; Payk., Ib., II, 7. Four lines in length; en- tirely black and glossy; three dentations on the exterior side of the two first tibiae ; two striae on each side of the thorax, and four on the external part of each elytron, that nearest the mar- gin interrupted. Very common. The number of tibial dentations, that of the striae on the thorax and elytra, their punctures, and the form of the body, have furnished M. Paykull with excellent characters, by means of which he has well described the species. A last subdivision of this tribe comprises very small Histeroides, with a thick and almost globular body, of which the but slightly or not at all laterally compressed praesternum does not advance over the mouth, and is straight in front. In some — Abr^us, Leach — it is prolonged to the anterior angles of the thorax, and entirely covers the antennae when they are con- tracted; in the others — Onthophilus, Leach — it is narrower; but here the antennal club is received into a very distinct orbicular cavity, situated under the anterior angle of the thorax. The anterior tibiae are frequently narrow, almost linear, and edentated. The last supe- rior semi-segment of the abdomen is curved interiorly, and appears to terminate it §. * Hist. Monog., p. 101, et seq. •f* Hister picipes, Fab.; Payk., Ib., VIII, 5; — H. jlavicornis, Id., VIII, 6; — H. oblongus, Id., X, 3. J A. punctatus, Id., VII, 5. § The H. globosus, Payk., VIII, 2, is referred by Leach to his genus Abrceus , and also the H, mimitus, Id., VIII, 1 ; to his Onthophilus , he refers the Hist, striatus, COLEOPTERA. 453 The legs of the other Clavicornes are inserted at an equal distance from each other. Those in which these organs are not contractile, and the tarsi at most can only be flexed on the tibiae, whose mandi- bles are most commonly salient and flattened or not thick, and whose prsesternum is never dilated anteriorly, will constitute five other tribes. In the third tribe of this family, that of the Silphales, we find five distinct joints in all the tarsi, and the mandibles terminating in an entire point without emargination or fissure* *. The antennae termi- nate in a club that is most commonly perfoliaceous and consisting of from four to five joints. The internal side of the maxillae, in most of them, is furnished with a horny tooth. The anterior tarsi are fre- quently dilated, at least in the males. The exterior margin of the elytra of the greater number is marked by a groove with a well raised border. This tribe is composed of the genus SilphAj Lin.— Peltis, Geoff. Here the antennae are suddenly terminated by a short and solid club, formed by the four last joints ; the second is larger than the following ones. The bpdy is almost square, the elytra are truncated, the tibiae dentated, the tarsi simple, and the mandibles bidentated on the inner side; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two pre- ceding ones taken together. There is a horny tooth on the inner side of the maxillae. So closely do these Insects resemble the His- teroides, that Fabricius confounded them. Such are those which form the Spha:rites, Dufts. — Sarapus, Fisch. — Hister, Fab. — Nitidula, Gy lien f . Here, the antennae terminate in a perfoliaceous club. Sometimes the body is oblong, and the head, strangulated poste- riorly, is as wide as the anterior margin of the thorax, or not much narrower; the latter forms a square with rounded angles; the elytra form a long square, and are suddenly and strongly truncated at their posterior extremity. The posterior thighs, at least in the males, are usually inflated. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is rather more slender than the preceding one, almost cylindrical, somewhat smaller at the end, and obtuse, The anterior tarsi are dilated in the males. Payk., Ib. , XT, 1 ; — H. sulcatus , X, 8; — the hispidus , Id., XI, 2, appears to be con- generic. The genus Ceutocerus of Germar, Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 85, 1, 2, from the form of the antennae, legs, &c., would naturally seem to come after the Histe- roides, but the elytra cover the abdomen and the mandibles are not salient. I have never seen a specimen of this genus. * Dentations, however, are sometimes found on the internal side, as in Sphaerites. f Dufts., Faun. Aust., I, p. 206; Hister glabr at tts, Fab.; Sturm, I, x,\; Serajius, Fisch., Mem. of the Soc. of Nat. Hist, of Moscow. 454 INSECTA. Necrophorus, Fab . — Silpha, Lin. — Dermestes, Geoff. The antennae, hardly longer than the head, terminate abruptly in an almost globular club of four joints, the first of which is long, and the second much shorter than the third. The body nearly forms a parallelopiped ; the thorax is widest anteriorly ; all the tibiae are strong, widened at the extremity and terminated by stout spurs; the elytra are truncated at right angles. The maxillae are destitute of a horny unguiculus. Their instinctive habit of burying the bodies of Moles, Mice, and other small quadrupeds, have procured for them the names of enter- reurs and porte-morts. When they find a dead animal of the above description, they work under it and excavate a hole of sufficient di- mensions to contain the body, which they gradually drag into it; in this body they deposit their ova, and thus the larvae find their food in the very nidus in which they are hatched. They are long, and of a greyish white colour; the anterior segments are covered superiorly with a small, fulvous-brown, squamous plate, and the posterior with little elevated points, They are furnished with six feet and strong mandibles. When about to pass into the state of a chrysalis, they penetrate deeply into the earth, where they construct a cell, which they line with a viscid substance. These Insects, as well as many others that inhabit dead animal bodies, diffuse a strong odour resembling musk. Their habits have lately attracted the attention of Mole-catchers, and in the work enti- tled L’Art du Taupier , we find certain facts relative to this subject which had escaped the observations of naturalists. The sense of smell must be excessively acute in these Insects, for but a short time elapses after a Mole has been killed, when Necrophori are seen cir- cling about it, although they were previously sought for in vain in the same locality. The digestive canal of the Necrophori and Silphae is at least thrice the length of the body. The oesophagus is very short and followed by an ellipsoidal gizzard, whose lining tunic is slightly scabrous and bristled, at least in several species, with pointed setae variously di- rected, but arranged in eight longitudinal bands separated by smooth intervals. The intestinal canal is very long, particularly in the Ne- crophori and Necrodes. Its surface, in the latter, as well as in the Silphae, is thickly studded with salient and granular points. It opens, either laterally or directly, into a smooth enlargement, which, ac- cording to Dufour— -Ann. ties Sc. Nat., Octob. 1824 — 'may be com- pared to a caecum. To the side is appended a pediculated oval or oblong bursa, which constitutes a part of the excrementitious appa- ratus. There are four biliary vessels, slender, extremely long and very flexuous, each of which is separately inserted round the extre- mity of the chylific ventricle. — Dufour, lb., July, 1825. From the figure of the alimentary canal of the Necrophorus vespillo , given by Randohr, it appears that the great intestine, instead of being covered with granular papillae, is furnished with transverse muscular fillets, forming annular plicae, COLEOPTERA. 455 N. vespillo; Silpha vespillo , L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 10, i, 1. From seven to eight lines in length ; black ; three last joints of the antennae red ; elytra with two orange, transverse and indented bands ; coxae of the two posterior legs armed with a strong tooth ; the tibiae are curved. N. mortuorum , Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 3. Smaller ; antennae entirely black ; the second transverse orange band of the elytra observed on the vespillo, usually forming a large lunated spot. Found in woods, and frequently in mush- rooms. N. germanicus , Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., 1, 2, a, b. More than an inch long ; all black ; external margin of the elytra fulvous ; a ferru- gineous yellow spot on the front. N. humator,Fsb. ; Oliv., Ib. 1, 2, c. Always smaller than the germanicus, and differing from it in the orange hue of the an- tennal club. North America produces several species, one particularly— N. grandis , Fab. — that surpasses all others in size *. This genus seems to be confined to the northern districts of Europe and America. Necrodes, Wilk. — Silpha, Lin. Fab. The antennae manifestly longer than the head, and terminated by an elongated club of five joints, the second of which is larger than the third. The body is an oblong oval, with an almost orbicular thorax, widest in the middle ; the tibiae are narrow, elongated, but slightly widened at the end, and terminated by two ordinary spurs; the elytra are obliquely truncated. Species of this subgenus are found in Europe, tropical Ame- rica, the East Indies, and New Holland f. Sometimes the body is oval or ovoid ; the head not at all or but very slightly strangulated posteriorly, and narrower than the thorax ; the thorax either almost semicircular and truncated, or trapezoidal and wider behind ; the elytra rounded or simply emarginated at the posterior extremity. There is but little or no difference in the pos- terior legs of the two sexes. The maxillae are armed internally with a tooth or squamous hook. Silpha, Lin. Fab. — Peltis, Geoff. The body almost scutiform and depressed, or but slightly elevated ; thorax semicircular, truncated or very obtuse before ; exterior mar- gin of the elytra strongly recurved and canaliculated ; palpi filiform, their last joint almost cylindrical, and, in several, terminating in a point. Most of them live in carrion, and thus diminish the quantity of its noxious effluvia. Some climb on plants, and particularly on * For the other species, see Fab., Oliv., and Schoenherr, I, ii, p. 117. + Silpha litloralis , Fab., Oliv., Col., II, i, 8, a, b, c; — S. snrinomensis, Fab., Oliv., Ib., II; — S. lachrymosa , Schreib., Lin. Trans., VI, xx, 5; — S. mdica, Fab., &c. 456 INSECTA. the stems of Wheat, where they find little Helices, on which they feed. Others remain on high trees and devour caterpillars. The larvae are all equally active, live in the same manner, and frequently in large societies. They bear a great resemblance to the perfect In- sect. Their body is flattened, and consists of twelve segments, with acute posterior angles ; the posterior extremity is narrower and ter- minated by two conical appendages. In most of the species, the two anterior tarsi of the males are alone more dilated than the others. The antennae insensibly enlarge or terminate abruptly in a club of four joints at most, the second and third of which differ but little ; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is, at most, as long as the penultimate, and frequently somewhat shorter and more slender. Those species in which the extremity of the antennae is distinctly perfoliaceous or composed of joints, which, the last excepted, are wider than they are long, where this club is abrupt, and the elytra are emarginated at their extremity, at least in the males, form the genus Thanatophilus, Leach *. Those, in which the elytra are entire, but where the antennae are similar to those of the preceding, constitute his Oiceptoma. S. thoracica , L. ; Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 11, i, 3, a, b. Black; thorax red and silky ; three flexuous elevated lines on each ely- tron, the exterior shortest, forming a carina, and terminating near a transverse tubercle ; posterior extremity of the elytra, in the males, terminating in a point at the suture. In the woods particularly. S. quadripunctata , L, ; Fab. ; Oliv., Ib. I, 7, a, b. Black ; margin of the thorax and elytra yellowish, each of the latter with two black dots, one at base and the other in the middle. Peculiar to forests, but usually remains on young Oaks, where it feeds on caterpillars f. Those in which the extremity of the antennae is likewise perfo- liaceous, but where the club is formed gradually, according to Leach, alone retain the generic appellation of Silpha. They are usually found in fields, along the roads, &c. S. Iczvigata , Fab. ; Oliv., Ib. I, i, a, b. Shining black ; mul- tipunctured ; thorax much narrower than before ; elytra with- out elevated lines. S. obscura, L. ; Fab.; Oliv., Ib., II, 18. Dusky black ; tho- rax truncated anteriorly ; elytra more deeply punctured ; three raised but slightly salient and short lines, the intermediate the longest, on each of the latter. S. reticulata, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., V, 9. Opaque black ; thorax truncated before ; three raised lines on each ely- tron, the exterior largest and forming a carina, terminated by a tubercle, with transverse rugae in the intervals J. * Silpha sinuata , Fab.; Oliv., Ib., II, 12 ; — S. dispar , Illig., Gyllenh., &c. + Add, S. rugosa , Fab. ; Oliv., II, Ib., 17 5, laponica, Fab. X Add, S. opaca , Fab.; Herbst., Col., LI, 16 S, tristis, Illig., &c. COLEOPTERA. 457 The antennae of some are not distinctly perfoliate at the extremity, the last joints being almost globular. They are the Phosphuga, Id. * A species from Germany, which might form a separate subgenus — Necrophilus, Lat. — is removed from the preceding ones by several characters. It is the S. subterranean Illig., and others. The four anterior tarsi are similar and dilated at base, the two first joints, at least in the males, being evidently broader than the two following ones. The third joint of the antennae is longer than the preceding one, and the five last form abruptly a perfoliaceous club. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two preceding ones taken together. * Argyrtes, Freeh. — Mycetophagus, Fab. The body tolerably thick, convex, and arcuated superiorly, not scutiform ; thorax somewhat wider than long, and a little narrower before ; exterior margin of the elytra inclined and not canaliculated ; last joint of the maxillary palpi thicker and ovoid f . Certain Clavicornes, which seem to approach Argyrtes in their habits and other characters, but whose mandibles are cleft or biden- tated at the extremity, will compose our fifth tribe, that of the Sca- phidites. Their tarsi consist of five very distinct and entire joints. The body is oval, narrowed at both ends, arcuated or convex above, and thick in the middle ; the head low, and received posteriorly into a trapezoidal thorax, widest behind, the margin of which is but slightly or not at all recurved. The antennae are usually at least as long as the head and thorax, and terminated in a quadriarticulated and elongated club. ^The last joint of the palpi is conical. The legs are elongated and slender. With the exception of some species — the Cholevae — the tarsi are nearly similar in both sexes. This tribe consists of the genus ScAPHIDIUM. Scaphidium, Oliv. Fab. — Silpha, Lin. In the true Schaphidia, the five last joints of the antennae are almost globular, and compose the club. The maxillary palpi project but little, and gradually taper to a point, the penultimate joint not being thicker than the last at their junction. The body is navicelliform ; the margin of the thorax slightly recurved, and the elytra truncated. * S. atrata , Fab. ; — S. pedemontana, Id., var. ; Oliv., Ib., I, 6. •f* Argyrtes castaneus, Gyllen., Insect., Suec. I, iii, p. 682; Mycetophagus castaneust Fab.; M. spinipes, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXIV, 20. I suspect the A. sub - ntger, Dej., is merely the female. 458 INSECTA. They inhabit mushrooms. But few species are known ; one from Cayenne and the rest from the north of Europe (a). Choleva, Lat. Spence , — Catops, Fab. — Peltis, Geoff. Most of the joints of the antennal club turbiniform and more or less perfoliaceous ; maxillary palpi very salient and abruptly subulate ; the body ovoid ; thorax plane, without a border ; the four first joints of the anterior tarsi, and the first of the intermediate ones, dilated in the males of some species — Catops blapsoides , Germ. In the Cholevoe properly so called, the antennae are about the length of the head and thorax ; their eighth joint, or the second of the club, is evidently shorter than the preceding and following one, and some- times is even indistinct; the last is semi-ovoidal and pointed *. In the Mylcechus, Lat., Oliv,, — Catops , Payk., Gyll., the antennae are shorter, the eighth joint is larger than the preceding, and almost equal to the following one, the last is rounded and obtuse on the summit f. The fifth tribe, or that of the Nitidularms, approximates to the fourth in the scutiform and bordered body, but the mandibles are bifid or emarginated at the extremity ; the tarsi seem to consist of but four joints, the first and last, in some, being only visible beneath, where they merely form a slight projection, and the penultimate in the re- mainder being very small, in the form of a knot, enclosed between the lobes of the preceding ones. The antennal club is always perfo- liaceous, consists of three or four joints, and is usually short or but little elongated. The palpi are short and filiform, or somewhat thickest at the ex- tremity, The elytra in several are short or truncated. The legs are but slightly elongated, and their tibiae frequently widened at the end; the tarsi are furnished with hairs or pellets. The habitation of these Insects varies with the species ; they are found on flowers, in mush- rooms, putrified meat, and under the bark of trees. They form the genus Nitidula. In some, the antennal club consists of but two joints, and the an- terior part of the head projects in the manner of a semicircular flat- tened clypeus, covering the mandibles and other parts of the mouth. * Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 26. See the Monograph of this genus, published by M. Spence in the Lin. Trans., and Paykull and Gyllenhal. f Lat. Ib., p. 30, VIII, ii; Oliv., Encyclop. Method., article Myloeque. (a) Oliv., Col. II, 20. The Americans have at least one species, the SM-gutta - turn, Knoch, Melsh. Catal., if not another, the S. 4-pustulatum ? Id. Ib. See Say, Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, 199. — Eng. Ed. COLEOPTERA. 459 Colobicus, Lat. In this and the following subgenus, the tarsi, from the point where they are moveable, seem to consist of but four joints, of which the three first, much shorter than the last, are entire, and simply furnished underneath with a greater or smaller number of hairs ; the first as in several of the Cleri of Fabricius, is only visible underneath, where it forms a little projection; it is also pilose. The palpi of the Colobici and those of the following subgenus are terminated by a joint some- what thicker than the preceding one *. In the other Nitidulariae, the artennal club always consists of three joints, and the head never projects over the mouth, Sometimes the first joint of the tarsi, as in the Colobici, is very short, and the three following ones elongated, equal, entire, and simply pilose underneath; the palpi are thickest at the extremity. Such is Thymalus, Latr. — Peltis, Fab. — Silpha, Lin. In those species where the body is almost hemispherical — limbatus — the antennal club is proportionally shorter, and the third and fol- lowing joints smaller than the second ; the tibial spurs are extremely small f . Sometimes the three first joints of the tarsi, at least those of the males, are short, wide, and emarginated or bilobate ; the fourth is very small, but slightly or not at all visible ; the maxillary palpi, at least, are filiform. Here, the tibiae, at least the anterior ones, are widened at the ex- tremity in the form of a reversed triangle ; the first joint of the an- tennae is usually larger than the second, and the elytra are generally truncated posteriorly, or very obtuse. In the two following subgenera, the third joint of the antennae is evidently longer than the following one, and the antennal club abrupt and nearly orbicular or oval. Ips, Fab. — Nitidula, Oliv. Lat. — Silpha, Lin. The body always forming an oblong oval, and depressed ; posterior extremity of the abdomen exposed ; one of the mandibles — the left — truncated and tridentated at the extremity, and the other widened and broadly emarginated or concave at the same end ; terminal lobe of the maxillae elongated j. Nitidula, Fab. — Nitidula, Strongylus, Herbst. — Silpha, Lin. The two mandibles become narrowed near the extremity and ter- minate in an emarginated or bifid point. Some are flattened, oblong, or ovoid; the others are orbicular and arched or proportionally more convex than the preceding. Thus * Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect. II, p. 9, and I, xvi, 1. f See Fabricius, Gylienhal, and Schcenherr. t Some of the species of Fabricius should npparantly be referred to his genus Engis. INSECTA. 460 some authors have placed certain species in genera of a similar form but otherwise very different, such as Spheridium and Tritoma. N. ceneus , Fab.; N. viridescens , rujipes, var., Id.; Oliv., Col., II, ii, 12; III, 20, a, b; V, 33, a, b. Small; form, an oblong ovoid; of a brilliant bronze-green and multi-punctured; antennae blackish, terminated by a very large obtuse club ; thorax trans- versal, slightly emarginated anteriorly, and bordered laterally ; legs sometimes blackish brown, and sometimes fulvous *. Here the second and third joints of the antennae are almost equal in size, and the club is elongated in the form of a reversed cone, or is pyriform. Cercus, Lat. — Catheretes, Herbst. Illig. — I>ERMESTEs,Ziw. Fab . — - Spheridium, Fab. Gyll. — Nitidula, Oliv. The body depressed, and elytra truncated ; two first joints of the antennae much larger in the males of some species than in the fe- males, and perhaps this subgenus should consist of such only, refer- ring the others to Nitidula j\ There the tibiae are long, narrow, and almost linear; the elytra cover the abdomen and are not truncated. The body is oval, thorax trapezoidal, and the antennal club ob- long; its two first joints are nearly equal, and the third is hardly longer than the fourth. Such are the Byturus, Lat. Schcenh— -Dermestes, Geoff. Fab. Oliv. — Ips, Oliv. J Those that compose our sixth tribe, that of the Engidites, analog- ous to the Nitidulariae in the emargination of the extremity of their mandibles, are distinguished from them by their not projecting, or but very little and simply on the sides, beyond the labrum. Their body is oval or elliptical, and the anterior extremity of the head slightly extended into an obtuse or truncated point. The tarsi con- sist of five || distinct joints, entire, and at most, slightly pilose under- neath ; the penultimate is somewhat shorter than the preceding one. The antennae terminate in a perfoliaceous triarticulated club ; the elytra completely cover the abdomen, and the palpi are somewhat thicker at the extremity. Some very small species inhabit the inte- rior of houses, and are frequently found on windows. We will unite them all in a single genus, that of Dacne. Dacne, Lat. — Engis, Fab. Dej. — Erotylus, Oliv. Their antennae terminate abruptly in a very large orbicular or * See Fabricius, Olivier, Gyllenhal, Sclicenherr, &c. f See Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, p. 245. J See Schcenh., Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 95. || Certain Cytophagi, or at least their males, according to some authors' are heteromerous. COLEOPTER.A.. 461 ovoid and compressed club, composed of crowded joints, of which the middle one at least is much wider than it is long ; the third is longer than the second and fourth. The middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is dilated behind or lobate, and the superior extremity of the mentum terminated in a truncated or bidentated point *. In Cryptophagus, Herbst. Schoenh. — Dermestes, Lin. Fab. — Ips, Oliv. Lat. — Antherophagus, Knock , The antennse are moniliform, their second joint as large as the preceding or larger, and terminating in a less abrupt and narrower club than in Dacne, and with intervals between its segments j\ We now come to certain tribes in which the prsesternum is fre- quently dilated anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth, and which differ from the preceding ones in their feet, which are either wholly or partially contractile ; the tarsi may be free, but the tibiae at least can be flexed on the thigh. The mandibles are short, and generally thick and dentated. The body is ovoid, thick, and covered with deciduous scales or hairs of various colours. The antennae are straight and usually shorter than the head and thorax. The head is plunged into the thorax as far as the eyes. The thorax is but slightly or not at all bordered, trapezoidal, and wider posteriorly; the middle of its posterior margin is frequently somewhat prolonged or lobate. The larvae are pilose, and mostly feed on the exuviae or carcasses of animals. Several are very injurious to entomological collections. Those then in which the legs are not completely retractile, the tarsi being always free, and the tibiae elongated and narrow, form our seventh tribe, that of the Dermestini, and the great genus Dermestes. The only insects of this tribe whose antennae do not present two distinct joints, and whose very short and inferiorly inflated palpi afterwards terminate in a point, are those which form the Aspidiphorus, Ziegl. Dej. Their body is orbicular J. From among the species in which the antennae consist of eleven * See Fab., Syst. Eleut. 'f' See Schoenli., Synon. Insect., I, ii. p. 96. The antennae of the Antherophagi are proportionally thicker, composed of more transversal joints, and terminated almost gradually in a club ; from the second to the eighth they arc nearly equal. The Cryptophagus silaceus, Gyll., has a projection in the form of a tooth or horn on each side of the inferior surface of the head. The Triphylla of Mcgerl. and Dej. only differ from the Crytophagi in the number of their tarsial joints. X Niitdula orbiculata, Gyllenb. 462 INSECTA. distinct joints, and the palpi are filiform or gradually enlarge, we will first separate those whose antennae are not received into particular fossulae in the under part of the thorax. The praesternum rarely ex- tends over the mouth *. In some, the antennae terminate abruptly in a large perfoliaceous triarticulated club. Dermestes, Lin., Geoff., Fab. In Dermestes, properly so called, the antennae are similar, or differ but very slightly in both sexes ; the length of the last joint is never much greater than that of the preceding ones. Certain species do great injury among furs, and devastate our col- lections of natural history. De Geer calls them dessectors, and in fact the Dermestes lardarius cuts to pieces the Insects of the cabinet into which it has penetrated. The others devour the dead bodies of all kinds of animals. D. lardarius, L. ; Oliv., Col., II, 9, 1, 1. Black ; base of the elytra cinereous and dotted with black. The larva is elongated, insensibly tapered from head to tail, of a chesnut-brown above, white beneath, furnished with long hairs and two squamous horns on the last annulus. Its excrements resemble long threads f. Megatoma, Herbst Lin., Geoff., Fab. The Megatomae only differ from Dermestes in the club of their antenae, which is much more elongated in the males than in the females ; the terminal joint is lanceolate or forms an elongated tri- angle. M.pellio; Dermestes pellio,L. ; Oliv., Ib., II. ii. But two lines and a half in length ; black ; three white dots on the thorax, and one on each elytron, formed by down. The larva is greatly elongated, of a glossy reddish-brown, and covered with reddish hairs, those of the posterior extremity forming a tail. It moves by sliding, and as if by jerks, which is also the case with the per- fect Insect, and the Dermestes J. In others, such as Limnichus, Zieg., Dej., The antennae become gradually thicker, and terminate in a larger and ovid joint ; they are granose, and received under the anterior angles of the thorax. The maxillae are terminated by two lobes, the * The only exceptions are found in the Dermestes unda tus (Megatoma) of Fabri- cius, and the Limnichi, Ziegl. •p Add D. vulpinus, murinus , qffinis, laniarius , tasselatus , trifasciatus , Gyll., Insect. Suec., I, p. 145, et seq. X Add the Dermestes megatoma, Fab., of which his macellarius appears to be the female D. emarginatus, Gyll. ; — D, mdatus, Fab. The pra sternum in this latter species projects over the mouth. COLEOPTERA. 463 exterior of which is narrow and palpiform. The labial palpi are very small ; the last joint of those of the maxillae is larger than the pre- ceding ones and ovoid * * * §. In all the following subgenera, the antennae, or least their club, are received into particular and lateral cavities in the under part of the thorax. The praesternum is always dilated or projected forwards in the manner of a chin cloth. Here, the antennal club is perfoliaceous and not solid. In Attagenus, Lat . — Megatoma, Lat. — Dermestes, Fab. The club is very large, almost serriform, and composed of three joints, of which the first and last, particularly in the males, are the longest. The body is ovoid, short, and but slightly convex. The last joint of the mixillary palpi is larger and ovoid f. Trogoderma, Lat., Dej. — Anthrenus, Fab. Antennal club quadri articulated at least ; body ovoid and oblong; palpi filiform J. The antennal club is now solid or formed of crowded joints. The body is ovid, short, and completely covered with little diciduous scales. The thorax is lobate posteriorly. In Anthrenus, Geoff., Fab. — Byrrhus, Lin. The antennae, terminated by a club in the form of a reversed cone, are received into short cavities under the anterior angles of the thorax. These Insects are very small, living on flowers in their perfect state and in that of larvae devouring desiccated animal matters, in- sects particularly. The larvae are oval and furnished with hairs, some of which are dentated, forming tufts; the last are prolonged posteriorly into a kind of tail. Their final exuvium serves as a cocoon for the chrysilis . A. verbasci ; Byrrhus verbasci, L.; Oliv., Col. II, 10, 1, 2. Grey above, reddish-yellow beneath ; the two angles of the thorax, two transverse bands on the elytra, and a spot near their extremity, grey ||. Globicornis, Lat . The antennae terminating in a globular club, and received into fossulae extending to near the posterior angles of the thorax §. * Byrrhus sericeus, Duft. ; B. pygmceus , Sturm. •f* Dermestes serra, Fab. ; Attagenus serra, Lat., Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des In- sect., IX, p. 244 ; Megatoma serra , Id., Gener. Crust, et Insect, I, viii, 10 ; Anthre - nius viennensis, Herbst., Col. VII, cxv, 10, k. ♦ Anthrenus elongatus, Fab.; A. rujicornis, Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect.., II, p. 59; — A. versicolor, Creutz., Ent. Vers., I, ii, 21, a; — Dermestes sub/asciaius , Gyll., In- sect. Suec., I, p. 155. || See Oliv. lb., and Fabricius, Syst. Eleut., I, p. 106. § Megatoma rujitarsis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 35; Dermestes rvfi- tarsis , Panz., Faun, Insect. Germ., xxxv, 6. 464 INSECTA. The eighth tribe, that of the Byrrhii, differs from the preceding in the perfect contractility of the legs ; the tibiae are susceptible of being flexed on the thighs, and the tarsi on the tibiae *, so that when thus folded and pressed against the body, the animal seems to be in- animate and entirely destitute of feet. The tibiae are usually broad and compressed. The body is short and convex. This tribe is chiefly composed of the genus, Byrrhus, Lin. Those species which form the Nosodendron, Lat . Are removed from the others by their entirely exposed, very large, and scutiform mentum. Their antennae terminate abruptly in a short, perfoliaceous and triarticulated club. They are found in wounds of trees, of the elm particularly f. Byrrhtjs, Lin. — Cistela, Geoff. The true Byrrhii differ from the preceding Insects in their men- tum, which is of an ordinary size and interlocked (at least partially) by the praesternum, whose anterior extremity is dilated. In some, the antennae enlarge insensibly, or terminate in an en- gated club formed of from five to six joints. B. pilula^L.- Oliv., Col. II, 13, 1, 1. From three to four lines in length ; black beneath, blackish-bronze or soot colour and silky above, with little black spots mingled with lighter ones arranged in lines. M. Waudouer has detected the larva of a variety of this spe- cies. It is narrow and elongated ; the head thick ; the plate of the first segment large, and the two last longer than the others. It lives in Moss. A second species — striato punctatus , Dej. — with similarly formed antennae, constitutes a separate division, on account of its tarsi, of which the fourth joint is very small and concealed be- tween the lobes of the preceding one. The antennae of another species, very small and covered with hairs, terminate in a triarticulated club. It forms the genus Trinodes, Megerl., and Dej. J. On similar grounds we might alse separate from the Byrrhii some other analogous species ||, in which the antennal club con- sists of but two joints, the last much the thickest and nearly glo- bular. * In the Anthreni all the tibiae fold against the posterior side of the thighs ; hut in the others, the two that are anterior are flexed towards the head, and the other behind. 'f' Lat., Ib., II, p. 43 ; Oliv., Encyc. Method., article Nosodendre. j Anthrenus hirtus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XI, 16. || Byrrhus erinaceus, Ziegl. ; — B. setiger , Illig. COLEOPTERA. 465 All the Byrrhii remain on the ground in sandy localities It is impossible to describe the Clavicornes of our second section, although a very natural one, but by the reunion of several characters. Some of these Insects are removed from all others of the family by their antennae, which consist of nine or six joints ; they are those, which, in this respect, seem to approximate most closely to the Palpi- cornes. The antennae of the other Clavicornes of the same section are composed of eleven or ten joints ; but sometimes they are not much longer than the head, and from the third joint form an almost cylindrical or fusiform club, arcuated and somewhat serrated; some- times they are nearly filiform and as long as the head and thorax united ; but here, as in most of the other subgenera of the same divi- sion, the tarsi are terminated by a large joint furnished with two strong terminal hooks. Those of some — Heterocerus , Georissus— consist of but four joints. The body of these Insects is generally ovoid, and their head plunged to the eyes in a trapezoidal thorax, with a recurved lateral margin, and terminating posteriorly in acute angles ; the praester- num is dilated anteriority f, and the legs are imperfectly contractile. They are found in the water, under stones in the vicinity of shores, and frequently in the mud : some of them — Dry ops — are allied to the Gyrini by the structure and shortness of their antennae. I will divide this section into two tribes The Insects which com- pose the first or the Acanthopoda are remarkable for their flattened and tolerably wide tibiae, armed anteriorly with spines ; for then- short quadriarticulated tarsi, the hooks of which are of the usual size; and for their depressed body. The prsesternum is dilated. The an- tennae are a little longer than the head, arcuated, and formed of * For the other "Species, see Fabricius, Olivier, Schcenlierr, Gyllenhal, &c. The genus Murmidius, Leach, according to that gentleman, belongs to this tribe. The antennae are composed of but ten joints, the last of which forms an ovoido-glo- bular club. See Lin. Trans., XIII, p. 41. •f- The Potamophili excepted. X We might also divide the section in the following manner : — I. Antennse composed of eleven joints. A. Antennse clavate and very short. a. Tibiae spinous ; tarsi quadri-articulated. Heterocerus. b. Tibiae simple ; five joints in the tarsi. POTAMOPHILUS. DrYOPS. B. Antennae filiform or slightly enlarged near the end, as long as the head and thorax. Elemis. II. Antennae nine or six joints. Macronyqhvs. Georissus. VOL. III. I I Jl 466 insecta. eleven joints, the last six constituting an almost cylindrical and slightly serrated club ; the second is short and not dilated. This tribe is composed of a single genus Heterocerus, Bose., Fab. These Insects are found in the sand or mud, along the borders of rivulets, marshes, &c., issuing from their holes when disturbed by the trampling of feet. The form of their tibiae enables them to turn up the earth, and conceal themselves in it ; their tarsi can be flexed upon the tibiae. There also reside their larvae, which were first discovered by M. Miger. H. marginatus , Fab.; H. Ic&vigatus , lb. ; Paiiz., Faun., Insect., Germ., XXIII, 12. A small, blackish, and silky Insect, with little yellowish or reddish spots, varying in form and number, and sometimes even wanting on the elytra. M. Gyllenhal observes that the tarsi really consist of five joints, the first of which is small and oblique. See Insect. Suec. I, p. 138. The second tribe, or that of the Macrodactyla, comprises Clavi- cornes with simple, narrow tibiae and long tarsi, all — one genus ex- cepted C Georissus ), well distinguished from every other tribe, by its antennae of nine joints, of which the three last form an almost solid club — composed of five distinct joints, the last of which is large, with two stout terminal hooks. The body is thick or convex. The tho- rax is less rounded, and most commonly terminates on both sides in acute angles. The principal type of this tribe is the genus Dryops, Oliv., Or that of Parnus , Fab., which is divided in the following manner : 1. Those whose antennae, never much longer than the head, are composed of from ten to eleven joints, which, from the third, form an almost cylindrical or slightly fusiform club, arcuated, and somewhat serrated. Potamophilus, Germ.— Parnus, Fab. The Potamophili, which, ignorant of the establishment of this sub- genus, we had named Hydera *, have their antennae exposed, and not received into particular cavities ; they are rather longer than the head ; the first joint is almost as long as the following ones taken to- gether, and the second short and globular. The palpi are salient, and the mouth is completely exposed as the praesternum does not project over it, a character in this tribe exclusively peculiar to this subgenus f . * Regn. Anim., Ill, p. 268. f Parnus acuminatus, Fab. ; Panz., Faun, Insect. Germ., VI, B\—Dryop$ picipeS} Oliv., Ill, 41, 1, 2. COLEOPTERA. 467 Dryops, Oliv. — Parnus. Fab. In Dryops proper, the antennse, shorter than the head, are received into a cavity situated under the eyes, and are almost covered by the second joint, which is large, dilated, in the form of an almost triangu- lar palette, and projects in the manner of an auricle, whence the name of Dermeste a oreilles , given to the most common species by Geof- froy *. The palpi are not salient. 2. Those in which the antennae, composed of eleven joints, are fili- form, or merely a very little thicker near the extremity, and at least nearly as long as the head and thorax. Elmis, Lat. — Limnius, Illig. They are found in water, under stones, or on the leaves of the Nymphsea f. 3. Those in which the always very short antennae consist of but six or nine joints, and terminate in an almost solid, oval, or nearly globular club. Macronychus, Mull., Germ. These Insects have five distinct joints in the tarsi, an oblong body, and antennae of six segments, the last of which — perhaps composed of three — forms an oval club ; they can be folded under the eyes £. Georissus, Lat., Gyll. — Pimelia, Fab.] Here the tarsi consist of but four joints ; the body is short, turgid and almost globular, and the abdomen embraced by the elytra; the antennae are composed of nine joints and terminate in a round club formed by the three last §. FAMILY Y. PALPICORNES. In our fifth family of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the fourth, we observe antennae terminating in a club, usually perfoliaceous, but consisting of nine points at most in all, and inserted under the lateral and projecting edges of the head ; they are never much longer than the latter and the maxillary palpi, and frequently even shorter than the last-mentioned organs. The mentum is large and scutiform. The body is usually ovoid or hemispherical, convex or arched. The legs in several are adapted for natation, and then consist of but * Latr. Gen. Crust, et Insect., II, 55; Schocnh., Synon. Insect, I, ii, p. 116 The Dryops Dumerilii presents some differences in the length of the legs, the form of the antennee and thorax, which have induced Doctor Leacli to form a separate genus — Dryops — for it. The other species re-enter Parnus. f Latr., lb., II, p. 49; Schocnli., Ib. I, ii, p. 117; Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, p. 551. X Macronychus qvadriluberculatus, Miill. ; Illig., Mag., V; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 58 ; Parnus obscurus, Fab. ; Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 89. || Pimelia pyynura, Fab., Georissus pygnmus , Gyll., Insect. Suec., I, iii, p. 075 ; Trox dubius, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXII, 5. H H 2 468 insecta. four very distinct joints, or of five, the first of which is much shorter than the second ; all the joints are entire. Those in which the legs are natatory, the first joint of the tarsi is much shorter than the following ones, and the maxillae are entirely corneous, will form our first tribe, that of the Hydrophilii, which embraces the genus HydrqphxluSj Geoff. Linnaeus merely made these Insects a division (the first) of his genus Dytiscus , but their anatomy is essentially different. The alimentary canal of the Hydrophili is very analogous in its contexture and length, which is more than four or five times that of the body, to that of the Lamellicornes, and only approximates to the same canal of the carnivorous Insects with respect to the biliary vessels. They neither have the natatory bladder nor excrementitious apparatus which characterize the Hydrocanthari. In the females only, this appara- tus is replaced by organs which secrete the matter that is to form the cocoon that encloses the ova, and to produce it their anus is fur- nished with two fusi. Finally, the male organs of generation have the closest affinity with those of the Clavicornes *. In some, where the body is oval, oblong and depressed, or elon- gated and narrow, the thorax scabrous and narrowed posteriorly, the tibiee are slender and furnished with small spurs, and the tarsi fili- form, slightly ciliated and terminated by two strong hooks ; the an- tennae— always composed of nine joints — terminated in a slightly perfoliaceous or nearly solid club, almost in the form of a reversed cone, and the extremity of the mandibles is entire, or ends in a sin- gle tooth. They are all very small, swim but seldom or badly, and inhabit stagnant waters, from which they occasionally remove, to conceal themselves under stones or in the earth. They compose the family of the Helphoridea of Leach, a name which reminds us of the genus Elophorus of Fabricius. Here the length of the maxillary palpi does not surpass that of the antennae or is even less. The epistoma is entire or without any nota- ble emargination. Sometimes the maxillary palpi are terminated by a thicker and oval joint. Elophorus, Fab. — Silpha, L . — Dermestes, Geoff. — Hydrophilus, De Geer , The body oval, and the thorax transversal ; the eyes but slightly prominent f . Hydrochus, Germ . — Elophorus, Fab. The Hydrochi are only distinguished from the preceding subgenus =* “The conformation and structure of the male organs of generation in the Pal- picornes fully justify the position in the entomological series, assigned to them by M. Latreille.” — LeonDufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., VI, p. 172. f The Elophori of Fabricius, those species excepted which belong to the following subgenera. COLEOPTERA. 469 by their narrow and elongated form, their thorax which has the figure of a long square, and the prominence of their eyes * * * §. Sometimes the maxillary palpi are subulate or terminate in a more slender joint, short and conical. Octhebius, Leach, Germ. — Elophorus, Fab. — Hydr^ena, I llig., Lat. The thorax is nearly semi-orbicular f . There, the maxillary palpi, terminated by a fusiform joint, larger than the penultimate and pointed at the end, are much longer than the antennae and head. The epistoma is strongly emarginated. Their appearance otherwise is that of the Octhebii. Hydrzena, Kugel. Leach J. In the other Hydrophili the body is ovoid or almost hemispherical, and generally convex or arched, and the thorax always smooth and wider than it is long ; the tibiae are terminated by strong spurs, and the tarsi most frequently ciliated. The extremity of their mandibles isbidentated. They embrace the family of the Hydrophilidea , Leach, or the genus Hydrophilus, Fab. Some have but six joints in the antennae ; their epistoma is emar- ginated. Such are those which form the Spercheus, Fab.§. In the following the antennae are always composed of eight or nine joints, and the epistoma is entire, or on the anterior margin slightly concave. A species transmitted to us by our friend Doctor Leach presents such singular characters that we have been induced to consider the Insect as the type of a new subgenus ||, the Globaria, Lat. So named because its body is almost spherical and laterally com- pressed, and because it appears susceptible of forming a ball, like an Agathidium, Its antennae appear to me to be composed of but eight joints, of which the fifth is dilated into a spine at the internal side, the sixth forms a reversed and elongated cone, the seventh cylindri- * Elophorus elongatus, Fab. ; — E. crenatus, Id. ; — brevis , Gyllenh. See Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. I, p. 90. "t E. pygmccus, Fab .'.—Hydroma riparia, Lat.; — IJydreena margipallens, Lat.; — Elophorus marinus, Gyll. See Germ., Ib., p. 90. + E. minimus , Fab. Gyll.; Hyprcena riparia , Kugel. ; H. longipalpis, Schceuh., Germ., Faun. Insect., Eur. VIII, 6. For the other species, see Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 93. § Spercheus emarginatus , Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCI, 4. M. Bour- don, a French naturalist who is now exploring Colombia, first discovered this species in the vicinity of Paris. || It would seem to come more naturally near that of Bicnosus, Leach; but on account of the number of the antennal segments, I think it best to place it directly after Spercheus. This order, however, might be reversed by commencing with those subgenera which have nine joints in the antenna*, and ending with those in which there are three legs, or with Globaria and Spercheus. 1NSECTA. 470 cal, and the last or the eighth conical ; these latter joints form an almost cylindrical and greatly elongated club, which terminates in a point. The maxillary palpi are a little shorter than the antenna. The eyes are large and prominent. The thorax is almost semilunar. The elytra completely clasp the abdomen. The pectus is destitute of a sternal spine. The extremity of the four posterior tibiae is fur- nished with a bundle of setse almost as long as the tarsus. The scu- teilum is small, triangular, elongated, and narrow. The only species known, G. Leachii , is small, and foreign to Europe. I believe it is from South America. All the remaining Hydrophilii have nine joints in their antennae ; the club is oval or ovoid. The body is not susceptible of being con- tracted into a ball. In the largest species, the two intermediate joints of the antennal club, or the seventh and eighth, are reniform or irregularly lunate, obtuse at one end, prolonged, arcuated, and pointed at the other, with a remarkable space between them ; the first of this club is cupulate and most prolonged anteriorly. The middle of the ster- num is elevated into a carina, and terminated posteriorly in a point more or less long, and very acute. The maxillary palpi are longer than the antennae ; their last joint is shorter than the penultimate. The tarsi, particularly the last, are compressed, fringed with hairs or cilia along their internal side, and terminated by two hooks, gener- ally small, unequal, and unidentated interiorly. The scutellum is tolerably large. These species compose the genus Hydrophilus, Geoff !, Fab., Leach — -Dytiscus, Lin. Here the sternal spine is strongly prolonged behind. The last joint of the two anterior tarsi of the males is dilated in the form of a triangular palette. The scutellum is large. They form the Hy- drous of M. Leach *. The larvse resemble a sort of soft, conical, and elongated worms, furnished with six feet, and a large squamous head, more convex underneath than above, armed with strong and hooked mandibles. They respire by the posterior extremity of the body, are very vora- cious, and do great injury to fish ponds by devouring the spawn. H.piceus , Fab.; 01iv.,Col. Ill, 39, 1# 2. An inch and a half long; oval ; of a blackish-brown, polished, or as if covered with a varnish ; antennal club partly reddish ; some slightly marked striae on the elytra, the posterior extremity of which is rounded laterally, and prolonged into a small tooth at the internal angle. It swims and flies well, but walks badly. When held loosely in the hand, its sternal spine sometimes inflicts a wound. The anus of the female is provided with two fusi, by means of which she constructs an ovoid, cocoon, surmounted with a point, resembling an arcuated, brown horn. Its external tissue is a gummy paste, which, though fluid at first, subsequently * Zool, Miscel., Ill, p. 94, COLEOPTERA. 471 hardens, and becomes impervious to water. The ova it contains are arranged symetrically, and kept in situ by a sort of white down. These cocoons float on the water. The larva is depressed, blackish and rugose, and has the faculty of throwing back its brown, smooth round head. This enables it to capture the little Mollusca which navigate the surface of the water, its back serving as a point d’appui or anvil on which it mashes the shell in order to devour the ani- mal it contains. The body of these larvae becomes flabby as soon as they are caught. They swim with great facility, and are pro- vided with two fleshy appendages beneath the anus which serve to maintain them on the surface of the water, head downwards, when they come there to respire. According to M. Miger, to whom we are indebted for these observations — Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. XIV, 441— the larvae of other Hydrophilii are de- prived of these appendages, and neither swim nor surpend themselves like those of which we have been speaking. The females of these species swim with difficulty, and carry their ova under the abdomen enclosed in a silken w’eb ; but these species belong to the last subgenera of this tribe. The Hydrophilus proper of Leach consists of species in which the tarsi are identical in both sexes, and not dilated, the pectoral spine terminates with the post-sternum, and in which the scutel is proportionally smaller*. In all the following Hydrophilii, the two intermediate joints of the antennal club are exactly transversal, of a regular form, not pro- longed into a tooth at either extremity, and without any space be- tween them ; the last is obtuse or rounded at the end. The pectus exhibits neither carina nor spine. The tarsi are less, or net at all fitted for natation, but slightly or not ciliated, and terminated by large, equal, and simple hooks. Those in which the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the antennae, with the last joint shorter than the preceding one, and cylindrical, in which the body is low, and the elytra are truncated at the extremity, or very obtuse, form the genus Limneeius, Leach\, Those, in which the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the antennae, with the last joint as long as the preceding one or longer, and almost oval, and in which the body is convex, are comprised by the same English savant in two genera. In one of them, the Hydrobius, Leach , The eyes are depressed or but slightly convex ; the anterior extre- * To the Hydrous, Leach, besides the piceus,, refer the following species of Fabricius : the liter, olivaceus, rufipes , &c. Those, which the latter calls caraboides, ellipticus, &c., arc Hydrophili properly so called of Leach. •f' II, griseuSf t rune atcl lus, Fab, INSECTA. 472 mity of the head is not abruptly narrowed, and the base of the thorax is as wide as that of the elytra* * * §. In Berosus, Leac/i, On the contrary, the eyes are very prominent, the anterior extre- mity of the head is narrowed abruptly, and the base of the thorax is narrower than that of the elytra. The body is very convex Our second tribe, or the Sph^ridiota, consists of terrestrial Pal- picornes, with tarsi composed of five very distinct joints, the first of which is at least as long as the second. The maxillary palpi are somewhat shorter than the antennae, with the third joint longer, inflated, and in the form of a reversed cone. The maxillary lobes are membranous. The body is nearly .hemispherical, the posterior extremity of the praesternum is prolonged into a point, and the tibiae are spinous ; those that are anterior are palmated or digitated in the large species. The antennae always consist of nine joints, or of eight, if the last be considered as an appendage of the penultimate ;£. These Insects are small, and inhabit cow-dung and other excre- mentitious matters ; certain species are found near the shores of rivers, &c. They compose the genus Sph^ridium, Fab. From Avhich, however, we must separate several species, a division already effected by Olivier. Dr. Leach only considers as such those in which the anterior tarsi of the males are dilated. Such is S. 4-maculatum ; Dermestes scarabceoides , L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 15, 1 and 3, II, 11. It is of a shining black and smooth; the scutellum is elongated, and the legs are very spinous ; a blood-red spot at the base of each elytron, and their extremity reddish. In some individuals these spots diminish or disappear. The species, in which the tarsi are similar in both sexes, and whose antennal club is closely imbricated, compose the genus Cer - cydion§ of Leach. The Sphseridia might be divided 'into several other sections by characters drawn from the form of the tibiae, and the disposition of their spines or dentations, a division which would facilitate the study of the species, that seem to have been improperly multiplied ||. * The Hydrobii scarabceoides , melanocephalus, orbicularis , &c. 'f' H. luridus, Fab. X See Elater and several other genera of the Coleoptera. § The Sphseridia unipunctatum, melanocephalum, Sec. ; Zool., Miscell., Ill, p. 95, || For the other species, see Olivier, Schoenherr, Gyllenhal, Dejean, & c. END OF VOL. Ill,